FCC ID: BCGA2696 Apple iPad

 

WARNING:pdfminer.pdfpage:The PDF <_io.BufferedReader name='/Volumes/Scratch/Incoming/eg-scratch/6133833.pdf'> contains a metadata field indicating that it should not allow text extraction. Ignoring this field and proceeding. Use the check_extractable if you want to raise an error in this case iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM iPad User Guide Everything you need to know about iPad Get Started Set up a few basic features before you start using your new iPad. Set up basics https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 1 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Add a personal touch Your iPad can reflect your style and preferences. Change the Lock Screen background, add widgets to the Home Screen, adjust text size, and more. Make your iPad your own Multitask with iPad Learn how to open multiple apps at once, switch between the apps you use the most, and work in more than one app at time. Customize your workspace Stay connected iPad makes it easy to reach the people important to you. Start conversations in Messages, make FaceTime calls, even watch movies and listen to music together. Keep in touch with friends and family https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 2 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM To explore the iPad User Guide, click Table of Contents at the top of the page, or enter a word or phrase in the search field. You can also download the guide from Apple Books (where available). Welcome Introduction to iPad Your iPad Whats new in iPadOS 16 Set up and get started Basics Personalize your iPad Apps Siri Family Sharing Screen Time Apple Pay Accessories Use iPad with iPhone, iPod touch, Mac, and PC Accessibility Security and privacy Restart, update, reset, and restore Safety, handling, and support Copyright https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 3 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Introduction to iPad Set up basics Transfer your apps and info onto your new iPad When you first turn on your iPad and begin the setup process, you can wirelessly transfer many of your apps, settings, and content from your previous iPad directly to your new iPadjust bring the two devices close together, then follow the onscreen instructions. Connect to Wi-Fi and set up cellular service To connect your iPad to your home Wi-Fi network, go to Settings

> Wi-Fi, turn on Wi-

Fi, then choose your network. iPad automatically connects to the internet whenever youre home. If you have a Wi-Fi + Cellular model, you can activate cellular service on your iPad using an eSIM, go to Settings

> Cellular Data. Or, install a physical Apple SIM card or nano-

SIM provided by your carrier. Sign in with your Apple ID Your Apple ID is the account you use to access Apple services such as Apple Music, FaceTime, iCloud, and iMessage. If you dont have an Apple ID, you can create one. To sign in with your Apple ID, go to Settings

> Sign in to your iPad. To verify that youre signed in, go to Settings

> [your name]; your Apple ID appears below your name. Set up Face ID or Touch ID You can use Face ID (face recognition) or Touch ID (your fingerprint), to securely unlock your iPad, sign in to many apps, and make purchases. For your security, Face ID and Touch ID data doesnt leave your device and isnt saved anywhere else. Depending on you iPad model, do one of the following:

Set up Face ID: Go to Settings

> Face ID & Passcode > Set up Face ID, then follow the onscreen instructions. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 4 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Set up Touch ID: Go to Settings

> Touch ID & Passcode > Add a Fingerprint, then follow the onscreen instructions. Turn on Find My iPad You can locate your iPad if its ever lost or stolen. Go to Settings

> [your name] > Find My, tap Find My iPad, then turn on Find My iPad. You can see the location of your devices in the Find My app

. If you lose your iPad and dont have access to the Find My app, you can locate your device using Find iPad on iCloud.com. Back up your data with iCloud iCloud helps you keep your important info safe and in sync across your devices. If you replace or lose your iPad, or its damaged or stolen, your photos, videos, backups, and more remain secure in iCloud. To turn on or change the features you want to use with iCloud, go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud. Want to learn more? Check out Turn on and set up iPad Set up cellular service on iPad

(Wi-Fi + Cellular models) Connect iPad to the internet Locate a device in Find My on

, iPad

, and

. Use iCloud on iPad Not all features are available for all iPad models. Make your iPad your own Change the Wallpaper on your Lock Screen and Home Screen Set the background of your Home Screen and Lock Screen to display a favorite photo from your photo library. Go to Settings

> Wallpaper, then tap Choose a New Wallpaper. Tap an album, then select a photo. Drag the photo to move it around, or pinch to zoom in or out. When youve got it looking just right, tap Set, then choose whether you want the photo to appear on your Lock Screen, Home Screen, or both. Add widgets to your Home Screen Widgets help you easily see the information thats most important to you, like the current weather and upcoming Calendar events. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 5 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM To add a widget, touch and hold the background on any Home Screen page until the apps jiggle, then tap

. Tap a widget, swipe right or left to view the different sizes, then tap Add Widget. Set your favorite controls Some iPad controlslike silent mode and timerare just a swipe away in Control Center. To quickly open Control Center swipe down from the top-right edge. You can add more controlslike alarm or text sizeto Control Center. You can also remove or rearrange controls, go to Settings

> Control Center. Use built-in accessibility features iPad provides many accessibility features to support your vision, physical and motor, hearing, and learning needs. Change text appearance, make it easier to use the touchscreen, turn on subtitles and captioning, and more. To customize these settings, go to Settings

> Accessibility. Check your privacy settings iPad is designed to protect your data and your privacy. You can grant or deny apps permission to track your activity across other companies apps and websites. To receive requests from apps to track your activity, go to Settings

> Privacy &

Security, tap Tracking, then turn on Allow Apps to Request to Track (green is on). Want to learn more? Check out Change the wallpaper on iPad Add widgets on iPad Use

, and customize Control Center on iPad Get started with accessibility features on iPad

, and

. Use the built-in security and privacy protections of iPad Keep in touch with friends and family Start a group conversation You can send messages to a group of people you want to talk to at the same time, like members of your family. In the Messages app

, tap

, type the names of the people you want to send a message to, then send the first message. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 6 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Make a video call Use FaceTime to make video calls with your friends and family. In the FaceTime app

, tap New FaceTime near the top of the screen, type the name of the person you want to call, then tap

. You can add more people to a FaceTime callfriends and family can join in at any time. Tap the screen to show the controls, tap the top of the controls, then tap Add People. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 7 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Start a shared photo library You can use iCloud Shared Photo Library to share photos and videos with up to five other friends or family members. Everyone can add, edit, and caption photos and enjoy the shared photos in their memories, featured photos, and Photos widget. To use iCloud Shared Photo Library, all members need to have iOS 16.1, iPadOS 16.1, or macOS Ventura with iCloud Photos turned on; go to Settings

> [your name] >

iCloud > Photos, then turn on Sync this iPhone. Then, tap Shared Library to get started. Watch and listen together With SharePlay in the FaceTime app, you can bring TV shows, movies, and music into your FaceTime calls. Synced playback and shared controls let everyone on the call see and hear the same moments at the same time. And when you listen to music, everyone can add songs to a shared queue. To start SharePlay, open a supported video or music app while on a FaceTime call, then tap Play to share with everyone. Want to learn more? Check out Have a group conversation in Messages on iPad Make

, and receive FaceTime calls on iPad Set up or join an iCloud Shared Photo Library in

, Photos on iPad

, and

. Use SharePlay to watch and listen together in FaceTime on iPad Not all features are available in all countries or regions. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 8 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Customize your workspace Switch between apps on iPad When you are working in one app, you can open another app without going back to the Home Screenjust use the Dock. From your current app, swipe up from the bottom edge of the screen just far enough to reveal the Dock at the bottom of the screen, then tap the app you want to use. To quickly switch between the apps you have open, swipe up from the bottom of the screen, pause in the middle, then tap the app you want to use. Or, swipe left or right on the iPad screen with four or five fingers to view open apps. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 9 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM View two apps side-by-side When youre working in one app, you can open a second app next to it on the screen. Tap at the top of the screen, tap Split View, then when the Home Screen appears, tap the second app you want to open. The second app appears side-by-side with the first app. To adjust the size of the two apps on the screen, touch and hold the app divider, then move it left or right. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 10 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM View one app over another app When youre working in one app, you can switch it to a smaller window that floats over a second app. Tap at the top of the screen, tap Slide Over, then when the Home Screen appears, tap a second app to open. The second app appears in full screen and the first app floats on top of it. To move the Slide Over window to the other side of the screen, drag at the top of the window left or right. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 11 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Multitask with Stage Manager Depending on your iPad model, you can use Stage Manager to view your open apps on the screen all at once. The window of the app youre working in is open in the center of the screen, and your other apps are arranged on the left side, in order of recent use. To turn on Stage Manager, turn your iPad in landscape orientation, swipe down from the right-corner to open Control Center, then tap Want to learn more? Check out Open apps on iPad Open two items in Split View on

, iPad Switch an app window to a Slide Over window on iPad

, and Move, resize, and

. organize windows on iPad Not all features are available for all iPad models. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 12 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Your iPad iPad models compatible with iPadOS 16 This guide helps you get started using iPad and discover all the amazing things it can do with iPadOS 16, which is compatible with the following models:

iPad mini (6th generation) iPad mini (5th generation) iPad X iPad Air (4th generation) iPad Air (5th generation) iPad (5th generation) iPad (6th generation) iPad (7th generation) iPad Pro 11-inch (1st generation) iPad (8th generation) iPad Pro 11-inch (2nd generation) iPad (9th generation) iPad Pro 11-inch (3rd generation) iPad Air (3rd generation) iPad XX iPad Pro 9.7-inch iPad Pro 12.9-inch (3rd generation) iPad Pro 10.5-inch iPad Pro 12.9-inch (4th generation) iPad Pro 12.9-inch (1st generation) iPad Pro 12.9-inch (5th generation) iPad Pro 12.9-inch (2nd generation) iPad XXX Identify your iPad model and iPadOS version Go to Settings

> General > About. See

. Get information about your iPad To determine your iPad model from the physical details, see the Apple Support article

. Identify your iPad model You can update to the latest iPadOS software if your model supports it. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 13 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Your features and apps may vary depending on your iPad model, region, language, and carrier. To find out which features are supported in your region, see the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website

. Note: Apps and services that send or receive data over a cellular network may incur additional fees. Contact your carrier for information about your service plan and fees. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 14 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM iPad mini (5th generation) Front camera Top button Volume buttons Home button/Touch ID Rear camera Headphone jack Lightning connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 15 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Get started with iPad mini Turn on and set up iPad Learn basic gestures to interact with iPad Make your iPad your own Keep in touch with friends and family Whats new in iPadOS 16 https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 16 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM iPad mini (6th generation) Volume buttons Front camera Top button/Touch ID Rear camera Flash USB-C connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) Magnetic connector for Apple Pencil https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 17 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Get started with iPad mini Turn on and set up iPad Learn basic gestures to interact with iPad Make your iPad your own Keep in touch with friends and family Whats new in iPadOS 16 https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 18 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM iPad (5th generation) Front camera Top button Volume buttons Home button/Touch ID Rear camera Headphone jack Lightning connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 19 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Get started with iPad Turn on and set up iPad Learn basic gestures to interact with iPad Make your iPad your own Keep in touch with friends and family Whats new in iPadOS 16 https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 20 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM iPad (6th generation) Front camera Top button Volume buttons Home button/Touch ID Rear camera Headphone jack Lightning connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 21 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Get started with iPad Turn on and set up iPad Learn basic gestures to interact with iPad Make your iPad your own Keep in touch with friends and family Whats new in iPadOS 16 https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 22 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM iPad (7th generation) Front camera Top button Volume buttons Home button/Touch ID Rear camera Headphone jack Smart Connector Lightning connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 23 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Get started with iPad Turn on and set up iPad Learn basic gestures to interact with iPad Make your iPad your own Keep in touch with friends and family Whats new in iPadOS 16 https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 24 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM iPad (8th generation) Front camera Top button Volume buttons Home button/Touch ID Rear camera Headphone jack Smart Connector Lightning connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 25 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Get started with iPad Turn on and set up iPad Learn basic gestures to interact with iPad Make your iPad your own Keep in touch with friends and family Whats new in iPadOS 16 https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 26 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM iPad (9th generation) Front camera Top button Volume buttons Home button/Touch ID Rear camera Headphone jack Smart Connector Lightning connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 27 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Get started with iPad Turn on and set up iPad Learn basic gestures to interact with iPad Make your iPad your own Keep in touch with friends and family Whats new in iPadOS 16 iPad X COMMENT: To come: front view of iPad X Top button/Touch ID Volume buttons Front camera COMMENT: To come: back view of iPad X Rear camera Smart Connector USB-C connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) Get started with iPad Turn on and set up iPad Learn basic gestures to interact with iPad Make your iPad your own Keep in touch with friends and family Whats new in iPadOS 16 https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 28 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM iPad Air (3rd generation) Front camera Top button Volume buttons Home button/Touch ID Rear camera Headphone jack Smart Connector Lightning connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 29 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Get started with iPad Air Turn on and set up iPad Learn basic gestures to interact with iPad Make your iPad your own Keep in touch with friends and family Whats new in iPadOS 16 https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 30 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM iPad Air (4th generation) Front camera Top button/Touch ID Volume buttons Rear camera Smart Connector USB-C connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) Magnetic connector for Apple Pencil https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 31 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Get started with iPad Air Turn on and set up iPad Learn basic gestures to interact with iPad Make your iPad your own Keep in touch with friends and family Whats new in iPadOS 16 https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 32 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM iPad Air (5th generation) Front camera Top button/Touch ID Volume buttons Rear camera Smart Connector USB-C connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) Magnetic connector for Apple Pencil https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 33 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Get started with iPad Air Turn on and set up iPad Learn basic gestures to interact with iPad Make your iPad your own Keep in touch with friends and family Whats new in iPadOS 16 https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 34 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM iPad Pro 9.7-inch Front camera Top button Volume buttons Home button/Touch ID Rear camera Flash Headphone jack Smart Connector Lightning connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 35 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Get started with iPad Pro Turn on and set up iPad Learn basic gestures to interact with iPad Make your iPad your own Keep in touch with friends and family Whats new in iPadOS 16 https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 36 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM iPad Pro 10.5-inch Front camera Top button Volume buttons Home button/Touch ID Rear camera Flash Headphone jack Smart Connector Lightning connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 37 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Get started with iPad Pro Turn on and set up iPad Learn basic gestures to interact with iPad Make your iPad your own Keep in touch with friends and family Whats new in iPadOS 16 https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 38 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM iPad Pro 11-inch (1st generation) Front camera Top button Volume buttons Rear camera Flash Smart Connector USB-C connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) Magnetic connector for Apple Pencil https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 39 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Get started with iPad Pro Turn on and set up iPad Learn advanced gestures to interact with iPad Make your iPad your own Keep in touch with friends and family Whats new in iPadOS 16 https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 40 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM iPad Pro 11-inch (2nd generation) Front camera Top button Volume buttons Rear cameras Flash LiDAR Scanner Smart Connector USB-C connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) Magnetic connector for Apple Pencil https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 41 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Get started with iPad Pro Turn on and set up iPad Learn advanced gestures to interact with iPad Make your iPad your own Keep in touch with friends and family Whats new in iPadOS 16 https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 42 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM iPad Pro 11-inch (3rd generation) Front camera Top button Volume buttons Rear cameras Flash LiDAR Scanner Smart Connector Thunderbolt / USB 4 connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) Magnetic connector for Apple Pencil https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 43 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Get started with iPad Pro Turn on and set up iPad Learn advanced gestures to interact with iPad Make your iPad your own Keep in touch with friends and family Whats new in iPadOS 16 iPad XX COMMENT: To come: front view of iPad XX Front camera Top button Volume buttons COMMENT: To come: back view of iPad XX Rear cameras Flash LiDAR Scanner Smart Connector Thunderbolt / USB 4 connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) Magnetic connector for Apple Pencil Get started with iPad Pro Turn on and set up iPad Learn advanced gestures to interact with iPad Make your iPad your own Keep in touch with friends and family Whats new in iPadOS 16 https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 44 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM iPad Pro 12.9-inch (1st generation) Front camera Top button Volume buttons Home button/Touch ID Rear camera Headphone jack Smart Connector Lightning connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 45 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Get started with iPad Pro Turn on and set up iPad Learn basic gestures to interact with iPad Make your iPad your own Keep in touch with friends and family Whats new in iPadOS 16 https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 46 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM iPad Pro 12.9-inch (2nd generation) Front camera Top button Volume buttons Home button/Touch ID Rear camera Flash Headphone jack Smart Connector Lightning connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 47 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Get started with iPad Pro Turn on and set up iPad Learn basic gestures to interact with iPad Make your iPad your own Keep in touch with friends and family Whats new in iPadOS 16 https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 48 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM iPad Pro 12.9-inch (3rd generation) Front camera Top button Volume buttons Rear camera Flash Smart Connector USB-C connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) Magnetic connector for Apple Pencil https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 49 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Get started with iPad Pro Turn on and set up iPad Learn advanced gestures to interact with iPad Make your iPad your own Keep in touch with friends and family Whats new in iPadOS 16 https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 50 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM iPad Pro 12.9-inch (4th generation) Front camera Top button Volume buttons Rear cameras Flash LiDAR Scanner Smart Connector USB-C connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) Magnetic connector for Apple Pencil https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 51 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Get started with iPad Pro Turn on and set up iPad Learn advanced gestures to interact with iPad Make your iPad your own Keep in touch with friends and family Whats new in iPadOS 16 https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 52 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM iPad Pro 12.9-inch (5th generation) Front camera Top button Volume buttons Rear cameras Flash LiDAR Scanner Smart Connector Thunderbolt / USB 4 connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) Magnetic connector for Apple Pencil https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 53 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Get started with iPad Pro Turn on and set up iPad Learn advanced gestures to interact with iPad Make your iPad your own Keep in touch with friends and family Whats new in iPadOS 16 iPad XXX COMMENT: To come: front view of iPad XXX Front camera Top button Volume buttons COMMENT: To come: back view of iPad XXX Rear cameras Flash LiDAR Scanner Smart Connector Thunderbolt / USB 4 connector SIM tray (Wi-Fi + Cellular) Magnetic connector for Apple Pencil Get started with iPad Pro Turn on and set up iPad Learn advanced gestures to interact with iPad Make your iPad your own Keep in touch with friends and family Whats new in iPadOS 16 https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 54 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Whats new in iPadOS 16 Stage Manager. (iPadOS 16.1) A new way to navigate between apps on your iPad screen; the window of the app youre working in is in the center of the screen, and the other apps youre working with are arranged on the left side in order of recent use. You can also resize windows and overlap windows, group apps together by project, and more. See

. Move, resize, and organize windows on iPad iCloud Shared Photo Library. (iPadOS 16.1) Use iCloud Shared Photo Library to share a library of photos and videos with up to five other family members. Participants can add photos to the Shared Library from their Personal Library, directly from Camera, or when other members of the Shared Library are nearby. See Set up or join an iCloud Shared

. Photo Library in Photos https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 55 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Messages. Edit or unsend a message you just sent, or mark a message as unread if you want to come back to it later. Collaborate on notes, reminders, and other documents you share right in Messages. Use SharePlay in Messages to chat with friends while you watch the latest episode of your favorite show or listen to a new song. See Unsend and edit messages Collaborate on projects with Messages

, and Enjoy content together live

. using SharePlay on iPad Mail. Unsend an email you just sent, schedule emails to be sent at specific times, and get reminders to follow up or come back to an email later. Mail search results are more accurate and provide suggestions before you start typing. See Recall email with Undo send in Mail on iPad, Schedule an email with Send Later, and Use Remind Me to come back to emails later. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 56 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Focus. Expand your Focus filters across Apple apps such as Calendar and Messages, as well as third-party apps, to hide distracting content. See Set up a Focus

. Weather. The Weather app is now on iPad. Get more details on forecast conditions like air quality, humidity, UV index, and more. View hourly forecasts for the next 10 days, receive notifications of government-issued severe weather alerts, and more. See Check

. the weather https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 57 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Safari. Share Tab Groups, send messages, and start FaceTime calls right from Safari. See Share Tab Groups and collaborate in Safari

. Live Text. Now available in videospause a video on any frame that contains text to copy, translate, look up, share, and more. Quick actions make it easier to interact with text found in photos, videos, and Camera. Lift the subject from the background of a photo or image by removing the background, and then copy the subject into a new document. See Interact with text and subjects in Photos

. Home. The redesigned Home app makes it easier to navigate, organize, view, and control all your accessories. Categories for lights, climate, security, speakers, TVs, and water let you control all the relevant accessories organized by room, along with more detailed status information. See Control accessories with Home

. Family Sharing. Use your iPad to set up a new device for your child with parental controls and age-appropriate suggestions for media restrictions. Receive and approve your childs screen time requests right in the Messages app. See Set up a device for a child with Family Sharing and

. Set up parental controls with Family Sharing https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 58 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Accessibility. Use Door Detection to navigate the final few feet to a destination by locating the door, identifying how far away it is, and learning how to open it. Turn audio into text in real time to follow along more easily with conversations and media, and more. See Detect doors around you using Magnifier and

. Display subtitles and captions https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 59 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Photos. Copy the edits you make to one photo and paste them onto another photo or multiple photos. Quickly clean up your library using duplicate detection, sort people in your People album alphabetically, undo and redo edits, and more. See Edit photos and videos Merge duplicate photos and videos

, and

. Find and identify people in Photos Privacy and Security. The Hidden and Recently Deleted albums in the Photos app are locked by default and can be unlocked using your iPad authentication method. See

. Delete or hide photos and videos Notes. Take a Quick Note in any app on your iPad, lock a note using your device password, and filter notes in a Smart Folder based on date, attachments, checklists, and more. See Create Quick Notes anywhere Lock your notes

, and Organize your notes using

. Smart Folders Reminders. Save, create, or share lists as templates for routines like packing and grocery lists. Pin your favorite lists for easy access and collaborate on lists with others. See Work with templates in Reminders Pin a list for easy access

, and Share lists and collaborate in

. Reminders Stocks. Organize the stocks you follow into watchlists, and keep track of upcoming earnings reports. See Manage multiple watchlists in Stocks and Add earnings reports to your calendar in Stocks

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 60 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Memoji. Express yourself with new Memoji stickers and customization options like nose shapes, headwear, and hairstyles that represent more natural hair textures and curl patterns. See Use Memoji in Messages

. Learn tricks for iPadOS 16 The Tips app adds new suggestions frequently, so you can get the most from your iPad. See Get Tips

. Note: New features and apps may vary depending on your iPad model, region, language, and carrier. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 61 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Set up and get started Turn on and set up iPad You can turn on and set up your new iPad with an internet connection. You can also set up iPad by connecting it to your computer. If you have another iPhone, an iPad, or an Android device, you can transfer your data to your new iPad. Note: If your iPad is deployed or managed by a company, school, or other organization, see an administrator or teacher for setup instructions. For general information, see the Apple at Work website or

. Education website Prepare for setup To make setup as smooth as possible, have the following items available:

An internet connection through a Wi-Fi network (you may need the name and password of the network) or cellular data service through a carrier (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) Your Apple ID and password; if you dont have an Apple ID, you can create one during setup Your credit or debit card account information, if you want to add a card to Apple Pay during setup Your previous iPad or a backup of your device

, if youre transferring your data to your new device Tip: If you dont have sufficient storage space to back up your device, iCloud will grant you as much as you need to complete a temporary backup, free of charge, for up to three weeks from the purchase of your iPad. On your previous device, go to Settings > General > Transfer or Reset [device]. Tap Get Started, then follow the onscreen instructions. Your Android device, if youre transferring your Android content https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 62 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Turn on and set up your iPad 1. Press and hold the top button until the Apple logo appears. If iPad doesnt turn on, you might need to charge the battery

. For more help, see the Apple Support article

. If your iPad wont turn on or is frozen 2. Do one of the following:

Tap Set Up Manually, then follow the onscreen setup instructions. If you have another iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch with iOS 11, iPadOS 13, or later, you can use Quick Start to automatically set up your new device. Bring the two devices close together, then follow the onscreen instructions to securely copy many of your settings, preferences, and iCloud Keychain. You can then restore the rest of your data and content to your new device from your iCloud backup. Or, if both devices have iOS 12.4, iPadOS 13, or later, you can transfer all your data wirelessly from your previous device to your new one. Keep your devices near each other and plugged into power until the migration process is complete. You can also transfer your data using a wired connection between your devices. See the Apple Support article Use Quick Start to transfer data to a new iPhone,

. iPad, or iPod touch During setup, if youre blind or have low vision, you can triple-click the Home button (on an iPad with a Home button) or triple-click the top button (on other iPad models) to turn on VoiceOver, the screen reader. You can also double-tap the screen with three fingers to turn on Zoom. See Get started with accessibility

. features on iPad Move from an Android device to iPad If you have an Android device, you can transfer your data with the Move to iOS app when you first set up your new iPad. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 63 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Note: If you already completed setup and want to use Move to iOS, you must erase your iPad and start over, or move your data manually. See the Apple Support article Move

. content manually from your Android device to your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch 1. On your device with Android version 4.0 or later, see the Apple Support article Move from Android to iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch and download the Move to iOS app. 2. On your iPad, do the following:

Follow the setup assistant. On the Apps & Data screen, tap Move Data from Android. 3. On the Android device, do the following:

Turn on Wi-Fi. Open the Move to iOS app. Follow the onscreen instructions. WARNING: To avoid injury, read Important safety information for iPad before using iPad. Wake and unlock iPad iPad turns off the display to save power, locks for security, and goes to sleep when youre not using it. You can quickly wake and unlock iPad when you want to use it again. Wake iPad To wake iPad, do one of the following:

Press the top button. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 64 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Tap the screen (supported models). Unlock iPad with Face ID If you didnt turn on Face ID (on supported models) during setup, see Set up Face ID on

. iPad 1. Tap the screen, then glance at your iPad. The lock icon animates from closed to open to indicate that iPad is unlocked. 2. Swipe up from the bottom of the screen. To lock iPad again, press the top button. iPad locks automatically if you dont touch the screen for a minute or so. However, if Attention Aware Features is turned on in Settings

> Face ID & Passcode, iPad wont dim or lock as long as it detects attention. Unlock iPad with Touch ID If you didnt turn on Touch ID during setup, see

. Set up Touch ID on iPad On an iPad with a Home button: Press the Home button using the finger you registered with Touch ID. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 65 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM On iPad mini (6th generation) and iPad Air (4th generation and later): Rest your finger on the top button (Touch ID) using the finger you registered with Touch ID. To lock iPad again, press the top button. iPad locks automatically if you dont touch the screen for a minute or so. Unlock iPad with a passcode If you didnt create a passcode when you set up iPad, see

. Set a passcode on iPad 1. Press the Home button (on an iPad with a Home button) or swipe up from the bottom of the Lock Screen (on other iPad models). 2. Enter the passcode. To lock iPad again, press the top button. iPad locks automatically if you dont touch the screen for a minute or so. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 66 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Set up cellular service on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) If you have a Wi-Fi + Cellular model, you can sign up for a cellular data plan. This helps you stay connected to the internet when youre away from a Wi-Fi network. The cellular connection requires a SIM and a wireless data plan from a carrier. iPad supports the following types of SIM:

eSIM (on iPad models that support eSIM; not available in all countries or regions) Embedded Apple SIM or Apple SIM card Physical SIM Certain iPad models can connect to 5G networks. See the Apple Support article Use 5G with your iPad

. Set up an eSIM On models that support eSIM, you can activate the cellular service from your iPad. You may also be able to travel abroad with iPad and sign up for cellular service with a local carrier in the country or region youre visiting. This option isnt available in all countries or regions, and not all carriers are supported. 1. Go to Settings

> Cellular Data. 2. Do one of the following:

Set up the first cellular plan on your iPad: Select a carrier, then follow the onscreen instructions. Add another cellular plan: Tap Add a New Plan. Scan a QR code provided by a carrier: Tap Other, then position iPad so that the QR code provided by your carrier appears in the frame, or enter the details manually. You may be asked to enter a confirmation code provided by your carrier. Alternatively, you can activate your cellular plan through your carriers app (if supported). Go to the App Store, download your carriers app, then use the app to purchase a cellular plan. You can store more than one eSIM on your iPad, but you can use only one eSIM at a time. To switch to another eSIM, go to Settings > Cellular Data, then tap the plan you want to use (below SIMs). https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 67 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Set up your cellular plan with an embedded Apple SIM or Apple SIM card On models with an embedded Apple SIM or Apple SIM card, you can activate the cellular service from your iPad. You may also be able to travel abroad with iPad and sign up for cellular service with a local carrier in the country or region youre visiting. This option isnt available in all countries or regions, and not all carriers are supported. 1. Go to Settings

> Cellular Data. 2. Tap Add a New Plan, then follow the onscreen instructions. You can choose a carrier and a plan, or you can add your iPad to an existing plan. See the Apple Support article Set up cellular data service on your Wi-Fi + Cellular model iPad

, or contact your carrier. Install a physical SIM You can install an Apple SIM card or a nano-SIM provided by a carrier. 1. Insert a paper clip or SIM eject tool (not included) into the small hole of the SIM tray, then push in toward iPad to eject the tray. Note: The shape and orientation of the SIM tray depend on the iPad model and your country or region. 2. Remove the tray from iPad. 3. Place the SIM in the tray. The angled corner determines the correct orientation. 4. Insert the tray back into iPad. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 68 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 5. If you previously set up a PIN on the SIM, carefully enter the PIN when prompted. WARNING: Never try to guess a SIM PIN. An incorrect guess can permanently lock your SIM, and you wont be able to use cellular data through your carrier until you get a new SIM. See the Apple Support article

. Use a SIM PIN for your iPhone or iPad Manage your cellular data service 1. Go to Settings

> Cellular Data. 2. Do any of the following:

Restrict all data to Wi-Fi: Turn off Cellular Data. Turn on or off LTE and roaming: Tap Cellular Data Options. Turn on Personal Hotspot: Tap Set Up Personal Hotspot (available from certain carriers), then follow the onscreen instructions. Manage your cellular account: Tap Manage [account name] or Carrier Services. For information about managing your cellular data usage, see View or change cellular data settings on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models)

. Important: When using cellular services through GSM networks, you need an eSIM, embedded Apple SIM, Apple SIM card, or third-party SIM. When using cellular services through CDMA networks, you need an embedded Apple SIM, Apple SIM card, or third-

party SIM. Your iPad is subject to your wireless service providers policies, which may include restrictions on switching service providers and roaming, even after the conclusion of any required minimum service contract. Contact your wireless service provider for more details. The availability of cellular capabilities depends on the wireless network, your iPad model, and your location. Connect iPad to the internet Connect your iPad to the internet by using an available Wi-Fi network. Wi-Fi + Cellular models can also connect to the internet by using a cellular network. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 69 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Connect iPad to a Wi-Fi network 1. Go to Settings

> Wi-Fi, then turn on Wi-Fi. 2. Tap one of the following:

A network: Enter the password, if required. Other: Joins a hidden network. Enter the name of the hidden network, security type, and password. If appears at the top of the screen, iPad is connected to a Wi-Fi network. (To verify this, open Safari to view a webpage.) iPad reconnects when you return to the same location. Join a Personal Hotspot If an iPhone or an iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular) is sharing a Personal Hotspot, you can use its cellular internet connection. 1. Go to Settings

> Wi-Fi, then choose the name of the device sharing the Personal Hotspot. 2. If asked for a password on your iPad, enter the password shown in Settings

Cellular > Personal Hotspot on the device sharing the Personal Hotspot. Connect iPad to a cellular network (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) Your iPad automatically connects to your carriers cellular data network if a Wi-Fi network isnt available. If iPad doesnt connect, check the following:

1. Verify that your SIM is activated and unlocked. See Set up cellular service on iPad

(Wi-Fi + Cellular models) 2. Go to Settings

> Cellular Data. 3. Verify that Cellular Data is turned on. When you need an internet connection, iPad does the following, in order, until the connection is made:

Tries to connect to the most recently used available Wi-Fi network Shows a list of Wi-Fi networks in range and connects to the one you choose https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 70 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Connects to your carriers cellular data network (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) On an iPad that supports 5G, iPad may use your 5G cellular data instead of Wi-Fi. If so, you see Using 5G Cellular For Internet below the Wi-Fi networks name. To switch back to Wi-Fi, tap next to the network name, then tap Use Wi-Fi for Internet. See the Apple Support article

. Use 5G with your iPhone Note: If a Wi-Fi connection to the internet isnt available, apps and services may transfer data over your carriers cellular network, which may result in additional fees. Contact your carrier for information about your cellular data plan rates. To manage cellular data usage, see

. View or change cellular data settings on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 71 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Apple ID and iCloud Manage Apple ID settings on iPad Your Apple ID is the account you use to access Apple services such as the App Store, the iTunes Store, Apple Books, Apple Music, FaceTime, iCloud, iMessage, and more. Sign in with your Apple ID If you didnt sign in during setup, do the following:

1. Go to Settings

. 2. Tap Sign in to your iPad. 3. Enter your Apple ID and password. If you dont have an Apple ID, you can create one. 4. If you protect your account with two-factor authentication, enter the six-digit verification code. If you forgot your Apple ID or password, see the Recover your Apple ID website

. Change your Apple ID settings 1. Go to Settings

> [your name]. 2. Do any of the following:

Update your contact information Change your password Add or remove Account Recovery Contacts View and manage your subscriptions Update your payment methods or billing address Manage Family Sharing https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 72 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Use iCloud on iPad iCloud securely stores your photos, videos, documents, backups, and moreand keeps them updated across all your devicesautomatically. With iCloud, you can also share photos, calendars, notes, folders, and files with friends and family. iCloud provides you with an email account and 5 GB of free storage for your data. For more storage and additional features, you can

. subscribe to iCloud+

Note: Some iCloud features have minimum system requirements

. The availability of iCloud and its features varies by country or region. Change your iCloud settings Sign in with your Apple ID

, then do the following:

1. Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud. 2. Do any of the following:

See your iCloud storage status. Turn on the features you want to use, such as Photos, iCloud Drive, and iCloud Backup. For information on how to customize iCloud features on your other devices, see Set up iCloud and change settings on all your devices in the iCloud User Guide. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 73 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Ways to use iCloud on iPad iCloud can keep your iPad backed up automatically. See

. Back up iPad You can also keep the following information stored in iCloud and kept up to date across your iPad and other Apple devices:

Photos and videos; see Use iCloud Photos on iPad Files and documents; see Set up iCloud Drive on iPad iCloud Mail Contacts, Calendars, Notes, and Reminders Data from compatible third-party apps and games Messages threads; see Set up Messages on iPad Passwords and payment methods; see Make your passkeys and passwords available on all your devices with iPad and iCloud Keychain Safari bookmarks and open tabs; see Bookmark favorite websites in Safari on iPad and Open and close tabs in Safari on iPad News, Stocks, and Weather settings Home and Health data Voice memos Map favorites You can also do the following:

Share your photos and videos. See Use iCloud Shared Albums with iPad

. Share folders and documents with iCloud Drive. See Share files and folders in iCloud Drive on iPad

. Use Find My to locate a missing device or share locations with friends and family. See Locate a device in Find My on iPad and

. Locate a friend in Find My on iPad For additional storage and access to iCloud Private Relay, Hide My Email, and HomeKit Secure Video support, you can

. subscribe to iCloud+

https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 74 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM You can also access your iCloud data on iPhone, Apple Watch, Mac, Apple TV, your Windows computer, and iCloud.com

. To learn more about the available features and how they work across all your devices, see the

. iCloud User Guide Subscribe to iCloud+ on iPad iCloud+ gives you everything iCloud offers plus premium features including iCloud Private Relay, Hide My Email, HomeKit Secure Video support, and all the storage you need for your photos, files, and more. You can subscribe to iCloud+ or to Apple One, which includes iCloud+ and other Apple services. See the Apple Support article

. Bundle Apple subscriptions with Apple One Note: Some iCloud+ features have minimum system requirements

. The availability of iCloud+ and its features varies by country or region. Whats included with iCloud+

When you subscribe to iCloud+, you can do the following on iPad:

Get 50 GB, 200 GB, or 2 TB of storage. Create unique, random email addresses that forward to your personal inbox with Hide My Email. See Use Hide My Email in Safari on iPad and Use Hide My Email in Mail on

. iPad Browse the web in an even more secure and private way with iCloud Private Relay. See

. Protect your web browsing with iCloud Private Relay on iPad Set up home security cameras with HomeKit Secure Video so you can view your footage from anywhere while keeping it private and secure. See Set up security

. cameras in Home on iPad Use a custom email domain to personalize iCloud Mail. See Set up a custom email domain with iCloud Mail on iPad

. To learn more about iCloud+ features and how they work across all your devices, see the

. iCloud User Guide https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 75 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Upgrade, change, or cancel your iCloud+ subscription 1. Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud. 2. Tap Manage Account Storage, tap Change Storage Plan, select an option, then follow the onscreen instructions. Note: If you cancel your iCloud+ subscription, you lose access to the additional iCloud storage and iCloud+ features. Share iCloud+

You can use Family Sharing to share iCloud+ with up to five other family members. When your family members accept your invitation to share iCloud+, they have instant access to the additional storage and features. Note: To stop sharing iCloud+ with a family group, you can cancel the subscription, leave the family group, or leave or turn off Family Sharing. See Add a member to a Family

. Sharing group on iPad For information about combining your Apple subscriptions, see the Apple Support article

. Bundle Apple subscriptions with Apple One Find settings on iPad In the Settings app

, you can search for iPad settings you want to change, such as your passcode, notification sounds, and more. 1. Tap Settings on the Home Screen (or in the App Library

). https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 76 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 2. Swipe down on the sidebar to reveal the search field, tap the search field, enter a termvolume, for examplethen tap a setting on the left side of the screen. Tip: You can also search for settings from the Home Screen or Lock Screen. Set up mail, contacts, and calendar accounts on iPad In addition to the apps that come with iPad and that you use with iCloud

, iPad works with Microsoft Exchange and many of the most popular internet-based mail, contacts, and calendar services. You can set up accounts for these services. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 77 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Set up a mail account 1. Go to Settings

> Mail > Accounts > Add Account. 2. Do one of the following:

Tap a servicefor example, iCloud or Microsoft Exchangethen enter your account information. Tap Other, tap Add Mail Account, then enter your account information. Set up a contacts account 1. Go to Settings

> Contacts > Accounts > Add Account. 2. Do one of the following:

Tap a servicefor example, iCloud or Microsoft Exchangethen enter your account information. Tap Other, tap Add LDAP Account or Add CardDAV Account (if your organization supports it), then enter the server and account information. For more help, see

. Use other contact accounts on iPad Set up a calendar account 1. Go to Settings

> Calendar > Accounts > Add Account. 2. Do one of the following:

Choose a service: Tap a servicefor example, iCloud or Microsoft Exchangethen enter your account information. Add a calendar account: Tap Other, tap Add CalDAV Account, then enter your server and account information. Subscribe to iCal (.ics) calendars: Tap Other, tap Add Subscribed Calendar, then enter the URL of the .ics file to subscribe to; or import an .ics file from Mail. For more help, see

. Set up multiple calendars on iPad For information about setting up a Microsoft Exchange account in a corporate environment, see the Apple Support article Set up Exchange ActiveSync on your iPhone,

. iPad, or iPod touch https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 78 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM If you turn on iCloud Keychain on your iPad, your accounts stay up to date on all your devices that have iCloud Keychain turned on. See Use to iCloud Keychain to keep passwords, accounts, and more up to date with iCloud in the iCloud User Guide. Learn the meaning of the iPad status icons The icons in the status bar at the top of the screen provide information about iPad. Note: If you turn on a Focus

, its icon appears in the status bar. Status icon What it means Wi-Fi. iPad has a Wi-Fi internet connection. The more bars, the stronger the connection. See

. Connect iPad to a Wi-Fi network Cell signal. iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) is in range of the cellular network. If theres no signal, No service appears. Airplane mode. Airplane mode is on. Nonwireless features are available, but wireless functions may be disabled. See

. Choose iPad settings for travel 5G. Your carriers 5G network is available, and supported models can connect to the internet over that network (not available in all countries or regions). See the Apple Support article Use 5G with your iPad

. 5G UC. Your carriers 5G UC network is available, which can include your carriers higher frequency version of 5G. Supported models can connect to the internet over that network (not available in all countries or regions). See the Apple Support article Use 5G with your iPad

. 5G+. Your carriers 5G+ network is available, which can include your carriers higher frequency version of 5G. Supported models can connect to the internet over that network (not available in all countries or regions). See the Apple Support article Use 5G with your iPad

. 5G UW. Your carriers 5G UW network is available, which can include your carriers higher frequency version of 5G. Supported models can connect to the internet over that network (not available in all countries or regions). See the Apple Support article Use 5G with your iPad

. 5G E. Your carriers 5G E network is available, and supported models can connect to the internet over that network (not available in all countries or regions). See

. View or change cellular data settings on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 79 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM LTE. iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) is connected to the internet over a 4G LTE network (not available in all countries or regions). See View or change cellular data settings on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models)

. 4G. iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) is connected to the internet over a 4G network

(not available in all countries or regions). See settings on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) View or change cellular data

. 3G. iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) is connected to the internet over a 3G network. See View or change cellular data settings on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models)

. EDGE. iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) is connected to the internet over an EDGE network. See models)

. View or change cellular data settings on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular GPRS. iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) is connected to the internet over a GPRS network. See models)

. View or change cellular data settings on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular Personal Hotspot connection. iPad is connected to the internet through the Personal Hotspot of another device. See Join a Personal Hotspot

. VPN. iPad is connected to a network using VPN. Navigation. iPad is providing turn-by-turn directions. See in Maps on iPad

. Get driving directions Personal Hotspot. iPad is providing a Personal Hotspot. See connection from iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular)

. Share your internet Phone call. iPad is on a phone call. See Make and receive phone calls on iPad

. FaceTime. iPad is on a FaceTime call. See iPad

. Make and receive FaceTime calls on Screen recording. iPad is recording your screen. See screen recording on iPad

. Take a screenshot or Camera in use. An app is using your camera. See camera

. Take photos with your iPad Microphone in use. An app is using your microphone. See Voice Memos on iPad

. Make a recording in Syncing. iPad is syncing with your computer. See Sync supported content

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 80 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Network activity. There is network or other activity. Some third-party apps use this icon to show app activity. Lock. iPad is locked. See Wake and unlock iPad

. Do Not Disturb. Do Not Disturb is turned on. See Turn a Focus on or off on iPad

. Orientation lock. Screen orientation is locked. See orientation on iPad

. Change or lock the screen Location services. An app is using Location Services. See information you share on iPad

. Control the location Alarm. An alarm is set. See Set an alarm on iPad

. Headphones connected. iPad is paired with Bluetooth headphones that are turned on and within Bluetooth range. See headphones Set up and listen to Bluetooth

. Battery. Shows the battery level or charging status. See percentage

. Show the iPad battery Battery charging. Shows the iPad battery is charging. See battery

. Charge the iPad Bluetooth battery. Shows the battery level of a supported paired Bluetooth device. See Set up and use Bluetooth accessories on iPad

. AirPlay. AirPlay is on. See smart TV from iPad

. Wirelessly stream videos and photos to Apple TV or a Voice Control. Voice Control is turned on in Settings > Accessibility, and you can use your voice to interact with iPad

. RTT. RTT is turned on. See Set up and use RTT on iPad

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 81 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Charge and monitor the battery Charge the iPad battery iPad has an internal, lithium-ion rechargeable battery. Lithium-ion technology currently provides the best performance for your device. Compared with traditional battery technology, lithium-ion batteries are lighter, charge faster, last longer, and have a higher power density for more battery life. To understand how your battery works so you can get the most out of it, see the Apple

. Lithium-ion Batteries website About charging the battery The battery icon in the top-right corner of the status bar shows the battery level or charging status. When youre syncing or using iPad, it may take longer to charge the battery. If iPad is very low on power, it may display an image of a nearly depleted battery, indicating that it needs to charge for up to 10 minutes before you can use it. If iPad is extremely low on power when you begin to charge it, the display may be blank for up to 2 minutes before the low-battery image appears. See the Apple Support article If your iPad

. wont charge Charge the battery To charge your iPad battery, do one of the following:

Connect iPad to a power outlet using the included cable and power adapter. See

. Accessories included with iPad https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 82 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Connect iPad and your computer with a cable

. Make sure your computer is turned onif iPad is connected to a computer thats turned off, the battery may drain instead of charge. Look for on the battery icon to make sure iPad is charging. If your Mac or PC doesnt provide enough power to charge iPad, a Not Charging message appears in the status bar. Note: Dont try to charge your iPad by connecting it to your keyboard, unless your keyboard has a high-power USB port. Connecting iPad to a power outlet can start an iCloud backup or wireless computer syncing. See Back up iPad and

. Sync supported content WARNING: If you suspect there may be liquid in the charging port of iPad, dont plug the charging cable into it. For information about exposure to liquid, and other important safety information about the battery and charging iPad, see Important safety information

. for iPad https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 83 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Turn on Low Power Mode Low Power Mode reduces the amount of power that your iPad uses when the battery gets low. It optimizes performance for essential tasks like making and receiving calls; sending and receiving email and messages; accessing the internet; and more. On models with ProMotion display technology, Low Power Mode limits the display refresh rate to 60 frames per second. Your iPad might perform some tasks more slowly when in Low Power Mode. Note: If iPad switches to Low Power Mode automatically, it turns off Low Power Mode after charging to 80%. To manually turn Low Power Mode on or off, use any of the following methods:

In Settings: Go to Settings

> Battery. In Control Center: Go to Settings > Control Center, then choose Low Power Mode to add it to Control Center. See the Apple Support article Use Low Power Mode to save battery life on your iPhone or

. iPad Battery life and charge cycles vary with use and settings. The iPad battery should be serviced or recycled by Apple or an Apple Authorized Service Provider. See the Battery

. Service and Recycling website To understand how your battery works so you can get the most out of it, see the Apple Lithium-ion Batteries website. Show the iPad battery percentage You can view how much charge remains in your iPad battery in the status bar. You can also add a widget to the Home Screen to monitor the battery levels of your iPad and connected accessories (including AirPods, Apple Pencil, and more). See the iPad battery percentage in the status bar Go to Settings

> Battery, then turn on Battery Percentage. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 84 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Add a Batteries widget to your Home Screen 1. Touch and hold the Home Screen background until the apps begin to jiggle. 2. Tap at the top of the screen, then tap Batteries. 3. Swipe left and right through the Battery Status widgets to view the size options. The different sizes show different information. 4. When you see the size you want, tap Add Widget, then tap Done. See Add widgets on iPad

. To understand how your battery works so you can get the most out of it, see the Apple Lithium-ion Batteries website. Check iPad battery usage To learn how your iPad usage affects the battery level, go to Settings

> Battery. Information about your battery usage and activity appears for the last 24 hours and up to the last 10 days. Insights and suggestions: You might see insights about conditions or usage patterns that cause iPad to consume energy. You might also see suggestions for lowering energy consumption. If a suggestion appears, you can tap it to go to the corresponding setting. Last Charged: Indicates how fully the battery was last charged and the time it was disconnected. Battery Level graph (in Last 24 Hours): Shows the battery level, charging intervals, and periods when iPad was in Low Power Mode or the battery was critically low. Battery Usage graph (in Last 10 Days): Shows the percentage of battery used each day. Activity graph: Shows activity over time, split by whether the screen was on or off. Screen On and Screen Off: Shows total activity for the selected time interval, for when the screen was on and when it was off. The Last 10 Days view shows the average per day. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 85 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Battery Usage by App: Shows the proportion of the battery used by each app in the selected time interval. Activity by App: Shows the amount of time each app was used in the selected time interval. Note: To see battery information for a specific hour or day, tap that time interval in the graph. To deselect it, tap outside the graph. Battery life and charge cycles vary with use and settings. The iPad battery should be serviced or recycled by Apple or an Apple Authorized Service Provider. See the Battery

. Service and Recycling website To understand how your battery works so you can get the most out of it, see the Apple Lithium-ion Batteries website. Download or bookmark the iPad User Guide You can view the iPad User Guide in the Safari app

, or download it to the Books app so you can read it even when youre offline. View and bookmark the user guide in Safari In Safari, go to

. https://support.apple.com/guide/ipad To view the user guide in a different language, scroll down to the bottom of the page, tap the country or region link (United States, for example), then choose a country or region. Tip: For quick access, add the guide as a shortcut on your Home Screen or as a bookmark in Safari. Tap

, then choose any of the following:

Add to Home Screen: The shortcut appears as a new icon on the Home Screen. Add Bookmark: The bookmark appears when you tap

, then tap Bookmarks in Safari. Download the user guide from Apple Books If you download the guide from Apple Books (where available), you can read it even when iPad isnt connected to the internet. 1. Open the Books app

. 2. Tap Search, tap the search field, then enter iPad User Guide. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 86 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 3. Tap Get, then wait for the book to download. See Read books in the Books app on iPad

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 87 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Basics Learn gestures for iPad Learn basic gestures to interact with iPad Control iPad and its apps using a few simple gesturestap, touch and hold, swipe, scroll, and zoom. Symbol Gesture Tap. Touch one finger lightly on the screen. Touch and hold. Touch and hold items in an app to preview contents and perform quick actions. On the Home Screen, touch and hold an app icon briefly to open a quick actions menu. Swipe. Move one finger across the screen quickly. Scroll. Move one finger across the screen without lifting. For example, in Photos, you can drag a list up or down to see more. Swipe to scroll quickly; touch the screen to stop scrolling. Zoom. Place two fingers on the screen near each other. Spread them apart to zoom in, or move them toward each other to zoom out. You can also double-tap a photo or webpage to zoom in, and double-tap again to zoom out. In Maps, double-tap and hold, then drag up to zoom in or drag down to zoom out. If youre using Magic Trackpad or Magic Mouse, see Trackpad gestures for iPad Mouse or actions and gestures for iPad for gestures that work on your trackpad or mouse. Learn advanced gestures to interact with iPad Heres a handy reference to the gestures you use on all iPad models to go to the Home Screen, switch between recent apps, access controls, and more. A few gestures are done differently on an iPad with a Home button, as described in the table below. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 88 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Gesture Description Go Home. Swipe up from the bottom edge of the screen to return to the Home Screen at any time. See Open apps on iPad

. Quickly access controls. Swipe down from the top-right corner to open Control Center; touch and hold a control to reveal more

> Control options. To add or remove controls, go to Settings Center. See Use and customize Control Center on iPad

. Open the App Switcher. Swipe up from the bottom edge, pause in the center of the screen, then lift your finger. To browse the open apps, swipe right, then tap the app you want to use. See Switch between apps on iPad

. Switch between open apps. Swipe left or right along the bottom edge of the screen to quickly switch between open apps.

(On an iPad with a Home button, swipe with a slight arc.) See

. Switch between apps on iPad Open the Dock within an app. Swipe up from the bottom edge of the screen and pause to reveal the Dock. To quickly open another app, tap it in the Dock. See

. Open an app from the Dock Use Siri. Just say, Hey Siri. Or press and hold the top button while you make your request. (On an iPad with a Home button, press and hold the Home button while you make a request.) Then release the button. See Use Siri on iPad

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 89 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Use Accessibility Shortcut. Triple-click the top button. (On an Use iPad with a Home button, triple-click the Home button.) See accessibility shortcuts on iPad

. Take a screenshot. Simultaneously press and quickly release the top button and either volume button. (On an iPad with a Home button, simultaneously press and quickly release the top Take a screenshot or screen button and the Home button.) See recording on iPad

. Turn off. Simultaneously press and hold the top button and either volume button until the sliders appear, then drag the top slider to power off. (On an iPad with a Home button, press and hold the top button until the sliders appear.) Or go to Settings

> General > Shut Down. See

. Home button) Turn iPad on or off (models with the Force restart. Press and quickly release the volume button nearest the top button, press and quickly release the other volume button, then press and hold the top button until the Apple logo appears. On iPad mini (6th generation), the volume buttons are at the top left. See Force restart iPad

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 90 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM If youre using Magic Trackpad or Magic Mouse, see use trackpad gestures for iPad or Mouse actions and gestures for iPad for gestures that work on your trackpad or mouse. Adjust the volume on iPad Use the volume buttons on iPad to adjust the volume of songs and other media, alerts, and sound effects. (The volume buttons are either on the side or the top of your device, depending on your model.) You can also use Siri to turn the volume up or down. Siri: Say something like: Turn up the volume or Turn down the volume. Learn how to use Siri

. You can use Control Center to silence audio alerts and notifications. WARNING: For important information about avoiding hearing loss, see Important safety information for iPad

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 91 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Do Not Disturb doesnt mute the audio from music, podcasts, movies, and TV shows. Lock the ringer and alert volumes Go to Settings

> Sounds, then turn off Change with Buttons. Note: To limit the maximum headset volume, go to Settings > Music > Volume Limit, then drag the slider to set the maximum volume. Adjust the volume in Control Center When iPad is locked or when youre using an app, you can adjust the volume in Control Center. Open Control Center, then drag

. Mute the sound Press and hold the Volume Down button. Temporarily silence calls, alerts, and notifications Open Control Center, tap Focus, then tap Do Not Disturb. (See Turn a Focus on or off on iPad

.) On iPad, there are several ways to protect your hearing from loud volume while listening to headphone audio. See

. Use headphone audio-level features on iPad https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 92 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Use your apps Open apps on iPad You can quickly open apps from your Home Screen pages. 1. To go to the Home Screen, swipe up from the bottom edge of the screen. 2. Swipe left or right to browse apps on other Home Screen pages. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 93 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 3. To open an app, tap its icon on the Home Screen. 4. To return to the first Home Screen page, swipe up from the bottom edge of the screen. Find your apps in App Library on iPad App Library shows your apps organized into categories, such as Productivity & Finance, Creativity, and Information & Reading. The apps you use most are near the top of the screen and at the top level of their categories, so you can easily locate and open them. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 94 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Note: The apps in App Library are organized in categories intelligently, based on how you use your apps. You can add apps in App Library to the Home Screen, but you cant move them to another category in App Library. Find and open an app in App Library 1. Go to the Home Screen, then swipe left past all your Home Screen pages to get to App Library. You can also open App Library quickly by tapping

, the rightmost button in the Dock at the bottom of the screen. 2. Tap the search field at the top of the screen, then enter the name of the app youre looking for. Or scroll to browse the alphabetical list. 3. To open an app, tap it. If a category in App Library has a few small app icons, you can tap them to expand the category and see all the apps in it. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 95 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Hide and show Home Screen pages Because you can find all of your apps in App Library, you might not need as many Home Screen pages for apps. You can hide some Home Screen pages, which brings App Library closer to your first Home Screen page. (When you want to see the hidden pages again, you can show them.) 1. Touch and hold the Home Screen until the apps begin to jiggle. 2. Tap the dots at the bottom of the screen. Thumbnail images of your Home Screen pages appear with checkmarks below them. 3. To hide pages, tap to remove the checkmarks. To show hidden pages, tap to add the checkmarks. 4. Tap Done. With the extra Home Screen pages hidden, you can go from the first page of the Home Screen to App Library (and back) with only one or two swipes. Note: When Home Screen pages are hidden, new apps you download from the App Store may be added to App Library instead of the Home Screen. Reorder Home Screen pages If you have multiple Home Screen pages, you can change their order. For example, you can gather together your favorite apps on one Home Screen page, and then make that your first Home Screen page. 1. Touch and hold the Home Screen background until the apps begin to jiggle. 2. Tap the dots at the bottom of the screen. Thumbnail images of your Home Screen pages appear with checkmarks below them. 3. To move each Home Screen page, touch and hold it, then drag it to a new position. 4. Tap Done twice. Change where new apps get downloaded When you download new apps from the App Store, you can add them to the Home Screen and App Library, or to App Library only. 1. Go to Settings

> Home Screen & Dock. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 96 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 2. Choose whether to add new apps to your Home Screen and App Library or to App Library only. Note: To allow app notification badges to appear on apps in App Library, turn on Show in App Library. Move an app from App Library to the Home Screen You can add an app in App Library to the Home Screen, unless its already there. Touch and hold the app, then tap Add to Home Screen (available only if the app isnt already on the Home Screen). The app appears on the Home Screen and in App Library. Switch between apps on iPad You can use the Dock, the App Switcher, or a gesture to quickly switch from one app to another on your iPad. When you switch back, you can pick up right where you left off. Open an app from the Dock From any app, swipe up from the bottom edge of the screen just far enough to reveal the Dock, then tap the app you want to use. Favorite apps are on the left side of the Dock, and suggested appslike ones you opened recently and ones open on your iPhone or Macappear on the right side of the Dock. The rightmost button in the Dock opens App Library. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 97 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 98 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Use the App Switcher 1. To see all your open apps, Split View workspaces, and Slide Over windows in the App Switcher, do one of the following:

On all iPad models: Swipe up from the bottom of the screen, then pause in the center of the screen. On an iPad with a Home button: Double-click the Home button. 2. To browse the open apps, swipe right, then tap the app or Split View workspace you want to use. You can view the Slide Over windows by swiping left, and switch between them by tapping them. See

. Switch between apps in Slide Over Switch between open apps To switch between open apps, do one of the following:

Swipe left or right with one finger along the bottom edge of the screen. (On an iPad with a Home button, perform this gesture with a slight arc.) Swipe left or right with four or five fingers. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 99 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Zoom an app to fill the screen on iPad Most apps for iPhone and iPod touch can be used with iPad, but they might not take advantage of the large screen. In this case, tap to zoom in on the app. Tap to return to the original size. Check the App Store to see if theres a version of the app thats optimized for iPad, or a universal version thats optimized for iPhone, iPad, and iPod touch. Quit and reopen an app on iPad If an app isnt responding, you can quit it and then reopen it to try and resolve the issue.

(Typically, theres no reason to quit an app; quitting it doesnt save battery power, for example.) 1. To quit an app, open the App Switcher, then swipe up on the app. 2. To reopen the app, go to the Home Screen (or the App Library

), then tap the app. If quitting and reopening the app doesnt solve your problem, try restarting iPad

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 100 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Enter, select, and revise text Dictate text on iPad With Dictation on iPad, you can dictate text anywhere you can type it. You can use typing and Dictation togetherthe keyboard stays open during Dictation so you can easily switch between typing and speaking to enter text. For example, you can select text with touch and replace it with your voice. On supported models, Dictation requests are processed on your device in many languagesno internet connection is required. When you dictate in a search field, your dictated text may be sent to the search provider in order to process the search. When you use Dictation on a device, you can dictate text of any length without a timeout. You can stop Dictation manually, or it stops automatically when you stop speaking for 30 seconds. Note: Dictation may not be available in all languages or in all countries or regions, and features may vary. To see whether dictation is supported in your region and language, go to the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website

. Cellular data charges may apply.

(See View or change cellular data settings on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models)

.) Turn on Dictation 1. Go to Settings

> General > Keyboard. 2. Turn on Enable Dictation. If youre using an external keyboard, see Dictate text while using an Apple external keyboard

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 101 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Dictate text 1. Tap to place the insertion point where you want to insert text. 2. Tap on the onscreen keyboard or in any text field where it appears (as in Messages, for example). Then speak. If you dont see

, make sure Enable Dictation is turned on in Settings

> General >

Keyboard. As you speak to insert text, iPad automatically inserts punctuation for you. You can insert emoji by saying their names (for example, mind blown emoji or happy emoji). 3. When you finish, tap

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 102 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Type with the onscreen keyboard on iPad On iPad, you can use the onscreen keyboard to enter and edit text. You can also use Dictation

, an external keyboard

, and Apple Pencil to enter text. Enter text using the onscreen keyboard In any app that allows text editing, open the onscreen keyboard by tapping a text field. You can pinch closed to shrink the keyboard, then tap individual keys to type, or use QuickPath to type by sliding from one letter to the next without lifting your finger (not available for all languages). To end a word, lift your finger. (If you tap after sliding to type a word, it deletes the whole word.) You can drag the smaller keyboard from the bottom of the screen to move it wherever you want for easy one-handed typing. To return to the full-size keyboard, pinch open. On the full-size keyboard, you tap keys to type. While entering text, you can do any of the following on both the smaller keyboard and the full-size keyboard:

Type uppercase letters: Tap

, or touch

, then slide to a letter. Turn on Caps Lock: Double-tap

. Quickly end a sentence with a period and a space: Double-tap the Space bar. Correct spelling: Tap a misspelled word (underlined in red) to see suggested corrections, then tap a suggestion to replace the word, or type the correction. Enter numbers, punctuation, or symbols: Tap or

. Undo the last edit: Swipe left with three fingers, then tap Undo at the top of the screen; or tap

. Redo the last edit: Swipe right with three fingers, then tap Redo at the top of the screen; or tap

. Hide the onscreen keyboard: Tap

. See Select, cut, copy, and paste text on iPad

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 103 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Enter emoji with the onscreen keyboard 1. Open the onscreen keyboard by tapping a text field. 2. Switch to the emoji keyboard by tapping or

. 3. To search for an emoji, tap at the bottom left, then enter a commonly used word such as heart or smiley facein the search field above the keyboard. 4. To enter an emoji, tap it. To see more choices, swipe through the emoji that appear. 5. To return to the regular keyboard, tap ABC in the lower-left corner. See Switch between keyboards with iPad

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 104 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Turn the onscreen keyboard into a trackpad 1. Touch and hold the Space bar with one finger until the keyboard turns light gray. 2. Move the insertion point by dragging around the keyboard. 3. To select text, touch and hold the keyboard with a second finger, then adjust the selection by moving the first finger around the keyboard. See Select, cut, copy, and paste text for more ways to select text. Enter accented letters or other characters while typing While typing, touch and hold the letter, number, or symbol on the keyboard thats related to the character you want. For example, to enter , touch and hold the e key, then slide to choose a variant. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 105 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM You can also do any of the following:

On a Thai keyboard: To choose native numbers, touch and hold the related Arabic number. On a Chinese, Japanese, or Arabic keyboard: Tap a suggested character or candidate at the top of the keyboard to enter it, or swipe left to see more candidates. Note: To view the full candidate list, tap the up arrow on the right. To return to the short list, tap the down arrow. Set typing options You can turn on special typing featuressuch as predictive text and auto-correction that assist you when you type on iPad. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 106 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM While typing using the onscreen keyboard, touch and hold or

, tap Keyboard Settings, then turn typing features (below All Keyboards) on or off. Use a split keyboard On supported models, you can type with the onscreen keyboard split and at the bottom of the screen, undocked and in the middle of the screen, or floating and movable. Turn Split Keyboard on or off To turn the Split Keyboard setting on or off, do one of the following:

Go to Settings

> General > Keyboard, then turn Split Keyboard on or off. Touch and hold or

, tap Keyboard Settings, then select Split Keyboard. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 107 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Split the keyboard When Split Keyboard is turned on in Settings, tap in a text field to open the onscreen keyboard, then do any of the following. Split the keyboard: Touch and hold

, slide your finger to Split, then release. Put the split keyboard back together: Touch and hold

, slide your finger to Merge, then release. Undock the keyboard When Split Keyboard is turned on in Settings, you can undock the keyboard so that it moves up from the bottom of the screen. 1. Tap in a text field to open the onscreen keyboard. 2. Touch and hold

, slide your finger to Undock, then release. The keyboard moves up off the bottom of the screen. You can type with the keyboard in this position. 3. To return the undocked keyboard to its original position, touch and hold

, slide your finger to Dock, then release. Use a floating keyboard You can make the onscreen keyboard float, and move the floating keyboard anywhere on the screen by dragging from the bottom. 1. Tap in a text field to open the onscreen keyboard. 2. Touch and hold

, slide your finger to Floating, then release. A miniature version of the keyboard opens. You can drag it from the bottom and place it anywhere on the screen. Tap keys or use QuickPath to type by sliding from one letter to the next without lifting your finger (not available for all languages). 3. To return the keyboard to full width, pinch open. Select, cut, copy, and paste text on iPad In apps on iPad, you can use the onscreen keyboard to select and edit text in text fields. You can also use an external keyboard, Apple Pencil, your finger, or Dictation. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 108 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Select and edit text 1. To select text, do any of the following:

Select a word: Double-tap with one finger. Select a paragraph: Triple-tap with one finger. Select a block of text: Double-tap and hold the first word in the block, then drag to the last word. 2. After selecting the text you want to revise, you can type, or tap the selection to see editing options:

Cut: Tap Cut or pinch closed with three fingers two times. Copy: Tap Copy or pinch closed with three fingers. Paste: Tap Paste or pinch open with three fingers. Replace: View suggested replacement text, or have Siri suggest alternative text. B/I/U: Format the selected text. View more options. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 109 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 110 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Insert text by typing 1. Place the insertion point where you want to insert text by doing any of the following:

Tap where you want to add text. Touch and hold to magnify the text, then move the insertion point by dragging it. Note: To navigate a long document, touch and hold the right edge of the document, then drag the scroller to locate the text you want to revise. 2. Type the text you want to insert. You can also insert text you cut or copied from another place in the document. See

. Select and edit text With Universal Clipboard

, you can cut or copy something on one Apple device and paste it to another. You can also move text within an app

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 111 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Use predictive text on iPad As you type text on the iPad keyboard, you see predictions for your next word, emoji that could take the place of your word, and other suggestions based on your recent activity and information from your apps (not available for all languages). In Messages, for example, when you type something like:

Im at followed by a space, your current location appears as an option My number is followed by a space, your phone number appears as an option https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 112 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Accept or reject a predictive text suggestion To accept a suggested word or emoji while typing, tap it; to accept the highlighted suggestion, enter a space or punctuation. When you tap a suggested word, a space appears after the word. If you enter a comma, period, or other punctuation, the space is deleted. To reject the suggestions, tap your original word (shown as the predictive text option with quotation marks). Turn off predictive text With an onscreen keyboard: Touch and hold or

, tap Keyboard Settings, then turn off Predictive. With an external keyboard: Go to Settings

> General > Keyboard, then turn off Predictive. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 113 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM When you turn off predictive text, iPad may still try to suggest corrections for misspelled words. To accept a correction, enter a space or punctuation, or tap Return. To reject a correction, tap the x. If you reject the same suggestion a few times, iPad stops suggesting it. Save keystrokes with text replacements on iPad On iPad, set up a text replacement you can use to enter a word or phrase by typing just a few characters. For example, type omw to enter On my way! That ones already set up for you, but you can also add your own. Create a text replacement 1. Do one of the following:

With an onscreen keyboard: Touch and hold or

, tap Keyboard Settings, then tap Text Replacement. With an external keyboard: Go to Settings

> General > Keyboard, then tap Text Replacement. 2. Tap at the top right. 3. Type a phrase in the Phrase field and the text shortcut you want to use for it in the Shortcut field. Have a word or phrase you use and dont want it corrected?

1. Go to Settings

> General > Keyboard, then tap Text Replacement. 2. Tap at the top right, then enter your word or phrase in the Phrase field, but leave the Shortcut field blank. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 114 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Create a text replacement for word and input pairs When using certain Chinese or Japanese keyboards, you can create a text replacement for word and input pairs. The text replacement is added to your personal dictionary. When you type the text shortcut for a word or input while using a supported keyboard, the paired word or input is substituted for the shortcut. Shortcuts are available for the following:

Simplified Chinese: Pinyin Traditional Chinese: Pinyin and Zhuyin Japanese: Romaji and Kana Use iCloud to keep your personal dictionary up to date on your other devices Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud, then turn on iCloud Drive. Reset your personal dictionary 1. Go to Settings

> General > Reset. 2. Tap Reset Keyboard Dictionary. All custom words and shortcuts are deleted, and the keyboard dictionary returns to its default state. Add or change keyboards on iPad On iPad, you can turn typing features, such as spell checking, on or off; add keyboards for writing in different languages; and change the layout of your onscreen or wireless keyboard. If you add keyboards for other languages, you can type in two languages without having to switch between keyboards. Your keyboard automatically switches between the two languages you use most often. (Not available for all languages.) https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 115 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Add or remove a keyboard for another language 1. Go to Settings

> General > Keyboard. 2. Tap Keyboards, then do any of the following:

Add a keyboard: Tap Add New Keyboard, then choose a keyboard from the list. Repeat to add more keyboards. Remove a keyboard: Tap Edit, tap next to the keyboard you want to remove, tap Delete, then tap Done. Reorder your keyboard list: Tap Edit, drag next to a keyboard to a new place in the list, then tap Done. If you add a keyboard for a different language, the corresponding language is automatically added to the Preferred Language Order list. You can view this list and add languages to it directly in Settings > General > Language & Region. You can also reorder the list to change how apps and websites display text. Switch to another keyboard On the onscreen keyboard: Touch and hold or

, then tap the name of the keyboard you want to switch to. You can also tap or to switch from one keyboard to another. Continue tapping to access other enabled keyboards. On an external keyboard: Press and hold Control, then press the Space bar to cycle between English, emoji, and

. other keyboards you add for different languages With Magic Keyboard for iPad and Smart Keyboard, you can also press to switch from one keyboard to another. Assign an alternative layout to a keyboard You can use an alternative keyboard layout that doesnt match the keys on your keyboard. 1. Go to Settings

> General > Keyboard > Keyboards. 2. Tap a language at the top of the screen, then select an alternative layout from the list. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 116 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Move and copy items with drag and drop on iPad With drag and drop, you can use a finger to move text and items within an app and copy items from one app to another. For example, you can drag an image from Notes into an email. (Not all third-party apps support drag and drop.) Move an item 1. Touch and hold the item until it lifts up (if its text, select it first). 2. Drag it to another location within the app. If you drag to the bottom or top of a long document, it automatically scrolls. Copy an item between open apps 1. Open two items in Split View or in Slide Over

, then touch and hold the item until it lifts up (if its text, select it first). 2. Drag it to the other app. As you drag, appears wherever you can drop the item. If you drag to the bottom or top of a long document, the document automatically scrolls. Tip: If you want to drag the item to a new note or email, open the new note or email first so you can drag the item directly to it. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 117 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Drag a link to a Split View or Slide Over window Touch and hold the link until it lifts up, then do one of the following:

Replace a Split View or Slide Over window with the links destination: Drag the link to the window. Open the links destination in a Split View or Slide Over window: When there is no Split View or Slide Over window showing, drag the link to the left or right edge of the screen to open the destination in Split View, or drag the link close to the edge to open in Slide Over. Copy an item to an app on the Home Screen or in the Dock 1. Touch and hold the item until it lifts up (if its text, select it first). 2. While you continue to hold the item, use another finger to swipe up from the bottom edge of the screen and pause to reveal the Dock or press the Home button (on an iPad with a Home button). 3. Drag the item over the other app to open it (a ghost image of the item appears under your finger as you drag). You can drag over items in the app to navigate to where you want to drop the item (as you drag, appears wherever you can drop the item). For example, you can drag over the notes list to open the note where you want to drop the item, or you can use another finger to open a new note where you can drop the item. If you change your mind about moving an item, lift your finger before dragging, or drag the item off the screen. Select multiple items to move 1. Touch and hold the first selected item, drag it slightly, and continue holding it. 2. While still holding the first item, tap additional items with another finger. A badge indicates the number of selected items. 3. Drag all of the items together. If you change your mind about moving items, lift your finger before dragging, or drag the items off the screen. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 118 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Use multiple apps simultaneously Open two items in Split View on iPad On iPad, you can work with multiple apps at the same time. Open two different apps, or two windows from the same app, by splitting the screen into resizable views. For example, open Messages and Maps at the same time in Split View. Or open two Messages windows in Split View and manage two conversations at the same time. Open a second app in Split View 1. While using an app, tap

(the three dots at the top of the app), tap

, then tap to have the current app appear on the left side of the screen, or to place the current app on the right. The app youre using moves to the side to reveal your Home Screen and Dock. 2. Find the second app you want to open on your Home Screen or in the Dock, then tap it. The two apps appear in Split View. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 119 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Replace an app in Split View When you have two apps open in Split View, you can replace one of them with a different app. 1. At the top of the app you want to replace, swipe down from

(the three dots at the top of the app). The app you want to replace drops down, and the other app moves to the side to reveal your Home Screen and Dock. 2. Find the replacement app on your Home Screen or in the Dock, then tap it. The two apps appear side by side in Split View. Tip: To get more screen space to work with, turn on Display scaling mode on supported models. This increases the pixel density of the display so you can view more in your appswhich is useful when working in multiple windows in Stage Manager or Split View

. Go to Settings > Display & Brightness > Display Zoom, then select More Space. Turn Split View into Slide Over When you have two apps or windows open in Split View, you can turn one of them into a Slide Over windowa smaller window that slides in front of the first. Tap at the top of the window you want to turn into a Slide Over window, then tap

(the rightmost of the three buttons). See Open an app in Slide Over

. On supported models, you can use Split View and Slide Over simultaneously. Return to full screen When you have two apps or windows open in Split View, you can remove one of them and show the other in full screen. Do one of the following:

Drag the center divider to the left or right edge of the screen. Tap at the top of the app you want to appear in full screen, then tap

. Touch and hold at the top of the app you want to appear in full screen. Keeping its top edge at the top of the screen, drag it to the center of the screen until its name and icon appears, then lift your finger. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 120 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Switch an app window to a Slide Over window on iPad While youre using an app, you can switch it to a Slide Over windowa smaller window that slides in front of another app or windowand open another app behind it. For example, while youre using the Photos app, you can have Messages open in a Slide Over window and carry on a conversation while looking at photos. iPad keeps track of the apps you open in Slide Over so that you can switch between them easily. Open an app in Slide Over 1. While using an app, tap at the top of the screen, then tap

. The app youre using moves to the side to reveal your Home Screen and Dock. 2. Find and open the app you want to appear behind the Slide Over window. The second app opens, and the first app appears in a Slide Over window in front of it. To open a third app in Slide Over when the screen is in Split View (on supported models), swipe up from the bottom edge just far enough to reveal the Dock, then drag the third app from the Dock to the Split View divider. (See Open two items in Split View on iPad

.) https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 121 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Switch between apps in Slide Over Swipe right along the bottom of the Slide Over window, or do the following:

1. Swipe halfway up the screen from the bottom of the Slide Over window, pause, then lift your finger. All the Slide Over windows appear. 2. Tap the app you want to view, if its visible. If you dont see it, swipe left and right through the apps. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 122 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM You can also use the App Switcher to switch between apps in Slide Over. See Use the App Switcher

. Move the Slide Over window Do one of the following:

Move the Slide Over window to the other side of the screen: Drag from at the top of the Slide Over window. Temporarily hide the Slide Over window: Swipe all the way up from the bottom of the Slide Over window, swipe

, or drag either side of the window to the left edge of the screen. The Slide Over window disappears and a tab appears to indicate the Slide Over window is still available. Move the Slide Over window back onto the screen: Drag the tab indicating the Slide Over window from the left edge of the screen. Turn Slide Over into Split View Tap at the top of the Slide Over window, tap

, then tap to have the current app appear on the left side of the screen, or to place the current app on the right. On supported models, you can use Slide Over and Split View simultaneously. See Open

. two items in Split View https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 123 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Open an item in the center of the screen In many iPad appsincluding Mail, Messages, Notes, and Filesyou can open an item in the center of the app window. 1. Do any of the following:

Touch and hold a message in a mailbox in Mail. Touch and hold a conversation in Messages. Touch and hold a note in Notes. 2. Tap Open in New Window. The item opens in the center of the screen, on top of what youre viewing, without otherwise changing your view. Tip: You can also pinch open any of the items listed in step 1 above to open them in a new window in the center of the screen. You can change a center window to full screen by tapping

, make it a Split View window by tapping

, or change it to a Slide Over window by tapping

. View an apps open windows and workspaces In many iPad appsincluding Mail, Notes, Safari, and Filesyou can have multiple windows open. You can view all the open windows for an app, including those in Split View and Slide Over. View an apps open windows 1. Do any of the following:

Swipe up from the bottom edge of the screen to reveal the Dock. Go to the Home Screen. 2. Touch and hold the app whose windows you want to view, then tap Show All Windows. Note: If you touch and hold an app for too long, all of the apps begin to jiggle. Tap Done or press the Home button (on an iPad with a Home button), then try again. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 124 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM The open windows in some apps appear as thumbnails near the bottom of the screen. When you tap a thumbnail, its contents appear in the current full-screen window. When viewing apps in Split View, tap at the top of an open app to view all its open windows. Create new windows in an app When all of an apps open windows appear as thumbnails (near the bottom of the screen), you see

. Tap it to create a new window in the app. In Split View, tap to display the apps open windows as thumbnails, then tap

. Multitask with Picture in Picture on iPad With Picture in Picture, you can watch a video or use FaceTime while you use other apps. While watching a video, tap or press the Home button (on an iPad with a Home button). The video window scales down to a corner of your screen so you can see the Home Screen and open other apps. With the video window showing, you can do any of the following:

Resize the video window: To make the small video window larger, pinch open. To shrink it again, pinch closed. Show and hide controls: Tap the video window. Move the video window: Drag it to a different corner of the screen. Hide the video window: Drag it off the left or right edge of the screen. Close the video window: Tap

. Return to a full video screen: Tap in the small video window. Move, resize, and organize windows on iPad On supported models, you can use Stage Managera new way to multitask and get things done with ease. Resize windows to look the way you want, see multiple overlapping windows in a single view, tap to switch between apps, and more. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 125 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM You can make different groups of apps for specific tasks. Arrange, resize, and overlap them in your ideal layout. If your iPad is connected to an external display, you can use Stage Manager to drag and drop windows between iPad and your external display to create the optimal working configuration of windows. Turn Stage Manager on or off With your iPad in landscape orientation, open Control Center, then tap

. The window youre working with is positioned prominently in the center of the screen, at a size that makes it easy to work with. All the other apps move left and form a list of recent apps along the left side of the screen. Multitask with multiple windows You can work with multiple apps for specific tasks or projects, and keep them together as a group. You can reposition, resize, and overlap windows to suit your workflow. 1. To add an app to the one youre working with, do any of the following:

Tap at the top of a window, then choose Add Another Window. The current windows move aside to show all the other recent app windows. To add one, tap it Touch and hold an app in the Recent apps list, then drag it to the current window in the center of the screen. Tap an app in the Dock. The current app (or group) moves left to the Recent apps list and is replaced by the app you tapped (or the group containing it).

(If the Dock isnt visible, swipe up from the bottom edge of the screen just far enough to reveal it.) https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 126 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 2. Do any of the following:

Resize any window: Drag from the corner marked with a dark curve, or, if you have a mouse or trackpad, drag from any corner or edge of the window. Move a window to the Recent apps list: Tap at the top of the window, then choose Minimize. Move a window: Drag from the top of the window. Enlarge a window: Tap at the top of the window, then choose Zoom. Tip: To get more screen space to work with, turn on Display scaling mode on supported models. This increases the pixel density of the display so you can view more in your appswhich is useful when working in multiple windows in Stage Manager or Split View

. Go to Settings > Display & Brightness > Display Zoom, then select More Space. Switch between apps With Stage Manager, you can switch apps by tapping another app in the Recent apps list, or tapping an icon in the Dock. When you switch to another app, the app or group youve been working with moves left to the Recent apps list and is replaced by the one you tapped. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 127 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM You can also do any of the following to switch apps:

Swipe up from the bottom of the screen, then pause in the center of the screen to see the recent apps and groups. Swipe left or right with one finger along the bottom edge of the screen. (On an iPad with a Home button, perform this gesture with a slight arc.) Swipe left or right with four or five fingers. See Switch between apps on iPad

. Hide or show the recent apps list Do one of the following:

Open Control Center, touch and hold

, then tap the checkmark on the left side of the image. Go to Settings

> Home Screen & Multitasking > Stage Manager, then tap the checkmark under Recent Apps to turn it off or on. Close a window Tap at the top of the window, then choose Close. If the window is part of a group of apps, it disappears from the group. Move an app to an external display If your iPad connected to your external display, you can view multiple apps on both your iPad and external display. Drag and drop files and apps between the screens to create the optimal working configuration of windows. To move apps between displays, do any of the following:

Drag from the top of the app window to move it from one display to another. Tap the icon of the app you want to move. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 128 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Access features from the iPad Lock Screen The Lock Screen, which shows the current time and date and your most recent notifications, appears when you turn on or wake iPad. From the Lock Screen, you can see notifications, open Camera and Control Center, get information from your favorite apps at a glance, and more. Access features and information from the Lock Screen You can quickly access the features and information you need most from the Lock Screen, even while iPad is locked. Open Camera: Swipe left. (See Take photos with your iPad camera

.) Open Control Center: Swipe down from the top-right corner. (See Use and customize Control Center on iPad

.) https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 129 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM See earlier notifications: Swipe up from the center. (See View and respond to notifications on iPad

.) View widgets: Swipe right. (See Add widgets on iPad

.) Start drawing and taking notes: (on supported models) Tap Apple Pencil on the Lock Screen. Whatever you create is

. saved in Notes To choose what you can access from the Lock Screen, see Control access to information

. on the iPad Lock Screen Show notification previews on the Lock Screen 1. Go to Settings

> Notifications. 2. Tap Show Previews, then tap Always. Notification previews include text from Messages, lines from Mail messages, and details about Calendar invitations. See

. View and respond to notifications on iPad View Live Activities on the Lock Screen You can view Live Activities on your Lock Screenincluding live sports updates, movies, and musicso you can follow along right on your Lock Screen, even when you cant watch the entire event. Perform quick actions on iPad On the Home Screen, in Control Center, and in apps, you can see previews, open quick actions menus, and more. In Photos, touch and hold an image to preview it and see a list of options. In Mail, touch and hold a message in a mailbox to preview the message contents and see a list of options. On the Home Screen, touch and hold an app icon briefly to open a quick actions menu. If the icons start to jiggle, tap Done at the top right or press the Home button

(on an iPad with a Home button), then try again. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 130 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Open Control Center, then touch and hold an item like Camera or the brightness control to see options. On the Lock Screen, touch and hold a notification briefly to respond to it. When typing, touch and hold the Space bar with one finger to turn your keyboard into a trackpad

. Use iPad to search In Spotlight on iPad, you can search for apps and contacts, content inside apps like Mail, Messages, and Photos, and even text in your photos using Live Text. You can also check stock and currency information and perform calculations, including unit conversions. You can find and open webpages, open apps, and find images in your photo library, across your system, and on the web. Spotlight returns rich results in a full, scrollable window, including contacts, musicians, actors, TV shows, movies, businesses, and sports leagues and teams. You can search from anywhere on iPadeven the Lock Screenand choose which apps you want to include in search results. Search offers suggestions based on your app usage, and updates results as you type. Choose which apps to include in Search 1. Go to Settings

> Siri & Search. 2. Scroll down, tap an app, then turn Show App in Search on or off. Search with iPad 1. Swipe down from the middle of the Home Screen or the Lock Screen. 2. Enter what youre looking for in the search field. 3. Do any of the following:

Hide the keyboard and see more results on the screen: Tap Search. Open a suggested app: Tap it. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 131 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Take quick action: Start a timer, turn on a Focus, find the name of a song with Shazam, run any shortcut, and more. Search for an apps name to see shortcuts available for the app, or create your own using the Shortcuts app. Check a suggested website: Tap it. Get more information about a search suggestion: Tap it, then tap one of the results to open it. Start a new search: Tap in the search field. Turn off Location-Based Suggestions 1. Go to Settings

> Privacy & Security > Location Services. 2. Tap System Services, then turn off Location-Based Suggestions. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 132 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Search in apps Many apps include a search field or a search button so you can find something within the app. For example, in the Maps app, you can search for a specific location. 1. In an app, tap the search field or button

(if there is one). If you dont see a search field or button, swipe down from the top. 2. Type your search, then tap Search. Add a dictionary On iPad, you can add dictionaries, which can be used in searches. 1. Go to Settings

> General > Dictionary. 2. Select a dictionary. Use AirDrop on iPad to send items to nearby devices With AirDrop you can wirelessly send your photos, videos, websites, locations, and more to other nearby devices and Mac computers (iOS 7, iPadOS 13, OS X 10.10, or later required). AirDrop transfers information using Wi-Fi and Bluetoothboth must be turned on. To use AirDrop, you need to be signed in with your Apple ID. Transfers are encrypted for security. Send an item using AirDrop 1. Open the item, then tap

, Share, AirDrop,

, or another button that displays the apps sharing options. 2. Tap in the row of share options, then tap the profile picture of a nearby AirDrop user. If the person doesnt appear as a nearby AirDrop user, ask them to open Control Center on iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch and allow AirDrop to receive items. To send to someone on a Mac, ask them to allow themselves to be discovered in AirDrop in the Finder. To send an item using a method other than AirDrop, choose the methodfor example, Messages or Mailfrom the row of sharing options (options vary by app). Siri may also suggest ways to share with the people you know by displaying their profile pictures and icons representing sharing methods. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 133 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM You can also use AirDrop to securely share app and website passwords with someone using an iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, or a Mac. See Share passkeys and passwords securely

. with AirDrop on iPad Allow others to send items to your iPad using AirDrop 1. Open Control Center, touch and hold the top-left group of controls, then tap

. 2. Tap Contacts Only or Everyone to choose who you want to receive items from. You can accept or decline each request as it arrives. Note: The Contacts Only option is available on devices with iOS 10, iPadOS, macOS 10.12, or later. If AirDrop is set to Contacts Only on your device with an earlier software version, select the Everyone option in Control Center to receive items by AirDrop. You can choose the Everyone option when using AirDrop and disable it when not in use. Take a screenshot or screen recording on iPad You can take a picture of the screen just as it appears, or a recording of actions on the screen, to share with others or use in documents. Take a screenshot 1. Do one of the following:

On an iPad with a Home button: Simultaneously press and then release the top button and the Home button. On other iPad models: Simultaneously press and then release the top button (on the top-right edge of iPad) and either volume button. 2. Tap the screenshot in the lower-left corner, then tap Done. 3. Choose Save to Photos, Save to Files, or Delete Screenshot. If you choose Save to Photos, you can view it in the Screenshots album in the Photos app, or in the All Photos album if youre using iCloud Photos. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 134 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Save a full-page screenshot as a PDF You can take a full-page, scrolling screenshot of a webpage, document, or email that exceeds the length of your iPad screen, then save it as a PDF. 1. Do one of the following:

On an iPad with a Home button: Simultaneously press and then release the top button and the Home button. On other iPad models: Simultaneously press and then release the top button and either volume button. 2. Tap the screenshot in the lower-left corner, then tap Full Page. 3. Do any of the following:

Save the screenshot: Tap Done, choose Save PDF to Files, choose a location, then tap Save. Share the screenshot: Tap

, choose a sharing option (for example AirDrop, Messages, or Mail), enter any other requested information, then send the PDF. Create a screen recording You can create a screen recording and capture sound on your iPad. 1. Go to Settings

> Control Center, then tap next to Screen Recording. 2. Open Control Center, tap

, then wait for the three-second countdown. 3. To stop recording, open Control Center, tap or the red status bar at the top of the screen, then tap Stop. Go to Photos

, then select your screen recording. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 135 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Mark up files and photos Draw in apps with Markup on iPad In supported apps on iPad, such as Messages, Mail, Notes, and Books, you can annotate photos, screenshots, and PDFs, sketch ideas, write notes, and more using built-in drawing tools. Show, move, and hide the Markup toolbar To show the Markup toolbar in a supported app, tap or Markup, then do any of the following:

Move the Markup toolbar: Drag the toolbar to any edge of the screen.

(Drag from the middle edge of the toolbar closest to the center of the screen.) https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 136 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Automatically minimize the toolbar when youre drawing or entering text: Tap

, then turn on Auto-minimize. To show the full toolbar again, tap the minimized version. Hide the toolbar: Tap or Done. Draw or write in apps with Markup In the Markup toolbar, tap the pen, marker, or pencil tool, then write or draw with your finger or Apple Pencil (supported models). Note: If you dont see the Markup toolbar in a supported app, tap or Markup. If the toolbar is minimized, tap its minimized version. While writing or drawing, do any of the following:

Change the line weight: Tap the selected drawing tool in the toolbar, then choose an option. Change the opacity: Tap the selected drawing tool in the toolbar, then drag the slider. Change the color: Choose a color from the color picker in the Markup toolbar. Undo a mistake: Tap

. Draw a straight line: Tap the ruler tool in the toolbar, then draw a line along the edge of the ruler. To change the angle of the ruler, touch and hold the ruler with two fingers, then rotate your fingers. To move the ruler without changing its angle, drag it with one finger. To hide the ruler, tap the ruler tool in the toolbar again. In the Notes app, you can write text with Apple Pencil and have it immediately converted to typed text. See

. Select and edit drawings and handwriting Draw a shape You can use Markup to draw geometrically perfect shapeslines, arcs, and moreto use in diagrams and sketches. 1. In the Markup toolbar in a supported app, tap the pen, marker, or pencil tool. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 137 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Note: If you dont see the Markup toolbar in a supported app, tap or Markup. If the toolbar is minimized, tap its minimized version. 2. Draw a shape in one stroke with your finger or Apple Pencil (supported models), then pause. A perfect version of the shape snaps into place, replacing the drawing. (If you prefer to keep the freehand shape, tap

.) The shapes you can draw include straight lines, arrows, arcs, continuous lines with 90-

degree turns, squares, circles, rectangles, triangles, pentagons, chat bubbles, hearts, stars, and clouds. Change your handwritten text or drawings 1. Choose the Lasso tool (between the eraser and ruler) in the Markup toolbar, then do any of the following to select the content you want to change:

Select a word or drawn object: Double-tap it. Select a sentence: Triple-tap it. Select a paragraph or text block: Touch and hold the first word, then drag to the last word. To select more precisely, drag slowly. In the Notes app, Markup recognizes handwritten text separately from drawn objects, so you can select handwriting alone. If you want to include drawings in your selection, you can drag over them, too. Select multiple drawn objects: With the Lasso tool selected, draw around the objects with your finger or Apple Pencil, then tap the selection. Note: If you dont see the Markup toolbar, tap or Markup. If the toolbar is minimized, tap its minimized version. 2. After selecting the content you want to revise, tap it, then do any of the following:

Cut, copy, delete, or duplicate: Tap an option. Move: Touch and hold the content until it lifts up, then drag it to a new location. Tip: After selecting handwritten text and drawings, you can change their color by tapping a color in the Markup toolbar, or move them by dragging them to a new location. For more ways to edit your handwriting or drawing in Notes, see Draw or write in Notes on

. iPad https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 138 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Erase a mistake Note: If you dont see the Markup toolbar, tap or Markup. If the toolbar is minimized, tap its minimized version. Double-tap the eraser tool in the Markup toolbar, then do one of the following:

Erase pixels: Choose Pixel Eraser, then scrub over the mistake with your finger or Apple Pencil. Erase an object: Choose Object Eraser, then touch the object with your finger or Apple Pencil. Switch between the pixel and the object erasers: Tap the eraser tool again, then choose Pixel Eraser or Object Eraser. Tip: You can take a screenshot by swiping up from the bottom-left corner of the screen with Apple Pencil and immediately begin marking it up. If you dont have Apple Pencil, you can take a screenshot

, then tap the thumbnail that appears for a few moments in the bottom-left corner of the screen. Add typed text, shapes, and signatures with Markup on iPad In Notes and other supported apps, you can use Markup to add text, shapes, and more. Add and edit typed text in Notes To add typed text in the Notes app, you can type or write directly in a note without opening the Markup toolbar. 1. If the Markup toolbar is open, close it by tapping

. 2. Do any of the following:

Tap in the note, then type using the onscreen or wireless keyboard. See Create and format notes on iPad

. Use Apple Pencil and Scribble to enter text. See Enter text with Scribble on iPad

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 139 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Add and edit typed text in other supported apps 1. In the Markup toolbar, tap

, then tap Text. Note: If you dont see the Markup toolbar in a supported app, tap or Markup. If the toolbar is minimized, tap its minimized version. 2. Double-tap the text box. 3. Use the keyboard to enter text. To change typed text after you add it, tap the text to select it, then do any of the following:

Change the font, size, or layout: Tap in the toolbar, then choose an option. Delete, edit, or duplicate the text: Tap the text, then choose an option. Move the text: Drag it. To hide the Markup toolbar when you finish, tap or Done. Add and adjust a shape in other supported apps 1. In the Markup toolbar, tap

, then choose a shape. Note: If you dont see the Markup toolbar, tap or Markup. If the toolbar is minimized, tap its minimized version. 2. To adjust the shape, do any of the following:

Move the shape: Drag it. Resize the shape: Drag any blue dot along the shapes outline. Change the outline color: Tap a color in the color picker. Fill the shape with color or change the line thickness: Tap

, then choose an option and a color. Adjust the form of an arrow or speech bubble shape: Drag a green dot. Delete or duplicate a shape: Tap it, then choose an option. To hide the Markup toolbar when you finish, tap or Done. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 140 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Add your signature in other supported apps 1. In the Markup toolbar, tap

, then choose Signature. Note: If you dont see the Markup toolbar, tap or Markup. If the toolbar is minimized, tap its minimized version. 2. Do one of the following:

Add a new signature: Tap Add or Remove Signature, tap

, then use Apple Pencil or your finger to sign your name. To use the signature, tap Done, or to draw a new one, tap Clear. Add an existing signature: Tap the one you want. To see all of your signatures, scroll down the list. 3. Drag your signature where you want it. To hide the Markup toolbar when you finish, tap or Done. In iPad apps that support Markup, you can write text in any field and have it immediately converted to typed text. See

. Enter text with Scribble on iPad Zoom in or magnify in Markup on iPad In Markup in supported apps, you can zoom in when you need to draw the details. Use the magnifier when you only need to see the details. Zoom in While using Markup in a supported app, pinch open so you can draw, adjust shapes, and more, up close. To pan when youre zoomed in, drag two fingers. To zoom back out, pinch closed. Magnify In the Markup toolbar in a supported app (other than Notes), tap

, then tap Magnifier. Note: If you dont see the Markup toolbar, tap or Markup. If the toolbar is minimized, tap its minimized version. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 141 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM To change the magnifiers characteristics, do any of the following:

Change the magnification level: Drag the green dot on the magnifier. Change the size of the magnifier: Drag the blue dot on the magnifier. Move the magnifier: Drag it. Change the outline thickness of the magnifier: Tap

, then choose an option. Change the outline color of the magnifier: Choose an option from the color picker. Remove or duplicate the magnifier: Tap its outline, then tap Delete or Duplicate. To hide the Markup toolbar when you finish, tap or Done. Get information about your iPad View overall storage availability and storage used per app Go to Settings

> General > iPad Storage. See the Apple Support articles How to check the storage on your iPhone, iPad, and iPod touch and

. Manage your iCloud storage See battery usage Go to Settings

> Battery to see the elapsed time since iPad was charged as well as battery usage by app. You can also display battery level as a percentage and turn Low Power Mode on or off. See

. Charge the iPad battery View cellular usage Go to Settings

> Cellular Data. See View or change cellular data settings on iPad (Wi-Fi

+ Cellular models) See more information about iPad Go to Settings

> General > About. The items you can view include:

Name https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 142 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM iPadOS software version Model name Part and model numbers. To the right of Model, the part number appears. To see the model number, tap the part number. Serial number Network (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) Number of songs, videos, photos, and apps Capacity and available storage space Carrier (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) Cellular Data Number (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) Wi-Fi and Bluetooth addresses IMEI (International Mobile Equipment Identity) (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) ICCID (Integrated Circuit Card Identifier, or Smart Card) for GSM networks (Wi-Fi +

Cellular models) MEID (Mobile Equipment Identifier) for CDMA networks (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) Modem firmware To copy the serial number and other identifiers, touch and hold the identifier until Copy appears. To see Legal & Regulatory information (including legal notices, and license, warranty, and RF exposure information) and regulatory marks, go to Settings > General > Legal &

Regulatory. View or turn off diagnostic information Go to Settings

> Privacy & Security > Analytics & Improvements. To help Apple improve products and services, iPad sends diagnostic and usage data. This data doesnt personally identify you, but may include location information. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 143 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM View or change cellular data settings on iPad (Wi-Fi +

Cellular models) You can activate cellular data service on iPad, turn cellular service on or off, and set which apps and services use cellular data. With some carriers, you can also change your data plan. Supported models can connect to 5G networks. See the Apple Support article Use 5G

. with your iPad Note: For help with cellular network services and billing, contact your wireless service provider. If iPad is connected to the internet using the cellular data network, an icon identifying the cellular network appears in the

. status bar If Cellular Data is off, all data servicesincluding email, web browsing, and push notificationsuse Wi-Fi only. If Cellular Data is on, carrier charges may be incurred. For example, using certain features and services that transfer data, such as Messages, could result in charges to your data plan. Note: Wi-Fi + Cellular models dont support cellular phone servicethey support cellular data transmission only. To make phone calls on iPad,

. use Wi-Fi Calling and an iPhone Add a cellular plan to your iPad If you previously set up a cellular plan, go to Settings

> Cellular, tap Add a New Plan, then follow the onscreen instructions. If you havent set up a plan, see

. Set up cellular service on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) View or change your cellular data account Go to Settings

> Cellular Data, then tap Manage [account name] or Carrier Services. Choose cellular data options for data usage, performance, battery life, and more To turn Cellular Data on or off, go to Settings

> Cellular. To set options when Cellular Data is on, go to Settings > Cellular > Cellular Data Options, then do any of the following:

https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 144 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Reduce cellular usage: Turn on Low Data Mode, or tap Data Mode, then choose Low Data Mode (depending on your iPad model). This mode pauses automatic updates and background tasks when iPad isnt connected to Wi-Fi. Turn Data Roaming on or off: Data Roaming permits internet access over a cellular data network when youre in a region not covered by your carriers network. When youre traveling, you can turn off Data Roaming to avoid roaming charges. Depending on your iPad model, carrier, and region, the following option may be available:

Turn LTE on or off: Turning on LTE loads data faster. On iPad Pro 12.9-inch (5th generation) (Wi-Fi + Cellular) and iPad Pro 11-inch (3rd generation) (Wi-Fi + Cellular), you can do the following:

Enable Smart Data mode to optimize battery life: Tap Voice & Data, then choose 5G Auto. In this mode, your iPad automatically switches to LTE when 5G speeds dont provide noticeably better performance. Use higher-quality video and FaceTime HD on 5G networks: Tap Data Mode, then choose Allow More Data on 5G. Set up a Personal Hotspot to begin sharing the cellular internet connection from iPad 1. Go to Settings

> Cellular, then turn on Cellular Data. 2. Tap Set up Personal Hotspot, then follow the instructions in Share your internet

. connection from iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular) Set cellular data use for apps and services Go to Settings

> Cellular Data, then turn Cellular Data on or off for any app (such as Maps) or service (such as Wi-Fi Assist) that can use cellular data. If a setting is off, iPad uses only Wi-Fi for that service. Note: Wi-Fi Assist is on by default. If Wi-Fi connectivity is poor, Wi-Fi Assist automatically switches to cellular data to boost the signal. Because you stay connected to the internet over cellular when you have a poor Wi-Fi connection, you might use more cellular data, which may incur additional charges depending on your data plan. See the Apple Support article

. About Wi-Fi Assist https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 145 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Lock your SIM card If your device uses a SIM card for cellular data, you can lock the card with a personal identification number (PIN) to prevent others from using the card. Then, every time you restart your device or remove the SIM card, your card locks automatically, and youre required to enter your PIN. See

. Use a SIM PIN for your iPhone or iPad Choose iPad settings for travel When you travel with iPad, choose settings that comply with airline requirements. Some airlines let you keep your iPad turned on if you switch to airplane mode. By default, Wi-Fi and Bluetooth are disabled in airplane modeyou cant make or receive FaceTime calls or use features or accessories that require wireless communication, but you can listen to music, play games, watch videos, and use other apps that dont require internet access. To choose settings that minimize cellular charges when you travel (Wi-Fi + Cellular models), see

. View or change cellular data settings on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) When you travel abroad, you may be able to sign up for cellular service with a carrier in the region youre visiting, right from your iPad (available on Wi-Fi + Cellular models with Touch ID or Face ID). See

. Connect iPad to a cellular network (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) Turn on airplane mode Open Control Center, then tap

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 146 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM You can also turn airplane mode on or off in Settings

. When airplane mode is on, appears in the status bar at the top of the screen. Turn on Wi-Fi or Bluetooth while in airplane mode If your airline allows it, you can use Wi-Fi or Bluetooth while in airplane mode. 1. Open Control Center, then turn on airplane mode. 2. Tap to turn on Wi-Fi or to turn on Bluetooth. If you turn on Wi-Fi or Bluetooth while in airplane mode, it may be on the next time you return to airplane mode. To turn off Wi-Fi or Bluetooth while in airplane mode, open Control Center, then tap or

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 147 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Personalize your iPad Change or turn off iPad sounds In Settings

, change or turn off the sounds iPad plays when you get a call, text message, email, reminder, or other type of notification. To temporarily silence incoming calls, alerts, and sound effects,

. turn on Do Not Disturb Set sound options Set options for alert tones and ringtones, and ringer and alert volumes. 1. Go to Settings

> Sounds. 2. Drag the slider to set the volume for the ringer and alerts. 3. Tap Ringtone and other options to select sounds for the ringtone and alert tones. You can also change the sounds iPad plays for certain people. Go to Contacts

, tap a persons name, tap Edit, then choose a ringtone and text tone. Silence iPad To temporarily silence incoming calls, alerts, and sound effects, open Control Center, tap Focus, then tap Do Not Disturb. Tip: If youre not receiving incoming calls and notifications when you expect them, open Control Center, then check whether Do Not Disturb is on. If is highlighted, tap it to turn off Do Not Disturb. (When Do Not Disturb is on, also appears in the status bar.) Change the wallpaper on iPad On iPad, choose an image or photo as wallpaper for the Lock Screen or Home Screen. You can choose from dynamic and still images. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 148 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 149 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Change the wallpaper 1. Go to Settings

> Wallpaper > Choose a New Wallpaper. 2. Do any of the following:

Choose a preset image from a group at the top of the screen (Dynamic, Stills, and so on). Wallpaper marked with changes appearance when Dark Mode is turned on. Select one of your own photos (tap an album, then tap the photo). To reposition your selected image, pinch open to zoom in on it, then drag the image to move it. Pinch closed to zoom back out. Tap to turn on Perspective Zoom (available with some wallpaper choices), which makes your wallpaper seem to move when you change your viewing angle. Note: The Perspective Zoom option doesnt appear if Reduce Motion (in Accessibility settings) is turned on. See

. Customize iPad for motion sensitivities 3. Tap Set, then choose one of the following:

Set Lock Screen Set Home Screen Set Both To turn on Perspective Zoom for wallpaper youve already set, go to Settings > Wallpaper, tap the image of the Lock Screen or Home Screen, then tap Perspective Zoom. Tip: You can set your wallpaper to change automatically by creating a personal automation in the Shortcuts app. Set a schedule for your automation, then add the Set Wallpaper action to your automation. See the Shortcuts User Guide

. Adjust the screen brightness and color on iPad On iPad, you can make your screen dimmer or brighter (dimming the screen extends battery life). You can also adjust the screen color and brightness manually or automatically with Dark Mode, True Tone, and Night Shift. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 150 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Adjust the screen brightness manually To make your iPad screen dimmer or brighter, do one of the following:

Open Control Center, then drag

. Go to Settings

> Display & Brightness, then drag the slider. Adjust the screen brightness automatically iPad adjusts the screen brightness for current light conditions using the built-in ambient light sensor. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility. 2. Tap Display & Text Size, then turn on Auto-Brightness. Turn Dark Mode on or off Dark Mode gives the entire iPad experience a dark color scheme thats perfect for low-

light environments. With Dark Mode on, you can use your iPad while, for example, reading in bed, without disturbing the person next to you. Do any of the following:

Open Control Center, touch and hold

, then tap to turn Dark Mode on or off. Go to Settings

> Display & Brightness, then select Dark to turn on Dark Mode or select Light to turn it off. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 151 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Schedule Dark Mode to turn on and off automatically You can set Dark Mode to turn on automatically at night (or on a custom schedule) in Settings. 1. Go to Settings

> Display & Brightness. 2. Turn on Automatic, then tap Options. 3. Select either Sunset to Sunrise or Custom Schedule. If you choose Custom Schedule, tap the options to schedule the times you want Dark Mode to turn on and off. If you select Sunset to Sunrise, iPad uses the data from your clock and geolocation to determine when its nighttime for you. Turn Night Shift on or off You can turn on Night Shift manually, which is helpful when youre in a darkened room during the day. Open Control Center, touch and hold

, then tap

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 152 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Schedule Night Shift to turn on and off automatically Schedule Night Shift to shift the colors in your display to the warmer end of the spectrum at night and make viewing the screen easier on your eyes. 1. Go to Settings

> Display & Brightness > Night Shift. 2. Turn on Scheduled. 3. To adjust the color balance for Night Shift, drag the slider below Color Temperature toward the warmer or cooler end of the spectrum. 4. Tap From, then select either Sunset to Sunrise or Custom Schedule. If you choose Custom Schedule, tap the options to schedule the times you want Night Shift to turn on and off. If you select Sunset to Sunrise, iPad uses the data from your clock and geolocation to determine when its nighttime for you. Note: The Sunset to Sunrise option isnt available if you turned off Location Services in Settings

> Privacy & Security, or if you turned off Setting Time Zone in Settings >

Privacy & Security > Location Services > System Services. Turn True Tone on or off On supported models, True Tone automatically adapts the color and intensity of the display to match the light in your environment. Do any of the following:

Open Control Center, touch and hold

, then tap to turn True Tone on or off. Go to Settings

> Display & Brightness, then turn True Tone on or off. Magnify the iPad screen with Display Zoom On iPad Pro 12.9-inch, you can magnify the screen display with Display Zoom. 1. Go to Settings

> Display & Brightness. 2. Tap View (below Display Zoom). https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 153 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 3. Select Zoomed, then tap Set. View more in iPad apps with display scaling Change the name of your iPad You can change the name of your iPad, which is used by iCloud, AirDrop, your Personal Hotspot, and your computer. 1. Go to Settings

> General > About > Name. 2. Tap

, enter a new name, then tap Done. Change the date and time on iPad By default, the date and time, visible on the Lock Screen, are set automatically based on your location. If you want to change themfor example, when youre travelingyou can adjust them. 1. Go to Settings

> General > Date & Time. 2. Turn on either of the following:

Set Automatically: iPad gets the correct time over the network and updates it for the time zone youre in. Some networks dont support network time, so in some countries or regions, iPad may not be able to automatically determine the local time. 24-Hour Time: (not available in all countries or regions) iPad displays the hours from 0 to 23. To change the default date and time, turn off Set Automatically, then change the date and time displayed. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 154 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Change the language and region on iPad You choose the language and region of your iPad during setup. If you travel or move, you can change the language or region. 1. Go to Settings

> General > Language & Region. 2. Set the following:

The language for iPad The region The calendar format The temperature unit (Celsius or Fahrenheit) The measurement system (metric, U.S., or UK) The first day of the week Live Text (text you can select in images to copy or take action on) 3. To add a keyboard for another language, go to Settings > General > Keyboard >

Keyboards, then tap Add New Keyboard. See Add or change keyboards on iPad

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 155 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Customize the Home Screen Organize your apps in folders on iPad You can organize your apps into folders to make them easier to find on your Home Screen pages. Create folders 1. Touch and hold any app on the Home Screen, then tap Edit Home Screen. The apps begin to jiggle. 2. To create a folder, drag an app onto another app. 3. Drag other apps into the folder. You can have multiple pages of apps in the folder. 4. To rename the folder, touch and hold it, tap Rename, then enter a new name. If the apps begin to jiggle, tap the Home Screen background and try again. 5. When youre finished, tap Done, then tap the Home Screen background twice. To delete a folder, tap the folder to open it, then drag all the apps out of it. The folder is automatically deleted. Note: Organizing your apps on the Home Screen doesnt affect the organization of apps in the App Library

. Move an app from a folder to the Home Screen You can move an app from a folder to a Home Screen page to make it easier to find and open. 1. Go to the Home Screen page with the folder that contains the app, then tap the folder to open it. 2. Touch and hold the app until the apps begin to jiggle. 3. Drag the app from the folder to the Home Screen. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 156 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Reset the Home Screen and apps to their original layout 1. Go to Settings

> General > Reset. 2. Tap Reset Home Screen Layout. Any folders youve created are removed, and apps youve downloaded are alphabetically ordered after apps that came with your iPad. Add widgets on iPad Widgets show you current information from your favorite apps at a glancetodays headlines, weather, calendar events, battery levels, and more. You can view widgets in Today View. You can also add widgets to your Home Screen to keep this information at your fingertips. View widgets in Today View To view widgets in Today View, swipe right from the left edge of the Home Screen or the Lock Screen, then scroll up and down. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 157 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Note: If the widgets dont appear when you swipe right on the Lock Screen, see View widgets when iPad is locked

. View widgets when iPad is locked 1. Go to Settings

, then, depending on your model, tap one of the following:

Face ID & Passcode Touch ID & Passcode Passcode 2. Enter your passcode. 3. Turn on Today View and Search (below Allow Access When Locked). Add a widget to your Home Screen 1. Go to the Home Screen page where you want to add the widget, then touch and hold the Home Screen background until the apps begin to jiggle. 2. Tap at the top of the screen to open the widget gallery. 3. Scroll or search to find the widget you want, tap it, then swipe left and right through the size options. The different sizes display different information. 4. When you see the size you want, tap Add Widget. 5. While the apps are still jiggling, move the widget where you want it on the screen, then tap Done. Tip: A Smart Stack (with dots next to it) is a set of widgets that uses information such as the time, your location, and activity to automatically display the most relevant widget at the appropriate time in your day. You can add a Smart Stack to the Home Screen, then swipe through it to see the widgets it contains. Edit a widget You can customize most widgets right from your Home Screen so they display the information you want to see. For example, you can edit a Weather widget to display the forecast for your location or a different area. Or you can customize a Smart Stack to rotate automatically through its widgets based on your activity, your location, the time of day, and so on. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 158 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 1. On your Home Screen, touch and hold a widget to open the quick actions menu. 2. Tap Edit Widget if it appears (or Edit Stack, if its a Smart Stack), then choose options. For a Smart Stack, you can turn Smart Rotate or Widget Suggestions off or on, drag a widget from the Smart Stack to the Home Screen, or remove a widget by tapping in the upper-left corner. When you turn on Widget Suggestions, suggested widgets for apps you already use automatically appear in your Smart Stack at the right time based on your past activity. An option lets you add the widget to your stack so its always there when you need it. 3. Tap Done. Remove a widget from the Home Screen 1. Touch and hold the widget to open the quick actions menu. 2. Tap Remove Widget (or Remove Stack), then tap Remove. Move apps and widgets on the Home Screen on iPad You can change the layout of your Home Screenmove apps and widgets around or drag them to other Home Screen pages, temporarily hide Home Screen pages, change where new apps get downloaded, and more. Tip: You can move all your apps and widgets related to a particular Focus

(your Work Focus, for example) onto one Home Screen page, and make that page accessible during that Focus. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 159 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Move apps and widgets around on your iPad 1. Touch and hold any app or widget on the Home Screen, then tap Edit Home Screen. The items begin to jiggle. 2. Drag the app or widget to one of the following locations:

Another location on the same page Another Home Screen page Drag the app to the right edge of the screen. You might need to wait a second for the new page to appear. The dots above the Dock show how many pages you have and which one youre viewing. Tip: You can also drag an app to the Dock at the bottom of the screen. 3. When youre finished, tap Done at the top right. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 160 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Reset the Home Screen and apps to their original layout 1. Go to Settings

> General > Transfer or Reset iPad. 2. Tap Reset, tap Reset Home Screen Layout, then tap Reset. Any folders youve created are removed, and apps youve downloaded are arranged alphabetically after apps that came with your iPad. Remove apps from iPad You can easily remove apps from your iPad. If you change your mind, you can download the apps again later. Remove apps Do any of the following:

Remove an app from the Home Screen: Touch and hold the app on the Home Screen, tap Remove App, then tap Remove from Home Screen to keep it in App Library, or tap Delete App to delete it from iPad. Delete an app from App Library and Home Screen: Touch and hold the app in App Library, tap Delete App, then tap Delete. (See Find your apps in App Library on iPad

.) If you change your mind, you can redownload apps youve deleted. In addition to deleting third-party apps, you can delete the following built-in Apple apps that came with your iPad:

Books Calendar Contacts

(Contact information remains available through Messages, Mail, FaceTime, and other apps. To remove a contact, you must restore Contacts.) FaceTime Files https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 161 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Find My

(Removing this app doesnt turn off location sharing or Find My for your deviceit just removes the ability to view locations in the Find My app on that device.) Home iTunes Store Mail Maps Measure Music News Notes Photo Booth Podcasts Reminders Shortcuts Stocks Tips TV Voice Memos Note: When you delete a built-in app from your Home Screen, you also delete any related user data and configuration files. Removing built-in apps from your Home Screen can affect other system functionality. See the Apple Support article Delete built-in Apple apps

. on your iOS 12, iOS 13, or iPadOS device or Apple Watch Use and customize Control Center on iPad Control Center on iPad gives you instant access to useful controlsincluding airplane mode, Do Not Disturb, a flashlight, volume, screen brightnessand apps. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 162 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Open Control Center Swipe down from the top-right edge; to close it, swipe up from the bottom. Access more controls in Control Center Many controls offer additional options. To see available options, touch and hold a control. For example, you can do the following in Control Center:

Touch and hold the top-left group of controls, then tap to open the AirDrop options. Touch and hold to take a selfie, record a video, scan a QR code, or take a photo. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 163 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Add and organize controls 1. Go to Settings

> Control Center. 2. To add or remove controls, tap or next to a control. 3. To rearrange controls, touch next to a control, then drag it to a new position. Temporarily disconnect from a Wi-Fi network In Control Center, tap

; to reconnect, tap it again. To see the name of the connected Wi-Fi network, touch and hold

. Because Wi-Fi isnt turned off when you disconnect from a network, AirPlay and AirDrop still work, and iPad joins known networks when you change locations or restart iPad. To turn off Wi-Fi, go to Settings

> Wi-Fi. (To turn on Wi-Fi again in Control Center, tap

.) For information about turning Wi-Fi on or off in Control Center while in airplane mode, see

. Choose iPad settings for travel Temporarily disconnect from Bluetooth devices In Control Center, tap

; to allow connections, tap the button again. Because Bluetooth isnt turned off when you disconnect from devices, location accuracy and other services are still enabled. To turn off Bluetooth, go to Settings

> Bluetooth, then turn it off. To turn on Bluetooth again in Control Center, tap

. For information about turning Bluetooth on or off in Control Center while in airplane mode, see Choose iPad

. settings for travel https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 164 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Turn off access to Control Center in apps Go to Settings

> Control Center, then turn off Access Within Apps. Change or lock the screen orientation on iPad Many apps give you a different view when you rotate iPad. Lock or unlock the screen orientation You can lock the screen orientation so that it doesnt change when you rotate iPad. Open Control Center, then tap

. When the screen orientation is locked, appears in the status bar. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 165 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Set up Focus, notifications, and Do Not Disturb View and respond to notifications on iPad Notifications help you keep track of whats newthey let you know if you missed a call, if the date of an event moved, and more. You can customize your notifications so you see only whats important to you. Note: While youre using an app, you might be asked how you want to receive notifications from itimmediately, not at all, or in a scheduled summary

. You can change this setting later in Settings > Notifications. Find your notifications in Notification Center Unless you have notifications silenced with a Focus or Do Not Disturb

, iPad displays notifications as they arrive. If you dont read one right away, its saved in Notification Center so you can check it later. To see your notifications in Notification Center, do any of the following:

On the Lock Screen: Swipe up from the middle of the screen. On other screens: Swipe down from the top center. Then you can scroll up to see older notifications, if there are any. To close Notification Center, swipe up from the bottom with one finger, or press the Home button (on supported models). Respond to notifications When you have multiple notifications in Notification Center or on the Lock Screen, theyre grouped by app, which makes them easier to view and manage. Notifications from some apps may also be grouped by organizing features within the app, such as by topic or thread. Grouped notifications appear as small stacks, with the most recent notification on top. Do any of the following:

To expand a group of notifications to see them individually: Tap the group. To close the group, tap Show Less. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 166 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM To view a notification and perform quick actions if the app offers them: Touch and hold the notification. To open a notifications app: Tap the notification, then tap Open. To respond to a notification when iPad is locked: Touch and hold the notification. Schedule a notification summary You can reduce distractions in your day by scheduling your notifications to be delivered as a summaryyou choose which notifications to include in the summary and what time you want to receive it. The notification summary is personalized to you and intelligently ordered by priority, based on your current activity, with the most relevant notifications at the top. The summary is especially useful because it allows you to engage with notifications on your own time. You can take this even further by using Focus to filter notifications while you concentrate on an activity. 1. Go to Settings

> Notifications > Scheduled Summary, then turn on Scheduled Summary. 2. Select the apps to include in your summary. 3. Set a time for your summary. If you want to receive another summary, tap Add Summary. 4. Tap A to Z below Apps in Summary, then make sure the apps you want to include in your summary are turned on. Note: If an app you want to include in your Notification Summary doesnt appear in the A to Z list, you may need to turn on Allow Notifications for the app. Go to Settings > Notifications, tap the app, then turn on All Notifications. See Change

. notification settings on iPad View, dismiss, clear, and mute notifications When notifications appear on your iPad, do any of the following:

Handle a notification you receive while using another app: Pull it down to view it, then swipe up to dismiss it. Clear notifications: Swipe left on a notification or group of notifications, then tap Clear or Clear All. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 167 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Mute notifications for an app: Swipe left on the notification or group of notifications, tap Options, then tap an option to mute the apps notifications for an hour or a day. This sends them directly to Notification Center and prevents them from appearing on the Lock Screen, playing a sound, lighting up the screen, or presenting a banner. To see and hear these notifications again, swipe left on a notification in Notification Center, tap Options, then tap Unmute. Turn off notifications for an app or notification group: Swipe left on a notification or group of notifications, tap Options, then tap Turn Off. Change how an app displays notifications: Swipe left on a notification, tap Options, then tap View Settings. See Change notification settings to learn about the settings you can change. Clear all your notifications in Notification Center:

Go to Notification Center

, tap

, then tap Clear. Silence all notifications: Turn on Do Not Disturb. See Turn a Focus on or off on iPad

. When you havent used an app for a while, Siri suggests that you turn off notifications for that app. Show recent notifications on the Lock Screen You can allow access to Notification Center on the Lock Screen. 1. Go to Settings

, then, depending on your model, tap one of the following. Face ID & Passcode Touch ID & Passcode Passcode 2. Enter your passcode. 3. Turn on Notification Center (below Allow Access When Locked). Change notification settings on iPad In Settings

, choose which apps can send notifications, change the alert sound, set up location-based alerts, allow government alerts, and more. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 168 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Change notification settings Most notification settings can be customized for each app. You can turn app notifications on or off, have notifications play a sound, choose how and where you want app notifications to appear when your device is unlocked, and more. 1. Go to Settings

> Notifications. 2. To schedule a notifications summary, tap Scheduled Summary, then turn on Scheduled Summary. Select the apps you want notifications for in your summary, set a time for delivery of your summary, then tap at the top left. (See schedule a notifications summary

.) 3. To choose when you want most notification previews to appear, tap Show Previews, select an optionAlways, When Unlocked, or Neverthen tap at the top left. Previews can include things like text (from Messages and Mail) and invitation details

(from Calendar). You can override this setting for individual apps. 4. Tap an app below Notification Style, then turn Allow Notifications on or off. If you turn on Allow Notifications, choose when you want the notifications delivered immediately or in the scheduled notifications summaryand turn Time Sensitive Notifications on or off. For many apps, you can also set a notification banner style and turn sounds and badges on or off. 5. Tap Notification Grouping, then choose how you want the notifications grouped:

Automatic: The notifications from the app are grouped according to organizing criteria within the app, such as by topic or thread. By App: All the notifications from the app are grouped together. Off: Turn off grouping. To turn off notifications selectively for apps, go to Settings > Notifications > Siri Suggestions, then turn off any app. When you use Focus, it delays the delivery of notifications on iPad to prevent interruptions. You can schedule a time to receive a summary of the notifications you missed. See

. Schedule a notification summary https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 169 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Set up or turn off location-based alerts Some apps use your location to send you relevant alerts based on where you are. For example, you might get a reminder to call someone when you get to a specific place or when you leave for your next location. If you dont want to see these types of alerts, you can turn them off. 1. Go to Settings

> Privacy & Security > Location Services. 2. Turn on Location Services. 3. Tap an app (if any appear in the list), then choose whether you want to share your location while using that app. See the Apple Support article

. About privacy and Location Services Set up a Focus on iPad Focus is a feature that helps you concentrate on a task by minimizing distractions. When you want to concentrate on a specific activity, you can customize one of the provided Focus optionsfor example Work, Personal, or Sleepor create a Custom Focus

. Focus can temporarily silence all notificationsor allow only specific notifications (ones that apply to your task, for example)and let other people and apps know youre busy. See

. Allow or silence notifications for a Focus on iPad Likewise, you can customize a Home Screen page that has only apps related to a Focus and make that your Home Screen during your Focus. iPad also suggests Home Screens with apps and widgets that are relevant to the Focus youre setting up. Tip: To quickly silence all notifications, open Control Center, tap Focus, then turn on Do Not Disturb. Set up a Focus When you set up a Focus, you can select apps and people you want to receive notifications from. For example, you can set up a Work Focus and allow only notifications from your coworkers and the apps you use for work. 1. Go to Settings

> Focus, then tap a Focusfor example, Personal, Sleep, or Work. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 170 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 2. Specify which notifications to silence or allow during your Focus. See Silence or allow notifications for a Focus

. 3. Tap Options, then do any of the following:

Show silenced notifications on the Lock Screen or send them to Notification Center: Turn Show On Lock Screen on or off. Darken the Lock Screen during this Focus: Turn on Dim Lock Screen. Hide notification badges on Home Screen apps: Turn on Hide Notification Badges. Tap at the top of the screen. 4. To choose a Home Screen page to use with this Focus, tap the miniature Home Screen below Customize Screens, select the screen, then tap Done. To make changes to the Home Screen to customize it for your Focus, see Move apps and widgets on the Home Screen

. After setting up your Focus, you can return to Settings > Focus at any time and change any of the options you chose above. To share your Focus across your devices, turn on Share Across Devices. You can turn a Focus on or off in Control Center

, or

. schedule it to turn on automatically https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 171 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM When you set up a Sleep Focus, it follows the Sleep schedule you set on iPhone. To add or edit your sleep schedule, open the Health app on iPhone, tap Browse, then tap Sleep. Add Focus filters When you set up a Focus, you can add app filters that determine what information apps will show during the Focus. For example, you can choose which mail account or which calendar to use during the Focus. 1. Go to Settings > Focus, then tap the Focus you want to add filters to. 2. Tap Add Filter (below Focus Filters). 3. Tap an app, tap Choose, then select the information from that app you want to see during the Focus:

Calendar: Choose which calendar you want to show during the Focus. Mail: Choose which mail accounts you want to use during the Focus. Messages: Choose which message conversations you want to see during the Focusfor example, only conversations from people youve allowed notifications from during this Focus. Safari: Choose which Tab Group you want to use during the Focus. 4. Tap Add to add the filter to the Focus. Create a Custom Focus If you want to concentrate on an activity thats different from any of the provided Focus options, you can create a Custom Focus. 1. Go to Settings

> Focus. 2. Tap at the top right, then tap Custom. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 172 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 3. Enter a name for your Focus, then tap Return. 4. Choose a color and an icon to represent your Focus, then tap Next. 5. Customize any of the options listed in step 3 of Set up a Focus

, above. Keep your Focus settings up to date across all your Apple devices You can use the same Focus settings on all your Apple devices where youre signed in with the same Apple ID. 1. Go to Settings

> Focus. 2. Turn on Share Across Devices. Allow or silence notifications for a Focus on iPad When you set up a Focus

, you can select people and apps you want to receive notifications from. For example, set up a Work Focus and allow only notifications from your coworkers and the apps you use for work. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 173 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Allow or silence notifications for a Focus 1. Go to Settings > Focus then choose a Focusfor example, Do Not Disturb, Personal, Sleep, or Work. 2. Do any of the following:

To silence or allow specific people: Tap People (or tap Choose People), then tap an option (Silence or Allow). To add people to allow notifications from: Tap

, select contacts, then tap Done. To allow calls during this Focus: Tap Allow Calls From, then select an option Everybody, Allowed People Only, Favorites, or Contacts Only. To allow repeated calls (two or more calls from the same person within three minutes): Turn on Allow Repeated Calls (if it appears), then tap at the top of the screen. Note: Regardless of your Focus settings, calls from your emergency contacts will always come through. See Allow calls from emergency contacts when notifications are silenced

, below. To silence or allow specific apps: Tap Apps, then tap an option (Silence or Allow). To add apps to allow notifications from: Tap

, select apps, then tap Done. To allow apps to send notifications marked as Time Sensitive immediately: Turn on Time Sensitive Notifications, then tap at the top of the screen. Share your Focus status When you turn on a Focus, it limits the notifications you receive from people and apps. When someone outside your allowed notifications tries to contact you, your Focus status appears in Messages, so they know youre busy. 1. Go to Settings > Focus > Focus Status. 2. Turn on Share Focus Status, then select the Focus options you want to share your Focus status from. Allow calls from emergency contacts when notifications are silenced You can allow sounds from emergency contacts to come through even when your iPad or notifications are silenced. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 174 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 1. Open Contacts

. 2. Select a contact, then tap Edit. 3. Tap Ringtone or Text Tone, then turn on Emergency Bypass. Turn a Focus on or off on iPad To use a Focus, you can turn it on directly in Control Center, or schedule it to turn on automatically. Turn on a Focus in Control Center 1. Open Control Center, tap Focus, then tap the Focus you want to turn on (for example, Do Not Disturb). Note: If another Focus is already on, it turns off when you tap the new one. 2. To choose an ending point for the Focus, tap next to the Focus, select an option

(such as For 1 hour or Until I leave this location), then tap again. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 175 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM When a Focus is on, its icon (for example, for Do Not Disturb) appears in the status bar and on the Lock Screen, and your status is automatically displayed in the Messages app. Your friends can see that youve silenced notifications, but they can still notify you if something is urgent. Note: You can also turn a Focus on or off by going to Settings

> Focus, tapping the Focus, then turning it on. Turn a Focus on or off using Siri You can use Siri to turn a Focus on or off. Siri: Say something like: Turn on the Work Focus, or Turn off the Work Focus. Learn how to use Siri Schedule a Focus to turn on automatically You can schedule a Focus to turn on at certain times, when youre at a particular location, or when you open a specific app. 1. Go to Settings

> Focus, then tap the Focus you want to schedule. 2. To have this Focus turn on automatically at a certain time based on cues like your location or app usage, tap Smart Activation, turn on Smart Activation, then tap at the top of the screen. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 176 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 3. Tap Add Schedule, then set the times, a location, or an app you want to activate this Focus. Note: When you set up a Sleep Focus, it follows the sleep schedule set in the Health app on iPhone. To add or edit a sleep schedule, open the Health app on iPhone, tap Browse, then tap Sleep. Turn off a Focus When youre finished using a Focus, you can quickly turn it off to allow notifications again. After you turn off a Focus, it still appears in Control Center and can be reused. 1. Do any of the following:

Touch and hold the Focus icon on the Lock Screen. Open Control Center, then tap Focus. 2. Tap the Focus thats on to turn it off. Delete a Focus When you no longer need a Focus you set up, you can delete it. 1. Go to Settings

> Focus. 2. Tap the Focus, scroll to the bottom of the screen, then tap Delete Focus. If you delete a provided Focus, you need to set it up again by going to Settings > Focus, then tapping

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 177 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Apps App Store Get apps in the App Store on iPad In the App Store app

, you can discover new apps, featured stories, tips and tricks, and in-app events. Note: You need an internet connection and an Apple ID to use the App Store. The availability of the App Store and Apple Arcade varies by country or region. See the Apple Support article

. Availability of Apple Media Services Find apps Tap any of the following:

Today: Browse featured stories, apps, and in-app events. Games: Find your next game across dozens of categories including action, adventure, racing, puzzles, and more. Apps: Explore new releases, see the top charts, or browse by category. Arcade: Enjoy the curated collection of premium games from Apple Arcade

(subscription required) without ads or in-app purchases. Search: Enter what youre looking for, then tap Search on the keyboard. Siri: Say something like: Search the App Store for cooking apps. Learn how to use Siri

. Get more info about an app Tap an app to see the following information and more:

Screenshots or previews In-app events https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 178 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Ratings and reviews Supported languages Game Center and Family Sharing support Compatibility with other Apple devices File size Privacy information; see Manage the information you share with people and apps Buy and download an app 1. Tap the price. If the app is free, tap Get. If you see instead of a price, you already purchased the app, and you can download it again for free. 2. If required, authenticate with Face ID, Touch ID, or your passcode to complete your purchase. You can find the app in the Recently Added category in App Library. While the app is downloading, a progress indicator appears on the app icon. See Find your apps in App Library on iPad and

. Change where new apps get downloaded Get the App Store widget See stories, collections, and in-app events right on your Home Screen. See Add widgets

. on iPad Share or give an app 1. Tap the app to see its details. 2. Tap

, then choose a sharing option or tap Gift App (not available for all apps). Redeem or send an Apple Gift Card 1. Tap or your profile picture at the top right. 2. Tap one of the following:

Redeem Gift Card or Code Send Gift Card by Email https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 179 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Play games Subscribe to Apple Arcade on iPad In the App Store app

, you can subscribe to Apple Arcade to enjoy unlimited access to a curated collection of games on iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, Mac, and Apple TV. (Not all Apple Arcade games are available on Mac and Apple TV.) You can subscribe to Apple Arcade or to Apple One, which includes Apple Arcade and other services. See the Apple Support article

. Bundle Apple subscriptions with Apple One Note: Apple Arcade and Apple One arent available in all countries or regions. See the Apple Support article Availability of Apple Media Services

. The availability of Apple Arcade games across devices varies based on hardware and software compatibility. Some content may not be available in all areas. See the Apple Support article

. Apple Arcade game availability across devices Subscribe to Apple Arcade 1. In the App Store, tap Arcade, then tap the subscription button. 2. Review the free trial (if eligible) and subscription details, then follow the onscreen instructions. Share Apple Arcade with family members When you subscribe to Apple Arcade or Apple One, you can use Family Sharing to share Apple Arcade with up to five other family members. Your family group members dont need to do anythingApple Arcade is available to them the first time they open the App Store app after your subscription begins. If you join a family group that subscribes to Apple Arcade or Apple One, and you already subscribe, your subscription isnt renewed on your next billing date; instead, you use the groups subscription. If you join a family group that doesnt subscribe, the group uses your subscription. Note: To stop sharing Apple Arcade with a family group, you can cancel the subscription, leave the family group

, or (if youre the family group organizer), stop using Family Sharing. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 180 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Play Apple Arcade games on your other Apple devices If you subscribe to Apple Arcade, you can play and access your game progress on your compatible Apple devices where youre signed in with your Apple ID. (Not all Apple Arcade games are available on Mac and Apple TV.) See the Apple Support article Access your Apple Arcade gameplay data on all of your

. devices Change or cancel your Apple Arcade subscription Go to Settings

> [your name] > Subscriptions, tap Apple Arcade, then follow the onscreen instructions. If you cancel your subscription, you cant play any Apple Arcade games, even if you downloaded them to your device. Delete the apps if you dont want them anymore. You can resubscribe to play Apple Arcade games again and regain access to your gameplay data. If you wait too long, some of your gameplay data might not be supported after you resubscribe. Get games from the App Store on iPad In the App Store app

, you can find your next game across dozens of categories including action, adventure, racing, puzzles, and more. Note: Game Center, Apple Arcade, and Apple One arent available in all countries or regions. See the Apple Support article Availability of Apple Media Services

. The availability of Apple Arcade games across devices varies based on hardware and software compatibility. Some content may not be available in all areas. See the Apple Support article

. Apple Arcade game availability across devices Find games Tap any of the following:

Games: Explore new releases, see the top charts, or browse by category. Arcade: Enjoy the curated collection of premium games from Apple Arcade

(subscription required) without ads or in-app purchases. Search: Enter what youre looking for, then tap Search on the keyboard. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 181 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Siri: Say something like: Get the Minecraft app. Learn how to use Siri

. Get more info about a game Tap a game to see the following information and more:

Screenshots or previews In-app events Ratings and reviews Supported languages Game Center and game controller support Compatibility with other Apple devices File size Privacy information; see Manage the information you share with people and apps Buy and download a game 1. Tap the price. If the game is free, tap Get. If you see instead of a price, you already purchased the game, and you can download it again for free. 2. If required, authenticate with Face ID, Touch ID, or your passcode to complete your purchase. Play with friends in Game Center on iPad In Game Center on iPad, you can send friend requests, manage your public profile, earn achievements, and compete on leaderboards across devices. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 182 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Set up your Game Center profile 1. Go to Settings

> Game Center, then sign in with your Apple ID. 2. Do any of the following:

Choose a nickname: Tap Nickname, then enter a name or choose one of the suggestions. Your friends see your nickname when you play games together. Personalize your profile picture: Tap Edit at the top, then create a new Memoji, use an existing Memoji, or customize how your initials appear. Add friends 1. Go to Settings

> Game Center > [your profile] > Friends. 2. Tap Add Friends, then enter their phone number or Apple ID, or tap to invite someone in your Contacts list. 3. Recipients can respond to friend requests in any of the following ways:

In Messages, tap the link. In a supported game, tap the Game Center profile picture, tap Friends, then tap Friend Requests. In the App Store, tap or your profile picture at the top right, tap Game Center, then tap Friend Requests. In your list of friends, tap a friend to see games they recently played and their achievements. Report a user or remove a friend You can report a user for cheating, an inappropriate picture or nickname, or another problem. You can also remove someone from your Friends list. 1. Go to Settings

> Game Center > [your profile] > Friends. 2. Tap the friend you want to report or remove, tap

, then choose Report User or Remove Friend. Set Game Center restrictions You can set restrictions for multiplayer games, adding friends, private messaging, and more. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 183 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 1. Go to Settings

> Screen Time > Content & Privacy Restrictions, then turn on Content & Privacy Restrictions. 2. Tap Content Restrictions, scroll down to Game Center, then set restrictions. Connect a game controller to iPad You can connect a game controller to your iPad through Bluetooth or the Lightning or USB-C connector. You can customize the buttons and even add a second controller to get help from a friend. Pair a Bluetooth game controller 1. Follow the instructions that came with the controller to put it in discovery mode. 2. On iPad, go to Settings

> Bluetooth, turn on Bluetooth, then tap the name of the device. Connect a game controller through the Lightning or USB-C connector If you have a compatible game controller, you can connect it to iPad using the Lightning or USB-C connector. Follow the instructions that came with your controller. Depending on your iPad model and controller, you may need a Lightning to USB adapter

(sold separately). Customize the game controller buttons After you pair or connect a compatible game controller, you can customize the buttons for supported games from Apple Arcade and the App Store. 1. Go to Settings

> General > Game Controller. 2. Tap the buttons you want to change. 3. To customize for a specific app, tap Add App. Add a second game controller and get help from a friend With Buddy Controller, iPad combines two controllers to drive a single player in a game so a friend can help you get to the next level. Buddy Controller is compatible with any game that supports game controllers. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 184 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 1. Connect two compatible game controllers to iPad through Bluetooth or the Lightning or USB-C connector. 2. Go to Settings

> General > Game Controller > Buddy Controller. 3. Choose the primary controller, then choose the secondary controller. Use App Clips on iPad An App Clip is a small part of an app that lets you do a task quickly, like rent a bike, pay for parking, or order food. You can discover App Clips in Safari, Maps, and Messages, or in the real world through QR codes and App Clip Codesunique markers that take you to specific App Clips. Get and use an App Clip 1. Get an App Clip from any of the following:

App Clip Code or QR code:

Scan the code using the iPad camera or Code Scanner in Control Center (not supported on iPad Air 2 or iPad mini 4). Maps: Tap the App Clip link on the information card (for supported locations). Safari or Messages: Tap the App Clip link. 2. When the App Clip appears on the screen, tap Open or Play. In supported App Clips, you can use Sign in with Apple

, then make a payment using Apple Pay

. With some App Clips, you can tap the banner at the top of the screen to see the full app. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 185 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Find an App Clip you used on iPad Go to App Library

, tap the search field at the top of the screen, then scroll down to the end of the alphabetical list. Remove App Clips Remove a specific App Clip:

Go to App Library

, tap the search field at the top of the screen, enter the name of the App Clip, then touch and hold the app icon. Remove all App Clips: Go to Settings

> App Clips. Manage App Store purchases, subscriptions, settings, and restrictions on iPad In the App Store app

, you can manage subscriptions and review and download purchases made by you or other family members. You can also set restrictions and customize your preferences for the App Store in Settings

. Approve purchases with Family Sharing With Family Sharing set up, the family organizer can review and approve purchases made by other family members under a certain age. See

. Turn on Ask to Buy for a child later Find and download apps purchased by you or family members 1. Tap or your profile picture at the top right, then tap Purchased. 2. If you set up Family Sharing, tap My Purchases or choose a family member to view their purchases. Note: You can see purchases made by family members only if they choose to share their purchases. Purchases made with Family Sharing may not be accessible after the family member leaves the family group. 3. Find the app you want to download (if its still available in the App Store), then tap

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 186 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Change or cancel your App Store subscriptions 1. Tap or your profile picture at the top right, then tap Subscriptions. You may need to sign in with your Apple ID. 2. Choose a subscription, then do any of the following:

Change or cancel an existing subscription. Resubscribe to an expired subscription. Share an eligible App Store subscription with other family members in your Family Sharing group. Change your App Store settings Go to Settings

> App Store, then do any of the following:

Automatically download apps purchased on your other Apple devices: Below Automatic Downloads, turn on App Downloads. Automatically update apps: Turn on App Updates. Download extra app content in the background: Turn on Automatically Download Additional App Content. Allow app downloads to use cellular data: (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) Below Cellular Data, turn on Automatic Downloads. To choose whether you want to be asked for permission for downloads over 200 MB or all apps, tap App Downloads. Automatically play app preview videos: Turn on Video Autoplay. Automatically remove unused apps: Turn on Offload Unused Apps. You can reinstall an app at any time if its still available in the App Store. Set content restrictions and prevent in-app purchases After you turn on content and privacy restrictions

, do the following. 1. Go to Settings

> Screen Time > Content & Privacy Restrictions > Content Restrictions. 2. Set restrictions such as the following:

Apps: Restrict apps by age ratings. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 187 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM App Clips: Prevent App Clips from opening. Install and manage fonts on iPad You can download fonts from the App Store app

, then use them in documents you create on iPad. 1. After you download an app containing fonts from the App Store, open the app to install the fonts. 2. To manage installed fonts, go to Settings

> General, then tap Fonts. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 188 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Books Buy books and audiobooks in Apple Books on iPad In the Books app

, you can find todays bestsellers, view top charts, or browse lists curated by Apple Books editors. After you select a book or audiobook, you can read or listen to it right in the app. 1. Open Books, then tap or turn iPad to landscape view to automatically view the sidebar. 2. Tap Book Store or Audiobook Store to browse titles, or tap Search to look for a specific title, author, or genre. 3. Tap a book cover to see more details, read a sample, listen to a preview, or mark as Want to Read. 4. Tap Buy to purchase a title, or tap Get to download a free title. All purchases are made with the payment method associated with your Apple ID. On iPad models that connect to a cellular network, you can have books and audiobooks downloaded automatically (Wi-Fi + Cellular models), even when you aren't connected to Wi-Fi. Go to Settings

> Books, scroll to Cellular Data, tap Downloads, then choose Always Allow, Ask If Over 200 MB or Always Ask. Read books in the Books app on iPad In the Books app

, you can view the books youre currently reading, want to read, book collections, and more The following are available in the sidebar. Tap or turn iPad to landscape view to automatically view the sidebar. Reading Now: Tap to access the books and audiobooks youre currently reading. Scroll down to see books and audiobooks youve added to your Want To Read collection and books youve sampled. You can also set daily reading goals and keep track of the books you finish throughout the year. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 189 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Library: Shows all of the books, audiobooks, samples, and PDFs you got from the Book Store or manually added to your library. You also see your books sorted into categories, such as Want to Read, Finished, and Downloaded. My Collections: Shows all of the collections you created, see Create a collection and add books to it

. Read a book Tap a book cover, then do any of the following:

Turn the page: Tap the right margin or swipe right to left. Go back to the previous page: Tap the left margin or swipe left to right. Go back to where you started reading: Tap the rounded arrow in the top-left corner of the page. Tap the rounded arrow again, but in the top-right corner, to go back. Go to a specific page or location: Tap

, tap Search Book, enter a word, phrase, or page number, then tap a result. Use the table of contents: Tap

, then tap Contents. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 190 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Tip: To quickly move through a book, touch and hold Contents, then drag your finger left or right; release your finger to go directly to that location in the book. Close a book: Tap the page, then tap in the top-right corner, or swipe down from the top of the page. When you finish a book, personalized recommendations appear to help you discover your next read. Change the text and page appearance Tap at the bottom of the page, tap Themes & Settings, then do any of the following:

Change the font size: Tap the large A to increase the font size or tap the small A to decrease it. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 191 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Change the font: Tap Options, tap Font, select a font option such as Georgia or Palatino, then tap Done. Turn on vertical scrolling: Tap to scroll continuously through a book. For PDFs, tap

, at the top of the screen then turn on Vertical Scrolling. Adjust the display brightness: Tap

, then choose an option. Change the page background color: Tap a page theme such as Quiet or Bold. Make the font bold: Tap Options, then turn on Bold Text (green is on). Customize spacing and justification: Tap Options, turn on Customize (green is on), then drag the sliders left or right to adjust line spacing, character spacing, and word spacing. You can also turn Full Justification and Allow Multiple Columns off or on

(green is on). https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 192 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Note: You can choose on which side of the screen the menu button appears. Go to Settings

> Books, then choose Left or Right below Reading Menu Position. Bookmark a page When you close a book, your place is saved automaticallyyou dont need to add a bookmark. Bookmark pages you want to return to again. Tap

, then tap

; tap it again to remove the bookmark. To see all your bookmarks, tap

, tap Bookmarks & Highlights, then tap Bookmarks. Share a text selection or book link You can send text selections using AirDrop, Mail, or Messages, or you can add the selection to Notes. If the book is from the Book Store, a link to the book is included with the selection. (Sharing may not be available in all countries or regions.) 1. Touch and hold a word, then move the grab points to adjust the selection. 2. Tap Share, then choose how to share the selection. You can also send a link to view the book in the Book Store. Tap a page, tap

, tap

, then choose how to share the link. Annotate books in the Books app on iPad You can highlight, underline, and take notes as you read books in the Books app on iPad. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 193 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Highlight or underline text 1. Touch and hold a word, then move the grab points to adjust the selection. 2. Tap Highlight, then tap a highlight color or underline. To remove a highlight or underline, tap the text, then tap Remove. To see all of your highlights, tap

, tap Bookmarks & Highlights, then tap Highlights. Add a note 1. Touch and hold a word, then move the grab points to adjust the selection. 2. Tap Add Note, enter text, then tap Done. To remove a note, tap the text, then tap Remove. To see all of your notes, tap

, tap Bookmarks & Highlights, then tap Highlights. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 194 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Access books on other Apple devices in the Books app on iPad You can access the books and audiobooks in the Books app on other devices such as your iPhone, iPod touch, and Mac. You can also sync your reading position, highlights, notes, library collections, and more. Access your books across iOS and iPadOS devices To keep your Books content and information updated across your iPhone, iPad, and iPod touch, sign in with the same Apple ID on each device, then do the following:

Sync Reading position, bookmarks, notes, and highlights: Go to Settings

[your name] > iCloud > iCloud Drive then turn on Sync this iPad. Tap iCloud, then tap Show All and turn on Books. Sync Reading Now, Library, and collections: Go to Settings > Books, then below Syncing, turn on Reading Now and iCloud Drive (green is on). Automatically download purchases made on other devices: Go to Settings > Books, then turn on Purchases from Other Devices (green is on). Access your books on your Mac To see your books, audiobooks, and PDFs on your Mac, do one of the following:

macOS Ventura: Choose Apple menu

> System Settings > [your name] > then click iCloud. Click Options next to iCloud Drive, select Books, then click Done. macOS 10.1512.5: Choose Apple menu > System Preferences, then click Apple ID. Click iCloud in the sidebar, then select iCloud Drive. Click Options, then select Books. macOS 10.14 or earlier: Choose Apple menu > System Preferences, then click iCloud. Select iCloud Drive, click Options, then select Books. To see your collections, bookmarks, notes, and highlights on your Mac, choose Books >

Preferences, click General, then select Sync collections, bookmarks, and highlights across devices. Listen to audiobooks in Books on iPad Use the Books app to listen to audiobooks on your iPad. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 195 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 196 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Play an audiobook 1. Tap or turn the iPad to landscape mode to automatically view the sidebar. 2. Tap Reading Now or Library, tap the audiobook cover to play it. 3. While the audiobook is playing, do any of the following:

Skip forward or back: Touch and hold the rounded arrows next to the pause button. Or, use external controls such as headphones or car controls. Note: To change the number of seconds to skip forward or back, go to Settings

> Books, scroll down to Audiobooks, then tap Skip Forward or Skip Back.. Go to a specific time: Drag the playhead, directly below the audiobook cover, left or right. Adjust the volume: Drag the slider below the pause button left or right. Speed it up, or slow it down: Tap the playback speed, 1x, in the lower-left corner to choose a different speed. Set a sleep timer: Tap

, then choose a duration. Play on a different device: Tap

, then choose an available device such as HomePod, Apple TV, or Bluetooth speakers. Go to a chapter: Tap

, then tap a chapter. Note: Some audiobooks refer to chapters as tracks, or dont define chapters. Switch to the audiobook mini-player: Tap or swipe down anywhere on the screen; tap the mini-player at the bottom of the screen to go back to full screen. Close the audiobook player: Tap

, touch and hold the mini-player, then tap Close Audio Player. If a Wi-Fi connection to the internet isnt available, audiobooks play over your carriers cellular network, which may result in additional fees. To manage cellular data usage, see

. View or change cellular data settings on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) Find supplemental PDFs Some audiobooks come with supplemental PDFs. To find the PDFs, play the audiobook, tap

, then tap View Included PDF. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 197 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Set reading goals in Books on iPad The Books app helps you keep track of how many minutes you read every day, and how many books and audiobooks you finish each year. You can customize your goals to spend more time reading, set new reading streaks, and share your achievements with friends. Change your daily reading goal You can adjust your daily reading goal depending on how many minutes you want to read per day. If you dont customize your daily reading goal, its set to five minutes per day. 1. Tap or turn iPad to landscape view to automatically view the sidebar. 2. Tap Reading Now, then scroll down to Reading Goals. 3. Tap Todays Reading, then tap Adjust Goal. 4. Slide the counter up or down to set the minutes per day that you want to read. When you reach your daily reading goal, you receive a notification from Books; tap it to get more details about your achievement, or send your achievement to friends. To make sure you receive a notification when you reach your daily reading goal, go to Settings

> Notifications > Books, then turn on Allow Notifications. Note: To count PDFs toward your reading goal, go to Settings

> Books, then turn on Include PDFs. Change your yearly reading goal After you finish reading a book or audiobook in Books, the Books Read This Year collection appears below Reading Goals. The default yearly reading goal is three books per year, but you can increase or decrease your goal depending on how many books you want to finish. 1. Tap or turn iPad to landscape view to automatically view the sidebar. 2. Tap Reading Now, then scroll down to Books Read This Year. 3. Tap a placeholder square, or a book cover, then tap Adjust Goal. 4. Slide the counter up or down to set the books per year that you want to read. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 198 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM When you reach your yearly reading goal, you receive a notification from Books; tap it to get more details about your achievement, or send your achievement to friends. See your reading streaks and records Books lets you know how many days in a row you reach your daily reading goal and notifies you when you set a record. To view your current reading streak and record, tap the Reading Now tab, then swipe down to Reading Goals. Turn on coaching You can turn on coaching to receive encouragement and nudges to help you reach your reading goals. 1. Tap your account icon in the top-right corner. 2. Tap Notifications, then turn on Coaching (green is on). Turn off reading goals notifications You can stop receiving notifications when you achieve a reading goal or set a reading streak. 1. Tap or turn iPad to landscape view to automatically view the sidebar. 2. Tap Reading Now, then tap your account icon in the top-right corner. 3. Tap Notifications, then turn off Goal Completion. Turn off reading goals Go to Settings

> Books > then turn off Reading Goals. When Reading Goals is turned off, the reading indicators in Reading Now are hidden and you dont receive reading notifications. Clear reading data To clear your reading data, such as time spent reading and reading streaks, go to Settings

> Books > then tap Clear Reading Goals Data. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 199 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Organize books in the Books app on iPad In the Books app and automatically sorted into collections, such as Audiobooks, Want to Read, and Finished.

, the books and audiobooks you purchase are saved in your library Create a collection and add books to it You can create your own collections to personalize your library. 1. Tap or turn iPad to landscape view to automatically view the sidebar. 2. Tap New Collection. 3. Name the collection, for example, Beach Reads or Book Club, then tap Done. To add a book in your library or the Book Store to a collection, tap below the book cover, tap Add to Collection, then tap the collection. You can add the same book to multiple collections. Sort books in your library or a collection Choose how the books in your library are sorted and appear. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 200 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 1. Tap or turn iPad to landscape view to automatically view the sidebar. 2. Tap All or a collection. 3. Scroll down, then tap the word that appears next to Sort or Sort By at the top right of the screen. 4. Choose Recent, Title, Author, or Manually. If you choose Manually, touch and hold a book cover, then drag it to the position you want. Tip: Tap to view books by title or cover. Remove books, audiobooks, and PDFs You can remove books, audiobooks, and PDFs from Reading Now and your library collections, or hide them on your iPad. 1. Tap or turn iPad to landscape view to automatically view the sidebar. 2. Tap a section below Library or collection below My Collections 3. Tap Edit, then tap the items you want to remove. 4. Tap and select an option. To unhide books and audiobooks that you have hidden, tap Reading Now, tap your account icon, then tap Manage Hidden Purchases. To redownload books you have already purchased, see the Apple Support article

. Redownload books and audiobooks Read PDF documents in Books on iPad In the Books app

, you can open and save PDFs that you receive in Mail, Messages, and other apps. Open PDFs in Books Tap the PDF attachment to open it, tap

, then tap Books. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 201 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Share or print a PDF document Open the PDF document, tap

, then choose a share option such as AirDrop, Mail, or Messages, or tap Print. See the Apple Support article

. About AirPrint Mark up a PDF Open the PDF and tap to use the drawing and annotation tools (tap near the center of a page if you dont see

). https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 202 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Calendar Create and edit events in Calendar on iPad Use the Calendar app to create and edit events, appointments, and meetings. Siri: Say something like:

Set up a meeting with Gordon at 9 Do I have a meeting at 10?

Where is my 3:30 meeting?

Learn how to use Siri https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 203 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Add an event 1. In Day view, tap at the top of the screen. 2. Enter the title of the event. 3. Tap Location or Video Call, then enter a physical location or tap FaceTime to enter a video link for a remote event. You can also copy a FaceTime link you created or received and paste it in the Location field. See

. Create a link to a FaceTime call on iPad 4. Enter the start and end times for the event, the travel time, invitees, attachments, and so on. (Swipe up, if necessary, to enter all the meeting information.) 5. Tap Add. Add an alert You can set an alert to be reminded of an event beforehand. 1. Tap the event, then tap Edit near the top of the screen. 2. In the event details, tap Alert. 3. Choose when you want to be reminded. For example, At time of event, 5 minutes before, or another choice. Note: If you add the address of the events location, Calendar uses Apple Maps to look up locations, traffic conditions, and transit options to tell you when its time to leave. Add an attachment You can add an attachment to a calendar event to share with invitees. 1. Tap the event, then tap Edit near the top right. 2. In the event details, tap Add attachment. 3. Locate the file you want to attach. To find the file, you can enter its name in the search field, scroll, tap folders to open them, tap Browse to look in other locations (such as iCloud Drive), and so on. See

. View and modify files and folders in Files on iPad https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 204 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 4. Tap Done. To remove the attachment, tap the event, tap Edit near the top right, swipe left over the attachment, then tap Remove. Find events in other apps Siri can suggest events found in Mail, Messages, and Safarisuch as flight reservations and hotel bookingsso you can add them easily in Calendar. 1. Go to Settings

> Calendar > Siri & Search. 2. Turn on Show Siri Suggestions in App to allow Siri to suggest events found in other apps. To allow Siri to make suggestions in other apps based on how you use Calendar, turn on Learn from this App. Copy and paste an event You can copy an event and paste it to another date. 1. Touch and hold the event, then tap Copy. 2. On another date, touch and hold the time where you want to paste the event. When you release, the New Event page appears and the copied event appears under Title with the date and time where you want to paste the event. Tip: You can also tap at the top of the screen after copying an event. 3. Tap the copied event below Title. 4. Tap Add. Edit an event You can change the time of an event and any of the other event details. Change the time: In Day view, touch and hold the event, then drag it to a new time, or adjust the grab points. Change event details: Tap the event, tap Edit near the top right, then in the event details, tap a setting to change it, or tap in a field to type new information. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 205 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Delete an event In Day view, tap the event, then tap Delete Event at the bottom of the screen. Send invitations in Calendar on iPad In the Calendar app

, you can send meeting and event invitations. iCloud, Microsoft Exchange, and some CalDAV servers also let you send meeting invitations. (Not all calendar servers support every feature.) Before you begin Before you can invite people to events youve scheduled, you need to make sure your calendar accounts are turned on. Go to Settings

> Calendar > Accounts, then select an account. Check if Calendar is turned on. For more information on how to add calendars, see Set up multiple calendars on iPad Invite others to an event You can invite people to an event youve scheduled. 1. Tap the event, then tap Edit near the top of the screen. 2. Tap invitees. 3. Enter the names or email addresses of people you want to invite, or tap to select Contacts. 4. Tap Done. If you dont want to be notified when someone declines a meeting, go to Settings

Calendar, then turn off Show Invitee Declines. Note: With Microsoft Exchange and some other exchange servers, you can invite people to an event even if youre not the one who scheduled it. Schedule a meeting without blocking your schedule You can add an event to your calendar without having the timeframe appear as busy to others who send you invitations. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 206 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 1. Tap the event, then tap Edit. 2. Tap Show As, then tap Free. Quickly email attendees You can email all attendees of an eventfor example, to share event details. 1. Tap an event that has attendees. 2. Tap Invitees, then tap

. Reply to invitations in Calendar on iPad In the Calendar app

, reply to meeting and event invitations youve received. Reply to an event invitation 1. To respond to an event notification, tap it. Or, in Calendar, tap

, then tap an invitation. 2. Tap your responseAccept, Maybe, or Decline. To respond to an invitation you receive by email, tap the underlined text in the email, then tap Show in Calendar. If you add comments to your response, your comments can be seen by the organizer but not by other attendees (comments may not be available for all calendars). To see events you declined, tap

, then turn on Show Declined Events. Suggest a different meeting time You can suggest a different time for a meeting invitation youve received. 1. Tap the meeting, then tap Propose New Time. 2. Tap the time, then enter a new one. 3. Tap Done, then tap Send. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 207 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Change how you view events in Calendar on iPad In the Calendar app

, you can view one day, a week, a month, or a year at a time, or view a list of upcoming events. To change your view of Calendar, do any of the following:

Zoom in or out: Tap Day, Week, Month, or Year at the top of the screen to zoom in or out on your calendar. In Week or Day view, pinch to zoom in or out. View upcoming events: Tap to view upcoming events as a list. Search for events in Calendar on iPad In the Calendar app

, you can search for events by title, invitees, location, and notes. Tap

, then enter the text you want to find in the search field. Siri: Say something like: Whats on my calendar for Friday?

Learn how to use Siri

. Customize your calendar on iPad In the Calendar app

, you can choose which day of the week Calendar starts with, display week numbers, choose alternate calendars (for example, to display Chinese or Hebrew dates), override the automatic time zone, and more. Go to Settings

> Calendar, then choose the settings and features you want. Keep track of events in Calendar on iPad In the Calendar app

, you can customize the notifications that let you know about upcoming calendar events, invitations, and more. You can also make sure your events and other calendar information are kept up to date on all your devices. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 208 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Customize calendar notifications 1. Go to Settings

> Notifications > Calendar. 2. Turn on Allow Notifications. 3. Choose how and where you want the notifications to appearfor example, on the Lock Screen, in Notification Center, as banners at the top of the screen, with an alert sound, and so on. Turn on customized notifications for specific calendar events After customizing your calendar notifications, you can choose if you want these notifications to appear for various types of events. 1. Scroll down and tap Customize Notifications. 2. Turn the specific customized notifications on or off. Keep your calendar up to date across your devices You can use iCloud to keep your calendar information up to date on all your devices where youre signed in with the same Apple ID. Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud, then turn on Calendars. Note: If you dont see Calendars, tap Show All to see more options. If you dont want to use iCloud for your calendar, you can sync your calendar information between your iPad and your computer. See

. Sync with your computer Set up multiple calendars on iPad In the Calendar app on iPad, you can set up multiple calendars to keep track of different kinds of events. You can keep track of all your events and appointments in one calendar, but additional calendars are easy to set up and a great way to stay organized. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 209 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Set up a calendar 1. Tap at the top left, then tap Add Calendar at the bottom of the screen. 2. Do one of the following:

Create an iCloud calendar: Tap Add Calendar, enter a name for the calendar, then choose a color for it. Subscribe to an external read-only calendar: Tap Add Subscription Calendar, enter the URL of the .ics file you want to subscribe to (and any other required server information), then tap Subscribe. Add a Holiday calendar: Tap Add Holiday Calendar, tap the holiday calendar you want to subscribe to, then tap Add. You can also subscribe to an iCalendar (.ics) calendar by tapping a link to it. See Use the Holidays calendar on iPad

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 210 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Unsubscribe from a calendar You can unsubscribe from a calendar youre subscribed to. When you unsubscribe, you can also report the calendar as junk. 1. Tap at the top left, then tap next to the calendar you want to remove. 2. Tap Unsubscribe, then tap Unsubscribe or Unsubscribe and Report Junk. Note: When you tap Unsubscribe and Report Junk, the calendar is reported to Apple as a suspected junk subscription. See multiple calendars at once To view multiple calendars, tap

, then do any of the following:

Select the calendars you want to view. Tap US Holidays to include national holidays with your events. Tap Birthdays to include birthdays from Contacts with your events. Set a default calendar You can set one of your calendars as the default calendar. When you add an event using Siri or other apps, its added to your default calendar. 1. Go to Settings

> Calendar > Default Calendar. 2. Select the calendar you want to use as your default calendar. Turn on calendar event alerts You can turn on event notifications for calendars you create or subscribe to. 1. Tap Calendars at the bottom of the screen. 2. Tap next to a calendar. 3. Go to Event Alerts below Notifications to turn event alerts on or off. 4. Tap Done. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 211 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Change a calendars color 1. Tap at the top left. 2. Tap next to the calendar, then choose a color. 3. Tap Done. For some calendar accounts, such as Google, the color is set by the server. Set up iCloud, Google, Exchange, or Yahoo calendar accounts 1. Go to Settings

> Calendar > Accounts > Add Account. 2. Do any of the following:

Tap a mail service (iCloud, Microsoft Exchange, or Google, for example), then sign in. Tap Other, tap Add CalDAV Account or Add Subscribed Calendar, then enter your server and account information. Add a CalDAV account 1. Go to Settings

> Calendar > Accounts > Add Account > Other. 2. Tap Add CalDAV Account. 3. Enter your server and account information. Move an event to another calendar Tap the event, tap Calendar, then select a calendar to move the event to. Use the Holidays calendar on iPad In the Calendar app

, the Holidays calendar displays holidays based on the region set on your iPad. Note: The Holidays calendar is a subscription calendar. You cant add or delete holidays, because subscription calendars can be modified only by the calendar provider. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 212 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Show or hide holidays 1. Tap at the top left. 2. Select or deselect US Holidays (or the holiday calendar for your country or region). Change your primary holiday calendar to a different region 1. Go to Settings

> General > Language & Region, then tap Region. 2. Tap a region, then tap Change to [region]. 3. In Calendar, tap Calendars at the bottom of the screen. 4. Deselect the Holidays calendar, then select it again. Note: To subscribe to a holiday calendar from a different region, see Set up multiple calendars on iPad

. Share iCloud calendars on iPad In the Calendar app

, you can share an iCloud calendar with other iCloud users. When you share a calendar, others can see it, and you can let them add or change events. You can also share a read-only version that anyone can view but not change. Create an iCloud calendar 1. Tap at the top left. 2. Tap Add Calendar. 3. Type a name for the new calendar, then tap Done. Share an iCloud calendar You can choose to share a calendar with one or more people in iCloud. Those you invite receive an invitation to join the calendar. 1. Tap at the top left. 2. Tap next to the iCloud calendar you want to share. 3. Tap Add Person, then enter a name or email address, or tap to browse your contacts. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 213 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 4. Tap Add. Change a persons access to a shared calendar After you invite a person to share your calendar, you can turn on or off their ability to edit the calendar, or stop sharing the calendar with that person. 1. Tap

, tap next to the shared calendar, then tap the person. 2. Do any of the following:

Turn on or off Allow Editing. Tap Stop Sharing. Turn off notifications for shared calendars When someone modifies a calendar youre sharing, youre notified of the change. You can turn off notifications for shared calendars, if you dont want to receive them. 1. Go to Settings

> Notifications > Calendar > Customize Notifications. 2. Turn off Shared Calendar Changes. Share a read-only calendar with anyone 1. Tap

, then tap next to the iCloud calendar you want to share. 2. Turn on Public Calendar, then tap Share Link to copy or send the URL for your calendar. 3. Choose a method for sending the URLMessage, Mail, and so on. Anyone you send the URL to can use it to subscribe to the calendar using a compatible app, such as Calendar for macOS. Delete a calendar 1. Tap at the top left. 2. Tap next to the iCloud calendar you want to delete. 3. Tap Delete Calendar at the bottom of the list. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 214 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Camera Take photos with your iPad camera Learn how to take great photos with Camera on your iPad. Choose from camera modes such as Photo, Pano, and Square, and use camera features such as Burst and Live Photos. Siri: Say something like: Open Camera. Learn how to use Siri

. Take a photo Photo is the standard mode that you see when you open Camera. Use Photo mode to take still photos. Swipe the mode selector up or down to choose a different mode, such as Video, Pano, Time-lapse, Slo-mo, and Portrait (on supported models). https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 215 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 1. Tap on the Home screen or swipe left on the Lock screen to open Camera in Photo mode. 2. Tap the Shutter button or press either volume button to take the photo. To turn the flash on or off on models that support True Tone Flash, tap

, then choose Auto, On, or Off. To set a timer, stabilize your iPad and frame your shot. Tap

, then tap 3s or 10s. Note: For your security, a green dot appears at the top of the screen when Camera is in use. See

. Control access to hardware features Zoom in or out On all models, open Camera and pinch the screen to zoom in or out. Depending on your model, do either of the following:

Tap 1x on the left side of the screen. Drag the slider on the left side of the screen up or down. Touch and hold the zoom controls on the left side of the screen, then drag the slider right or left. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 216 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Take a panorama photo 1. Choose Pano mode, then tap the Shutter button. 2. Pan slowly in the direction of the arrow, keeping it on the center line. 3. To finish, tap the Shutter button again. Tap the arrow to pan in the opposite direction. To pan vertically, rotate iPad to landscape orientation. You can reverse the direction of a vertical pan, too. Capture action shots with Burst mode Burst mode takes multiple high-speed photos so that you have a range of photos to choose from. You can take Burst photos with the front and rear cameras. 1. Choose Photo or Square mode. 2. Touch and hold the Shutter button to take rapid-fire photos. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 217 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM The counter shows how many shots you took. 3. Lift your finger to stop. 4. To select the photos you want to keep, tap the Burst thumbnail, then tap Select. Gray dots below the thumbnails mark the suggested photos to keep. 5. Tap the circle in the lower-right corner of each photo you want to save as an individual photo, then tap Done. To delete the entire group of Burst photos, tap the thumbnail, then tap

. Take a Live Photo A Live Photo captures what happens just before and after you take your photo, including the audio. 1. On models that support Live Photos, choose Photo mode. 2. Tap to turn Live Photos on (yellow is on) or off. 3. Tap the Shutter button to take the shot. In your albums, Live Photos are marked with Live in the top-left corner. You can edit Live Photos and add effects such as Loop and Bounce. See

. Edit Live Photos Take a selfie with your iPad camera Use Camera to take a selfie in Photo mode with your iPad. Take a selfie 1. Open Camera. 2. Switch to the front camera by tapping or

(depending on your model). 3. Hold your iPad in front of you. 4. Tap the Shutter button or press either volume button to take the shot. To turn the flash on or off on models that support Retina Flash, tap

, then choose Auto, On, or Off. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 218 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Tip: Depending on your iPad model, tap on the left side of the screen to zoom out and increase your field of view. Tap to zoom back in. To take a selfie that captures the shot as you see it in the front-facing camera frame, rather than reversing it, go to Settings

> Camera, then turn on Mirror Front Camera or Mirror Front Photos (on earlier models). Take a Portrait mode selfie with your iPad camera With Camera on supported models, you can apply a depth-of-field effect to your selfies. This effect keeps your face sharp while creating a beautifully blurred background. Depending on your iPad model, you can also change the portrait lighting effect and the level of background blur. Take a selfie in Portrait mode 1. Open Camera, then choose Portrait mode. 2. Hold your iPad in front of you, then frame yourself in the portrait box. 3. Tap the Shutter button to take the shot. Change the portrait lighting effect On models that support Portrait Lighting, you can apply studio-quality lighting effects to your Portrait mode selfies. 1. Open Camera, then choose Portrait mode. 2. Hold your iPad in front of you, then frame yourself in the portrait box. 3. Drag to choose a lighting effect:

Natural Light: The face is in sharp focus against a blurred background. Studio Light: The face is brightly lit, and the photo has an overall clean look. Contour Light: The face has dramatic shadows with highlights and lowlights. Stage Light: The face is spotlit against a deep black background. Stage Light Mono: The effect is similar to Stage Light, but the photo is in classic black and white. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 219 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM High-Key Light Mono: Creates a grayscale subject on a white background iPad Pro 11-inch (2nd generation and later) and iPad Pro 12.9-inch (4th generation and later) only. 4. Tap the Shutter button to take the shot. Adjust Depth Control in Portrait mode selfies On models that support Depth Control, use the Depth Control slider to adjust the level of background blur in your Portrait mode selfies. 1. Open Camera, then choose Portrait mode. 2. Hold your iPad in front of you, then frame yourself in the portrait box. 3. Tap on the right side of the screen. The Depth Control slider appears on the right. 4. Drag the slider up or down to adjust the effect. 5. Tap the Shutter button to take the shot. After you take a photo in Portrait mode, you can use the Depth Control slider in Photos to further adjust the background blur effect. See Adjust Depth Control in Portrait mode photos

. Take videos with your iPad camera Use Camera to record videos on your iPad and change modes to take slow-motion and time-lapse videos. Record a video 1. Choose Video mode. 2. Tap the Record button or press either volume button to start recording. Pinch the screen to zoom in and out. 3. Tap the Record button or press either volume button to stop recording. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 220 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM By default, video records at 30 fps (frames per second). Depending on your model, you can choose other frame rates and video resolution settings in Settings

> Camera >

Record Video. Faster frame rates and higher resolutions result in larger video files. Note: For your security, a green dot appears at the top of the screen when Camera is in use. See

. Control access to hardware features Use quick toggles to change video resolution and frame rate In Video mode, use quick toggles at the top of the screen to change the video resolution and frame rates available on your iPad. To display quick toggles, go to Settings

Camera > Record Video, then turn on Video Format Control. Record a slow-motion video When you record a video in Slo-mo mode, your video records as normal and you see the slow-motion effect when you play it back. You can also edit your video so that the slow-

motion action starts and stops at a specific time. 1. Choose Slo-mo mode. 2. Tap the Record button or press either volume button to start and stop recording. To set a portion of the video to play in slow motion and the rest at regular speed, tap the video thumbnail, then tap Edit. Slide the vertical bars below the frame viewer to define the section you want to play back in slow motion. Depending on your model, you can change the frame rate and resolution. The faster the frame rate and the higher the resolution, the larger the resulting video file. To change slow-motion recording settings, go to Settings

> Camera > Record Slo-mo. Capture a time-lapse video 1. Choose Time-lapse mode. 2. Set up your iPad where you want to capture a sunset, traffic flowing, or other experience over a period of time. 3. Tap the Record button to start recording; tap it again to stop recording. Adjust Auto FPS settings On models that support Auto FPS, iPad can improve the video quality in low-light situations by automatically reducing the frame rate to 24 fps. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 221 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Go to Settings

> Camera > Record Video, then do one of the following:

On iPad (9th generation), iPad Pro 11-inch (1st generation and 2nd generation) and iPad Pro 12.9-inch (3rd generation and 4th generation), turn on Auto Low Light FPS. On iPad X, iPad XX, iPad mini (6th generation), iPad Air (4th generation and later), iPad Pro 11-inch (3rd generation), and iPad Pro 12.9-inch (5th generation), tap Auto FPS, then apply Auto FPS to 30-fps video only or to both 30- and 60-fps video. Change advanced camera settings on your iPad Learn how to manually adjust the focus and exposure, turn the shutter volume on and off, and change other Camera settings on your iPad. Adjust the focus and exposure Before you take a photo, the iPad camera automatically sets the focus and exposure, and face detection balances the exposure across many faces. To manually adjust the focus and exposure, follow these steps:

1. Tap the screen to reveal the automatic focus area and exposure setting. 2. Tap where you want to move the focus area. 3. Next to the focus area, drag up or down to adjust the exposure. To lock your manual focus and exposure settings for upcoming shots, touch and hold the focus area until you see AE/AF Lock; tap the screen to unlock settings. Use a grid to straighten your shot To display a grid on the camera screen that can help you straighten and compose your shot, go to Settings

> Camera, then turn on Grid. After you take a photo, you can use the editing tools in the Photos app to further align shots and adjust horizontal and vertical perspective. See Straighten and adjust

. perspective Save camera settings You can save the last camera mode you used so its not reset when you next open Camera. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 222 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Go to Settings

> Camera > Preserve Settings. On supported models, you can also preserve Live Photos settings. Adjust the shutter volume Adjust the volume of the camera shutter sound using the volume buttons on the side of your iPad. Or, when Camera is open, swipe down from the top-right corner of the screen to open Control Center, then drag

. Mute the shutter sound using the volume buttons or the Ring/Silent switch, if your iPad has one. The shutter doesnt make a sound when Live Photos is turned on. Note: In some countries or regions, muting is disabled. See

. Adjust the volume on iPad Turn Scene Detection off and on On iPad X, iPad mini (6th generation), iPad Air (4th generation and later), iPad Pro 11-

inch (3rd generation), and iPad Pro 12.9-inch (5th generation), the Scene Detection setting can identify what youre taking a photo of and apply a tailored look to bring out the best qualities in the scene. Scene Detection is on by default. To turn off Scene Detection, go to Settings

Camera, then turn off Scene Detection. Turn Lens Correction off and on On iPad X, iPad XX, iPad mini (6th generation), iPad Air (5th generation), iPad (9th generation), iPad Pro 11-inch (3rd generation), and iPad Pro 12.9-inch (5th generation), the Lens Correction setting adjusts photos taken with the front camera or Ultra Wide camera for more natural-looking results. Lens Correction is on by default. To turn off Lens Correction, go to Settings

> Camera, then turn off Lens Correction. Mirror the front camera To take a mirrored selfie that captures the shot as you see it in the camera frame, go to Settings

> Camera, then turn on Mirror Front Camera. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 223 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Adjust HDR camera settings on iPad HDR (High Dynamic Range) in Camera helps you get great shots in high-contrast situations. On supported models, the iPad camera takes several photos in rapid succession at different exposures and blends them together. The resulting photo has better detail in the bright and mid-tone areas. Turn off automatic HDR By default, iPad automatically uses HDR when its most effective. To manually control HDR instead, do the following:

On models that support manual HDR in Settings, go to Settings

> Camera, then turn off Smart HDR. On the camera screen, tap HDR to manually turn it on or off. QUESTION: Aaron / Della do you know which were the last models to support manual HDR is Settings? We need to update the list in this the link above. On earlier iPad models, tap on the camera screen to manually turn it on or off. By default, the HDR version of a photo is saved in Photos. On some iPad models, you can also save the non-HDR version; go to Settings

> Camera, then turn on Keep Normal Photo. View, share, and print photos on iPad All photos and videos you take with Camera are saved in Photos. With iCloud Photos turned on, all new photos and videos are automatically uploaded and available in Photos on all your devices that are set up with iCloud Photos (with iOS 8.1, iPadOS 13, or later). Note: If Location Services is turned on in Settings

> Privacy & Security > Location Services, photos and videos are tagged with location data that can be used by apps and photo-sharing websites. See

. Control the location information you share on iPad https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 224 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM View your photos 1. In Camera, tap the thumbnail image below the Shutter button. 2. Swipe right to see the photos youve taken recently. Tap the screen to show or hide the controls. 3. Tap All Photos to see all your photos and videos saved in Photos. Share and print your photos 1. While viewing an image, tap

. 2. To share your photo, select an option such as AirDrop, Mail, or Messages. 3. To print your photo, swipe up to select Print from the list of actions. See Use AirDrop on iPad to send items to nearby devices

. See the Apple Support article Use AirPrint to print from your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch

. Upload photos and keep them up to date across devices Use iCloud Photos to upload photos and videos from your iPad to iCloud and access them on other devices where youre signed in with the same Apple ID. iCloud Photos is useful if you want to keep your photos up to date across multiple devices or save space on your iPad. To turn on iCloud Photos, go to Settings

> Photos. Use Live Text with your iPad camera On supported models, Camera can copy, share, look up, and translate text that appears within the camera frame. Camera also provides quick actions to easily call phone numbers, visit websites, convert currencies, and more, based on the text that appears in the frame. 1. Open Camera, then position iPad so the text appears within the camera frame. 2. After the yellow frame appears around detected text, tap

, then do any of the following:

Copy Text: Copy text to paste into another app such as Notes or Messages. Select All: Select all the text within the frame. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 225 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Look Up: Show personalized web suggestions. Translate: Translate text. Search the web: Look up the selected text on the web. Share: Share text using AirDrop, Messages, Mail, or other available options. Note: You can also touch and hold the text, then use the grab points to select specific text and perform the actions above. Tap a quick action at the bottom of the screen to do things like make a phone call, visit a website, start an email, convert currencies, and more. 3. Tap to return to Camera. To turn off Live Text on your iPad camera, go to Settings

> Camera, then turn off Show Detected Text. Note: Live Text isnt available in all regions or languages. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature

. Availability website Scan a QR code with your iPad camera You can use Camera or the Code Scanner to scan Quick Response (QR) codes for links to websites, apps, coupons, tickets, and more. The camera automatically detects and highlights a QR code. Use the camera to read a QR code 1. Open Camera, then position iPad so that the code appears on the screen. 2. Tap the notification that appears on the screen to go to the relevant website or app. Open the Code Scanner from Control Center 1. Go to Settings

> Control Center, then tap next to Code Scanner. 2. Open Control Center, tap the Code Scanner, then position iPad so that the code appears on the screen. 3. To add more light, tap the flashlight to turn it on. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 226 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Clock See the time in cities worldwide on iPad Use the Clock app to see the local time in different time zones around the world. Siri: Say something like: What time is it? or What time is it in London?

Learn how to use Siri

. 1. Tap World Clock. 2. To manage your list of cities, tap Edit, then do any of the following:

Add a city: Tap

, then choose a city. Delete a city: Tap

. Reorder the cities: Touch and hold a clock, then drag it to a new position. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 227 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Set an alarm on iPad In the Clock app

, you can set alarms for any time of day and have them repeat on one or more days of the week. Siri: Say something like: Set an alarm for 7 a.m. Learn how to use Siri

. 1. Tap Alarm, then tap

. 2. Set the time, then choose any of the following options:

Repeat: Choose the days of the week. Label: Give the alarm a name, like Water the plants. Sound: Choose a song or a ringtone. Snooze: Give yourself nine more minutes. 3. Tap Save. To change or delete the alarm, tap Edit. Turn off an alarm Tap the button below the alarm time. Remove an alarm To remove an alarm in the Clock app, tap Edit at the top left, tap the Delete button

, then tap Delete. Use the timer or stopwatch on iPad In the Clock app

, you can use the timer to count down from a specified time. You can also use the stopwatch to measure the duration of an event. Siri: Say something like: Set the timer for 3 minutes or Stop the timer. Learn how to use Siri

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 228 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Track time with the stopwatch 1. Tap Stopwatch. Note: With iPad in portrait orientation, you can switch between the digital and analog faces by swiping the stopwatch. 2. Tap Start. The timing continues even if you open another app or if iPad goes to sleep. 3. To record a lap or split, tap Lap. 4. Tap Stop to record the final time. 5. Tap Reset to clear the stopwatch. Set the timer 1. Tap Timer. 2. Set the duration of time and a sound to play when the timer ends. Tip: If you want to fall asleep while playing audio or video, you can set the timer to stop the playback. Tap When Timer Ends, then tap Stop Playing at the bottom. 3. To start the timer, tap Start. The timer continues even if you open another app or if iPad goes to sleep. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 229 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Contacts Add and use contact information on iPad In the Contacts app

, you can view and edit your contacts lists from personal, business, and other accounts. You can also create contacts and set up a contact card with your own information. Siri: Say something like:

Whats my brothers work address?

Sarah Milos is my sister Send a message to my sister Learn how to use Siri Create a contact Tap

. Siri also suggests new contacts based on your use of other apps, such as email you receive in Mail and invitations you receive in Calendar. (To turn this feature off, go to Settings

> Contacts > Siri & Search, then turn off Show Siri Suggestions for Contacts.) Based on how you use Contacts, Siri also provides contact information suggestions in other apps. (To turn this feature off, go to Settings

> Contacts > Siri & Search, then turn off Learn from this App.) See

. Siri Suggestions on iPad Find a contact Tap the search field at the top of the contacts list, then enter a name, address, phone number, or other contact information. You can also search your contacts using Search (see Use iPad to search

). Share a contact Tap a contact, tap Share Contact, then choose a method for sending the contact information. Sharing the contact sends all of the info from the contacts card. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 230 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Quickly reach a contact To start a message, make a phone call or a FaceTime call, compose an email, or send money with Apple Pay, tap a button below the contacts name. To change the default phone number or email address for a contact method, touch and hold the button for that method below the contacts name, then tap a selection in the list. Delete a contact 1. Go to the contacts card, then tap Edit. 2. Scroll down, then tap Delete Contact. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 231 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Edit contacts on iPad In the Contacts app

, assign a photo to a contact, change a label, add a birthday, and more. 1. Tap a contact, then tap Edit. 2. Do any of the following:

Assign a photo to a contact: Tap Add Photo. You can take a photo or add one from the Photos app. Add a pronunciation: Tap Edit, scroll down and tap add field, select a pronunciation name field, then type how to say your contacts name. Siri will then use this pronunciation when speaking their name. Change a label: Tap the label, then select one in the list, or tap Add Custom Label to create one of your own. Add a birthday, social profile, related name, and more: Tap next to the item. Allow calls or texts from a contact to override Do Not Disturb: Tap Ringtone or Text Tone, then turn on Emergency Bypass. Add notes: Tap the Notes field. Add a prefix, phonetic name, and more: Tap add field, then select an item in the list. Delete contact information: Tap next to a field. 3. When youre finished, tap Done. To change how your contacts are sorted and displayed, go to Settings

> Contacts. Add your contact info on iPad In the Contacts app

, add your information to your contact card. iPad uses your Apple ID to create your contact card, called My Card, but you may need to provide your contact information (such as name and address) to complete it. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 232 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Complete My Card Tap My Card at the top of your contacts list, then tap Edit. Contacts suggests addresses and phone numbers to help you set up My Card. If there is no My Card, tap

, then enter your information. To create My Card with this information, go to Settings

> Contacts > My Info, then tap your name in the contacts list. Edit My Card Tap My Card at the top of your contacts list, then tap Edit. You can also teach Siri how to pronounce your name. See

. Tell Siri how to say your name Use other contact accounts on iPad You can include contacts from other accounts in the Contacts app

. Use your iCloud contacts Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud, then turn on Contacts. Use your Google contacts 1. Go to Settings

> Contacts > Accounts, then tap Google. 2. Sign in to your account, then turn on Contacts. Add contacts from another account 1. Go to Settings

> Contacts > Accounts, then tap Add Account. 2. Choose an account, sign in to it, then turn on Contacts. Access a Microsoft Exchange Global Address List 1. Go to Settings

> Contacts > Accounts, then tap Exchange. 2. Sign in to your Exchange account, then turn on Contacts. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 233 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Set up an LDAP or CardDAV account to access business or school directories 1. Go to Settings

> Contacts > Accounts > Add Account, then tap Other. 2. Tap Add LDAP Account or Add CardDAV Account, then enter the account information. Keep contacts up to date across devices To keep your contact information up to date across all your devices where youre signed in with the same Apple ID, you can use iCloud. Go to Settings > [your name] > iCloud, then turn on Contacts. Alternatively, you can sync the information between iPad and your Mac or Windows PC to keep the information up to date across iPad and your computer. See Sync iPad with your

. computer If you use iCloud for Contacts, your contacts are kept up to date automatically, and no options appear for syncing them with your computer. Import contacts from a vCard Tap a .vcf attachment in an email or message. Add a contact from a directory 1. Tap Groups, then tap the GAL, CardDAV, or LDAP directory you want to search. 2. Tap Done, then enter your search. 3. Tap the persons name to save their info to your contacts. Show or hide a group Tap Groups, then select the groups you want to see. This button appears only if you have more than one source of contacts. Get rid of duplicate contacts on iPad In the Contacts app

, link contact cards for the same person in different accounts so they appear only once in your All Contacts list. When you have contacts from multiple sources, you might have multiple entries for the same person in Contacts. To keep redundant contacts from appearing in your All Contacts list, contacts from different sources with the same name are linked and displayed as a single unified contact. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 234 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Resolve Duplicate contacts If you have more than one contact card with the same first and last name, the Contacts app can merge the duplicate contacts for you. 1. Open the Contacts app and tap Duplicates Found under My Card. 2. Tap individual contacts to review and merge them, or tap Merge All to merge all duplicate contacts. Link contacts manually If two entries for the same person arent linked automatically, you can unify them manually. 1. Tap one of the contacts, tap Edit, then tap Link Contacts. 2. Choose the other contact entry to link to, then tap Link. When you link contacts with different first or last names, the names on the individual cards dont change, but only one name appears on the unified card. To choose which name appears on the unified card, tap one of the linked cards, tap the contacts name on that card, then tap Use This Name For Unified Card. Note: When you link contacts, those contacts arent merged. If you change or add information in a unified contact, the changes are copied to each source account where that information already exists. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 235 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM FaceTime Set up FaceTime on iPad You can use the FaceTime app to stay connected with friends and family, whether theyre using an iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, or a Mac. With Spatial Audio in FaceTime (on supported models), people on the call sound like theyre in the room with you, talking from their positions on the screen. Spatial Audio works with AirPods (2nd generation and later), AirPods Pro, and AirPods Max (sold separately). With SharePlay

, you can watch movies and TV shows together, or listen to music together, during a FaceTime call. You can also share your screen and show apps, webpages, and more during the conversationshow off a photo album, plan your next group vacation, or get feedback on something youre working onall while seeing and hearing the reactions of others on the call. You can use the front camera to talk face to face, or switch to the rear camera to share what you see around you. To capture a moment of your conversation, take a FaceTime

. Live Photo Note: Not all features and content are available in all countries or regions. 1. Go to Settings

> FaceTime, enter your Apple ID and password, then tap Sign In. Note: If you dont have an Apple ID, you can create onesee Manage Apple ID settings on iPad

. 2. Make sure FaceTime is turned on, then do any of the following:

View TV shows and movies together, listen to music together, or share your screen in calls: Tap SharePlay, then turn on SharePlay. Highlight the speaker in calls: Turn on Speaking. Display live captions in your calls: Turn on Live Captions (beta). (Let everyone on your calls know their speech is being transcribed on-device.) Take Live Photos in FaceTime calls: Turn on FaceTime Live Photos. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 236 of 913

 

 

WARNING:pdfminer.pdfpage:The PDF <_io.BufferedReader name='/Volumes/Scratch/Incoming/eg-scratch/6133834.pdf'> contains a metadata field indicating that it should not allow text extraction. Ignoring this field and proceeding. Use the check_extractable if you want to raise an error in this case iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Create a link to a FaceTime call on iPad In the FaceTime app on iPad, you can create a link to a FaceTime call and send the link to a friend or a group (using Mail or Messages), which they can use to join or start a call. 1. Tap Create Link near the top of the screen. 2. Choose an option for sending the link (Mail, Messages, and so on). In Calendar, you can schedule a remote video meeting by inserting FaceTime as the location of the meeting

. Note: You can invite anyone to join you in a FaceTime call, even people who dont have an Apple device. They can join you in one-on-one and Group FaceTime calls from their browserno login is necessary. (They need the latest version of either Chrome or Edge. Sending video requires H.264 video encoding support.) Make and receive FaceTime calls on iPad With an internet connection and an Apple ID, you can make and receive calls in the FaceTime app

. Note: You must set up FaceTime before you can make and receive calls. On iPad Wi-Fi + Cellular models, you can also make FaceTime calls over a cellular data connection, which may incur additional charges. To turn this feature off, go to Settings >

Cellular, then turn off FaceTime. See View or change cellular data settings on iPad (Wi-Fi

+ Cellular models). https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 237 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Make a FaceTime call Siri: Say something like: Make a FaceTime call or Call Elizas mobile. Learn how to use Siri

. 1. In FaceTime, tap New FaceTime near the top of the screen. 2. Type the name or number you want to call in the entry field at the top, then tap to make a video call or to make a FaceTime audio call (not available in all countries or regions). Alternatively, you can tap to open Contacts and start your call from there; or tap a suggested contact in your call history to quickly make a call. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 238 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Tip: To see more during a FaceTime video call, rotate iPad to use landscape orientation. See

. Change or lock the screen orientation To call multiple people, see

. Make a Group FaceTime call on iPad Receive a FaceTime call When a FaceTime call comes in, do any of the following:

Take the call: Drag the slider or tap Accept. Decline the call: Tap Decline. Set a reminder to call back: Tap Remind Me. Send a text message to the caller: Tap Message. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 239 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM If youre on another call when a FaceTime call comes in, instead of Accept, you see the End & Accept option, which terminates the previous call and connects you to the incoming call. Tip: You can have Siri announce incoming calls

, which you can accept or decline using your voice. Start a FaceTime call from a Messages conversation In a Messages conversation, you can start a FaceTime call to the person youre chatting with. 1. Tap at the top right of the Messages conversation. 2. Do any of the following:

https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 240 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Tap FaceTime Audio. Tap FaceTime Video. Leave a message If no one answers your FaceTime call, do one of the following:

Tap Leave a Message. Tap Cancel. Tap Call Back. Call again In your call history, tap the name or number of the person (or group) you want to call again. Delete a call from your call history In FaceTime, swipe left over the call in your call history, then tap Delete. Take a Live Photo in FaceTime on iPad When youre on a video call in the FaceTime app

, you can take a FaceTime Live Photo to capture a moment of your conversation (not available in all countries or regions). The camera captures what happens just before and after you take the photo, including the audio, so you can see and hear it later just the way it happened. To take a FaceTime Live Photo, first make sure FaceTime Live Photos is turned on in Settings

> FaceTime, then do one of the following:

On a call with one other person: Tap

. On a Group FaceTime call: Tap the tile of the person you want to photograph, tap

, then tap

. You both receive a notification that the photo was taken, and the Live Photo is saved in your Photos app. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 241 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Turn on Live Captions in a FaceTime call on iPad While youre on a video call in the FaceTime app

, you can turn on Live Captions (beta) to see the conversation transcribed on the screen. If youre having difficulty hearing the conversation, Live Captions can make it easier to follow along. The accuracy of Live Captions (beta) may vary and shouldnt be relied upon in high-risk situations. Live Captions uses additional battery. Note: Live Captions is currently in beta. 1. During a FaceTime video call, tap the screen to show the FaceTime controls (if they arent visible). 2. Tap at the top of the controls, turn on Live Captions, then tap Done. A Live Captions window appears, showing the automatically transcribed dialogue of the call near the top of the screen and whos speaking. To stop showing the conversation on the screen, tap the screen, tap at the top of the FaceTime controls, then turn off Live Captions. Use other apps during a FaceTime call on iPad While youre on a call using the FaceTime app

, you can use other appsfor example, to look up information or perform a calculation. Go to the Home Screen, then tap an app icon to open the app. To return to the FaceTime screen, tap the green bar (or the FaceTime icon) at the top of the screen. You can also share your screen with the other people in your FaceTime call while using another app. See

. Share your screen in a FaceTime call https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 242 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Make a Group FaceTime call on iPad In the FaceTime app

, you can have up to 32 participants in a Group FaceTime call (not available in all countries or regions). Start a Group FaceTime call 1. In FaceTime, tap New FaceTime near the top of the screen. 2. Type the names or numbers of the people you want to call in the entry field at the top. You can also tap to open Contacts and add people from there. Or tap suggested contacts in your call history. 3. Tap to make a video call or tap to make a FaceTime audio call. Each participant appears in a tile on the screen. When a participant speaks (verbally or by using sign language) or you tap the tile, that tile becomes more prominent. Tiles that cant fit on the screen appear in a row at the bottom. To find a participant you dont see, https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 243 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM swipe through the row. (The participants initials may appear in the tile if an image isnt available.) To prevent the tile of the person speaking from becoming larger during a Group FaceTime call, go to Settings

> FaceTime, then turn off Speaking below Automatic Prominence. Note: Sign language detection requires a supported model for the presenter. In addition, both the presenter and participants need iOS 14, iPadOS 14, macOS 11, or later. Start a Group FaceTime call from a group Messages conversation In a group Messages conversation, you can start a Group FaceTime call with all the people youre chatting with in Messages. 1. Tap at the top right of the Messages conversation. 2. Do any of the following:

Tap FaceTime Audio. Tap FaceTime Video. Add another person to a call Any participant can add another person at any time during a FaceTime call. 1. During a FaceTime call, tap the screen to show the FaceTime controls (if they arent visible), tap at the top of the controls, then tap Add People. 2. Type the name, Apple ID, or phone number of the person you want to add in the entry field at the top. Or tap to add someone from Contacts. 3. Tap Add People. Join a Group FaceTime call When someone invites you to join a Group FaceTime call, you receive a notification of the incoming callyou can either join or decline. See

. Receive a FaceTime call Leave a Group FaceTime call To leave a group call at any time, tap Leave. The call remains active if two or more participants remain. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 244 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM View participants in a grid layout in FaceTime on iPad

, you can view participants During a call with four or more people in the FaceTime app in same-size tiles, arranged in a grid. The speakers tile highlights automatically, so its easy to know whos talking. (Depending on your iPad model, some tiles may appear blurred.) In a FaceTime call, tap the Grid button near the upper-right corner of the screen (if the button isnt visible, tap the screen). To turn the Grid off, tap it again. Use SharePlay to watch and listen together in FaceTime on iPad With SharePlay in the FaceTime app

, you can stream TV shows, movies, and music in sync with friends and family while on a FaceTime call together. Enjoy a real-time connection with everyone on the callwith synced playback and shared controls, you all see and hear the same moments at the same time. With Smart Volume, media audio is adjusted automatically, so you can continue to chat while watching or listening. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 245 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM SharePlay can also be used in other apps during a FaceTime call. To see which apps can be used for SharePlay during a call, tap

, then scroll through the apps below Apps for SharePlay. Note: Some apps that support SharePlay require a subscription. To watch a movie or TV show together, every participant needs to have access to the content on their own device, through either a subscription or purchase, on a device that meets the minimum system requirements. SharePlay may not support the sharing of some movies or TV shows across different countries or regions. FaceTime, some FaceTime features, and other Apple services may not be available in all countries or regions. Watch video together while on a FaceTime call You can watch movies and TV shows during a FaceTime call with your friends and family. 1. Start a FaceTime call. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 246 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 2. Go to the Home Screen, then open a video streaming app that supports SharePlay

(for example, the Apple TV app

). 3. Select a show or movie you want to watch, tap the Play button, then select Play for Everyone (if it appears) to begin watching with everyone on the call. (Others on the call may have to tap Join SharePlay to see the video.) For everyone on the call who has access to the content, the video starts playing at the same time. People who dont have access are asked to get access (through a subscription, a transaction, or a free trial, if available). Each person watching the content can use the playback controls to play, pause, rewind or fast-forward. (Settings like closed captioning and volume are controlled separately by each person.) You can use Picture in Picture to keep watching the video while using another apporder food, check your email, or jump into the Messages app and discuss the video by text when you want no interruptions to the sound of the movie or TV show. Invite friends to watch video together from a supported app during a FaceTime call On an iPad that meets the minimum system requirements, you can start a FaceTime call in the Apple TV app (or other supported video app) while youre browsing or watching video content, and share the item in sync with others using SharePlay. Everyone on the call needs to have access to the content on their own device (for example, through a subscription or purchase). 1. In the Apple TV app (or other supported video app), find a show or movie you want to share, then tap the item to see its details. 2. Tap

, then tap SharePlay. 3. In the To field, enter the contacts you want to share with, then tap FaceTime. 4. When the FaceTime call connects, tap Start or Play to begin using SharePlay. The recipients tap Open to begin viewing. Note: If the content requires a subscription, people who arent subscribers can subscribe before watching. After the video starts playing, you can stream it to Apple TV. See Send what youre

. watching in SharePlay to Apple TV https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 247 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Send what youre watching in SharePlay to Apple TV If youve already started watching a video together on iPad, you can send it to Apple TV to enjoy on the big screen. On iPad, do one of the following:

In the streaming app, tap

, then choose Apple TV as the playback destination. Open Control Center, tap

, then choose Apple TV as the playback destination. The video plays in sync on Apple TV, and you can keep the conversation going on your iPad. See Watch together using SharePlay in the Apple TV User Guide. Listen to music together while on a FaceTime call You can get together and listen to an album or favorite playlist with others on a F call. Anyone on the call who has access to the music (for example, through a subscription, a transaction, or a free trial) on a device that meets the minimum system requirements can listen along, see whats next, add songs to a shared queue, and more. aceTime https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 248 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 1. Start a Group FaceTime call. 2. Go to the Home Screen, then open a music streaming app that supports SharePlay

(for example, the Music app

). 3. Select the music you want to listen to, then tap the Play button to begin listening to the music together. (Others on the call may have to tap Join SharePlay to hear the music.) For everyone on the call who has access to the content, the music starts playing at the same time. People who dont have access are asked to get access (through a subscription, a transaction, or a free trial, if available). Each person can use the music controls to pause, rewind, fast-forward, scrub to a different part of the song, or go to the next track. And anyone on the call can add songs to the shared queue. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 249 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Invite friends to listen to music together on FaceTime from a supported app On an iPad that meets the minimum system requirements, you can start a FaceTime call in the Music app (or other supported music app) and use SharePlay to share the music in sync with others on the call. Each person can use the music controls to pause, rewind, fast-forward, or scrub to a different part of the song. And anyone using SharePlay can add songs to the shared queue. Everyone on the call must have access to the content

(for example, through a subscription). 1. Open the Music app

(or other supported music app), then tap the music you want to share. 2. Do one of the following:

Tap next to the music, then tap SharePlay. Tap at the top right, tap

, then tap SharePlay. 3. In the To field, enter the contacts you want to share with, then tap FaceTime. 4. When the FaceTime call connects, tap Start. To begin listening, recipients tap the song title at the top of the FaceTime controls, then tap Open. The music starts playing at the same time for everyone on the call who has access to the content. Note: Every participant needs to have access to the content on their own device. either through a subscription or a purchase. People who dont have access to the content you share are asked to get access. With SharePlay, you can also share your screen to show apps, webpages, and more during the conversation. See

. Share your screen in a FaceTime call SharePlay also lets you work out with others using Apple Fitness+. See Work out together

. using SharePlay Share your screen in a FaceTime call on iPad In the FaceTime app on a device that meets the minimum system requirements, you can share your screen in a FaceTime callyou can bring apps, webpages, and more into the conversation. You can get feedback on something youre working on, collaborate on a document with others, show off a photo album, or plan your next vacation together, all while seeing and hearing the reactions of others on the call. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 250 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Start sharing your screen 1. During a Group FaceTime call, tap the screen to show the FaceTime controls (if they arent visible), tap

, then tap Share My Screen. A countdown from 3 to 1 appears on

, then your screen appears in the FaceTime call for everyone to see. 2. Go to the Home Screen, then open any app, document, or webpage you want to share in the call. To stop sharing your screen, tap

. Collaborate on a group project In a Group FaceTime call, you can collaborate on a shared document with a group. You can initiate a Group FaceTime call from a group conversation in Messages in which youre already collaborating on the document. You can also initiate collaboration with a group during an ongoing FaceTime call. See Collaborate on projects with Messages on iPad

. Hand off a FaceTime call to another device During a call in the FaceTime app

, you can move the call to another device where youre signed in with the same Apple ID. 1. Make sure your other device is turned on, then tap the screen that's showing the call. A notification of the call appears on the other device, along with the suggestion Move call to this [device]. 2. Tap the notification to switch the call, or tap

. The call moves to the other device, and appears in the FaceTime Controls. You can tap to move the call back to the first device, or to another device. If you do, moves to the device with the call. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 251 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Change FaceTime video settings on iPad During a call in the FaceTime app on iPad, you can turn Center Stage and Portrait mode on or off, switch between cameras, or turn your camera on or off. Turn on Center Stage On supported models, you can use Center Stage, which automatically adjusts your front camera to frame you as you move around the field of view during a FaceTime call. 1. When youre on a FaceTime call, Open Control Center. 2. Tap Video Effects, then tap Center Stage to turn it on. To turn Center Stage off, tap it again. On some iPad models, appears in your tile. To turn on Center Stage, you can tap your tile, then tap

. Blur the background with Portrait mode On supported models, you can turn on Portrait mode, which automatically blurs the background and puts the visual focus on you, the same way Portrait mode does in the Camera app. 1. When youre on a FaceTime call, tap your tile. 2. Tap in your tile. To turn Portrait mode off, tap the button again. You can also turn on Portrait mode in Control Center. Open Control Center, then tap Video Effects. Switch to the rear camera When youre on a FaceTime call, tap your tile, then tap

. To switch back to the front camera, tap again. Note: While youre using the rear camera, you can enlarge the image by tapping 1x. Tapping it again returns the image to normal size. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 252 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Turn off your camera When youre on a FaceTime call, tap the screen to make the controls appear, then tap

. (Tap it again to turn the camera back on.) Change FaceTime audio settings on iPad Spatial Audio in the FaceTime app makes it sound like your friends are in the room with you. Their voices are spread out and sound like theyre coming from the direction in which each person is positioned on the screen. Note: Spatial Audio is available on supported models and works with AirPods (2nd generation and later), AirPods Pro, and AirPods Max (sold separately). Filter out background sounds When you want your voice to be heard clearly in a FaceTime call and other sounds filtered out, you can turn on Voice Isolation mode (available on supported models). Voice Isolation mode prioritizes your voice in a FaceTime call and blocks out the ambient noise. During a FaceTime call, open Control Center, tap Mic Mode, then select Voice Isolation. Include the sounds around you When you want your voice and all the sounds around you to be heard in a FaceTime call, you can turn on Wide Spectrum mode (available on supported models). During a FaceTime call, open Control Center, tap Mic Mode, then select Wide Spectrum. Turn off the sound When youre on a FaceTime call, tap the screen to show the FaceTime controls (if they arent visible, then tap to turn the sound off. To turn the sound back on, tap the button again. When your sound is turned off, your mic detects whether youre speaking, and youre notified that your mic is muted and that you can tap to unmute it. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 253 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Add camera effects in FaceTime calls on iPad On video calls using the FaceTime app

, you can become your favorite Memoji or Memoji character (on models with a TrueDepth camera). On supported models, you can use a built-in filter to change your appearance and add stickers, labels, and shapes. You can take screenshots in FaceTime that include the special camera effects you add to a call. Become a Memoji In Messages, on iPad with a TrueDepth camera, you can create a Memoji character to use in your FaceTime calls. iPad captures your movements, facial expressions, and voice, and conveys them through your character. (Your character imitates you even when you stick out your tongue!) See

. Use Memoji in Messages on iPad 1. During a FaceTime call, tap your tile, then tap

. (If you dont see

, tap the screen.) 2. Tap

, then choose a Memoji (swipe through the characters at the bottom, then tap one). The other caller hears what you say, but sees your Memoji doing the talking. Use a filter to change your appearance 1. During a FaceTime call, tap your tile, then tap

(supported models). 2. Tap to open the filters. 3. Change your appearance by tapping a filter at the bottom (swipe left or right to preview them). https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 254 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Add a text label 1. During a call, tap the screen, then tap

. 2. Tap

, then tap a text label. To see more label options, swipe up from the top of the text window. 3. While the label is selected, type the text you want to appear in the label, then tap away from it. 4. Drag the label where you want to place it. To delete the label, tap it, then tap

. Add stickers 1. During a call, tap the screen, tap

, then do any of the following:

Tap to add a Memoji sticker or to add an Emoji sticker. Tap

, swipe up, then tap

. 2. Tap a sticker to add it to the call. To see more options, swipe left. 3. Drag the sticker to place it where you want. To delete the sticker, tap it, then tap

. Add shapes 1. During a call, tap your tile, then tap

. 2. Tap

, then tap a shape to add it to the call. To see more options, swipe up from the top of the shapes window. 3. Drag the shape where you want to place it. To delete the shape, tap it, then tap

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 255 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Leave a FaceTime call or switch to Messages on iPad You can leave a call in the FaceTime app at any time, or continue your conversation in Messages. Leave a FaceTime call Tap the screen to show the FaceTime controls (if they arent visible), then tap [the Leave Call button]. Switch to a Messages conversation To jump to a Messages thread that includes everyone on the call, tap the screen to show the FaceTime controls (if they arent visible), tap at the top of the controls, then tap

. Block unwanted callers in FaceTime on iPad In the FaceTime app

, you can block FaceTime calls from unwanted callers. 1. In your FaceTime call history, tap next to the name, phone number, or email address of the contact you want to block. 2. Scroll down, tap Block this Caller, then tap Block Contact. 3. Select the contact you want to block. To unblock a contact, tap next to the contacts name, phone number, or email address in your call log, scroll down, then tap Unblock this Caller. See the Apple Support article Block phone numbers and contacts on your iPhone, iPad,

. or iPod touch https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 256 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Files Connect external devices or servers with Files on iPad You can use the Files app to access files stored on file servers, other cloud storage providers like Box and Dropbox, and external devices, such as USB drives and SD cards, after you connect them to your iPad. Connect to a computer or file server 1. Tap at the top of the Browse sidebar. If you dont see the Browse sidebar, tap Browse at the bottom of the screen. 2. Tap Connect to Server. 3. Enter a local hostname or a network address, then tap Connect. Tip: After you connect to a computer or file server, it appears in the Recent Servers list on the Connect to Server screen. To connect to a recent server, tap its name. 4. Select how you want to connect:

Guest: You can connect as a Guest user if the shared computer permits guest access. Registered User: If you select Registered User, enter your user name and password. 5. Tap Next, then select the server volume or shared folder in the Browse sidebar (under Shared). To disconnect from the file server, tap next to the server in the Browse sidebar. For information on how to set up your Mac to share files, see Set up file sharing on Mac in the macOS User Guide. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 257 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Add a cloud storage service 1. Download the app from the App Store, then open the app and follow the onscreen instructions. 2. Open Files, tap More Locations (below Locations in the Browse sidebar), then turn on the service. 3. To view your contents, tap Browse at the bottom of the screen, then tap the name of the storage service below Locations. If you dont see Locations, tap Browse again at the bottom of the screen. Connect a USB drive or an SD card For information on how to connect external storage devices and SD cards, see Connect

. external storage devices to iPad View and modify files and folders in Files on iPad In the Files app

, view and modify your documents, images, and other files. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 258 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Browse and open files and folders 1. Tap Browse at the bottom of the screen, then tap an item in the Browse sidebar. If you dont see the Browse sidebar, tap Browse again. To view recently opened files, tap Recents at the bottom of the screen. 2. To open a file, location, or folder, tap it. Note: If you havent installed the app that created a file, a preview of the file opens in Quick Look. For information about marking folders as favorites or adding tags, see Organize files and folders in Files on iPad

. Modify and rearrange documents When viewing a file in a supported document format, you can modify and rearrange the documents contents using the Files app. 1. Open a document. 2. Tap

, then chose any of the following:

Rotate Left: Rotate the highlighted page left. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 259 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Rotate Right: Rotate the highlighted page right. Insert Blank Page: Insert a blank page after the highlighted page. Insert from File: Insert pages from a file after the highlighted page. Scan Pages: Insert pages from a scanned document after the highlighted page. Delete: Delete the highlighted page. To rearrange a document, touch and hold a highlighted page and drag it to a new location. To mark up a document, tap

. Note: Not all document formats are supported by the Files app. Change how files and folders are sorted From an open location or folder, drag down from the center of the screen, then tap Name, Date, Size, Kind, or Tags at the top of the screen. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 260 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Change to icon, list, or column view From an open location or folder, drag down from the center of the screen, then do one of the following:

View as icons: Tap View as a list: Tap

. View as columns: Tap

. To look deeper into a folder hierarchy from the column view, tap an item in the rightmost column, then swipe left. To see a preview of a file along with its metadata

(such as its kind and size), tap the file. (If the preview doesnt appear in the rightmost column, swipe left.) To view the file and perform various actions on it without leaving Files, tap Open under the file preview. Find a specific file or folder Enter a filename, folder name, or document type in the search field. When you search, you have these options:

Focus the scope of your search: Below the search field, tap Recents or the name of the location or tag. Hide the keyboard and see more results on the screen: Tap

. Start a new search: Tap in the search field. Open a result: Tap it. Rearrange the Browse sidebar Tap at the top of the sidebar, tap Edit, then do any of the following:

Hide a location: Turn the location off. Delete a tag and remove it from all items: Tap next to the tag. (See Tag a file or folder

.) Remove an item from the Favorites list: Tap next to the item. (See Mark a folder as a favorite

.) Change the order of an item: Touch and hold

, then drag it to a new position. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 261 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Organize files and folders in Files on iPad In the Files app

, organize documents, images, and other files in folders. Create a folder 1. Open a location or an existing folder. 2. Drag down from the center of the screen, then tap

. Note: If you dont see

, you cant create a folder in that location. Rename, compress, and make other changes to a file or a folder Touch and hold the file or folder, then choose an option: Copy, Duplicate, Move, Delete, Rename, or Compress. To modify multiple files or folders at the same time, tap Select, tap your selections, then tap an option at the bottom of the screen. Note: Some options may not be available, depending on the item you select; for example, you cant delete or move an app library (a folder labeled with the app name). Tag a file or folder 1. Touch and hold the file or folder, tap Tags, then tap one or more tags. 2. Tap Done. Tagged items appear below Tags in the Browse sidebar. To remove a tag, tap it again. Mark a folder as a favorite Touch and hold the folder, then tap Favorite. Favorites appear in the Browse sidebar. Send files from Files on iPad You can send a copy of any file in the Files app to others. If you have a document you want to send that isnt digitized, you can scan it with Files first. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 262 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 1. Touch and hold the file, then tap Share. Tip: To send a smaller version of the file, tap Compress before you tap Share. Then touch and hold the compressed version of the file (identified as a zip file), and tap Share. 2. Choose an option for sending (for example, AirDrop, Messages, or Mail), then tap Send. To send files from Files, you can also use Split View Slide Over or to open Mail or Messages, select one or more items in Files, then drag your selection into a message. Tip: If the files or folders you want to share are stored in iCloud Drive, you can invite others to view or edit their contentsyou dont need to send them copies. Set up iCloud Drive on iPad Use the Files app to store files and folders in iCloud Drive. You can access them from all your devices where youre signed in with the same Apple ID. Any changes you make appear on all your devices set up with iCloud Drive. iCloud Drive is built into the Files app on devices with iOS 11, iPadOS 13, or later. You can also use iCloud Drive on Mac computers (OS X 10.10 or later) and PCs (iCloud for Windows 7 or later). Storage limits depend on your iCloud storage plan. Turn on iCloud Drive Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud, then turn on iCloud Drive. Choose which apps use iCloud Drive Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud, then turn each of the apps listed under iCloud Drive on or off. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 263 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Browse iCloud Drive 1. Tap Browse at the bottom of the screen. 2. Under Locations, tap iCloud Drive. If you dont see Locations, tap Browse again. If you dont see iCloud Drive under Locations, tap Locations. 3. To open a folder, tap it. See View and modify files and folders in Files on iPad

. Share files and folders in iCloud Drive on iPad After you Set up iCloud Drive

, you can use the Files app to share folders and individual files with friends and colleagues. When you make changes to a shared folder or file, others see your changes automatically. If you allow people to make edits, their changes appear automatically as well. Files and folders shared in iCloud Drive have these important characteristics:

If you share a folder, all items added to that folder by you or other participants are automatically shared. The link to a shared file includes its name. If the name or content is confidential, be sure to ask recipients not to forward the link to anyone else. If you move a shared file to another folder or location, the link no longer works, and people lose access to the item. Depending on the app, users might need to reopen a file or tap the original link to see the latest changes. Share a folder or file If you own a folder or file in iCloud Drive, you can invite others to view or change its contents. You can share a folder and file so that only people you invite can open it, or anyone with the link can open it. You can allow the contents of a folder or file to be changed, or you can restrict access so that the contents can only be viewed. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 264 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM When you share a folder, only the people you invite can access the files in the shared folder by default. To invite more people to access the files, you must change the settings of the shared folder to add more participants. You cant select an individual file within the shared folder and add participants to it. 1. Touch and hold the folder or file. 2. Tap Share

, then tap Share Folder in iCloud or Share File in iCloud. 3. Do one of the following:

Allow only invitees to view and edit the contents: Tap Share Options, tap Only people you invite, tap Can make changes, then choose a methodsuch as Messages or Mailfor sending people a link to the folder or file. Allow only invitees to view the contents: Tap Share Options, tap Only people you invite, tap View only, then choose a method for sending the link. Allow anyone with the link to view and edit the contents: Tap Share Options, tap Anyone with the link, tap Can make changes, then choose a method for sending the link. Allow anyone with the link to view the contents: Tap Share Options, tap Anyone with the link, tap View only, then choose a method for sending the link. Allow anyone to invite more people: Tap Share Options, then tap Anyone can add people. 4. Choose how you want to send your invitation, then tap Send. Invite more people to share a folder or file If you already shared a folder or file and its access is set to Only people you invite, you can share it with more people. 1. Touch and hold the folder or file. 2. Tap Share

, then tap Manage Shared Folder or Manage Shared File. 3. Tap Add People and choose a method for sending the link. 4. Enter any other requested information, then send or post the invitation. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 265 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Share a folder or file with more people using a link If you set the access to a shared folder or file to Anyone with the link, anyone with the link can share it with others. 1. Touch and hold the folder or file. 2. Tap Share

, tap Manage Shared Folder or Manage Shared File, then tap Send Link. 3. Choose a method for sending the link, enter any other requested information, then send or post the invitation. Change access and permission settings for everyone If youre the owner of a shared folder or file, you can change its access at any time. However, everyone you shared the link with is affected. 1. Touch and hold the folder or file. 2. Tap Share

, tap Manage Shared Folder or Manage Shared File, then tap Share Options. 3. Change either or both of the options. Access option: When you change the access option from Anyone with the link to Only people you invite, the original link no longer works for anyone, and only people who receive a new invitation from you can open the folder or file. Permission option: When you change the permission option, everyone who has the file open when you change the permission sees an alert. New settings take effect when the alert is dismissed. Change access and permission settings for one person If youre the owner of a shared folder or file and its access is set to Only people you invite, you can change the permission for one person without affecting the permission of others. You can also remove the persons access. 1. Touch and hold the folder or file. 2. Tap Share

, then tap Manage Shared Folder or Manage Shared File. 3. Tap the persons name, then select an option. Stop sharing a folder or file If youre the owner of a shared folder or file, you can stop sharing it. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 266 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 1. Touch and hold the folder or file. 2. Tap Share

, then tap Manage Shared Folder or Manage Shared File. 3. Tap Stop Sharing. Anyone who has a file open when you stop sharing it sees an alert. The item closes when the alert is dismissed, the file is removed from the persons iCloud Drive, and the link no longer works. If you later share the item again and set the access to Anyone with the link, the original link works. If the access is set to Only people you invite, the original link works again only for people you reinvite to share the item. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 267 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Find My Find people Share your location in Find My on iPad Before you can use the Find My app to share your location with friends, you need to set up location sharing. Note: If you set up location sharing and others still cant see your location, make sure Location Services is on in Settings

> Privacy & Security > Location Services > Find My. See

. Control the location information you share on iPad Set up location sharing 1. In the Find My app, tap Me at the bottom-left side of the screen, then turn on Share My Location. The device sharing your location appears next to From. 2. If your iPad isnt currently sharing your location, you can tap Use This iPad as My Location. Note: To share your location from another device, open Find My on the device and change your location to that device. You can also change your location sharing settings in Settings

> [your name] > Find My. Set a label for your location You can set a label for your current location to make it more meaningful (like Home or Work). When you tap Me, you see the label in addition to your location. 1. Tap Me at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap Location. 2. Select a label. To add a new label, tap Add Custom Label, enter a name, then tap Done. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 268 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Share your location with a friend 1. Tap

, then choose Share My Location. 2. In the To field, type the name of a friend you want to share your location with (or tap and select a contact). 3. Tap Send and choose how long you want to share your location. You can also

. notify a friend or family member when your location changes If youre a member of a Family Sharing group, see Share your location with family members

. Stop sharing your location You can stop sharing your location with a specific friend or hide your location from everyone. Stop sharing with a friend: Tap People at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the person you dont want to share your location with. Tap Stop Sharing My Location, then tap Stop Sharing Location. Hide your location from everyone: Tap Me at the bottom-left side of the screen, then turn off Share My Location. Respond to a location sharing request 1. Tap People at the bottom-left side of the screen. 2. Tap Share below the name of the friend who sent the request and choose how long you want to share your location. If you dont want to share your location, tap Cancel. Stop receiving new location sharing requests Tap Me at the bottom-left side of the screen, then turn off Allow Friend Requests. Add or remove a friend in Find My on iPad In the Find My app

, once you share your location with a friend, you can ask to see their location on a map. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 269 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Ask to see a friends location 1. Tap People at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the person whose location you want to see. If you dont see a person in the list, make sure youre sharing your location with them. 2. Tap Ask To Follow Location. After your friend receives and accepts your request, you can see their location. See

. Respond to a location sharing request Note: If you see your friends name in the People list but cant see their location on the map, ask them to make sure theyre sharing their location and that Location Services is on in Settings

> Privacy & Security > Location Services > Find My. Remove a friend When you remove a friend, that person is removed from your People list and you are removed from theirs. 1. Tap People at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the person you want to remove. 2. Tap Remove [name], then tap Remove. Locate a friend in Find My on iPad When a friend shares their location with you, you can use the Find My app to locate them on a map. Note: If you want to see how far away your friends are from you, make sure you turn on Precise Location for the Find My app. See Control the location information you share on iPad

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 270 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM See the location of a friend Tap People at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the person you want to locate. If your friend can be located: They appear on a map so you can see where they are. If your friend cant be located: You see No location found below their name. If you arent following your friend: You see Can see your location below their name. You can

. ask to see a friends location You can also use Siri to locate a friend who has shared their location with you. Siri: Say something like: Wheres Gordon?

Learn how to use Siri

. Contact a friend 1. Tap People at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the person you want to contact. 2. Tap Contact and choose how you want to contact your friend. See Add and use

. contact information on iPad https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 271 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Get directions to a friend You can get directions to a friends current location in the Maps app

. 1. Tap People at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the person you want to get directions to. 2. Tap Directions to open Maps. See

. Get directions in Maps Set a label for a friends location You can set a label for a friends current location to make it more meaningful (like Home or Work). The label appears below your friends name when theyre at that location. 1. Tap People at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the person you want to set a location label for. 2. Tap Edit Location Name, then select a label. To add a new label, tap Add Custom Label, enter a name, then tap Done. Mark favorite friends Favorite friends appear at the top of the People list and are marked by a star. 1. Tap People at the bottom-left side of the screen, then find the person you want to mark as a favorite. 2. Do one of the following:

Tap the name of the person, then tap Add [name] to Favorites. Swipe left across the persons name, then tap the star. To remove a friend from your Favorites, swipe left and tap the star, or tap the friend, then tap Remove [name] from Favorites. Get notified when a friends location changes in Find My on iPad Use the Find My app to get a notification when your friends location changes. You can get notified when a friend arrives at a location, leaves a location, or is not at a location. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 272 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Important: In order to receive a notification when your friends location changes, make sure you allow notifications for the Find My app. See

. Change notification settings on iPad You can also let friends know when your location changes. See Notify a friend when your

. location changes in Find My on iPad Get notified when your friend arrives at or leaves a location 1. Tap People at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the person you want to be notified about. 2. Below Notifications, tap Add, then tap Notify Me. 3. Choose whether you want to be notified when a friend arrives at or leaves a location. 4. Choose a location, or tap New Location to create a new location and set a location radius. With a larger radius, youre notified when your friend is near the location instead of right at the location. 5. Choose whether you want to be notified only once or every time. 6. Tap Add, then tap OK. Your friend gets an alert after you set the notification. If you set a recurring notification, your friend must approve it before its set. They get an alert asking for approval when they arrive at or leave the location you chose for the first time. Get notified when your friend isnt at a location You can receive a notification if your friend or family member isnt at a specific location during a set schedule. For example, you can be notified if your child isnt at school during school hours. 1. Tap People at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the person you want to be notified about. 2. Below Notifications, tap Add, then tap Notify Me. 3. Below When, tap [your friends name] Is Not At. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 273 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 4. Choose a location, or tap New Location to create a new location and set a location radius. With a larger radius, youre notified when your friend is near the location instead of right at the location. 5. Select when you want to be notified. Time: Select a start and end time. Days: Select the days of the week. 6. Tap Add, then tap OK. Your friend must approve the notification before its set. They get an alert asking for approval on the time and day the notifications start. Change or turn off a notification you set 1. Tap People at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the person whose notification you want to change or turn off. This could be a notification you receive about a friend, or a notification your friend receives about you. 2. Below Notifications, tap the notification. 3. Do either of the following:

Change a notification: Change any details, then tap Done. Turn off a notification: Tap Delete Notification, then tap Delete Notification again. You can create up to 25 Notify Me notifications. Note: You can only create recurring notifications for friends who have two-factor authentication turned on. Notify a friend when your location changes in Find My on iPad Use the Find My app to let a friend know when your location changes. You can also get a notification when your friends location changes. See Get notified when a friends location changes in Find My on iPad

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 274 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Notify a friend when your location changes 1. Tap People at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the person you want to notify. 2. Below Notifications, tap Add, then tap Notify [your friends name]. 3. Choose whether you want to notify your friend when you arrive at or leave a location. 4. Choose a location, or tap New Location to create a new location and set a location radius. With a larger radius, your friend is notified when youre near the location instead of right at the location. 5. Choose whether you want your friend to be notified only once or every time. 6. Tap Add. You can stop notifying friends when your location changes at any time. See Change or

. turn off a notification you set See all notifications about you 1. Tap Me at the bottom-left side of the screen. Below Notifications About You, you see a list of people who are notified when your location changes. If you dont see the Notifications About You section, you arent notifying any friends when your location changes. 2. Select a name to see more details. Turn off notifications about you You can turn off any location notification about you. This includes notifications you set and notifications your friends create. 1. Tap Me at the bottom-left side of the screen. Below Notifications About You, you see a list of people who are notified when your location changes. If you dont see the Notifications About You section, you arent notifying any friends when your location changes. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 275 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 2. Select a name, then tap a notification. 3. Tap Delete Notification, then tap Delete Notification again. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 276 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Find devices Add your iPad to Find My Before you can use the Find My app to locate a lost iPad, you need to connect the device to your Apple ID. When you add your iPad to Find My, you can also get notified if you leave it behind. See

. Set separation alerts in case you leave a device behind in Find My on iPad Add your iPad 1. On your iPad, go to Settings

> [your name] > Find My. If youre asked to sign in, enter your Apple ID. If you dont have one, tap Dont have an Apple ID or forgot it? then follow the instructions. 2. Tap Find My iPad, then turn on Find My iPad. 3. You can also turn on or off either of the following:

Find My network: If your device is offline (not connected to Wi-Fi or cellular), Find My can locate it using the Find My network. Send Last Location: If your devices battery charge level becomes critically low, its location is sent to Apple automatically. Your iPad also includes a feature called Activation Lock that prevents anyone else from activating and using your device, even if its completely erased. See the Apple Support article

. Activation Lock for iPhone, iPad, and iPod touch Add another device See any of the following:

iPhone:

Add your iPhone to Find My in the iPhone User Guide iPod touch:

Add your iPod touch to Find My in the iPod touch User Guide Mac:

Set up Find My on Mac in the Find My User Guide for Mac Apple Watch:

Set up and pair your Apple Watch with iPhone in the Apple Watch User Guide https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 277 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM AirPods: Pairing instructions for your model in the Pair and connect section in the AirPods User Guide and Turn on the Find My network for AirPods (3rd generation), AirPods Pro, and AirPods Max iPhone Wallet with MagSafe and Find My support:

Add your iPhone Wallet with MagSafe to Find My on iPhone You can also add AirTags and other items to Find My using your iPad. See any of the following:

Add an AirTag in Find My on iPad Add or update a third-party item in Find My on iPad Add a family members device You can see your family members devices in Find My if you

. set up Family Sharing first Their devices appear below yours in the Devices list. See Share locations with family

. members and locate their lost devices on iPad You cant add friends devices to Find My. Friends who lose a device can go to icloud.com/find and sign in with their Apple ID. Set separation alerts in case you leave a device behind in Find My on iPad In the Find My app

, you can turn on separation alerts for a device so you dont accidentally leave it behind. You can also set Trusted Locations, which are locations where you can leave your device without receiving an alert. If you have an iPhone Wallet with MagSafe and Find My support, you can get an alert if it detaches from your iPhone. Important: In order to receive separation alerts, make sure you allow notifications for the Find My app. See

. Change notification settings on iPad Set up alerts for your iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, Mac, or AirPods You can set up separation alerts for your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch with iOS 15, iPadOS 15, or later; Mac with Apple silicon and macOS 12 or later; or AirPods with the Find My network turned on. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 278 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM You can only set up a separation alert from the device sharing your location

. You receive an alert every time the device sharing your location separates from the device you set an alert for. 1. Tap Devices at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the device you want to set up an alert for. 2. Below Notifications, tap Notify When Left Behind. 3. Turn on Notify When Left Behind, then follow the onscreen instructions. 4. If you want to add a Trusted Location, you can choose a suggested location, or tap New Location, select a location on the map, then tap Done. 5. Tap Done. Get notified when your iPhone Wallet with MagSafe detaches from your iPhone You can get an alert one minute after your iPhone Wallet with MagSafe and Find My support separates from your iPhone. Then you can use the Find My app to see its last known location on a map. 1. Tap Devices at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of your iPhone Wallet with MagSafe. 2. Below Notifications, tap Notify When Detached. 3. Turn off or on Notify When Detached, then tap Done. Locate a device in Find My on iPad to locate and play a sound on a missing iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, Use the Find My app Mac, Apple Watch, AirPods, or Beats headphones (supported models). In order to locate a device, you must turn on Find My [device] before its lost. Note: If you want to see how far away your devices are from you, make sure you turn on Precise Location for the Find My app. See Control the location information you share on iPad. If you lose your iPad and dont have access to the Find My app, you can locate or play a sound on your device using Find My iPhone on iCloud.com. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 279 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM About locating a device You can use Find My on your iPad to see the location of your device on a map and play a sound on it to help you find it. If the device is online, you see the location of the device. If the device is offline, you see the location of the device the last time it went online or connected to the Find My network. For AirPods and supported Beats headphones, you can locate them when theyre nearby your device and connected to Bluetooth. For supported AirPods, you can also see their location via the Find My network for up to 24 hours after they last connected to your device, even if theyre not nearby. For iPhone Wallet with MagSafe and Find My support, you can see its location when its attached to your iPhone and its last known location if it detaches from your iPhone. See the location of your device on a map You can see your devices current or last known location in the Find My app. Tap Devices at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the device you want to locate. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 280 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM If the device can be located: It appears on the map so you can see where it is. If the device cant be located: You see No location found below the devices name. Below Notifications, turn on Notify When Found. You receive a notification when its located. Important: Make sure you allow notifications for the Find My app. See Change

. notification settings on iPad For troubleshooting steps, see the Apple Support article If Find My iPhone is offline or not

. working Play a sound on your device 1. Tap Devices at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the device you want to play a sound on. 2. Tap Play Sound. If the device is online: A sound starts after a short delay and gradually increases in volume, then plays for about two minutes. If applicable, a Find My [device] alert appears on the devices screen. A confirmation email is also sent to your Apple ID email address. If the device is offline: You see Sound Pending. The sound plays the next time the device connects to a Wi-Fi or cellular network. For AirPods and Beats headphones, you receive a notification the next time your device is in range of your iPhone or iPad. If your AirPods are separated, you have additional options to play a sound. See Locate AirPods in Find My in the AirPods User Guide. Stop playing a sound on a device If you find your device and want to turn off the sound before it stops automatically, do one of the following:

iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch: Press the power button or a volume button, or flip the Ring/Silent switch. If the device is locked, you can also unlock it, or swipe to dismiss the Find My [device] alert. If the device is unlocked, you can also tap OK in the Find My [device] alert. Apple Watch: Tap Dismiss in the Find My Watch alert, or press the Digital Crown or side button. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 281 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Mac: Click OK in the Find My Mac alert. AirPods or Beats headphones: Tap Stop in Find My. Get directions to a device You can get directions to a devices location in the Maps app

. 1. Tap Devices at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the device you want to get directions to. 2. Tap Directions to open Maps. See Get directions in Maps

. Locate or play a sound on a friends device If your friend loses a device, they can locate it or play a sound on it by going to icloud.com/find and signing in with their Apple ID and password. To learn more, see Locate a device in Find My iPhone on iCloud.com in the iCloud User Guide. If you set up Family Sharing, you can use Find My to locate a family members missing

. device You can also use Siri to help locate a device. Siri: Say something like: Play a sound on my iPhone or Wheres my iPad?

Learn how to use Siri

. Mark a device as lost in Find My on iPad Use the Find My app to mark a missing iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, Apple Watch, Mac, supported AirPods, or iPhone Wallet with MagSafe as lost. In order to mark a device as lost, you must turn on Find My [device] before its lost. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 282 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM What happens when you mark a device as lost?

A confirmation email is sent to your Apple ID email address. You can create a message for the device that says its lost and how to contact you. For an iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, Mac, or Apple Watch, your device doesnt display alerts or make noise when you receive messages or notifications, or if any alarms go off. Your device can still receive phone calls and FaceTime calls. For applicable devices, payment cards and other services are suspended. Mark a device as lost If your device is lost or stolen, you can turn on Lost Mode (for your iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, Apple Watch, supported AirPods, or iPhone Wallet with MagSafe), or lock your Mac. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 283 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 1. Tap Devices at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the lost device. 2. Below Mark As Lost, tap Activate. 3. Follow the onscreen instructions, keeping the following in mind:

Passcode: If your iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, or Apple Watch doesnt have a passcode, youre asked to create one now. For a Mac, you must create a numerical passcode, even if you already have a password set up on your Mac. This passcode is distinct from your password and is only used when you mark your device as lost. Contact information: For iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, Mac, or Apple Watch, the contact information and message appear on the devices Lock Screen. For AirPods or iPhone Wallet with MagSafe, the information appears when someone tries to connect with your device. 4. Tap Activate (for an iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, Apple Watch, AirPods, or iPhone Wallet with MagSafe) or Lock (for a Mac). When the device has been marked as lost, you see Activated below the Mark As Lost section. If the device isnt connected to a network when you mark it as lost, you see Pending until the device goes online again. See also Mark AirPods as lost in the AirPods User Guide. Change the information for a lost device After you mark your iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, Apple Watch, or iPhone Wallet with MagSafe as lost, you can adjust the information in the Lost Mode message. 1. Tap Devices at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the lost device. 2. Below Mark As Lost, tap Pending or Activated. 3. Update the information, then tap Done. Turn off Lost Mode for an iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, Apple Watch, AirPods, or iPhone Wallet with MagSafe When you find your lost device, you can turn off Lost Mode. 1. In Find My, tap Devices at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the device. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 284 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 2. Tap Pending or Activated below Mark As Lost, tap Turn Off Mark As Lost, then tap Turn Off. For iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, or Apple Watch, you can also turn off Lost Mode by entering your passcode on the device. For iPhone Wallet with MagSafe, you can turn off Lost Mode by attaching the wallet to your iPhone. Unlock a Mac When you find your lost Mac, enter the numeric passcode on the Mac to unlock it (the one you set up when you marked your Mac as lost). If you forget your passcode, you can recover it using Find My iPhone on iCloud.com

. For more information, see Use Lost Mode in Find My iPhone on iCloud.com in the iCloud User Guide. If you lose your iPad, you can turn on Lost Mode using Find My iPhone on iCloud.com

. Erase a device in Find My on iPad Use the Find My app to erase an iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, Apple Watch, or Mac. In order to remotely erase a device, you must turn on Find My [device]

before its lost. What happens when you erase a device in Find My?

A confirmation email is sent to your Apple ID email address. When you erase a device remotely using Find My, Activation Lock remains on to protect it. Your Apple ID and password are required to reactivate it. If you erase a device that had iOS 15, iPadOS 15, or later installed, you can use Find My to locate or play a sound on the device. Otherwise, you wont be able to locate or play a sound on it. You may still be able to locate your Mac or Apple Watch if its near a previously used Wi-Fi network. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 285 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Erase a device 1. Tap Devices at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the device you want to erase. 2. Tap Erase This Device, then tap Continue. If the device is a Mac, enter a passcode to lock it (you need to use the passcode to unlock it). 3. If the device is lost and youre asked to enter a phone number or message, you may want to indicate that the device is lost or how to contact you. The number and message appear on the devices Lock Screen. 4. Tap Erase. 5. Enter your Apple ID password, then tap Erase again. If your device is offline, you see Erase Pending. The remote erase begins the next time it connects to a Wi-Fi or cellular network. Cancel an erase If you erase an offline device and find it before it comes online again, you can cancel the erase request. 1. Tap Devices at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the device whose erase you want to cancel. 2. Tap Cancel Erase, then enter your Apple ID password. If you lose your iPad, you can erase it using Find My iPhone on iCloud.com

. Remove a device from Find My on iPad You can use the Find My app to remove a device from your Devices list or turn off Activation Lock on a device you already sold or gave away. When you remove Activation Lock, someone else can activate the device and connect it to their Apple ID. If you still have the device, you can turn off Activation Lock and remove the device from your account by turning off the Find My [device] setting on the device. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 286 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Remove a device from your Devices list If youre not planning on using a device, you can remove it from your Devices list. The device must be offline in order for you to remove it. The device appears in your Devices list the next time it comes online if it still has Activation Lock turned on (for an iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, Mac, or Apple Watch), or is paired with your iOS or iPadOS device (for AirPods or Beats headphones). 1. Do one of the following:

For an iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, Mac, or Apple Watch: Turn off the device. For AirPods: Put AirPods in their case and close the lid or turn the AirPods off. For Beats headphones: Turn off the headphones. 2. In Find My, tap Devices at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the offline device. 3. Tap Remove This Device, then tap Remove. Remove an iPhone Wallet with MagSafe You can remove an iPhone Wallet with MagSafe and Find My support from your Devices list if you dont want it to appear in the Find My app. Removing it from Find My allows someone else to connect it to their Apple ID. 1. In Find My, tap Devices at the bottom of the screen, then tap the name of your iPhone Wallet with MagSafe. 2. Tap Remove This Device, then follow the onscreen instructions. Turn off Activation Lock on a device you have Before you sell, give away, or trade in a device, you should remove Activation Lock so the device is no longer associated with your Apple ID. See the Apple Support articles:

What to do before you sell, give away, or trade in your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch and Activation Lock for iPhone, iPad, and iPod touch What to do before you sell, give away, or trade in your Mac and Activation Lock for Mac https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 287 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM What to do before you sell, give away, or trade in your Apple Watch, or buy one from someone else and About Activation Lock on your Apple Watch Turn off Activation Lock on a device you no longer have If you sold or gave away your iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, Mac, or Apple Watch and you forgot to turn off Find My [device], you can still remove Activation Lock using the Find My app. 1. Tap Devices at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the device you want to remove. 2. Erase the device Because the device isnt lost, dont enter a phone number or message. If the device is offline, the remote erase begins the next time it connects to a Wi-Fi or cellular network. You receive an email when the device is erased. 3. When the device is erased, tap Remove This Device, then tap Remove. All your content is erased, Activation Lock is turned off, and someone else can now activate the device. You can also remove a device online using iCloud.com. For instructions, see Remove a device from Find My iPhone on iCloud.com in the iCloud User Guide. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 288 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Find items Add an AirTag in Find My on iPad You can register an AirTag to your Apple ID using your iPad. When you attach it to an everyday item, like a keychain or a backpack, you can use the Find My app to locate it if its lost or misplaced. You can also get notified if you leave your AirTag behind. See Set separation alerts in

. case you leave an AirTag or item behind in Find My on iPad You can also add supported third-party products to Find My. See Add or update a third-

. party item in Find My on iPad Add an AirTag 1. Go to the Home Screen on your iPad. 2. Remove the battery tab from the AirTag (if applicable), then hold it near your iPad. 3. Tap Connect on the screen of your iPad. 4. Choose a name from the list or choose Custom Name to type a name and select an emoji, then tap Continue. 5. Tap Continue to register the item to your Apple ID, then tap Finish. You can also register an AirTag in the Find My app. Tap

, then choose Add AirTag. If the item is registered to someone elses Apple ID, they need to remove it before you can add it. See Remove an AirTag or other item from Find My on iPad

. Change the name or emoji of an AirTag 1. Tap Items at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the AirTag whose name or emoji you want to change. 2. Tap Rename Item. 3. Choose a name from the list or choose Custom Name to type a name and select an emoji. 4. Tap Done. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 289 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM View more details about an AirTag When you register an AirTag to your Apple ID, you can view more details about it in the Find My app. 1. Tap Items at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the AirTag you want to see more details about. 2. Tap the name of the AirTag to see the serial number and the firmware version. If the battery level is low, a message appears below the location of the AirTag. You can also see a low battery indicator next to the name of the AirTag in the Items list. Add or update a third-party item in Find My on iPad You can use certain third-party products with the Find My app

. You can register these products to your Apple ID using your iPad, and then use Find My to locate them if theyre lost or misplaced. You can also get notified if you leave your item behind. See Set separation alerts in case

. you leave an AirTag or item behind in Find My on iPad You can also add an AirTag to Find My. See

. Add an AirTag in Find My on iPad Add a third-party item 1. Follow the manufacturers instructions to make the item discoverable. 2. In the Find My app, tap

, then choose Add Other Item. 3. Tap Connect, type a name and select an emoji, then tap Continue. 4. Tap Continue to register the item to your Apple ID, then tap Finish. If you have trouble adding an item, contact the manufacturer to see if Find My is supported. If the item is registered to someone elses Apple ID, they need to remove it before you can add it. See

. Remove an AirTag or other item from Find My on iPad https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 290 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Change an items name or emoji 1. Tap Items at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the item whose name or emoji you want to change. 2. Tap Rename Item. 3. Choose a name from the list or choose Custom Name to type a name and select an emoji. 4. Tap Done. Keep your item up to date Keep your item up to date so you can use all the features in Find My. 1. Tap Items at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the item you want to update. 2. Tap Update Available, then follow the onscreen instructions. Note: If you dont see Update Available, your item is up to date. While the item is updating, you cant use Find My features. View details about an item When you register an item to your Apple ID, you can use Find My to see more details about it, like the serial number or model. You can also see if a third-party app is available from the manufacturer. 1. Tap Items at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the item you want more details about. 2. Do either of the following:

View details: Tap Show Details. Get or open third-party app: If an app is available, you see the app icon. Tap Get or to download the app. If youve already downloaded it, tap Open to open it on your iPad. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 291 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Set separation alerts in case you leave an AirTag or item behind in Find My on iPad In the Find My app

, you can turn on separation alerts for an AirTag or other item so you dont accidentally leave it behind. You receive an alert every time the device sharing your location separates from the item. You can also set Trusted Locations, which are locations where you can leave an item without receiving an alert. Important: In order to receive separation alerts, make sure you allow notifications for the Find My app. See

. Change notification settings on iPad 1. Tap Items at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the item you want to set an alert for. 2. Below Notifications, tap Notify When Left Behind. 3. Turn on Notify When Left Behind. 4. If you want to add a Trusted Location, you can choose a suggested location, or tap New Location, select a location on the map, then tap Done. 5. Tap Done. Locate an AirTag or other item in Find My on iPad You can use the Find My app to locate a missing AirTag or third-party item that youve registered to your Apple ID. Learn how to register an AirTag or

. third-party item See the location of an item Tap Items at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the item you want to locate. If the item can be located: It appears on the map so you can see where it is. The location and timestamp appear below the items name. The items location is updated when it connects to the Find My network. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 292 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM If the item cant be located: You see where and when it was last located. Below Notifications, turn on Notify When Found. You receive a notification once its located again. Important: Make sure you allow notifications for the Find My app. See Change

. notification settings on iPad Play a sound If the item is nearby, you can play a sound on it to help you find it. Note: If you cant play a sound on an item, you wont see the Play Sound button. 1. Tap Items at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the item you want to play a sound on. 2. Tap Play Sound. To stop playing the sound before it ends automatically, tap Stop Sound. Get directions to an item You can get directions to an items current or last known location in the Maps app

. 1. Tap Items at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the item you want to get directions to. 2. Tap Directions to open Maps. See

. Get directions in Maps Mark an AirTag or other item as lost in Find My on iPad If you lose an AirTag or third-party item registered to your Apple ID, you can use the Find My app to mark it as lost. Learn how to register an AirTag or

. third-party item https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 293 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM What happens when you mark an item as lost?

You can add a message saying that the item is lost and include your phone number or email address. If someone else finds your item, they can use a supported device to see a website with the Lost Mode message. Turn on Lost Mode for an item To mark an item as lost, you need to turn on Lost Mode. 1. Tap Items at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the lost item. 2. Below Lost Mode, tap Enable. 3. Follow the onscreen instructions to enter a phone number where you can be reached. To enter an email address instead, tap Use an email address. Important: Make sure you allow notifications for the Find My app. See Change

. notification settings on iPad 4. Tap Activate. Change the contact information in the Lost Mode message 1. Tap Items at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the lost item. 2. Below Lost Mode, tap Enabled. 3. Edit the phone number or email address, then tap Save. Turn off Lost Mode for an item When you find your lost item, turn off Lost Mode. 1. Tap Items at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the name of the item. 2. Below Lost Mode, tap Enabled. 3. Tap Turn Off Lost Mode, then tap Turn Off. Remove an AirTag or other item from Find My on iPad You can use the Find My app to remove an AirTag or third-party item from your Apple ID so someone else can register it. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 294 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Learn how to register an AirTag or third-party item

. 1. Tap Items at the bottom-left side of the screen, then tap the item you want to remove. 2. Bring the item near your iPad. If the item is not near your device, you can still remove it from your account. However, the item must be reset before anyone can register it to their Apple ID. 3. Tap Remove Item, then follow the onscreen instructions. Note: Follow the manufacturers instructions to reset an item. For an AirTag, see the Apple Support article

. How to reset your AirTag Adjust map settings in Find My on iPad You can change the map view or distance units that appear in the Find My app

. Change the map view The button at the top right of a map indicates if the current map is for exploring or viewing from a satellite

. To choose a different map, do the following:

1. Tap the button at the top right. 2. Choose another map type. You can also tap to further customize the map. 3. Tap

. You can also tap 2D or 3D at the top right to change the view (not available in all locations). Tip: If you dont see 2D or 3D, zoom in. You can also swipe up with two fingers to see the 3D view. For information about how to interact with maps, see

. View maps on iPad https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 295 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Change distance units You can change the default distance units in Settings

. See Change the language and

. region on iPad https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 296 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Home Intro to Home on iPad You can use the Home app to securely control and automate HomeKit-enabled accessories, such as lights, smart TVs, and thermostats. When you set up supported security cameras

, you can capture video, and receive a notification when a camera recognizes someone or when a package is left at the door. You can also group multiple speakers to play the same audio, and send and receive Intercom messages on supported devices. You can create automation to run automatically at certain times, or when you activate a particular accessory (for example, when you unlock the front door). You can also control your home remotely with the aid of a home huban Apple TV (4th generation or later), HomePod in your home, or iPad (with iOS 10.3, iPadOS 13, or later). This lets you, and others you invite, securely control your home while youre away. Home overview The Home app lets you easily navigate and control your accessories. In the Home app, tap Home at the bottom of the screen to show the following sections. Categories: Tap a category such as Lights or Security to show all related accessories on one screen, organized by room. Cameras: Video from up to four cameras can appear below Cameras. Swipe left to see more cameras. Scenes: Create scenes to control multiple accessories with a tap or Siri requesttap a scene to turn on all the lights and smart switches in the living room, for example. Rooms: Accessories are organized by room, letting you find just the accessory you need. Favorites: Add the accessories you use most often to Favorites to quickly control them from Home View. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 297 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Edit Home You can organize the Home app in ways that suit you best. Tap Home in the sidebar, tap

, then do any of the following. Rearrange items: Select Edit Home View, then drag tiles to a different position. Tap Done when youre finished. Reorder sections: To change the way sections are ordered in the Home screen, choose Reorder Sections, then drag next to a section to a new position. Tap Done when youre finished. Resize icons: Select Edit Home View, tap a tile, tap [resize button], then tap Done. To learn more about how to create and accessorize a smart home with your Apple devices, tap Discover in the sidebar. Set up accessories with Home on iPad The first time you open the Home app

, the setup assistant helps you create a home, where you can add accessories and define rooms. If youve already created a home when setting up a different accessory, you skip this step. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 298 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Add an accessory to Home Before you add an accessory such as a light or camera, be sure that its connected to a power source, is turned on, and is using your Wi-Fi network. 1. Tap Home in the sidebar, then tap Add Accessory. You can also tap at the top of the screen, then choose Add Accessory. 2. Follow the onscreen instructions. You may need to scan a QR code or enter an 8-digit HomeKit setup code found on the accessory itself (or its box or documentation). A supported smart TV displays a QR code for you to scan. You can assign the accessory to a room, and give it a name, and then use this name when controlling the accessory with Siri. You can also add suggested automations during set up. When you set up Apple TV in tvOS and assign it to a room, it automatically appears in that room in the Home app on iPad. Show accessories in a room You can show individual rooms, scenes assigned to them and a room's accessories organized by category. Do one of the following:

Tap the room in the sidebar. Tap > next to the rooms name. Change an accessorys room assignment 1. Touch and hold an accessory tile, tap Accessory Details, then swipe up or tap

. 2. Tap Room, then choose a room. Edit a room You can change a rooms name and wallpaper, remove the room, and more. When you remove the room, the accessories assigned to it move to Default Room. 1. Tap a room in the sidebar. 2. On the Home tab, tap > next to a room, or tap

, then choose a room. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 299 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Organize rooms into zones You can group rooms together into a zone to easily control different areas of your home with Siri. For example, if you have a two-story home, you can assign the rooms on the first floor to a downstairs zone. Then you can say something to Siri like Turn off the lights downstairs. 1. Tap > next to a room on the Home tab or tap

, then choose a room. 2. Tap

, then tap Room Settings. 3. Tap Zone, then tap an existing zone, or tap Create New to add the room to a new zone. Control accessories with Home on iPad Use the Home app and Control Center to control accessories in your home. Control accessories in the Home app On the Home tab, tap an accessorys icon on the left side of the tilea light, for example to quickly turn the accessory on or off. Tap the accessorys name on the right side of the tile to show the accessorys control. The available controls depend on the type of accessory. For example, with some lightbulbs, there are controls for changing colors. With your smart TV, you can choose an input source. Control accessories in Control Center When youre home with your iPad, you can see the relevant scenes and accessories for that moment in Control Center. For example, a coffee maker may appear in the morning and be replaced by your bedside lamp at night. Open Control Center, then tap a button to turn an accessory on or off, or touch and hold the button until controls appear. To quickly see all your favorite scenes and accessories (except cameras), tap

. If you dont want accessories to appear in Control Center, go to Settings

> Control Center, then turn off Show Home Controls. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 300 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM View categories and home status The Lights, Climate, Security, Speakers and TV, and Water categories let you quickly access all the relevant accessories organized by room. 1. Open the Home app

. Below your homes name, buttons show the status of accessories belonging to a categoryfor example, a Lights category that shows 3 on. 2. Tap one of the category buttons at the top of the screen or in the sidebar to show all accessories within that category, organized by room. 3. While viewing a category, tap the icon on the left side of an accessory tile to perform an actionturn a light or group of lights on or off, start playing music on a HomePod, or lock the front door. Turn on Adaptive Lighting Some lights let you adjust their color temperature, from cool blue to warm yellow. You can set supported lights to automatically adjust the color temperature throughout the day. Wake up to warm colors, stay alert and focused mid-day with cooler ones, and wind down at night by removing blue light. For a light that supports Adaptive Lighting, follow these steps. 1. Tap the right side of the lights tile to show the controls. You can also touch and hold the tile, then choose Accessory Details. 2. Tap

. Edit home accessories To edit accessory settings, tap the right side of an accessory tile, swipe up or tap

, then do any of the following:

Rename an accessory: Tap to delete the old name, then type a new one. Change an accessorys icon: Tap the icon next to the accessorys name, then select a new icon. If you dont get a choice of other icons, it means the icon cant be changed for this accessory. Group accessories You can control multiple accessories with the tap of a button by grouping them. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 301 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 1. Tap the right side of an accessory tile, swipe up or tap

, then tap Group with Other Accessories. 2. Tap the accessory you want to group with this accessoryanother light in the room, for example. 3. In the Group Name field, type a name for the group. 4. Tap Done. Turn on Include in Favorites to include the group in Favorites in Home. Control your home using Siri on iPad In addition to using the Home app

, you can use Siri to control your accessories and scenes. Here are some of the things you can say to Siri for the accessories you add and the scenes, rooms, or homes you set up:

Turn off the lights or Turn on the lights Set the temperature to 68 degrees Turn on the bedroom lights at 9 PM Did I lock the front door?

Show me the entryway camera Turn down the kitchen lights Set my reading scene Turn off the lights in the Chicago house Learn how to use Siri

. Set up HomePod in Home on iPad You can use the Home app to set up HomePod and control many HomePod settings. To learn what you can do with iPad and HomePod, see the following in the HomePod User Guide:

Set up HomePod https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 302 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Play audio on HomePod using an iOS or iPadOS device Make Personal Requests on HomePod Use HomePod for phone calls Use HomePod as an Intercom Note: HomePod is not available in all countries or regions. Use Home to send and receive Intercom messages 1. In the Home app, tap

, then tap Home Settings. 2. Tap Intercom, then configure these settings:

When you can receive Intercom messages Who is allowed to send or receive Intercom messages Which HomePod speakers can use Intercom Note: Any member of the Home can choose when they receive Intercom messages. Only a home owner or admin can choose who can send or receive Intercom messages and which HomePod speakers can use Intercom. 3. Tap Back, then tap Done. 4. Tap

, say something like Who ate the last cookie? then tap Done. Your Intercom message is sent to all the HomePod speakers in your home, and to the iOS, iPadOS, and watchOS devices of all members of your home who can send and receive Intercom messages. To send a message to a HomePod in a specific room or zone, say something like Hey Siri, tell the office The movie is starting or Hey Siri, announce upstairs Im going to the store. See Use HomePod as an Intercom in the HomePod User Guide. Use Home to add and edit HomePod alarms In the Home app, tap the right side of a HomePod tile, swipe up, then do any of the following:

Add an alarm: Tap New, create the alarm, then tap Done. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 303 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Edit an alarm: Tap the alarm, change the time, then tap Done. Turn alarms on or off: Tap the switch next to an alarm. Delete an alarm: Swipe left over the alarm, then tap Delete. Change HomePod settings 1. In the Home app, tap the right side of a HomePod tile. 2. Swipe up or tap

, then configure HomePod settings. You can assign HomePod to a different room, add an automation, create a stereo pair with two HomePod speakers in the same room, and more. Add a Siri-enabled accessory You can extend access to HomePod throughout your home by enabling Siri on compatible HomeKit accessories. If you enable Hey Siri on these accessories, you can control them with your voice, get help with everyday questions or tasks, and play your favorite music and podcasts. See Set up a Siri-enabled accessory in the HomePod User Guide. Control your home remotely with iPad In the Home app

, you can control your accessories even when youre away from home. To do so, you need a home hub, a device such as Apple TV (4th generation or later), HomePod, or iPad (with iOS 10.3, iPadOS 13, or later). Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud, tap Show All, then turn on Home. You must be signed in with the same Apple ID on your home hub device and your iPad. If you have an Apple TV or HomePod, and youre signed in with the same Apple ID as your iPad, its set up automatically as a home hub. To set up iPad as a home hub, tap Settings > Home, then turn on Use this iPad as a Home Hub. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 304 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Note: iPad will not be supported as a home hub on the new Home architecture, which will be available as an update in the Home app. You can still use iPad as a home hub if you can't update to the new architecture, or choose not to. Create and use scenes in Home on iPad In the Home app

, you can create scenes that allow you to control multiple accessories at once. For example, you might define a Reading scene that adjusts the lights, plays soft music on HomePod, closes the drapes, and adjusts the thermostat. Create a scene 1. On the Home tab, tap

, then tap Add Scene. 2. Tap Custom, enter a name for the scene (such as Dinner Party or Watching TV), then tap Add Accessories. 3. Select the accessories you want this scene to include, then tap Done. The first accessory you select determines the room the scene is assigned to. If you first select your bedroom lamp, for example, the scene is assigned to your bedroom. 4. Set each accessory to the state you want it in when you run the scene. For example, for a Reading scene, you could set the bedroom lights to 100 percent, close the drapes, choose a low volume for the HomePod, and set the thermostat to 68 degrees. 5. Test the scene and choose whether or not to show it on the Home tab (scenes appear on the Home tab by default), then tap Done. Use scenes Do one of the following:

Run a scene: Tap the scene on the Home tab. If youve decided not to show the scene on the Home tab, tap

, choose the room the scene is assigned to, then tap the scene. Edit a scene: Touch and hold a scene, then tap Edit Scene. You can change the scenes name, test the scene, add or remove accessories, and more. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 305 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Use automations in Home on iPad In the Home app

, you can run automations based on the time of day, your location, the activation of a sensor, or the action of an accessory. You can use preconfigured automations included with the Home app, or create automations of your own. Use a preconfigured automation 1. On the Home tab, touch and hold an accessory, tap Accessory Details, then swipe up or tap

. 2. Turn on an automation. To disable an automation, return to the accessorys setting screen, then turn it off. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 306 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Create an automation 1. On the Home tab, tap

. 2. Tap Add Automation, then choose one of the following automation triggers:

When arriving at or leaving a location: Tap People Arrive or People Leave. Choose when the automation is activated by people arriving or leaving, the location, and the time the automation works. At a time of day: Tap A Time of Day Occurs, then choose when you want this automation to run. If you choose Sunset or Sunrise, times vary as the season changes. You can also set an automation to only occur after sunset, which is useful for turning on lights just when theyre needed. When an accessory changes: Tap An Accessory is Controlled, select an accessory, tap Next, then follow the onscreen instructions. You might use this, for example, to run a scene when you unlock the front door. A sensor detects something: If youve added a sensor to Home, tap A Sensor Detects Something, select an accessory, tap Next, then follow the onscreen instructions. You might use this, for example, to turn on lights in a stairway when motion is detected nearby. You can also tap the right side of an automation tile, tap

, then add, enable, or disable automations. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 307 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Manage and edit automations 1. Tap Automation in the sidebar. 2. Tap an automation, then do any of the following:

Enable or disable the automation Choose when the automation happens Add or remove accessories Test the automation Delete the automation Add a Siri shortcut To make your automation even more efficient, you can add a Siri Shortcut to it. 1. When choosing accessories to control with an automation, swipe up, then tap Convert To Shortcut. 2. Tap

, then choose a shortcut. See the Shortcuts User Guide

. Set up security cameras in Home on iPad You can use the Home app to view video activity captured by your homes cameras. With any HomeKit-compatible camera, you can

, view video streams in the Home app choose who can view those streams

, and set up notifications when activity is detected. See the Home accessories website for a list of compatible security cameras. If you have one or more HomeKit Secure Video cameras, you can additionally take advantage of these features:

Encrypted video: Video captured by your cameras is privately analyzed and encrypted on your home hub device (HomePod, Apple TV, or iPad) and securely uploaded to iCloud so that only you and those you share it with can view it. Record video: If you subscribe to iCloud+, you can view the last 10 days of activity from one to an unlimited number of cameras. The 50 GB iCloud+ plan supports a single camera, the 200 GB iCloud+ plan supports up to five cameras, and the 2 TB https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 308 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM iCloud+ plan supports an unlimited number of cameras. Note: Video content doesnt count against your iCloud storage limit. Activity Zones: Create zones that focus your camera on the most important areas within its view. Face recognition: Receive notifications when people youve tagged in the Photos app are within the cameras view. See Store encrypted security camera footage in iCloud with HomeKit Secure Video and Set up HomeKit Secure Video on all your devices in the iCloud User Guide. Camera options When you add a camera in the Home app, you can choose streaming options and assign the camera to a room. With a HomeKit Secure Video camera, you can also choose recording options. By default, up to four cameras are marked as favorites and appear on the Home tab. To edit those settings later, tap the Camera tile, then tap to see these options:

Room: A camera can be located in a room inside your home, or you can create a room for an outside location such as your front porch or back yard. Notifications: Choose to receive notifications when the camera detects activity

, changes status, or goes offline. Recording options for HomeKit Secure Video cameras: You can create separate recording settings for when youre home and when youre away. For example, when youre home, you might choose to stop streaming and recording from a camera inside your home, but continue to stream and record from an outdoor camera. Note: The Home app uses the location of devices belonging to members of the home to switch between Home and Away modes. For example, when you leave for work with your iPad, the camera switches from the When Home settings to the When Away settings. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 309 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Set up notifications 1. On the Home tab, tap

, then tap Home Settings. 2. Tap Cameras & Doorbells. 3. Tap the camera for which youd like to configure notifications. 4. Tap Notifications, then turn on Activity Notifications. All HomeKit-compatible cameras can send a notification when motion is detected. HomeKit Secure Video cameras can additionally send notifications based on these factors:

The time of day When someone is or isnt home When a clip is recorded When any or a specific motion is detected When you choose a specific motion, you receive a notification when the camera detects people, animals, or vehicles, or when a package is delivered. For a package to be detected, it must be within the cameras view after delivery. Tip: Choosing a specific motion, rather than any motion, results in fewer clips

(and fewer clip notifications) and less video to review. For example, if you choose to detect people, your camera wont capture the movement of leaves on a tree or a squirrel leaping from branch to branch. Create Activity Zones for HomeKit Secure Video cameras You can create zones that focus your HomeKit Secure Video camera on the most important areas within its viewyour front walkway but not the sidewalk behind it, for example. You can then be alerted when motion is detected in these zones. Note: You can create Activity Zones only for cameras set up to record when a specific motion is detected. Activity Zones dont affect motion detection automations. 1. On the Home tab, tap the camera tile, then tap

. 2. Tap Select Activity Zones, tap the video to create a zone, then tap Add Zone. To have your camera detect motion only outside the zone you defined, tap Invert Zone. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 310 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 3. Create any additional zones you want within the cameras viewone for the driveway and another for the mailbox, for example. 4. Tap Done. To remove an activity zone, tap Select Activity Zones, tap inside a zone, then tap Clear. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 311 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM View video 1. On the Home tab, tap the camera tile. Live video should play automatically. 2. If youve chosen to record video, swipe through the timeline at the bottom of the screen to browse recorded clips. 3. Tap a clip to play it. 4. Pinch the clip open left and right to show the timeline, then drag to go forward or back through the video. 5. Tap Live to switch back to live video. When you set up the camera to detect specific motion, the timeline displays unique symbols for people, animals, vehicles, and packages. You can also view live and recorded video in the Home app on your Mac with macOS 10.15.1 or later. Choose access options To allow other people to view video from your cameras, follow these steps:

1. Tap

, then tap Home Settings. 2. Below the People heading, tap a person. 3. Tap Cameras, then choose an option. To learn how to allow other people to view video from your cameras, see Allow others to control accessories in your home

. Use Face Recognition in Home on iPad With a HomeKit Secure Video camera or doorbell, you can use the Home app to receive notifications when people youve tagged in the Photos app come to your door. Set up Face Recognition Face Recognition identifies people by the faces that appear in your photo library or pictures of recent visitors captured by your camera or doorbell. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 312 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM If youre setting up a camera or doorbell for the first time, do the following:

1. Add the accessory to the Home app. 2. In the Recognize Familiar Faces card, turn on Face Recognition, then tap Continue. 3. Choose who can access your photo library:

Never: Only faces youve added from clips in the Home app are recognized. Only Me: Only the notifications you receive have the names of people in your photo library. Everyone in this Home: The notifications for everyone in your home have the names of people in your photo library. 4. Tap Continue, then finish setting up the camera or doorbell. If you have an existing doorbell or camera and want to use it to identify visitors, tap it on the Home app, tap

, tap Face Recognition, then turn on Face Recognition. Tap your photo library, then choose who can access it. Note: Notifications can appear on any of the devices associated with your Apple ID. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 313 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Identify recent visitors You can use Face Recognition to help identify people that arent in your photo library using a picture captured by your camera or doorbell. 1. With Face Recognition turned on

, open the Home app

, then tap Home in the sidebar. 2. On the Home tab, tap the camera or doorbell, then tap

. 3. Tap Face Recognition, tap an unidentified person listed below Recent, then tap Add Name. 4. Add the persons name or their relationship to youMom or Mail Carrier, for example. 5. Choose whether to be notified when theyre seen by your camera or doorbell. Note: People with a face mask dont appear in this list. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 314 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Share faces with your household You can allow the members of your household to see the names of visitors identified in your photo library. 1. With Face Recognition turned on, open the Home app

, tap

, then tap Home Settings. 2. Tap Cameras & Doorbells, then tap Face Recognition. 3. Tap your photo library, then tap Everyone in this Home. Configure a router in Home on iPad You can use the Home app to make your smart home more secure by allowing a compatible router to control which services your HomeKit accessories can communicate with on your home Wi-Fi network and on the internet. HomeKit-enabled routers require that you have a HomePod, Apple TV, or iPad set up as a home hub. See the Home Accessories website for a list of compatible routers. To configure the routers settings, follow these steps:

1. Set up the router with the manufacturers app on an iOS device. 2. On the Home tab, tap

. 3. Tap Home Settings, then tap Wi-Fi Network & Routers. 4. Turn on HomeKit Accessory Security, tap an accessory, then choose one of these settings:

Restrict to Home: The router only allows the accessory to connect to your home hub. This option may prevent firmware updates or other services. Automatic: The router allows the accessory to connect to an automatically updated list of manufacturer-approved internet services and local devices. No Restriction: The router allows the accessory to connect to any internet service or local device. This provides the lowest level of security. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 315 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Allow others to control accessories in your home In the Home app

, you can invite other people to control your smart accessories. You and the people you invite need to be using iCloud and have iOS 11.2.5, iPadOS 13, or later. You also need to be at your home or have a home hub set up in your home. Invite others to control accessories 1. On the Home tab, tap

, tap Home Settings, then tap Invite People.. 2. Tap to choose people with an Apple ID from your contacts list, or enter their Apple ID email addresses in the To field. 3. Tap Send Invite. 4. Ask the invitee to do one of the following:

In the notification: (iOS or iPadOS device) Tap Accept. In the Home app: (iOS or iPadOS device) Tap

, tap Home Settings, then tap their name. On Apple TV: Tap Show Me on Apple TV, then turn on one or more Apple TVs. Allow others to access your AirPlay 2-enabled speakers and TVs 1. On the Home tab, tap

. 2. Tap Home Settings > Allow Speaker & TV Access, then choose an option. You can allow everyone, anyone on the same network, or only people youve invited to share the home. You can also require a password that allows speaker access. To learn more about HomePod speaker and Apple TV access, see the HomePod User Guide and

. Apple TV User Guide https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 316 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Add more homes with iPad In the Home app

, you can add more than one physical spacea home and a small office, for example. 1. Tap

, then tap Add New Home. 2. Name the home, choose its wallpaper, then tap Save. 3. To switch to another home, tap

, then tap the home you want. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 317 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM iTunes Store Get music, movies, and TV shows in the iTunes Store on iPad Use the iTunes Store app to add music, movies, and TV shows to iPad. Note: You need an internet connection to use the iTunes Store. The availability of the iTunes Store and its features varies by country or region. See the Apple Support article

. Availability of Apple Media Services Find music, movies, and TV shows 1. In the iTunes Store, tap any of the following:

Music, Movies, or TV Shows: Browse by category. To refine your browsing, tap Genres at the top of the screen. Top Charts: See whats popular on iTunes. Genius: Browse recommendations based on what you bought from iTunes. Search: Enter what youre looking for, then tap Search on the keyboard. 2. Tap an item to see more information about it. You can preview songs, watch trailers for movies and TV shows, or tap to do any of the following:

Share a link to the item: Choose a sharing option. Give the item as a gift: Tap Gift. Add the item to your wish list: Tap Add to Wish List. To view your wish list, tap

, then tap Wish List. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 318 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Buy and download content 1. To buy an item, tap the price. If the item is free, tap Get. If you see instead of a price, you already purchased the item, and you can download it again without a charge. 2. If required, authenticate your Apple ID with Face ID, Touch ID, or your passcode to complete the purchase. 3. To see the progress of a download, tap Downloads. Get ringtones 1. Tap Music, tap Genres, scroll to the bottom, then tap Tones. 2. Browse by category or tap Top Charts to see whats popular. 3. Tap a ringtone to see more information or play a preview. 4. To buy a ringtone, tap the price. Redeem or send an App Store & iTunes Gift Card 1. Tap Music, then scroll to the bottom. 2. Tap Redeem or Send Gift. Get ringtones, text tones, and alert tones in the iTunes Store on iPad In the iTunes Store app

, you can purchase ringtones, text tones, and other alert tones for clock alarms and more. Buy new tones 1. In the iTunes Store, tap Genres, then tap Tones. 2. Browse by category or tap Search to find a specific song or artist. 3. Tap a tone to see more information or play a preview. 4. To buy a tone, tap the price. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 319 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Redownload tones purchased with your Apple ID If you bought tones on another device, you can download them again. 1. Go to Settings

> Sounds. 2. Below Sounds and Vibration Patterns, tap any sound. 3. Tap Download All Purchased Tones. You might not see this option if you already downloaded all the tones that you purchased or if you havent purchased any tones. Manage your iTunes Store purchases and settings on iPad In the iTunes Store app

, you can review and download music, movies, and TV shows purchased by you or other family members. You can also customize your preferences for the iTunes Store in Settings. Approve purchases with Family Sharing With Family Sharing set up, the family organizer can review and approve purchases made by other family members under a certain age. See

. Turn on Ask to Buy for a child later View and download music, movies, or TV shows purchased by you or family members 1. In the iTunes Store, tap Purchased. 2. If you set up Family Sharing, tap My Purchases, then choose a family member to view their purchases. Note: You can see purchases made by family members only if they choose to share their purchases. 3. Tap Music, Movies, or TV Shows. 4. Find the item you want to download, then tap

. View your entire iTunes Store purchase history To see a chronological list of the apps, songs, movies, TV shows, books, and other items purchased with your Apple ID,

. view your iTunes Store purchase history In your purchase history, you can do any of the following:

https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 320 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM View when an order was billed to your account. View the date of a purchase. Resend email receipts. Report a problem with purchased content. Set content restrictions After you turn on content and privacy restrictions

, go to Settings

> Screen Time >

Content & Privacy Restrictions > Content Restrictions, then set any of the available restrictions. You can block explicit content, turn off music videos, restrict content by age-appropriate ratings, and more. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 321 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Magnifier Magnify objects around you with iPad In the Magnifier app

, you can use your iPad as a magnifying glass to zoom in on objects near you. You can also use your iPad to detect people, objects, and scenes around you with Detection Mode and Image Descriptions. Turn on Magnifier Open the Magnifier app in any of the following ways:

Tap

. (If you dont see the Magnifier app icon on the Home Screen, go to App Library

, then look in the Utilities folder.) https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 322 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Use accessibility shortcuts

. Open Control Center, then tap

(If you dont see

, add it to Control Centergo to Settings

> Control Center, then tap next to Magnifier.) Adjust the image 1. To adjust the zoom, drag the slider left or right. 2. Swipe up to reveal more controls. If you dont see the controls you want, you can add

. more controls 3. Use any of the following controls:

Adjust the brightness: Tap

. Adjust the contrast: Tap

. Apply color filters: Tap

. (See Choose your favorite color filters

.) Add more light: Tap to turn on the flashlight (available on iPad models with True Tone Flash). Lock the focus: Tap

. Switch to a different camera: Tap to switch to the front or rear camera. Freeze the frame You can freeze one or more frames and review them. Note: Freeze frames arent saved to Photos. 1. Tap

. When youre finished, tap 2. To freeze more frames, tap

, reposition the camera, then tap

. 3. To review the freeze frames, tap View, then tap the frames you want to see. 4. To return to the live lens, tap End. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 323 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Create activities in Magnifier on iPad In the Magnifier app you can save your preferred Magnifier controls, such as zoom level, brightness, contrast, or filters for recurring tasks and situationslike reading a menu at a restaurant, for example. Create an activity You can use any customized Magnifier controls to create an activity. 1. Adjust the Magnifier controls

, such as the zoom, contrast, or brightness. 2. Tap

, then tap Save New Activity. 3. Enter a name for this activity (like restaurant menu, for example), then tap Done. If you make changes to an activity you created, tap

, then tap Update [activity name]. Edit an activity You can also edit a saved activity directly from the Magnifier settings. See Change

. Magnifier settings on iPad 1. Tap

, tap Settings, then tap

. 2. Tap an activity, then customize any of the settings. 3. When youre finished, tap Done. Delete an Activity You can delete any activity that you created. 1. Tap

, tap Settings, then tap

. 2. Tap the activity you want to delete, then tap Delete Activity. Change Magnifier settings on iPad In the Magnifier app

, you can add controls to lock the focus, change the camera, and more. You can also reorder the controls and choose your favorite color filters. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 324 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Add and organize the controls you use most often Tap

, tap Settings, then do any of the following:

Add or remove controls: Tap or next to a control. Reorder controls: Drag next to a control to move it up or down. Choose your favorite color filters If you have color blindness or other vision challenges, you can use color filters to help you differentiate between colors. To customize the filters shown in the Filters control, do the following:

1. Tap

, tap Settings, then tap Filters (below Other Controls). 2. Choose your favorite filters. Filters with a checkmark are shown when you tap

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 325 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Detection Mode Detect people around you using Magnifier on iPad On supported models, you can use the Magnifier app to detect people and help you maintain a physical or social distance from others. When iPad detects people nearby, youre notified with sound or speech feedback. The feedback is more frequent when a person is closer to you. Important: Dont use People Detection for navigation or in circumstances where you could be harmed or injured. Customize the settings for People Detection 1. Tap

, then tap Settings. 2. Tap People Detection to customize any of the following:

Units: Choose Meters or Feet. Sound pitch distance: Tap or to adjust the distance. When people are detected within this distance, the pitch of the sound feedback increases. Feedback: Turn on Sounds, Speech, or both. If you turn on Speech, iPad speaks the distance between you and another person. 3. When youre finished, tap Back, then tap Done. Detect people near you 1. Turn on Magnifier

, tap

, then tap

. 2. Position iPad so the rear camera can detect people around you. If you dont hear the sound or speech feedback, make sure silent mode is turned off. See

. Adjust the volume on iPad 3. When youre finished, tap End to return to the Magnifier screen. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 326 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Detect doors around you using Magnifier on iPad On supported models, you can use the Magnifier app to detect doors around you, help you understand how far you are from a door, how to open the door, and get a description of the door's attributes. When doors are detected nearby, youre notified with sound or speech feedback. The feedback is more frequent when a door is closer to you. Important: Dont use Door Detection for navigation or in circumstances where you could be harmed or injured. Customize the settings for Door Detection 1. Tap

, then tap Settings. 2. Tap Door Detection to customize any of the following:

Units: Choose Meters or Feet. Sound pitch distance: Tap or to adjust the distance. When a door is detected within this distance, the pitch of the sound feedback increases. Feedback: Turn on any combination of sounds and speech. If you turn on Speech, iPad speaks the distance between you and the door. Color: Select a color to outline detected doors. Door Attributes: Turn on any combination of door attributes, such as the size of the detected door, how to open the door, and if the door is currently open. Door Decorations: Turn on door decorations to get information about text and signs on or near the detected door. 3. When youre finished, tap Back, then tap Done. Detect doors near you 1. Turn on Magnifier

, tap

, then tap

. 2. Position iPad so the rear camera can detect doors around you. If you dont hear the sound or speech feedback, make sure silent mode is turned off. See

. Adjust the volume on iPad 3. When youre finished, tap End to return to the Magnifier screen. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 327 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Get image descriptions of your surroundings in Magnifier on iPad On all models, you can use the Magnifier app to scan your surroundings and get live image descriptions of the scenes and people detected in the camera view. Youre notified of live descriptions by text or speech feedback. Customize settings for image descriptions 1. Tap

, then tap Settings. 2. Tap Image Descriptions to customize feedback settings. 3. Turn on any combination of text and speech. Text: Image descriptions appear in the camera view. Speech: When you turn on Speech, iPad speaks the description of the scenes and people detected in the camera view. 4. When youre finished, tap Back, then tap Done. Take live image descriptions 1. Turn on Magnifier

, then do one of the following:

On models with a LiDAR Scanner: Tap

, then tap

. On other models: Tap

. 2. Position iPad so the rear camera can take image descriptions around you. If you dont hear the speech feedback, make sure silent mode is turned off. See Adjust the volume on iPad

. 3. When youre finished, tap End to return to the Magnifier screen. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 328 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Set up shortcuts for Detection Mode Accessibility shortcut: Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Accessibility Shortcut, then select People Detection. VoiceOver gesture: By default, the four-finger triple-tap gesture turns Detection Mode on or off. To assign a different gesture, go to Settings > Accessibility >

VoiceOver > Commands > Touch Gestures. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 329 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Mail Add or remove email accounts Add and remove email accounts on iPad In the Mail app on iPad, you can add email accounts to send and receive emails, and remove email accounts you no longer need. Add email accounts The first time you open the Mail app on your iPad, you may be asked to set up an email accountjust follow the onscreen instructions. To add additional email accounts, do the following:

1. Go to Settings

> Mail > Accounts > Add Account. 2. Do one of the following:

Tap an email servicefor example, iCloud or Microsoft Exchangethen enter your email account information. Tap Other, tap Add Mail Account, then enter your email account information. Remove email accounts 1. Go to Settings

> Mail > Accounts. 2. Tap the email account you want to remove, then do one of the following:

If youre removing an iCloud email account: Tap iCloud, tap iCloud Mail, then turn off "Use on this iPad. If youre removing another email account: Turn off Mail. Note: To remove the email account from all apps on your iPad, tap Delete Account. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 330 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Set up a custom email domain with iCloud Mail on iPad When you subscribe to iCloud+, you can add up to five custom email domains and create email addresses for those domains on your iPad (iPadOS 15.4 or later). Then, you can send and receive mail in the Mail app on your iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, and Mac, in your Mail account on iCloud.com, and in the email app on a Windows computer. To learn more, see Personalize iCloud Mail with a custom email domain and share with others in the iCloud User Guide. Note: Make sure youre signed in with the same Apple ID on each device. If you have devices where youre not signed in with your Apple ID or that have the Mail feature turned off, you wont be able to see your custom email domains and mail on those devices. Add a custom email domain to iCloud Mail You can add a custom email domain you already own to iCloud Mail, or buy a new one. Note: You need to have a primary iCloud Mail address before you can add a custom email domain on iPad. See Create a primary email address for iCloud Mail in the iCloud User Guide. 1. Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud > iCloud Mail, then make sure Use on this iPad is turned on. 2. Tap Custom Email Domain, then tap one of the following:

Buy a Domain: Choose this option if you dont yet have a custom domain. After you purchase it, you will be able to create custom email addresses. Use a Domain You Own: Choose this option if you already have a domain, and you want to use it with iCloud Mail. You will be able to configure email addresses you already have at that domain, and create more. 3. Follow the instructions on screen. If youre adding a domain you already own, some registrars require you to change DNS records to set up your domain. See the Apple Support article Set up an existing

. domain with iCloud Mail https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 331 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Import existing email messages After you or a member of your Family Sharing group sets up a custom email domain for iCloud Mail, you can use iCloud.com to import existing email messages from your previous email provider (not available for all email providers). See Import existing email messages to your custom iCloud Mail address in the iCloud User Guide. Create and delete email addresses After you add a custom domain name, you can easily create and delete email addresses for that domain. 1. Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud > iCloud Mail, then make sure Use on this iPadis turned on. 2. Tap Custom Email Domain, then tap the domain you want to make changes to. 3. Tap Manage Email Addresses, then do one of the following:

Add a new email address: Tap Create Email Address, enter the new address, then tap Continue. Delete an email address: Swipe left on an email address, tap Delete, then tap Remove. Remove a custom email domain If you no longer want to use a custom email domain, you can remove it using your iPad. When you remove a custom email domain, you cant send or receive email for any addresses at that domain in iCloud Mail. 1. Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud > iCloud Mail, then make sure "Use on this iPad is turned on. 2. Tap Custom Email Domain, then tap Edit next to Your Domains. 3. Tap

, then tap Delete. 4. If youre moving your domain to a new provider, make sure to do the following:

Go to your domain registrar to update the domain records to your new email provider and remove iCloud-related records. Set up any email addresses you want to continue using with your new provider. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 332 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Note: When you remove a custom email domain, you can still send and receive email from your primary @icloud.com address. Allow all incoming messages to your domain You can use your iCloud email address as a catch-all address. This allows you to receive all messages sent to your custom email domain, even if the exact address they were sent to hasnt already been created. 1. Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud > iCloud Mail. 2. Tap Custom Email Domain, then tap your custom domain. 3. Turn on Allow All Incoming Messages. If the domain owner allows all incoming messages, any messages that arent sent to an active email address go to the domain owners inbox. If this setting isnt turned on, those messages are returned to the sender. Note: Messages sent to deleted email addresses are automatically returned to the sender. Check your email in Mail on iPad In the Mail app

, you can read emails, add contacts, and preview the contents of an email without opening it. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 333 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Read an email From your mailbox list, tap the email you want to read. Use Remind Me to come back to emails later If you dont have time to handle an email right away, you can set a time and date to receive a reminder and bring a message back to the top of your inbox. Tap at the bottom right of the email, tap Remind Me, then choose when to be reminded. Tip: You can add Remind Me to the toolbar in the Mail App, to make it easier to access. See

. Customize your Mail toolbar Preview an email and a list of options From your mailbox list, touch and hold an email to preview its contents and see a list of options for replying, moving it, and more. Show a longer preview for every email In your mailbox lists, Mail displays two lines of text for each email by default. You can choose to see more lines of text without opening the email. Go to Settings

> Mail > Preview (below Message List), then choose up to five lines. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 334 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Show the whole conversation Go to Settings

> Mail, then turn on Organize by Thread (below Threading). Note: You can also change other settings in Settings > Mailsuch as Collapse Read Messages or Most Recent Message on Top. Show To and Cc labels in your Inbox Go to Settings

> Mail, then turn on Show To/Cc Labels (below Message List). You can also view the To/Cc mailbox, which gathers all mail addressed to you. To show or hide it, tap in the upper-left corner of the Mail app, tap Edit above Mailboxes, then select To or Cc. Add someone to your contacts or make them a VIP In an email, tap a persons name or email address twice, then do one of the following:

Add to your contacts: Tap Create New Contact or Add to Existing Contact. You can add a phone number, other email addresses, and more. Add to your VIP list: Tap Add to VIP. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 335 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Write and send email Send email in Mail on iPad With the Mail app

, you can write and edit email from any of your email accounts. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 336 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Write an email message 1. Tap

. 2. Tap in the email, then type your message. With the onscreen keyboard, you can tap individual keys. Or pinch closed with three fingers to use the smaller QuickType keyboard, then slide your finger from one letter to the next, lifting your finger only after each word. 3. To change the formatting, tap above the keyboard. You can change the font style and color of text, use a bold or italic style, add a bulleted or numbered list, and more. 4. Tap to send your email. Note: If you forget to add an attachment or recipient that you mention in your message, you may get a reminder to add them before sending. Add recipients 1. Tap the To field, then type the names of recipients. As you type, Mail automatically suggests people from your Contacts, along with email addresses for people who have more than one email address. You can also tap to open Contacts and add recipients from there. 2. If you want to send a copy to other people, tap the Cc/Bcc field, then do any of the following:

Tap the Cc field, then enter the names of people youre sending a copy to. Tap the Bcc field, then enter the names of people whose names you dont want other recipients to see. Capture an email address from a photo You can use Live Text to interact with an email address printed on a business card, poster, and more using the Photos app on iPad. This allows you to quickly begin emails without entering an address manually. 1. Open a photo in the Photos app, then tap the email address you want to capture. 2. After the yellow frame appears around detected text, tap

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 337 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 3. Tap or use the grab points to select the email address, then tap New Mail Message. Tip: You can use the same Live Text feature to capture an email address using the Camera app. See

. Use Live Text with your iPad camera Schedule an email with Send Later Touch and hold

, then choose when you want to send the email. To see more options, tap Send Later. Automatically send a copy to yourself Go to Settings

> Mail, then turn on Always Bcc Myself (below Composing). Send an email from a different account If you have more than one email account, you can specify which account to send email from. 1. In your email draft, tap the Cc/Bcc, From field. 2. Tap the From field, then choose an account. Recall email with Undo send in Mail on iPad With the Mail app

, you can change your mind and unsend an email. You can also set a delay for all emails to give yourself a little more time to unsend them. Undo a sent email You have ten seconds to change your mind after you send an email. Tap Undo send at the bottom of the screen to pull back the email. Delay sending emails You can give yourself a little more time to change your mind and unsend emails by setting a delay. Go to Settings

> Mail, tap Undo Send Delay, then choose a length of time to delay outgoing email messages. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 338 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Reply to and forward emails in Mail on iPad With the Mail app

, you can reply to and forward emails. Reply to an email 1. Tap in the email, tap , then do one of the following:

Reply to just the sender: Tap

. Reply to the sender and the other recipients: Tap

. 2. Type your response, then tap to send. Quote some text when you reply to an email When you reply to an email, you can include text from the sender to clarify what youre responding to. 1. In the senders email, touch and hold the first word of the text, then drag to the last word. (See Select and edit text

.) 2. Tap

, tap Reply, then type your message. To turn off the indentation of quoted text, go to Settings

> Mail > Increase Quote Level

(below Composing), then turn off Increase Quote Level. Forward an email You can send an email forward to new recipients. 1. Tap in the email, tap , then tap Forward . 2. Enter the email addresses of the new recipients. 3. Tap in the email, then type your response. The forwarded message appears below. Follow up on emails If you send a message and dont receive a response for several days, the email automatically moves back to the top of your inbox to help you remember to follow up. Go to Settings

> Mail, then turn Follow Up Suggestions on or off. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 339 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Save a draft in Mail on iPad In the Mail app

, you can save a draft to finish later, or look at existing emails while youre writing a new one. Save a draft for later If youre writing an email and want to finish it later, tap Cancel, then tap Save Draft. To resume work on an email you saved as a draft, touch and hold

, then select a draft. If you have a Mac with OS X 10.10 or later, you can also hand off unfinished emails between your iPad and your Mac. See Hand off tasks between iPad and your other

. devices Look at another email while youre writing one 1. Tap at the top of an email youre writing. 2. Tap to slide the draft over to the side so you can look at your inbox. 3. You can continue editing your draft on the side, or tap at the top of your draft, then tap Full Screen to center the email message. If you have more than one email waiting to be finished, tap the bottom of the screen to see them all. View all your current email drafts If you have multiple email accounts, you can use the All Drafts mailbox to view thumbnails of your recent drafts along the bottom of the screen. 1. Tap in the upper-left corner. 2. Tap Edit at the top of the list. 3. Tap Add Mailbox, then turn on the All Drafts mailbox. While youre working on a draft, swipe down. Tap any thumbnail to open the draft, then continue editing. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 340 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 341 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Work with attachments Add email attachments in Mail on iPad

, you can attach photos, videos, and documents to an email. You can also In the Mail app scan a paper document and send it as a PDF attachment, or draw directly in an email and send the drawing as an attachment. Depending on the file size, the attachment might appear inline with the text in the email or as at the end of the email. Attach a photo, video, or document to an email You can attach and send documents, videos, and photos in your emails for recipients to easily download and save. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 342 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 1. Tap in the email where you want to insert the attachment, then do one of the following:

Attach a document: Tap above the keyboard, then locate the document in Files

. In Files, tap Browse or Recent, then tap a file, location, or folder to open it. Attach a saved photo or video: Tap

, then choose a photo or video. Take a new photo or video and attach it to the email: Tap above the keyboard, tap Take Photo or Video, then take a new photo or video. Tap Use Photo or Use Video to insert it into your email, or tap Retake if you want to reshoot it. Note: If your file exceeds the maximum size allowed by your email account, follow the onscreen instructions to send it using Mail Drop. See the Apple Support article Mail Drop

. limits Scan and attach a document to an email You can scan a paper document and send it as a PDF. 1. Tap in the email where you want to insert the scanned document, then tap above the keyboard. 2. Position iPad so that the document page appears on the screeniPad automatically captures the page. To capture the page manually, tap or press a volume button. To turn the flash on or off, tap

. 3. Scan additional pages, then tap Save when youre done. 4. To make changes to the saved scan, tap it, then do any of the following:

Crop the image: Tap

. Apply a filter: Tap

. Rotate the image: Tap

. Delete the scan: Tap

. Create and attach a drawing to your email You can draw in an email to demonstrate ideas that are hard to put into words. Your drawing is added to the email as an attachment for recipients to view and download. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 343 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 1. Tap in the email where you want to insert a drawing, then tap above the keyboard to show the Markup toolbar. 2. Choose a drawing tool and color, then write or draw with your finger. See Draw in apps with Markup on iPad

. 3. When youre finished, tap Done, then tap Insert Drawing. To resume work on a drawing, tap the drawing in the email, then tap

. Download email attachments in Mail on iPad In the Mail app

, you can download attachments that are sent to you in email or easily search for emails with attachments in your mailboxes. Download an attachment sent to you Touch and hold the attachment, then choose Save Image or Save to Files. If you choose Save Image, you can find it later in the Photos app. If you choose Save to Files, you can find it later in the Files app. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 344 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Tip: To open the attachment with another app, tap Share

, then choose the app. Find emails with attachments If youre having trouble finding an attachment someone sent you, you can filter your emails to show only those with attachments. 1. In a mailbox, tap to turn on filtering. 2. Tap Filtered by, then turn on Only Mail with Attachments. Tip: You can also show emails with attachments from all accounts in one mailbox. To set up the attachment mailbox, tap at the top left to view your mailboxes, tap Edit, then select Attachments. The attachments mailbox appears in the mailboxes list with your other mailboxes. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 345 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Annotate email attachments on iPad In the Mail app

, you can give feedback on a draft, decorate a photo, and more. You can also draw and write on a photo, video, or PDF attachment, then save or send it back. 1. In the email, tap the attachment, then tap

. 2. Using the drawing tools, draw with your finger. 3. When youre finished, tap Done, then choose to save, send, or discard your edited attachment. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 346 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Set email notifications on iPad In the Mail app

, you can change your Mail notification settings and choose which mailboxes and email threads to receive notifications from. Mute email notifications To reduce interruptions from busy email threads, you can mute notifications from messages in a conversation. 1. Open an email in the conversation. 2. Tap in the bottom-right corner, then tap Mute. To specify what you want done with emails you muted, go to Settings

> Mail > Muted Thread Action, then select an option. Tip: You can add the Mute button to the toolbar in the Mail App, to make it easier to access. See

. Customize your Mail toolbar Receive notifications about replies to an email or thread You can set up mail notifications that let you know when you receive emails in your favorite mailboxes or from your VIPs. When reading an email: Tap in the bottom-right corner, then tap Notify Me. When writing an email: Tap the Subject field, tap in the Subject field, then tap Notify Me. To change how notifications appear, go to Settings

> Notifications > Mail, then turn on Allow Notifications. Change your Mail notifications 1. Go to Settings

> Mail > Notifications, then make sure that Allow Notifications is on. 2. Tap Customize Notifications, then tap the email account you want to make changes to. 3. Select the settings you want, like Alerts or Badges. When you turn on Alerts, you have the option to customize your sounds by changing the alert tone or ringtone. You can set times when you want to allow notifications from the Mail app. See Change

. notification settings https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 347 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Search for email in Mail on iPad In the Mail app

, you can search for emails using different criteria. Search for text in an email 1. Swipe down from the middle of a mailbox to reveal the search field. 2. Tap the search field and type the text youre looking for. 3. Choose between searching all mailboxes or the current mailbox above the results list. 4. Tap search, then tap an email in the results list to read it. Mail searches the address fields, the subject, the email body, documents, and links. The most relevant emails appear in Top Hits above the search suggestions as you type. Search by timeframe 1. Tap the search field of a mailbox list. 2. Enter a timeframe, like September, then tap an option below Dates to see all emails from that timeframe. To narrow the search, tap the search field again, then enter a keyword, like meeting. Search by email attributes 1. In an inbox, tap the search field. Before you begin typing, you may see suggested recent seraches, recent documents, and links listed. 2. Enter your search criteria, then tap one of the listed items, or do any of the following:

Find all flagged emails: Enter flag in the search field, then tap Flagged Messages below Other. Find all unread emails: Enter unread in the search field, then tap Unread Messages below Other. Find all emails with attachments: Enter attachment in the search field, then tap Messages with Attachments below Other. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 348 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Organize email in mailboxes on iPad In the Mail app

, you can manage your email in mailboxes. Manage an email with a swipe While viewing an email list, you can use a simple swipe to move individual emails to the Trash, mark them as read, and more. Do any of the following:

To reveal a list of actions, slowly drag an email to the left until the menu appears, then tap an item. To quickly use the rightmost action, swipe all the way to the left. Swipe right to reveal one other action. To choose the actions you want to appear in the menus, go to Settings

> Mail > Swipe Options (below Message List). Organize your mail with mailboxes You can choose which mailboxes to view, reorder your mailboxes, create new ones, or rename or delete mailboxes. (Some mailboxes cant be changed.) To organize your mailboxes, tap in the upper-left corner, tap Edit, then do any of the following:

View mailboxes: Select the checkboxes next to the mailboxes you want to include in the mailboxes list. Reorder mailboxes: Touch and hold next to a mailbox until it lifts up, then drag it to the new position. Create a new mailbox: Tap New Mailbox in the lower-right corner, then follow the onscreen instructions. Rename a mailbox: Tap the mailbox, then tap the title. Delete the name, then enter a new name. Delete a mailbox: Tap the mailbox, then tap Delete Mailbox. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 349 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Move or mark multiple emails 1. While viewing a list of emails, tap Edit. 2. Select the emails you want to move or mark by tapping their checkboxes. To select multiple emails quickly, swipe down through the checkboxes. 3. Tap Mark, Move, or Trash at the bottom of the screen. If you change your mind, immediately swipe left with three fingers to undo. View emails from one account at a time If you use multiple email accounts with the Mail app, you can use the mailboxes list to view emails from one account at a time. Tap in the upper-left corner, then tap a mailbox below the email account you want to access. Each mailbox listed below a particular email account only displays emails from that email account. For example, to view only emails sent from your iCloud account, tap iCloud, then tap Sent. Move an email to junk To move an email to the Junk folder, open it, tap in the bottom-right corner, then tap Move to Junk. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 350 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Flag and filter email Flag emails in Mail on iPad In the Mail app

, you can flag your emails, create flagged mailboxes, and flag emails from VIPs. Flag an email You can flag an email to make it easier to find later. An email you flag remains in your Inbox, but also appears in the Flagged mailbox. 1. Open the email, tap

, then tap Flag. 2. To choose a color for the flag, tap a dot. To change or remove a flag, open the email, tap

, then tap another color, or tap Unflag

. Flags you add to an email appear on that email in Mail on all your Apple devices where youre signed in with the same Apple ID. Tip: You can add the Flag button to the toolbar in the Mail App, to make it easier to access. See

. Customize your Mail toolbar https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 351 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Create a Flagged mailbox You can add a Flagged mailbox so all your flagged emails are easily accessible in one location. 1. Tap in the upper-left corner. 2. Tap Edit, then select Flagged. Flag emails from your VIPs Add important people to your VIP list, so their emails appear with a VIP flag and in the VIP mailbox. 1. While viewing an email, tap the name or email address of a person in the email. 2. Tap Add to VIP. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 352 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Block email from specified senders To block a sender, tap their email address and select Block this Contact. Filter emails in Mail on iPad In the Mail app

, you can use filters to temporarily show only certain messagesthe ones that meet all the criteria you select in the filter list. For example, if you select Unread and Only Mail with Attachments, you see only unread emails that have attachments. 1. Tap in the bottom-left corner of a mailbox list. Note: When reading an email on iPad in Portrait orientation, tap to display the email list with at the bottom. 2. Tap Filtered by, then select or turn on the criteria for emails you want to view. 3. Tap in the bottom-left corner to hide emails that dont match the current filters. Tap again to turn the filter off. To turn off all filters, tap

. To turn off a specific filter, tap Filtered by, then deselect it. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 353 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Privacy and Security Use Hide My Email in Mail on iPad When you subscribe to iCloud+, Hide My Email lets you send and receive email messages that forward to your real email account, to keep your real email address private. With iPadOS 15.2 or later, you can generate unique email addresses on demand in the Mail app

. Send an email with Hide My Email . 1. Tap

. 2. Add a recipient and subject for your email. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 354 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Note: You can only send a message using Hide My Email to one recipient at a time. 3. Tap the From field, tap it again, then tap Hide My Email. A new, unique email address appears. 4. Tap to send your email. Tip: When the recipient replies to an email you sent with Hide My Email, their reply forwards to your real email address. To set a Forward To address, see Create and manage

. Hide My Email in Settings Reply to an email using Hide My Email When you receive an email to one of your unique, random addresses, you can reply using the same address. This allows you to continue the conversation and keep your real email address private. To reply, do the following:

1. Tap above the email. 2. Type your response. You can tap the From field to view the email address the recipient sees. Manage the addresses generated by Hide My Email You can create, deactivate, reactivate, and manage the random addresses you create with Hide My Email. See

. Create and manage Hide My Email in Settings Use Mail Privacy Protection on iPad In the Mail app

, turn on Mail Privacy Protection to make it harder for senders to learn about your Mail activity. Mail Privacy Protection hides your IP address so senders cant link it to your other online activity or determine your exact location. It also prevents senders from seeing if youve opened the email they sent you. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 355 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 1. Go to Settings

> Mail > Privacy Protection. 2. Turn on Protect Mail Activity. Note: When you subscribe to iCloud+, you can also use Hide My Email to generate unique, random email addresses that forward to your personal email account, so you dont have to share your personal email address when filling out forms on the web or signing up for newsletters. Change email settings in Mail on iPad In the Mail app

, you can customize your email signature and mark addresses outside specific domains. Customize your email signature You can customize the email signature that appears automatically at the bottom of every email you send. 1. Go to Settings

> Mail, then tap Signature (below Composing). 2. Tap the text field, then edit your signature. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 356 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM You can only use text in your Mail signatures. Tip: If you have more than one email account, tap Per Account to set a different signature for each account. Mark addresses outside certain domains When youre addressing an email to a recipient whos not in your organizations domain, you can have the recipients name appear in red to alert you. 1. Go to Settings

> Mail > Mark Addresses (below Composing). 2. Enter the domains that are in your organizationones that you dont want marked in red. You can enter multiple domains separated by commas (for example, apple.com, example.org). The names of recipients in domains outside your organization appear in red, whether you send them an email or receive one from them. Customize your Mail toolbar You can choose which buttons are visible at the top of the Mail app, to keep the actions most useful to you front and center. 1. In the Mail app, tap

, then tap Customize Toolbar. 2. Drag buttons to add or remove them from the toolbar. Delete and recover emails in Mail on iPad In the Mail app

, you can delete or archive emails you no longer need. If you change your mind, you can recover deleted emails. Delete emails There are multiple ways to delete emails. Do any of the following:

While viewing an email: Tap at the bottom right, then tap

. While viewing the email list: Swipe an email left, then choose Trash. To delete the email in a single gesture, swipe it all the way to the left. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 357 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Delete multiple emails at once: While viewing a list of emails, tap Edit, select the emails you want to delete, then tap Trash. To select multiple emails quickly, swipe down through the checkboxes. To turn the deletion confirmation on or off, go to Settings

> Mail, then turn Ask Before Deleting on or off (below Messages). If you change your mind, immediately swipe left with three fingers to undo. Recover a deleted email 1. Tap in the upper-left corner to view your mailboxes, then tap an accounts Trash mailbox. 2. Tap the email you want to recover. 3. Tap

, then select a mailbox. Tip: To see deleted emails across all your accounts, tap Mailboxes at the top left, tap Edit at the top of the list, then select the All Trash mailbox. Archive instead of delete You can archive emails in the Archive mailbox. (You can still choose to delete emails, even if you set up an Archive mailbox.) 1. Go to Settings

> Mail, then tap Accounts. 2. Do one of the following:

If youre using an iCloud email account: Tap iCloud, tap iCloud again, tap iCloud Mail, then tap iCloud Mail Settings. If youre using another email account: Tap your email provider, then tap your email account. 3. Tap Advanced, then change the destination mailbox for discarded emails to the Archive mailbox. Decide how long to keep deleted emails With some email clients, you can set how long deleted emails stay in the Trash mailbox. 1. Go to Settings

> Mail, then tap Accounts. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 358 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 2. Do one of the following:

If youre using an iCloud email account: Tap iCloud, tap iCloud again, tap iCloud Mail, then tap iCloud Mail Settings. If youre using another email account: Tap your email provider, then tap your email account. 3. Tap Advanced, then tap Remove. 4. Select a time interval. Note: Some email services might override your selection; for example, iCloud doesnt keep deleted emails longer than 30 days, even if you select Never. Add a Mail widget to your iPad Home Screen Widgets show you current information from your favorite apps at a glance. On iPad, you can add a Mail widget and customize which mailbox it shows on your Home Screen. Choose between displaying recent unread emails, new emails from your VIPs, or any other mailbox. See

. Add widgets on iPad Print an email or attachment in Mail on iPad In the Mail app

, print an email or an attachment. Print an email Tap in the bottom-right corner, then tap Print. Print an attachment or picture Tap an attachment to view it, tap Share

, then choose Print. Page 359 of 913 iPad User Guide Keyboard shortcuts in Mail on iPad With the Mail app

, you can quickly accomplish many tasks using keyboard shortcuts if your iPad is connected to an

. Apple external keyboard To view available keyboard shortcuts, connect your keyboard, then press and hold the Command key. Note: Keyboard shortcuts in apps may vary depending on the language and keyboard youre using on your iPad. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 360 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Maps View maps on iPad In the Maps app

, you can find your location on a map and zoom in and out to see the detail you need. On supported models and in select cities, Maps provides enhanced detail for elevation, roads, trees, buildings, landmarks, and more. (For availability, see Detailed City Experience on the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website.) WARNING: For important information about navigation and avoiding distractions that could lead to dangerous situations, see

. Important safety information for iPad https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 361 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Allow Maps to use Location Services To find your location and provide accurate directions, iPad must be connected to the internet, and Location Services must be turned on. If Maps displays a message that Location Services is off, tap the message, tap Turn On in Settings, then turn on Location Services. Cellular data rates may apply (Wi-Fi + Cellular models; see View or change your cellular data account

). Note: To obtain useful location-related information in Maps, leave Significant Locations turned on in Settings

> Privacy & Security > Location Services > System Services. Show your current location Tap

. Your position is marked in the middle of the map. The top of the map is north. To show your heading instead of north at the top, tap

. To resume showing north, tap or

. Choose the right map The button at the top right of a map indicates if the current map is for exploring

, driving

, riding transit

, or viewing from a satellite

. To choose a different map, do the following:

1. Tap the button at the top right. 2. Choose another map type, then tap

. View a 3D map On a 2D map, do one of the following:

Drag two fingers up. On the Satellite map, tap 3D near the top right. On supported models and in select cities, tap 3D near the top right. (See Detailed City Experience on the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website

.) On a 3D map, you can do the following:

Adjust the angle: Drag two fingers up or down. See buildings and other small features in 3D: Zoom in. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 362 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Return to a 2D map: Tap 2D near the top right. Move, zoom, or rotate a map or 3D globe Move around in a map: Drag the map. Zoom in or out: Double-tap (leaving your finger on the screen after the second tap), then drag up to zoom in or drag down to zoom out. Or, pinch open or closed on the map. On a 2D map, a scale appears near the top while you zoom. To change the unit of distance, go to Settings

> Maps, then select In Miles or In Kilometers. Rotate the map: Touch and hold the map with two fingers, then rotate your fingers. To show north at the top of the screen after you rotate the map, tap

. View the earth with an interactive 3D globe: Zoom out until the map changes to a globe. Drag the globe to rotate it, or zoom in or out to explore details for mountain ranges, deserts, oceans, and more (supported models). https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 363 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Add a name to Maps, or report an issue with Maps 1. Tap your picture or initials next to the search field, then tap Reports. If neither your picture nor initials appears, tap Cancel next to the search field, or tap the search field, then tap Cancel. 2. Choose one of the options, then provide your information. Apple is committed to keeping personal information about your location safe and private. To learn more, go to Settings

> Maps, then tap About Apple Maps and Privacy. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 364 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Find places Search for places in Maps on iPad You can use the Maps app to search for addresses, landmarks, services, and more. Search for a place Siri: Say something like: Show me the Golden Gate Bridge. Learn how to use Siri

. Or you can tap the search field (at the top of the search card), then begin typing. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 365 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM You can search in different ways. For example:

Intersection (8th and Market) Area (Greenwich Village) Landmark (Guggenheim) Zip code (60622) Business (movies, restaurants San Francisco CA, Apple Inc New York) If you get a list of results, scroll the list to see more. To learn about a place or get directions to it, tap a search result. Display, lengthen, or shorten the search card If you see a different kind of card instead of the search card, tap at the top right of the card. To show more or less information on the search card, drag the top of the search card down or up. Quickly find or delete recent searches To get a list of recent search results, scroll down in the search card to Recents. To delete an item from the list, swipe the item left. Or tap More directly above the list, then do one of the following:

Delete a group: Tap Clear above the group. Delete a single item: Swipe the item left. See Delete recent directions in Maps on iPad Delete significant locations on iPad Delete

, a place from your favorites

, and

. Delete a pin marker Find nearby attractions, restaurants, and services in Maps on iPad You can use the Maps app to find nearby attractions, services, and more. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 366 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Find a nearby attraction, restaurant, or other service Siri: Say something like: Find a gas station or Find coffee near me. Learn how to use Siri

. Or without using Siri, you can tap the search field, then do one of the following:

Tap a category like Grocery Stores or Restaurants in the Find Nearby section of the search card. Enter something like playgrounds or parks in the search field, then tap the Search Nearby result. To change the nearby area, drag the map. Depending on what you look for, you may be able to apply more search criteria, tap a suggestion to get additional information, and more. Note: Nearby suggestions arent available in all countries or regions. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 367 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Find your way around an airport or shopping mall 1. Do one of the following:

Before you get there:

Search for the airport or mall in Maps (tap Indoor Map if it appears in the search result). Or drag the map to show it, zoom in, then tap Look Inside. When youre at the airport or mall: Open Maps, tap

, then tap Look Inside. 2. To find nearby services, tap a category (like Food, Restrooms, or Gates) on the place card, then scroll down to see all results. To get more information about a result, tap it. 3. To get a map of a different floor, tap the button showing the floor level (zoom in if the button doesnt appear). Note: Indoor maps are available for select airports and shopping malls. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website

. Get information about places in Maps on iPad You can find street addresses and other information about places that appear in the Maps app

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 368 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Get information about a place Tap the place (for example, a city or landmark on a map, a spot that you marked with a pin, or a search result in Maps), then do any of the following:

Get a route to the location: Tap the directions button. View more information: Scroll down in the place card. The information might include the street address, a phone number, a webpage link, customer reviews, and more. Many restaurants and other businesses offer App Clips that allow you to order or make a reservation by tapping buttons on their place cards. Close the place card: Tap

. Note: If you install an app that has a table booking extension, it can also help you make reservations at restaurants. If you want to stop sending the names of restaurants that you view to the extension, go to Settings

> Maps > Restaurant Booking, then turn off the app extension. Save information about a place You can save a place as one of your favorites

, in one of your My Guides

, and as one of your

. contacts Tap a place on a map or a search result in Maps, tap

(to the right of the directions button on the place card), then choose an option. Mark places in Maps on iPad You can mark places in the Maps app with pins to help you find those places later. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 369 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Tip: To quickly mark your location so you can find your way back later, touch and hold the Maps icon on the Home Screen, then choose Mark My Location. See Perform quick

. actions on iPad Mark an unlabeled location Touch and hold the map until a pin marker appears, then do any of the following:

Refine the location: Tap Move, then drag the map. Save the location to your favorites: Tap

(to the right of the directions button on the place card), then Tap Add to Favorites. (You can give the location a name in your Favorites.) Save the location to a guide you created: Tap

, tap Guides, choose a guide, enter a name for the location, then tap Save. See Organize places in My Guides in Maps on

. iPad Close the place card: Tap

. Delete a pin marker 1. Tap the marker. 2. On the place card, tap Remove. You can also touch and hold the marker, then tap Remove Pin. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 370 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Share places in Maps on iPad In the Maps app

, you can share places with others. For example, you can send a message or email to show people where to meet you. Tip: To quickly share your current location, touch and hold Maps on the Home Screen, then tap Send My Location. See

. Perform quick actions on iPad 1. Tap a place on the map or a search result in Maps. 2. Tap

(at the top of the place card), then choose an option. You can also touch and hold the place, then tap Share Location. Rate places in Maps on iPad In the Maps app

, you can provide ratings and photos of places you visit to help others. Note: Apple Ratings and Photos is not available in all countries or regions. Provide ratings and photos for a place 1. Tap a place on the map or a search result in Maps. 2. Depending on the location, either scroll down the place card or tap Rate (near the top of the place card), then do any of the following:

Provide ratings: Tap or for the available categories. Submit photos: Tap Add Your Photos, then follow the onscreen instructions. Before you tap Add to submit your photos, you can credit yourself for the photos you contribute, using either your name or a nickname. Tap Photo Credit, then turn on Show Credit and if desired, enter a nickname for yourself. (The photo credit option you choose applies to all photos you previously submitted and continue to submit.) Note: If neither ratings categories or the Rate button appear on the place card, you cant rate the location or add a photo. To upload your ratings and photos to Apple, you must have an Apple ID. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 371 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM View or edit your ratings and photos You can view and change your ratings, add and remove photos, add or remove your photo credit, and provide a nickname for your photo credit. 1. Tap your picture or initials at the top right of the search card, then tap Ratings &

Photos. If neither your picture nor initials appears, tap Cancel next to the search field, or tap the search field, then tap Cancel. 2. Select one of your rated places. 3. To edit your ratings, tap Rate, make your changes, then tap Done. 4. To edit your photos, tap the Your Photos album, then do any of the following:

Submit another photo: Tap Add. Remove a photo: Select the photo, tap

, then tap Delete Your Photo. Change your photo credit: Select the photo, tap

, then tap Change Photo Credit. The photo credit option you choose applies to all photos you previously submitted and continue to submit. Your ratings and photos appear on all devices where youre signed in with the same Apple ID. You may receive suggestions in Maps to submit a rating or photo if you recently visited or took a photo of a point of interest. These suggestions use on-device processing and cannot be read by Apple. If you wish to stop receiving these suggestions, go to Settings

> Maps, then turn off Show Ratings and Photos Suggestions. Save favorite places in Maps on iPad In the Maps app go for coffeeto your favorites list. You can quickly find your favorites on the search card.

, you can save placessuch as your home, your work, and where you https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 372 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Tip: To make Home and Work automatically appear as favorites, add your work and home addresses to My Card in Contacts. Add a place to your favorites 1. In the row of Favorites on the search card, tap

. If doesnt appear, swipe the Favorites row left. 2. Do one of the following:

Choose a suggestion below the search field. Enter a place or address in the search field, then choose a search result. You can also tap a place on a map or a search result in Maps, tap

(to the right of the directions button on the place card), then tap Add to Favorites. Quickly find your favorites A row of Favorites appears near the top of the search card. To see more, swipe the row left, or tap More above the row. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 373 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Edit a favorite 1. On the search card, tap More above the row of favorites. 2. Tap next to the favorite. 3. Depending on the location, you may be able to make the following changes:

Rename the favorite: Double-tap the Label field, then enter a new name. Change the address: Tap Contact Card, then make your changes. Delete the location from your favorites list: Tap Remove Favorite. Tell someone your ETA: Tap Add Person, then choose one or more suggested contacts, or search for a contact. Whenever you start turn-by-turn navigation to this location, the person automatically receives a notification about your estimated time of arrival (ETA). See

. Share your ETA in Maps on iPad 4. Tap Done. Refine your home or work location If Maps isnt precisely locating your home or work place, you can help improve directions to and from your home or work by correcting the location. 1. On the search card, tap More above the row of favorites, then tap next to Home or Work. 2. Tap Refine Location on Map, drag the map to move the marker over the correct location, then tap Done. Delete a place from your favorites On the search card, tap More above the row of favorites, then swipe the item left. Explore new places with Guides in Maps on iPad Editorially curated Guides from trusted brands and partners are available in the Maps app to help you discover great places around the world to eat, shop, and explore. Guides are automatically updated when new places are added, so you always have the latest recommendations. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 374 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Explore cities of the world with Guides Scroll down in the search card, then tap Explore Guides. You can browse by interest, publisher, city, and more. For example, to browse Guides for locations worldwide, tap at the top of the screen. View, share, and save a Guide To open a Guide, tap its cover. To view its contents, scroll down. You can also do the following:

Save the Guide: Scroll to the top of the Guide, then tap

. Its saved in your collection of My Guides. See Organize places in My Guides

. Share the Guide: Scroll to the top of the Guide, tap

, then choose an option. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 375 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Add a destination to My Guides: Tap

, then select one of your guides. Explore related media: In select Guides, tap links to find relevant music, books, and more. Close the Guide: Tap

. Tip:

Look for App Clips buttons that allow you to do things like reserve a table directly from a Guide. Guides are available for many cities worldwide, with more places coming. Organize places in My Guides in Maps on iPad In the Maps app

, you can organize places into your own guides for easy reference. For example, you can add destinations for an upcoming vacation into a guide named Summer Road Trip. You can quickly get to your guides from the search card, and you can share your guides with others. Create a guide Scroll down in the search card, tap New Guide, enter a name, then tap Create. Add a place to My Guides 1. Tap a place on a map or a search result in Maps. 2. Tap

(to the right of the directions button on the place card). 3. Tap Guides, then choose one of your guides. You can also add editorially curated Guides to My Guides. See Explore new places with Guides in Maps on iPad

. Share a guide 1. Tap your picture or initials at the top right of the search card, then tap Guides. If neither your picture nor initials appears, tap Cancel next to the search field, or tap the search field, then tap Cancel. 2. Choose a guide. 3. Tap at the bottom of the guide card, then choose an option. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 376 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Edit a guide that you created For any guide that you create, you can supply a cover image, change the title, and remove places. 1. Tap your picture or initials at the top right of the search card, then tap Guides. If neither your picture nor initials appears, tap Cancel next to the search field, or tap the search field, then tap Cancel. 2. Choose a guide that you created. 3. Tap Edit at the bottom of the guide card. 4. Make your changes, then tap at the top right of the guide card. Remove a guide 1. Tap your picture or initials at the top right of the search card, then tap Guides. If neither your picture nor initials appears, tap Cancel next to the search field, or tap the search field, then tap Cancel. 2. Tap Edit at the bottom of the screen. 3. Select a guide, the tap Delete. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 377 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Get traffic and weather info in Maps on iPad Find out about traffic conditions 1. With a map showing, tap the button at the top right, choose Driving or Satellite, then tap

. Yellow indicates slowdowns, and red indicates stop-and-go traffic. 2. To get an incident report, tap an incident marker. Markers indicate incidents such as hazards

, road closures

, road construction

, accidents

, and more. You can also

. report traffic incidents Note: Traffic features and information are not available in all countries or regions. See the

. iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website Find out about the weather and the air quality Zoom in on a map until the weather icon appears in the lower-right corner; the icon shows the current conditions for that area. In some regions, the air quality index (AQI) also appears in the lower-right corner. To get the hourly forecast, touch and hold the weather icon. Tap the hourly forecast to get a multiday forecast in Safari. If you dont want to get the weather information or the air quality index in Maps, go to Settings

> Maps, then turn off Weather Conditions or Air Quality Index. Delete significant locations on iPad The Maps app keeps track of the places you recently visited, as well as when and how often you visited them. Maps records these significant locations to provide you with personalized services like predictive traffic routing. These records are end-to-end encrypted and cannot be read by Apple. You can delete this information at any timefor example, to reset predictive traffic routing and similar personalized services. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 378 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 1. Go to Settings

> Privacy & Security > Location Services > System Services, then tap Significant Locations. 2. Tap Clear History. This action clears all your significant locations on any devices that are signed in with the same Apple ID. Quickly find your Maps settings on iPad In the Maps app

, you can quickly find your settings for preferences, guides, favorites, and more. Tap your picture or initials at the top right of the search card, then choose an option.

(If neither your picture nor initials appears next to the search field, tap Cancel next to the field, or tap the search field, then tap Cancel.) To find more Maps settings, choose Preferences, scroll down, then tap Maps Settings at the bottom of the screen. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 379 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Get directions Use Siri, Maps, and the Maps widget to get directions on iPad You can get travel directions in the Maps app in several ways. Important: To get directions, iPad must be connected to the internet, and Location Services must be turned on

. (On Wi-Fi + Cellular models, cellular data rates may apply. See View or change your cellular data account

.) Use Siri to get directions You can keep focused on the road by using Siri to get directions. And by listening to turn-by-turn spoken directions (Wi-Fi + cellular models), you can follow driving, cycling, and walking directions without even looking at your iPad. Siri: Say something like:

Get directions to the nearest coffee shop Find a charging station Give me directions home Learn how to use Siri Tip: To use home or work when using Siri or searching in Maps, add your home and work addresses to My Card in Contacts. Page 380 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Get directions in Maps 1. Do one of the following:

Tap a destination (for example, a landmark on a map or a spot that you marked with a pin). Touch and hold anywhere on the map. Tap the search field, begin typing, then tap a result. 2. Tap the directions button on the place card. After you tap the directions button, you can choose a different mode of travel, a different starting point, and other options. See Select other route options in Maps on iPad

. 3. Tap Go for the route you want. After you tap Go, you can share your ETA get an overview of your route or a list of

, directions add stops to your driving directions

, and more. Use the Maps widget To quickly get directions to a likely destination from the Home Screen or Today View, add

. the Maps widget https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 381 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Choose your default mode of travel Maps defaults to your preferred way to travel when providing directions. To change your preference, do the following:

1. Tap your picture or initials at the top right of the search card, then tap Preferences. If neither your picture nor initials appears, tap Cancel next to the search field, or tap the search field, then tap Cancel. 2. Tap Driving, Walking, Transit, or Cycling. Use Maps on your Mac to get directions Before a big trip or a day of cycling, you can plan your route on your Mac, and then share the details to your iPad. You must be signed in with the same Apple ID on both your Mac and your iPad. 1. In Maps on your Mac, create a route for your trip. For information, see

. Plan a route on your Mac in the Maps User Guide 2. Choose File > Share > Send to [your device]. You can also use Handoff to send directions from iPad to Mac. See Hand off tasks

. between iPad and your other devices Select other route options in Maps on iPad With a route showing in the Maps app

, you can select various options before you tap Go. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 382 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Change the starting point or destination Reverse the starting point and destination: In the Directions list, touch and hold for the starting location, then drag it below the destination. Choose a different starting point or destination: In the Directions list, tap either the start or destination, then use the search field or a recent search result to find and select a different location. Switch to a different mode of travel Tap the travel mode button (below the Directions list), then tap

, or

. View a routes directions in a list 1. Tap Preview Route (below the estimated travel time). 2. When youre finished, tap Done. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 383 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Add a stop to your driving directions You can add up to 14 stops along your route. 1. Do one of the following:

Tap Add Stop (below Directions), use the search field or a recent search result to find and select a place to stop, then tap Add (in the list of search results) or Add Stop (in the place card for a search result). Zoom in and move the map, tap a place (for example, a landmark or business), then tap Add Stop in the place card. Or touch and hold a spot to mark it with a pin, then tap Add Stop in the place card. Your selected stop appears as the final destination in the Directions list. 2. Touch and hold for the stop, then drag it ahead of your final destination. To delete the stop, swipe it left. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 384 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Depending on the mode of travel, you may have other route options, such as choosing an arrival time when driving, avoiding heavy traffic when cycling or walking, or choosing which transit method you prefer. Note: Directions for multiple stops are not available in all countries or regions. See the

. iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 385 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Things you can do while following a route Share your ETA in Maps on iPad On Wi-Fi + Cellular models, you can share your estimated time of arrival (ETA) while following driving, cycling, and walking directions in the Maps app

. Note: Features for Wi-Fi + Cellular models require a cellular data plan and Cellular Data turned on in Settings

> Maps. Share your estimated time of arrival (ETA) (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) Siri: Say something like: Share my ETA. Learn how to use Siri

. Or without using Siri, you can do the following:

1. Tap the route card at the bottom of the screen, then tap Share ETA. 2. Choose one or more suggested contacts, or tap Open Contacts to find a contact. You can also add a location to your Favorites, then choose a contact to automatically receive your ETA whenever you start turn-by-turn navigation to that location. To stop sending ETA information, tap Sharing at the bottom of the screen, then tap a name. People using devices with iOS 13.1, iPadOS 13.1, or later receive a Maps notification with your ETA, and they can track your progress in Maps. People using devices with earlier versions receive the notification through iMessage. People using other mobile devices receive an SMS message. Note: Standard carrier data and text rates may apply. To turn off Share ETA, go to Settings

> Maps. Find stops along your route in Maps on iPad While following driving or cycling directions in the Maps app

(Wi-Fi + Cellular models), you can find places to stop along your route. Note: Features for Wi-Fi + Cellular models require a cellular data plan and Cellular Data turned on in Settings

> Maps. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 386 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Add a stop while following a driving route (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) 1. Tap the route card at the bottom of the screen. 2. Tap Add Stop, then use the search field or a recent search result to find and select a place to stop. 3. Tap Add (in the list of search results) or Add Stop (in the place card for a search result). Your directions are rerouted to take you to the stop next. 4. While on your route, you can do the following:

Remove the stop: Tap the route card at the bottom of the screen, then tap next to the stop. Pause directions when you stop: Tap Pause Route; when you get back on the road, tap Resume Route. You can plan a multistop route before you start your trip. See Add a stop to your driving

. directions Find a place to stop while following a cycling route (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) 1. Tap the route card at the bottom of the screen. 2. Tap Add a Stop, then tap a category. 3. Tap Go for one of the nearby suggestions. 4. To get directions again to your original destination, tap Resume Route at the top of the screen. View a route overview or a list of turns in Maps on iPad While following driving, cycling, and walking directions in the Maps app

(Wi-Fi +

Cellular models), you can get an overview of your route and a list of upcoming turns. Note: Features for Wi-Fi + Cellular models require a cellular data plan and Cellular Data turned on in Settings

> Maps. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 387 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Get an overview of your route (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) Tap

. To return to turn-by-turn directions, tap

. View a list of upcoming directions (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) Tap the banner at the top of the screen. Scroll down to see more directions. When finished, tap

. Change settings for spoken directions in Maps on iPad On Wi-Fi + Cellular models, you can turn spoken directions off, change the volume, and more in Maps. Note: Features for Wi-Fi + Cellular models require a cellular data plan and Cellular Data turned on in Settings

> Maps. Turn spoken directions on or off (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) On the map, tap the audio button (for example,

), then choose an option. Button Description All directions are spoken. Only driving alerts are spoken. No directions are spoken. Change the volume for spoken directions (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) Press the volume buttons on the side of iPad. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 388 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Change other settings for spoken directions (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) Go to Settings

> Maps > Spoken Directions, then turn on or off the following options:

Directions Pause Spoken Audio: Turn on this setting to pause spoken audio (like podcasts and audio books) when you receive spoken directions. Directions Wake Device: Turn on this setting to wake the iPad display when you receive spoken directions while following driving or cycling directions. Directions on Radio: On supported cars, turn on this setting to hear spoken directions when youre listening to the radio. Turn-by-turn spoken directions require iPad to be connected to the internet, and Location Services must be turned on

. Cellular data rates may apply. See View or change

. your cellular data account Turn-by-turn spoken directions are not available in all countries or regions. See the iOS

. and iPadOS Feature Availability website Get driving directions in Maps on iPad In the Maps app

, you can get detailed driving directions to your destination. When you drive in select cities, you see enhanced details for crosswalks, bike lanes, buildings, and a street-level perspective that helps you find the right lane as you approach complex interchanges (supported models). See the iOS and iPadOS Feature

. Availability website Note: Features for Wi-Fi + Cellular models require a cellular data plan and Cellular Data turned on in Settings

> Maps. Get directions for driving 1. Do one of the following:

Say something like Hey Siri, give me driving directions home. Learn how to use Siri

. Tap your destination (such as a search result in Maps or a landmark on a map), or touch and hold anywhere on the map, then tap the directions button. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 389 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 2. When a suggested route appears, you can do any of the following:

Switch to driving directions: If driving isnt your default mode of travel or if youre viewing a transit map, tap the travel mode button (below the Directions list), then tap

. View a routes directions in a list: On the route card, tap Preview Route (below the estimated travel time). To share the directions, scroll to the bottom of the card, then tap Share. Choose a future departure or arrival time: Tap Now (below the Directions list), select a time or date for departure or arrival, then tap Done. The estimated travel time may change based on predicted traffic. Add stops along your route: You can add up to 14 stops on the way to your destination. See

. Add a stop to your driving directions Avoid tolls or highways: Tap Avoid (below the Directions list), choose your options, the tap Apply. Choose other route options: You can reverse the starting point and destination, select a different starting point or destination, and more. See Select other route

. options in Maps on iPad 3. Tap Go for the route you want. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 390 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM On Wi-Fi only models, Maps shows turn directions in a banner at the top left. To see the next direction, swipe the banner left. To view a list of upcoming directions, tap the route card at the bottom of the screen, then tap Details. On Wi-Fi + Cellular models, Maps speaks turn-by-turn directions to your destination. While following the route, you can share your ETA find a place to stop turn off

, spoken directions

, and view a route overview or a list of turns

. Maps remains onscreen and continues to speak directions even if you open another app or if iPad locks. (To return to Maps from another app, tap the directions banner at the top of the screen or the navigation indicator in the status bar.) End driving directions before you arrive Siri: Say something like: Hey Siri, stop navigating. Learn how to use Siri

. Or without using Siri, you can tap the card at the bottom of the screen, then tap End Route. Show or hide the compass or the speed limit (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) Go to Settings

> Maps, tap Driving (below Directions), then turn Compass or Speed Limit on or off. Turn-by-turn spoken directions require iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) to be connected to the internet, and Location Services must be turned on

. Cellular data rates may apply. See

. View or change your cellular data account Turn-by-turn spoken directions and directions for multiple stops are not available in all countries or regions. See the

. iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website Report traffic incidents in Maps on iPad Using iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) in select regions and countries, you can report accidents, hazards, speed checks, and road work, and you can report when theyre cleared (features vary by region and country). Apple evaluates incoming incident reports. When theres a high level of confidence in the reports, incident markerssuch as for hazards and accidents are displayed in the Maps app for other users too. Note: Speed checks, where supported, are not displayed with incident markers. Instead, notifications for speed checks appear when you follow turn-by-turn driving directions

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 391 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Report traffic incidents (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) Siri: Say something like:

Report an accident Theres something on the road Theres a speed check here Learn how to use Siri Or when following turn-by-turn driving directions, you can tap the route card at the bottom of the screen, tap Report an Incident, then choose an option. Report on the status of a hazard or accident (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) A map may display hazard and accident markers. When youre near the incidents in select countries or regions, you can report whether they cleared. Siri: Say something like: The hazard is gone or Clear the accident. Learn how to use Siri

. Or without using Siri, you can do the following:

1. Tap the incident marker. 2. Tap Cleared or Still Here. Apple evaluates incoming incident reports. When theres a high level of confidence in reports that an incident has been cleared, its marker is removed from Maps. Note: You cant clear reports of speed checks. Features for Wi-Fi + Cellular models require a cellular data plan and Cellular Data turned on in Settings

> Maps. Get cycling directions in Maps on iPad In the Maps app

, you can get detailed cycling directions. Maps offers routes on bike paths, bike lanes, and bike-friendly roads (when available). You can preview the elevation for your ride, check how busy a road is, and choose a route that best avoids hills. Note: Features for Wi-Fi + Cellular models require a cellular data plan and Cellular Data turned on in Settings

> Maps. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 392 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Note: Cycling directions are available in select areas. Features vary by country and region. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 393 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Get directions for cycling 1. Do one of the following:

Say something like Hey Siri, give me cycling directions home. Learn how to use Siri

. Tap your destination (such as a search result in Maps or a landmark on a map), or touch and hold anywhere on the map, then tap the directions button. 2. When a suggested route appears, you can do the following:

Switch to cycling directions: If cycling isnt your default mode of travel or if youre viewing a transit map, tap the travel mode button (below the Directions list), then tap

. Avoid hills or busy roads: Tap Avoid (below the Directions list), choose your options, the tap Apply. View a routes directions in a list: On the route card, tap Preview Route (below the estimated travel time). This list is especially helpful if you know youll lose your internet connection on your route, because you can refer to these directions even after you lose your connection. To share the directions, scroll to the bottom of the card, then tap Share. Choose other route options: You can reverse the starting point and destination, select a different starting point or destination, and more. See Select other route

. options in Maps on iPad 3. Tap Go for the route you want. On Wi-Fi only models, Maps shows turn directions in a banner at the top left. To see the next direction, swipe the banner left. To view a list of upcoming directions, tap the route card at the bottom of the screen, then tap Details. On Wi-Fi + Cellular models, Maps speaks cycling-specific directions for turns and maneuvers. While following the route, you can

, share your ETA find a place to stop

, turn off spoken directions

, and

. view a route overview or a list of turns End cycling directions before you arrive Siri: Say something like: Hey Siri, stop navigating. Learn how to use Siri

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 394 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Or without using Siri, you can tap the card at the bottom of the screen, then tap End Route. Turn-by-turn spoken directions (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) are not available in all countries or regions. See the

. iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website Get walking directions in Maps on iPad In the Maps app , you can get detailed walking directions to your destination. You can preview the elevation for your walk and choose a route that best avoids hills, stairs, and busy roads. Note: Features for Wi-Fi + Cellular models require a cellular data plan and Cellular Data turned on in Settings

> Maps. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 395 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Get directions for walking 1. Do one of the following:

Say something like Hey Siri, give me walking directions home. Learn how to use Siri

. Tap your destination (such as a search result in Maps or a landmark on a map), or touch and hold anywhere on the map, then tap the directions button. 2. When a suggested route appears, you can do the following:

Switch to walking directions: If walking isnt your default mode of travel or if youre viewing a transit map, tap the travel mode button (below the Directions list), then tap

. Avoid hills, busy roads, or stairs: Tap Avoid (below the Directions list), choose your options, the tap Apply. View a routes directions in a list: On the route card, tap Preview Route (below the estimated travel time). This list is especially helpful if you know youll lose your internet connection on your route, because you can refer to these directions even after you lose your connection. To share the directions, scroll to the bottom of the card, then tap Share. Choose other route options: You can reverse the starting point and destination, select a different starting point or destination, and more. See Select other route

. options in Maps on iPad 3. Tap Go for the route you want. On Wi-Fi only models, Maps shows turn directions in a banner at the top left. To see the next direction, swipe the banner left. To view a list of upcoming directions, tap the route card at the bottom of the screen, then tap Details. On Wi-Fi + Cellular models, Maps speaks turn-by-turn directions to your destination. While following the route, you can

. share your ETA While following a route on all models, you can

. view a route overview or a list of turns End walking directions before you arrive Siri: Say something like: Hey Siri, stop navigating. Learn how to use Siri

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 396 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Or without using Siri, you can tap the card at the bottom of the screen, then tap End Route. Turn-by-turn spoken directions (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) are not available in all countries or regions. See the

. iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website Get transit directions in Maps on iPad In the Maps app

, you can get detailed transit directions to your destination, including departure times, connection information, and fare amounts. Note: Public transportation information is not available in all countries or regions. See the

. iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 397 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Find a transit route 1. Do one of the following:

Say something like Hey Siri, give me transit directions to the Ferry Building. Learn how to use Siri Note: Siri transit directions arent available in all countries or regions. Tap your destination (such as a search result in Maps or a landmark on a map), or touch and hold anywhere on the map, then tap the directions button. 2. When a suggested route appears, you can do any of the following:

Switch to transit directions: If transit isnt your default mode of travel, tap the travel mode button (below the Directions list), then tap

. Choose a future departure or arrival time: Tap Now (below the Directions list), select a time or date for departure or arrival, then tap Done. Select which transit method you prefer: Tap Prefer (below the Directions list), then select your preferences. Switch from transit card to cash fares: In some countries and regions, fares are listed for the suggested routes. To view cash fares (where available), tap Transit Card Fares (below the Directions list), then tap Cash Fares. Choose other route options: You can reverse the starting point and destination, select a different starting point or destination, and more. See Select other route

. options in Maps on iPad 3. Tap Go for the route you want. To get upcoming directions during your trip, scroll down in the route card. Quickly find nearby transit departures in Favorites You can get one-tap access to the departure times for stops and stations near you. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 398 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Add Nearby Transit to Favorites: In the row of Favorites on the search card, tap

, tap Nearby Transit, then tap Done. (If doesnt appear, swipe the Favorites row left.) View upcoming departures: Tap Transit in the row of Favorites on the search card. To see stop details and additional departure times, tap any row on the Nearby Transit card. Choose a line to appear at the top of the Nearby Transit list: Tap Transit in the row of Favorites on the search card, touch and hold a line, then tap Pin. (To remove the pin, touch and hold the line again, then tap Remove Pin.) Add a transit station or stop to Favorites You can get one-tap access to the departure times for and directions to your favorite stop or station. 1. Do one of the following:

Use Siri or search to find a transit station or stop. View a transit map, zoom in or move the map until you see the transit stop or station, then tap the transit stop or station. 2. Tap

(to the right of the directions button on the place card), then Tap Add to Favorites. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 399 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM See the major transit lines 1. With a map showing, tap the button at the top right. 2. Select Transit, then tap

. End transit directions before you arrive Siri: Say something like: Hey Siri, stop navigating. Learn how to use Siri

. Or without using Siri, you can tap on the route card. Delete recent directions in Maps on iPad You can delete directions that you recently viewed in the Maps app

. Scroll down in the search card to Recents, then do one of the following:

Swipe a recent route left. Tap More directly above the list, then swipe a recent route left, or to delete a group of routes, tap Clear above the group. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 400 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Take tours Look around streets in Maps on iPad You can view cities in the Maps app in interactive 3D that lets you pan 360 degrees and move through the streets. 1. In select cities, tap near the bottom of a map. 2. To change the view, do any of the following:

Pan: Drag a finger left or right. Move forward: Tap the scene. Zoom in or out: Pinch open or closed. View another point of interest: Tap elsewhere on the map. Switch to or from full-screen view: Tap or

. Hide labels in full-screen view: Tap the address card at the bottom of the screen, then tap

. 3. When finished, tap Done. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 401 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Look Around is available in select cities. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website

. Take Flyover tours in Maps on iPad In the Maps app

, you can fly over many of the worlds major landmarks and cities. Flyover landmarks are identified by the Flyover button on their place cards. View a city or landmark from above On supported models, move the iPad screen to seemingly fly over a city or landmark. 1. Use the button at the top right to select any map except Transit. 2. Tap the name of a city or the name of a landmark. 3. Tap Flyover on the place card. For some landmarks, if Flyover doesnt appear on the place card, tap

, then tap Flyover. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 402 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 4. Do any of the following:

Change viewing direction: Point or tilt iPad in the direction you want to view. Move around: Drag a finger in any direction. To rotate perspective, touch and hold the screen with one finger, then continue holding it in place while you drag another finger around it. Watch an aerial 3D tour: Tap Start Tour or Start City Tour in the card at the bottom of the screen. (If the card doesnt appear, tap anywhere on the screen.) 5. To return to the map, tap in the card at the bottom of the screen (tap anywhere on the screen if see doesnt appear). Watch an aerial 3D tour On iPad mini 4, take a Flyover tour of a city or landmark. 1. Tap the name of a city (in map or satellite view) or the name of a landmark. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 403 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 2. Tap Flyover Tour on the place card. 3. To return to the map, tap

. For a list of sites with Flyover, see the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 404 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Measure Measure dimensions with iPad On supported models, use the Measure app and your iPad camera to measure nearby objects and surfacesyou can manually set the start and end points of a measurement, have iPad automatically detect the dimensions of rectangular objects, and more. For best results, use Measure on well-defined objects located 0.5 to 3 meters (2 to 10 feet) from iPad. Note: Measurements are approximate. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 405 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Start a measurement 1. Open Measure

, then use the iPad camera to slowly scan nearby objects. 2. Position iPad so that the object you want to measure appears on the screen. Note: For your privacy, when you use Measure to take measurements, a green dot appears at the top of the screen to indicate your camera is in use. Take an automatic rectangle measurement 1. When iPad detects the edges of a rectangular object, a box frames the object; tap the box to see the dimensions. 2. To take a photo of your measurement, tap

. Take a manual measurement 1. Align the dot at the center of the screen with the point where you want to start measuring, then tap

. 2. Slowly pan iPad to the end point, then tap to see the measured length. 3. To take a photo of your measurement, tap

. 4. Take another measurement, or tap Clear to start over. To start over on supported models, tap

, then tap Clear All. Use edge guides On supported models , you can easily measure the height and straight edges of furniture, countertops, and other objects using guide lines that appear automatically. 1. Position the dot at the center of the screen along the straight edge of an object until a guide appears. 2. Tap where you want to begin measuring. 3. Slowly pan along the guide, then tap at the endpoint to see the measured length. 4. To take a photo of your measurement, tap

. Use Ruler view On supported models, you can see more detail in your measurements with Ruler view. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 406 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 1. After measuring the distance between two points, move iPad closer to the measurement line until it transforms into a ruler, showing incremental inches and feet. 2. To take a photo of your measurement, tap

. View and save measurements on iPad In the Measure app on supported models, you can save a list of all the measurements you take in a single session, complete with screenshots, so you can easily share and access them whenever you need them. 1. Tap to see a list of your recent measurements. Swipe up from the top of the list to see more measurements. 2. To save the measurements, tap Copy, open another app (for example, Notes), tap in a document, then tap Paste. Note: Peoples height measurements arent included in this list. To save a persons height measurement, see

. Measure a persons height Measure a persons height with iPad On supported models, you can use the Measure app to instantly measure a persons height from the floor to the top of their head, hair, or hat. (You can even measure the seated height of a person in a chair.) https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 407 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 1. Position iPad so that the person you want to measure appears on the screen from head to toe. A line appears at the top of the persons head (or hair, or hat), with the height measurement showing just below the line. 2. To take a photo of the measurement, tap

. 3. To save the photo, tap the screenshot in the lower-left corner, tap Done, then choose Save to Photos or Save to Files. You can easily access and share the height measurement image from Photos or Files on iPad whenever you want. To take the measurement again, turn iPad away for a moment to reset the height. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 408 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Messages Set up Messages on iPad In the Messages app

, you can send text messages in two different ways:

Over Wi-Fi or cellular service, using iMessage with others who also use iMessage on an iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, or Mac. iMessage texts appear in blue bubbles. Through your cellular service as SMS/MMS messages. SMS/MMS messages appear in green bubbles. Texts you send and receive using iMessage dont count against your SMS/MMS allowances in your cellular messaging plan, but cellular data rates may apply. iMessage texts can include photos, videos, and other content. You can see when other people are typing, and send read receipts to let them know when youve read their messages. You can also undo and edit sent messages. For security, messages sent using iMessage are encrypted before theyre sent. SMS messages are short text messages, while MMS messages may include text, graphics, audio, video, and other media. For more information about the difference between iMessage and SMS/MMS, see the Apple Support article About iMessage and

. SMS/MMS Sign in to iMessage Signing in to iMessage keeps your messages up to date and available wherever you're signed in, and it backs up all the messages that you send and receive on iPad. When you communicate with others using iMessage, you can use more apps and features, like collaboration, read receipts, undo send, audio messages, Memoji, and more. 1. Go to Settings

> Messages, then turn on iMessage. 2. To select the phone numbers and email addresses you want to use with iMessage, go to Settings > Messages > Send & Receive, then choose from the available options below You can receive iMessages to and reply from. You can see all the messages you send and receive on all your Apple devices where youre signed in with the same Apple ID and have iMessage turned on. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 409 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Use Messages in iCloud When you turn on Messages in iCloud, every message you send and receive on your iPad is saved in iCloud. And, when you sign in with the same Apple ID on a new device that also has Messages in iCloud turned on, all your conversations show up there automatically. Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud, then turn on Messages (if its not already turned on). After you turn on Messages in iCloud, any messages or attachments you delete from iPad are also deleted from your other Apple devices (iOS 11.4, iPadOS 13, macOS 10.13.5, or later) where Messages in iCloud is turned on. See the Apple Support article Use

. Messages in iCloud Note: Messages in iCloud uses iCloud storage. See Manage Apple ID settings on iPad for information about iCloud storage. Share your name and photo In Messages, you can share your name and photo when you send or receive a message from someone new. Your photo can be a Memoji or custom image. When you open Messages for the first time, follow the instructions on your iPad to choose your name and photo. To change your name, photo, or sharing options, open Messages, tap

, tap Edit Name and Photo, then do any of the following:

Change your profile image: Tap Edit below the circle, then choose an option. Change your name: Tap the text fields where your name appears. Turn sharing on or off: Tap the button next to Name and Photo Sharing. Change who can see your profile: Tap an option below Share Automatically (Name and Photo Sharing must be turned on). Your Messages name and photo can also be used for your Apple ID and My Card in Contacts. Send and receive messages on iPad Use the Messages app to send and receive texts, photos, videos, and audio messages. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 410 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Tip: Send a message from whichever device is closest to you, then use Handoff to continue the conversation elsewhere. Send a message You can send a text message to one or more people to start a conversation. 1. Tap at the top of the screen to start a new message, or tap an existing message. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 411 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 2. Enter the phone number, contact name, or Apple ID of each recipient. Or, tap

, then choose contacts. 3. Tap the text field, type your message, then tap to send. A blue send button indicates the message will be sent with iMessage ; a green send button indicates the message will be sent with SMS/MMS, or your cellular service. An alert appears if a message cant be sent. Tap the alert to try sending the message again. Tip: Rather than typing every letter of your message, tap to dictate text

. To view conversation details, tap the name or phone number at the top of the screen. You can tap the contact to edit the contact card, share your location, view attachments, leave a group conversation, and more. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 412 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM To return to the Messages list from a conversation, tap or swipe from the left edge. Continue a conversation When someone sends you a message for the first time, a conversation opens. If youve interacted with that person in Messages before, their message is added to the end of the earlier conversation. 1. In the Messages list, tap the conversation that you want to participate in. To look for contacts and content in conversations, tap the search field above the Messages lists. (You may need to swipe down to reveal the search field.) The search field also opens suggested contacts, links, photos, and more. 2. Tap the text field, then type your message. To replace text with emoji, tap or

, then tap each highlighted word. 3. Tap to send your message. To let your recipients know when you read their messages, go to Settings > Messages, then turn on Send Read Receipts. Tip: To see what time a message was sent or received, drag the message bubble to the left. Reply to a specific message in a conversation You can respond to a specific message inline in group or individual conversations to improve clarity and help keep the conversation organized. 1. In a conversation, touch and hold a message, then tap Reply

. 2. Write your response, then tap

. Tip: You can quickly reply to messages with a Tapback expression (for example, a thumbs-up or a heart). Double-tap the message bubble that you want to respond to, then select a Tapback. People can respond inline as long as theyre using an iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, or Mac and have iMessage turned on. Use Siri to send and receive messages Siri can read your incoming messages out loud to you, and you can speak a reply for Siri to send. Learn more about what Siri can do on iPad https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 413 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Siri: Say something like:

Send a message to Eliza saying how about tomorrow Read my last message from Bob Reply thats great news Tip: If you want to use Siri to listen and respond to messages while wearing AirPods

(2nd generation and later). To learn more, see the Listen and respond to messages with

. AirPods You can set up Siri to automatically send a message after it has been read back to you. If you want to skip the confirmation step when sending messages, go to Settings

> Siri &

Search > Automatically Send Messages. WARNING: For important information about avoiding distractions while driving, see

. safety information for iPad Send a message to a business Some businesses allow you to communicate with them directly to ask questions, resolve issues, get advice on what to buy, make purchases with Apple Pay, and more. 1. Search for the business you want to communicate with using Maps, Safari, Search, or Siri. 2. Start a conversation by tapping a messaging link in the search resultsthe appearance of the link varies, and might look like a button, a text link, or the company logo. You can send a message to some businesses from their website or app. See the Apple Support article How to use Messages for Business

. Note: Messages sent to participating businesses appear in dark gray to distinguish them from messages sent using iMessage (in blue) and SMS/MMS messages (in green). https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 414 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Send a recorded audio message Instead of writing a text message, you can quickly record an audio message that can be played right in the Messages conversation. Audio recording is an iMessage app. In a Messages conversation, tap to show the app icons below the text field, tap

, then do one of the following:

To record and review before sending: Tap

. Tap to review, then tap to send the recording or or to cancel. To record a message and send it immediately: Hold

. Note: Your audio message disappears from your conversation two minutes after you send it, unless you tap Keep. Recipients can still play your recording. To always keep audio messages, go to Settings

> Messages > Expire (below Audio Messages), then tap Never. To make an audio or video call instead of sending a message, you can switch to FaceTime

. In a Messages conversation, tap

. Listen or reply to a recorded audio message 1. Raise iPad to your ear to play incoming audio messages. 2. Raise it again to reply. To turn this feature on or off, go to Settings

> Messages, then turn off Raise to Listen. Forward text messages to other devices When you send a message to someone who uses a phone other than an iPad, your message is sent as an SMS message. You can set up your iPad so that when you send or receive an SMS message, it appears on your other devices. 1. Go to Settings > Messages. 2. Tap Text Message Forwarding, then turn on any devices you want to include. 3. If youre not using two-factor authentication, a six-digit activation code appears on your other device; enter this code on your iPad, then tap Allow. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 415 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Unsend and edit messages on iPad In the Messages app

, you can unsend or edit recent messages, giving you the opportunity to fix a typo or pull back a message that you accidentally sent to the wrong person. Your recipient sees that you unsent a message and your edit history. Note: To unsend or edit text messages, you must be using iMessage with iOS 16 or later, iPadOS 16 or later, or macOS Ventura. If your recipients have devices with earlier versions of iOS, they receive follow-up messages with the preface Edited to and your new message in quotation marks. SMS messages cant be unsent or edited. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 416 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Unsend a message You can undo a recently sent message for up to two minutes after sending it. Touch and hold the message bubble, then tap Undo Send. A note confirming that you unsent the message appears in both conversation transcripts:

yours and your recipients. If the person youre messaging is using a device with iOS 16 or later, iPadOS 16 or later, or macOS Ventura, unsending removes the message from their device. If the person youre messaging is using a device with iOS 15.6 or earlier, iPadOS 15.6 or earlier, macOS 12 or earlier, or is using SMS, the original message remains in the conversation. When you unsend a message, youre notified that the recipient may still see the original message in the message transcript. Edit a sent message You can edit a recently sent message up to five times within 15 minutes of sending it. 1. In Messages, select a conversation with the message you want to edit. 2. Touch and hold the message bubble, then tap Edit. 3. Make any changes, then tap to resend with edits or to revert. Note: The message is marked as Edited in the conversation transcript. If the person youre messaging is using a device with iOS 16 or later, iPadOS 16 or later, or macOS Ventura, the message bubble is updated to reflect your edits on their device, and both of you can tap Edited to see previous versions of your message. If the person youre messaging is using a device with iOS 15.6 or earlier, iPadOS 15.6 or earlier, macOS 12 or earlier, or is using SMS, they receive a new message with your updated text. Keep track of messages and conversations on iPad In the Messages app

, you can mark messages as unread or pin and unpin conversations to prioritize messages in the Messages list. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 417 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Mark messages as unread You can mark conversations as unread so you can return to them later when you have time to respond. In the Messages list, swipe right on a conversation to mark it as unread. Or drag right and tap

. Tip: You can also mark several messages as unread at once. Tap

, tap Select Messages, select the conversations you want to mark as unread, then tap Unread in the bottom-left corner. See a list of your unread messages To see a list of your unread messages, you must first turn on Filtering. Go to Settings

> Messages, scroll down to Message Filtering, then turn on Filter Unknown Senders. In the Messages conversation list, tap

, then tap Unread Messages. Pin a conversation You can pin specific conversations to the top of the Messages list so the people you contact most always come first in the list. Do any of the following:

Swipe right on a conversation, then tap

. Touch and hold a conversation, then drag it to the top of the list. Unpin a conversation You can unpin specific conversations at the top of the Messages list. Do any of the following:

Touch and hold a conversation, then drag the message to the bottom of the list. Touch and hold a conversation, then tap

. Have a group conversation in Messages on iPad Use the Messages app to send a group text message. In a group conversation, you can call peoples attention to specific messages and even

. collaborate on projects https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 418 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Send a new message to a group You can send a message to multiple people to start a group conversation. 1. Tap at the top of the screen to start a new conversation. 2. Enter the phone number, contact name, or Apple ID of each recipient, or tap

, then choose contacts. Note: If one or more of your recipients isnt using iMessage, messages appear in green bubbles instead of blue ones. 3. Tap the text field, type your message, then tap

. Add someone to an existing group conversation If you have at least three people in a group conversation, you can add additional contacts

(as long as everyone in the group is using an iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, or Mac and has turned on iMessage ). Otherwise, you need to start a new group conversation. 1. Tap the group message you want to add someone to. 2. Tap the group name at the top of the conversation. 3. Tap Add Contact to add a new person to the conversation. Tip: To remove someone from a group conversation, swipe left on their name, then tap Remove. Leave a group conversation You can leave a group message (as long as everyone in the group has an iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, or Mac and has turned on iMessage ). 1. Tap the group message you want to leave. 2. Tap the group name at the top of the conversation. 3. Scroll down and tap Leave this Conversation. Regardless of how many people are in your group conversation, you can also mute the conversation so you dont get notifications. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 419 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Mention people in a group conversation You can mention someone by name in a group message to call their attention to a specific message, and theyll get a notification (as long as everyone in the group has an iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, or Mac and has turned on iMessage ). Depending on their settings, theyll be notified even if they have the conversation muted. 1. In a conversation, begin typing a contacts name in the text field. 2. Tap the contacts name when it appears. You can also mention a contact in Messages by typing @ followed by the contacts name. To set your own notification preferences for when youre mentioned in Messages, go to Settings

> Messages > Notify Me. Change the name and image of a group conversation You can name a group conversation and choose an image to represent it (as long as everyone in the group has an iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, or Mac and has turned on iMessage ). 1. Tap the name or number at the top of the conversation. 2. Tap Change Name and Photo, then choose an option. For more information about the group message features available when some members of the group dont have an Apple device with iMessage turned on, see the Apple Support article

. Send a group text message Send photos and videos to Messages on iPad In the Messages app

, you can send messages with photos and videos. You can also edit the photos and videos before you send them and share, save, or print attachments. Note: Your carrier may set size limits for attachments; iPad may compress photo and video attachments when necessary. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 420 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Send a photo or video 1. In Messages, do any of the following while writing a message:

Take a photo within Messages: Tap

, frame the shot in the viewfinder, then tap

. Take a video within Messages: Tap

, choose Video mode, then tap

. Choose an existing photo or video: Tap to see recent shots, then swipe up to search or browse through all photos and albums. 2. Tap to send your message or to cancel. If you receive multiple photos or videos at the same time, theyre automatically grouped into a collage (two to three items) or a stack (four or more). You can swipe through a stack to view, reply, or interact with each photo or video individually. To save a photo or video, tap next to the photo or stack. Note: You can turn communication safety for messages on or off on a family members device

. When you turn on this setting, the Messages app can detect nudity in photos on your childs device before the photos are sent or received, and provides resources to help your child handle the situation (

not available in all countries or regions

). Apple doesnt get access to the photos as a result of this feature. Mark up or edit a photo You can mark up or edit a photo before you send it in a Messages conversation. 1. Tap below the text field, then choose a photo. 2. Tap the photo in the message bubble, then do any of the following:

Tap Markup, use the Markup tools to draw on the photo, then tap Save. Tap Edit, then use the photo editing tools to edit the photo. 3. Tap Done, add a message (optional), then tap to send the photo, or tap to remove the photo from the message bubble. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 421 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Add camera effects to a photo or video When you take a photo or video in a Messages conversation, you can add camera effects to itsuch as filters, stickers, labels, and shapes. 1. In a Messages conversation, tap

, then choose Photo or Video mode. 2. Tap

, then do any of the following:

Tap

, then choose a filter to apply to your picture. Tap to add a text label, or to add a shape. Tap to add a Memoji sticker, or to add an Emoji sticker. 3. Tap to close the effect window. 4. Tap to take a photo or to record video. 5. Tap Done to add the photo or video to the message bubble, where you can add a message, or tap to send the photo or video directly. Work with attachments In a conversation, you can do any of the following with attachments:

Save an attachment: Tap to the right of the message bubble containing the attachment. Share, copy, save, or print an attachment: Tap the attachment, then tap and choose an option. Save or copy an attachment: Touch and hold the attachment, then tap Save or Copy. Forward a message or attachment: Touch and hold a message or attachment, tap More, select additional items if desired, then tap

. Delete an attachment: Touch and hold a message or attachment, tap More, select additional items if desired, then tap

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 422 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Note: Attachments you send over iMessage (such as photos or videos) may be uploaded to Apple and encrypted so that no one but the sender and receiver can access them. To improve performance, your device may automatically upload attachments to Apple while youre composing an iMessage. If your message isnt sent, the attachments are deleted from the server after several days. Send and receive content in Messages on iPad When someone shares links, images, and other content with you in the Messages app

, you can find that content in a Shared with You section in the corresponding apps. This allows you to view the content at a time thats convenient for you. Apps that support Shared with You include Books, Files, Keynote, Music, News, Notes, Numbers, Pages, Photos, Podcasts, Reminders, Safari, and TV. Share content with friends To share photos and videos in the Messages app, paste a link into your message, or tap to add photos and videos, then tap

. To share content from another app (for example Podcasts, News, or Music), select the content you want to share, tap

, then choose Messages. See what others have shared with you When someone shares content such as a link to a news story or TV show, you can find that content in several places: in the Messages conversation, in a Shared with You section in the Details view of your Messages conversation, and in the Shared with You section of the corresponding app. Here are a few ways to find whats been Shared with You in other apps:

Photos: Tap For You, then scroll to the Shared with You section. See View photos and videos shared with you

. Safari: Tap the address field, then scroll up to Shared with You. See See links from friends in Safari

. News: Tap Following, then tap Shared with You. See Read stories shared with you

. Music: Tap Listen Now, then scroll to the Shared with You section. See Listen to music shared with you

. Podcasts: Tap Listen Now, then scroll to the Shared with You section. See View shared podcasts

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 423 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Apple TV: Tap Watch Now, then scroll to the Shared with You section. You can also find a Shared with You section in Books, Files, Keynote, Notes, Numbers, Pages, Photos, Reminders, and other supported apps. Content thats been shared with you previously has a label indicating who shared it. To continue the conversation without leaving the app youre in, tap the label below the content and reply in Messages. Note: Content only appears in Shared with You if the person who sent it is in your

. contacts Pin shared content If someone shares content thats especially interesting, you can quickly pin it in Messages, and it will be elevated in the Shared with You section of supported apps, Messages search, and the Details view of the conversation. In Messages, touch and hold a link, then tap

. Note: Photos can be saved to your library, but not pinned. Control what shared content appears in apps You can adjust your settings to hide an apps Shared with You section. 1. Go to Settings > Messages > Shared with You. 2. Turn off Automatic Sharing, or turn off Shared with You for a specific app. Enjoy content together live using SharePlay on iPad

, you can get together with friends to watch the latest episode of In the Messages app your favorite show or listen to a new song in real time using SharePlay. On an iPad that meets the minimum system requirements, you can start a Messages conversation right and Music from a supported app like Apple TV

. Shared playback controls keep everyone in sync. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 424 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM For everyone who has access to the content, the video starts playing at the same time. People who dont have access are asked to get access (through a subscription, a transaction, or a free trial, if available). 1. In a supported app, find a show, movie, song, album, or other content you want to share, then tap the item to see its details. 2. Do one of the following:

Tap

, then tap SharePlay. Tap at the top right, tap

, then tap SharePlay. Tap next to the content, then tap SharePlay. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 425 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 3. In the To field, enter the contacts or conversation you want to share with, then tap Messages. 4. Tap Start or Play to begin using SharePlay. To begin viewing or listening, recipients tap the contents title at the top of the Messages conversation, then tap Open. Note: If the shared content requires a subscription, the service may ask those who dont have access to subscribe, make a transaction, or sign up for a free trial, if available. When you select content to share and tap the Play button, you can also select Play for Everyone (if it appears) to begin it for everyone in the conversation. (Others on the thread may have to tap Join SharePlay to see the video.) Each person in the conversation can use the playback controls to play, pause, rewind, or fast-forward for everyone, but settings like closed-captioning and volume are controlled separately by each person. Use Messages when you want no interruptions to the sound of the movie, show, song, or podcast, or tap people as you chat. to switch to FaceTime when you want to see and hear other Tip: Use Picture in Picture to keep watching a video while using another appto order food or check your email. Collaborate on projects with Messages on iPad You can send an invitation to collaborate on a project in the Messages app

, and everyone in the conversation is added to the document, spreadsheet, or other shared file. Note: To start collaborating on a project with Messages, you and your recipients must be using iMessage with iOS 16 or later, iPadOS 16 or later, or macOS Ventura, and you must first save the content somewhere it can be accessed by others, such as iCloud Drive

. For iPad apps, you may need to turn on iCloud to use their collaboration features:

go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud > Show All (below Apps Using iCloud). https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 426 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Invite people to collaborate You can invite people to collaborate on a project from another app, and then discuss your content in Messages. Share files from apps like Notes Reminders Safari

, Keynote, Pages, Numbers, and more, as long as you first turn on their collaboration features in iCloud settings and save the content somewhere it can be accessed by others, such as

. iCloud Drive The process for inviting someone to collaborate depends on the app. Heres one way you might start a collaboration in a supported app:

1. Select the file you want to share, then tap Collaborate or

. 2. Make sure Collaborate (rather than Send Copy) is selected, then tap Messages. 3. Select the group or individual you want to collaborate with. If you dont see them listed, tap the Messages icon. 4. A Messages conversation opens with the invitation ready to send. Add a note

(optional), then tap

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 427 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM After you invite participants in Messages, you can work on the project in the other app and return to the Messages conversation by tapping the Collaborate button in that app. Note: Your participants may need to accept your invitation or join the shared item before they can interact with it or see any updates. Tip: When you have your Files and Messages open in Split Screen, you can start a collaboration by dragging a file into the new message window and choosing Collaborate in the pop-up menu before sending.) When someone edits the file, you see updates at the top of the Messages thread. To return to the shared project and see changes, tap an update. Collaborate on a project in Messages After you share your project, you see activity updates at the top of the Messages conversation whenever someone makes an edit. To return to the project, open the conversation that has a project youve started collaborating on, then do any of the following:

Tap the file in your conversation to open it. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 428 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM If you you see an update at the top of the conversation, tap Show. Tap the name of your participant or group at the top of the screen, scroll to Collaboration, then tap the shared project. When you make any changes or edits to the project, your participants get updates in the conversation. Note: If you add a new person to a group message conversation, you have to grant them access to the projects youre collaborating on. If theyve been added to the group conversation recently, you can tap a notification at the top of screen to add them. Or

. invite them to collaborate Manage the collaboration and group The group of people in the Messages collaboration and the group collaborating on the file may not match. For example, you may invite people to collaborate on the file outside of Messages. Or you may have two different groups in Messages, each with its own collaboration conversation. If you share a project with two or more people in a Messages conversation, you can add or remove participants. Tap the group icon at the top of the conversation to open conversation details, tap the button showing the participants in the conversation, then do any of the following:

Add new participants: Scroll to the bottom of the list and tap

, then add contacts. If you started collaborating with just one other person, you must start a new conversation to add people to the collaboration. Note: You must add new participants to any files shared in the conversation before they joined. As you add participants, a notification appears at the top of the conversation. Tap Show in the notification to grant access to each file. Remove participants from the conversation: Swipe left on the name of the person you want to remove, then tap Remove. Important: The apps where the collaboration happens usually control access to the project. Check participant access in the app itself to remove viewing or editing privileges completely. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 429 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Stop collaborating on a project in Messages The apps where the collaboration happens usually control access to the project. For example, if youre collaborating on a document in the Pages app, the Pages settings take precedence over the Messages settings. You can, however, unsend or delete the invitation from the conversation just as you would any other message. Important: Deleting an invitation removes the conversation from the collaboration, it does not remove participants from the file. Check participant access in the app to remove viewing or editing privileges completely. Animate messages on iPad In the Messages app

, you can animate a single message with a bubble effect or fill the entire message screen with a full-screen effect (for example, balloons or confetti). You can even send a personal message with invisible ink that remains blurred until the recipient swipes to reveal it. You need iMessage to send and receive message effects. Send a handwritten message or doodle Use your finger to write a message or draw a doodle. Recipients see what you wrote or drew, re-created before their eyes. 1. In a conversation, rotate iPad to landscape orientation. 2. Tap on the keyboard. 3. Write a message with your finger or choose a saved message at the bottom, then tap Done. 4. Tap to send your message or to cancel. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 430 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM After you create and send a handwritten message, the message is saved at the bottom of the handwriting screen. To use the saved messages again, tap it. To delete the saved message, touch and hold it until the messages jiggle, then tap

. Animate the message bubble Use bubble effects to animate within the message bubble. 1. In a new or existing conversation, type a message or insert a photo or Memoji. 2. Touch and hold

, then tap the gray dots to preview different bubble effects. 3. Tap to send the message or to cancel the effect and return to your message. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 431 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Animate effects over the full screen You can send messages with full-screen effectssuch as lively lasers, a moving spotlight, or echoing bubblesthat play when your recipient gets your message. 1. In a new or existing conversation, type a message or insert a photo or Memoji. 2. Touch and hold

, then tap Screen. 3. Swipe left to preview different screen effects. 4. Tap to send the message or to cancel the effect and return to your message. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 432 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Messages automatically uses the following screen effects for specific text strings:

Balloons for Happy birthday Confetti for Congratulations Fireworks for Happy New Year Use iMessage apps in Messages on iPad In the Messages app

, you can decorate a conversation with stickers, play a game, share songs, and moreall through iMessage appswithout leaving Messages. You can expand your message options by downloading more iMessage apps from the App Store. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 433 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Browse and download iMessage apps 1. In a Messages conversation, tap to show the app icons below the text field. 2. Tap to open the App Store for iMessage. 3. Tap an app to see more details and reviews, then tap the price to purchase an app or tap Get to download a free app. All purchases are made with the payment method associated with your Sign in with your Apple ID. Use an iMessage app 1. In a Messages conversation, tap to show the app icons below the text field. 2. Tap an iMessage app, then choose an item to add it to a message bubble. 3. Add a comment (optional), then tap to send your message or to cancel. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 434 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Decorate with stickers If youve downloaded a sticker app from the App Store, you can enhance your photos and videos with stickers in Messages. 1. In a Messages conversation, tap a sticker app below the text field. 2. Touch and hold a sticker, then drag it on top of a message in the conversation. Before you release it, you can do any of the following:

Adjust the angle: Rotate a second finger around the finger dragging the sticker. Adjust the size: Move a second finger closer to or away from the finger dragging the sticker. You can also place the sticker on top of another sticker, or on a photo. To see text thats covered by a sticker, double-tap the sticker. To see more information about the sticker, touch and hold the sticker, then tap Sticker Details. You can do the following:

See who sent the sticker. View the iMessage app that sent the sticker. Delete the stickerswipe left, then tap Delete. Manage iMessage apps 1. In a Messages conversation, swipe right on the app icons below the text field, then tap

. 2. Tap Edit, then do any of the following with your iMessage apps:

Reorder apps: Drag

. Add an app to your Favorites: Tap

. Remove an app from your Favorites: Tap

. Hide an app: Turn the app off. Delete an app: Swipe left on the app, then tap Remove from Favorites. Swipe left on the app again, then tap Delete. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 435 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Use Memoji in Messages on iPad Use the Messages app to express yourself with Memoji and personalized Memoji sticker packs that match your personality and mood. On models with a TrueDepth camera, you can send animated Memoji messages that record your voice and mirror your facial expressions. Create your own Memoji You can design your own personalized Memojichoose skin tone, headwear, glasses, and more. You can create multiple Memoji for different moods. 1. In a conversation, tap

, then tap

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 436 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 2. Tap each feature and choose the options you want. As you add features to your Memoji, your character comes to life. 3. Tap Done to add the Memoji to your collection. To edit, duplicate, or delete a Memoji, tap

, tap the Memoji, then tap

. Send Memoji and Memoji stickers Messages automatically generates sticker packs based on your Memoji and Memoji characters. You can use stickers to express a range of emotions in new ways. 1. In a conversation, tap

. 2. Tap a Memoji in the top row to view the stickers in the sticker pack. 3. To send a sticker do one of the following:

Tap the sticker to add it to the message bubble. Add a comment if you want, then tap to send. Touch and hold a sticker, then drag it on top of a message in the conversation. The sticker is sent automatically when you add it to the message. Send animated Memoji or Memoji recordings On supported models, you can send Memoji messages that use your voice and mirror your facial expressions. 1. In a conversation, tap

, then choose a Memoji. 2. Tap to record your facial expressions and voice. Tap the red square to stop recording. Tap Replay to review your message. 3. Tap to send your message or to cancel. You can also take a picture or video of yourself as a Memoji, decorate it with stickers, then send it; see Add camera effects to a photo or video

. Or you can become a Memoji in a FaceTime conversation. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 437 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Send a Digital Touch effect in Messages on iPad In an iMessage conversation in the Messages app

, you can use Digital Touch to send animated sketches, taps, kisses, heartbeats, and more. You can even add a Digital Touch effect to a photo or video. Send a sketch 1. Tap in the app drawer. 2. Tap the color dot to choose a color, then draw with one finger. You can change the color, then start drawing again. 3. Tap to send your message, or tap to delete it. Express your feelings 1. Tap in the app drawer. 2. Send one of the following animations using gestures on the canvas. Your feelings are sent automatically when you finish the gesture:

Tap: Tap with one finger to create a burst of color. You can change the color, then tap again. Fireball: Touch and hold with one finger. Kiss: Tap with two fingers. Heartbeat: Touch and hold with two fingers. Heartbreak: Touch and hold with two fingers until you see a heartbeat, then drag down to break the heart. Note: If you have Apple Watch or another sensor that records heartbeat data, Messages may use the recorded data when you send a Digital Touch heartbeat. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 438 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Add a Digital Touch effect to a photo or video 1. Tap in the app drawer. 2. Tap

. 3. Tap to take a photo or to record a video. 4. Add a Digital Touch effect, such as a sketch or kiss. 5. Tap to send your message, or tap to delete it. Send, receive, and request money in Messages on iPad (U.S. only) You can use Apple Cash to send, receive, and request money quickly and easily in the Messages app or Wallet app

. Theres no additional app to download, and you can use the cards you already have in Apple Pay. When you receive money in Messages, its added to your Apple Cash card in Wallet. See

. Set up and use Apple Cash on iPad (U.S. only) Send or receive a payment in Messages 1. In an iMessage conversation, tap

, then enter the amount. Tip: If theres an underlined monetary amount in a message, tap it to preset the payment. 2. Tap Pay, then add a comment (optional). 3. To complete the payment, tap

, then authenticate the payment with Face ID

(supported models), Touch ID (supported models), or your passcode. If you dont have sufficient funds in Apple Cash, you can pay the balance using your debit card in Wallet. You can cancel a payment that hasnt been accepted. Tap the payment bubble, then tap Cancel Payment. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 439 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Request a payment You can also do the following:

1. In an iMessage conversation, tap

. 2. Enter the amount, then tap Request. Apple Cash and sending and receiving payments through Apple Pay are services provided by Green Dot Bank, member FDIC. Change message notifications on iPad In Settings

, you can set up and manage message notifications for the Messages app and filter unknown senders. Manage notifications for messages 1. Go to Settings

> Notifications > Messages. 2. Choose options, including the following:

Turn Allow Notifications and immediate delivery for Time Sensitive Notifications on or off. Set the position, locations, style, and sounds for alerts. Choose when message previews should appear on the Lock Screen, and how they should be grouped. Set how many times to repeat an alert (from Never to 10 Times) below Customize Notifications. See

. Change notification settings on iPad https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 440 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Set a Focus and schedule a summary of your notifications Focus is a feature that helps you concentrate on a task by minimizing distractions. When you need to focus, or step away from your iPad, Focus can temporarily silence all notificationsor allow only specific notifications (for example, ones that match your task). When you turn on a Focus, Messages lets apps and people know youre busy. If something is urgent, people can choose to notify you anyway. You can also schedule a summary of your notifications to arrive each day at a specific time. This helps you to reduce interruptions throughout the day, and then quickly catch up at a time more convenient for you. See Set your focus and

. Schedule a notification summary Set the alert sound for messages 1. Go to Settings

> Sounds. 2. Tap Text Tone, then do one of the following:

Tap a sound below Alert Tones. Tap Tone Store to download an alert sound from the iTunes Store. See Change or turn off iPad sounds

. Assign a different ringtone to a contact 1. Open Contacts, then select a contact. 2. Tap Edit, then tap Text Tone. 3. Choose an option below Alert Tones. To allow alerts for messages sent by this contact even when Do Not Disturb is on, turn on Emergency Bypass. Mute notifications for a conversation 1. In the Messages list, touch and hold a conversation. 2. Tap Hide Alerts. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 441 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Block, filter, and report messages on iPad In the Messages app

, you can block unwanted messages, filter messages from unknown senders, and report spam or junk messages. Block messages from a specific person or number 1. In a Messages conversation, tap the name or number at the top of the conversation. 2. Tap the info button, scroll down, then tap Block this Caller. To view and manage your list of blocked contacts and phone numbers, go to Settings

> Messages > Blocked Contacts. See the Apple Support article Block phone numbers,

. contacts, and emails on your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch Filter messages from unknown senders With iMessage , you can filter messages from unknown senders, and you wont get notifications from them. Go to Settings

> Messages, scroll down to Message Filtering, then turn on Filter Unknown Senders. When this setting is on, you can only see messages from people who arent in your contacts when you go to Filters > Unknown Senders. Note: You cant open any links in a message from an unknown sender until you add the sender to your contacts or reply to the message. Report spam or junk messages When you use iMessage, you can report spam messages to Apple. Depending on your carrier and country or region, you can also report spam you receive with SMS and MMS. In the list of messages, touch and hold the spam message, then tap Report Junk. Or, if youve opened the message, scroll to the bottom of the message, tap Report Junk, then tap Delete and Report Junk. The senders information and the message are sent to Apple, and the message is permanently deleted from your device. Note: Reporting junk or spam doesnt prevent the sender from sending messages, but you can block the number to stop receiving them. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 442 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM You may also want to report spam or junk messages you receive with SMS or MMS to your carrier. See the Apple Support article Wireless carrier support and features for

. iPhone Delete messages on iPad In the Messages app

, you can delete messages and entire conversations from your device. With Messages in iCloud, anything you delete from iPad is also deleted from your other Apple devices where Messages in iCloud is turned on. See

. Use Messages in iCloud Note: Deleting messages changes only your own Messages conversations, not those of your recipients. To retract a message you sent accidentally, use unsend instead. Delete a message 1. Touch and hold a message bubble, then tap More. 2. Select the message bubbles you want to delete, then tap

. Delete a conversation In the Messages list, swipe left on the conversation, then tap

. Recover deleted messages in a conversation You can restore messages you deleted for up to 30 days. 1. At the top of the Messages conversation, tap

, then do one of the following:

Tap Edit, then tap Show Recently Deleted. Tap Filters, then tap Recently Deleted. 2. Select the conversations whose messages you want to restore, then tap Recover. 3. Tap Recover Messages. Note: Any message that you delete from a conversation using Unsend is permanently deleted. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 443 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Music Get music on iPad Use the Music app to enjoy music stored on iPad as well as music streamed over the internet. With an optional Apple Music subscription, you can listen to millions of songs ad-free, stream and download files encoded using lossless compression, listen to thousands of Dolby Atmos tracks, be notified when a favorite artist releases new music, and discover music together with friends. With an Apple Music Voice subscription, you can use Siri to stream any song, album, playlist, or radio station in the Apple Music catalog. WARNING: For important information about avoiding hearing loss, see Important safety

. information for iPad Get music to play on iPad in the following ways:

Become an Apple Music subscriber: With a subscription and a Wi-Fi or cellular connection, stream as much music as you like from the Apple Music catalog and your music library. You can download songs, albums, and playlists, and share music with your friends. See

. Subscribe to Apple Music on iPad Become an Apple Music Voice subscriber: With a subscription and a Wi-Fi or cellular connection, stream as much music as you like from the Apple Music catalog and play the purchased music youve added to your music library. See Listen to music with

. Apple Music Voice Participate in Family Sharing: Purchase an Apple Music family subscription, and everyone in your Family Sharing group can enjoy Apple Music. See Share Apple and App Store subscriptions with family members on iPad

. Purchase music from the iTunes Store: See Get music, movies, and TV shows in the iTunes Store on iPad

. Sync music with Music (macOS 10.15 or later) or iTunes (macOS 10.14 or earlier and Windows PCs) on your computer: See Sync supported content

. Listen to Apple Music radio: Apple Music radio offers three worldwide radio stations broadcasting live on Apple MusicApple Music 1, Apple Music Hits, and Apple Music Country. Apple Music radio is available on Apple and Android devices as well as popular web browsers at music.apple.com

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 444 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Note: Services and features arent available in all countries or regions, and features may vary by region. Additional charges may apply when using a cellular connection. View albums, playlists, and more in Music on iPad In the Music app

, the library includes music you added or downloaded from Apple Music, music and videos you synced to iPad, TV shows and movies you added from Apple Music, and your iTunes Store purchases. Note: Not all features are available in the Apple Music Voice Plan

. For more information, see the Apple Support article

. About Apple Music Voice Browse and play your music 1. Under the Library heading in the sidebar, tap a category, such as Albums or Songs;

tap Downloaded to view only music stored on iPad. 2. Type in the search field to filter your results and find what youre looking for. 3. Tap an item, then tap Play, or tap Shuffle to shuffle an album or playlist. You can also touch and hold the album art, then tap Play. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 445 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM To change the list of categories, tap Edit in the sidebar, then select categories youd like to add, such as Genres and Compilations. Tap any existing categories to remove them. Sort your music 1. Under the Library heading in the sidebar, tap Playlists, Albums, Songs, TV & Movies, or Music Videos. 2. Tap Sort, then choose a sorting method, such as title, artist, recently added, or recently played. Play music shared on a nearby computer If a computer on your network shares music through Home Sharing, you can stream its music to your iPad. 1. Go to Settings

> Music, tap Sign In below Home Sharing, then sign in with your Apple ID. 2. Open the Music app

, tap Edit in the sidebar, select Home Sharing, then tap Done. 3. Tap Home Sharing, then choose a shared library. Remove Apple Music songs from iPad Go to Settings

> Music, then turn off Sync Library. The songs are removed from iPad, but remain in iCloud. Music you purchased or synced also remains. Play music on iPad Use Now Playing in the Music app to show lyrics and play, pause, skip, shuffle, and repeat songs. You can also use Now Playing to view album art and choose what plays next in the queue. Note: Not all features are available in the Apple Music Voice Plan

. For more information, see the Apple Support article

. About Apple Music Voice Control playback Tap the player at the bottom right to show the Now Playing screen, where you can use these controls:

https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 446 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Control Description Play the current song. Pause playback. Skip to the next song. Touch and hold to fast-forward through the current song. Return to the songs beginning. Tap again to play the previous song in an album or playlist. Touch and hold to rewind through the current song. Tap to repeat an album or playlist. Double-tap to repeat a single song. Tap to play your songs in random order. Tap again to turn off shuffle. Hide the Now Playing Screen button. Tap for more options. Show time-synced lyrics (lyrics not available for all songs). Stream music to Bluetooth or AirPlay-enabled devices. See the queue

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 447 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Adjust the volume, see song details, and more The Now Playing screen contains additional options for controlling and accessing music. Adjust volume: Drag the volume slider. You can also use the volume buttons on iPad. Navigate to the artist, album, or playlist: Tap the artist name below the song title, then choose to go to the artist, album, or playlist. Scrub to any point in a song: Drag the playhead. See time-synced lyrics Time-synced lyrics appear for many songs in Apple Music. Tap the player to open Now Playing, then tap

. Lyrics scroll in time with the music. To hide lyrics, tap

. Tip: Tap a specific lyricthe first line of the chorus, for exampleto go to that part of the song. To see all of a songs lyrics, tap

, then tap View Full Lyrics. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 448 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Note: You need an Apple Music subscription to view lyrics. Share lyrics You can share up to 150 characters of a songs lyrics if time-synced lyrics are available. 1. Tap the player to open Now Playing. 2. Tap

, then tap Share Lyrics. You can also touch and hold a lyrics line to open the sharing screen. 3. Tap the first and last lyrics you want to share, then choose a sharing option. Note: You need an Apple Music subscription to share lyrics. Report a concern To report a concern about time-synced lyrics, touch and hold a lyrics line, then tap Report a Concern at the bottom of the screen. Get audio controls from the Lock Screen or when using another app Open Control Center, then tap the audio card. Stream music to Bluetooth or AirPlay-enabled devices 1. Tap the player to open Now Playing. 2. Tap

, then choose a device. See Play audio on HomePod, Apple TV, or a smart TV

. Note: You can play the same music on multiple AirPlay 2-enabled devices, such as two or more HomePod speakers. You can also pair two sets of AirPods to one iPad and enjoy the same song or movie along with a friend. See Control audio on multiple AirPlay 2-enabled devices in this user guide and Share audio with AirPods and Beats in the AirPods User Guide. Queue up your music on iPad Use the queue in the Music app to see a list of upcoming songs, add songs and videos to the queue, and see what youve recently played. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 449 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Note: Not all features are available in the Apple Music Voice Plan

. For more information, see the Apple Support article

. About Apple Music Voice Use the queue 1. Tap the player to open Now Playing. 2. Tap

, then tap a song to play it and the songs that follow. To reorder the list, drag

. 3. Tap again to hide the queue. By default, if youre an Apple Music subscriber, Autoplay adds music similar to what you last played to the end of the queue. To turn off Autoplay, tap

. Note: When you turn off Autoplay on a device that uses your Apple IDyour iPad, for exampleAutoplay is turned off on all other devices that use the same Apple ID. Add music and videos to the queue When browsing or playing music, touch and hold a song, album, playlist, or video, then choose an option. Add music right after the currently playing item: Tap Play Next. Add music to the end of the queue: Tap Play Last. Tip: If youre using HomePod to stream music and your friends are on the same Wi-Fi network, they can add and reorder items in the queue. To learn more about HomePod speaker access, see the

. HomePod User Guide See what youve recently played 1. Tap the player to open Now Playing. 2. Tap

, then swipe down to see your playing history. To play a song in the history, tap it. To remove your playing history, tap Clear. Listen to broadcast radio on iPad You can play thousands of broadcast radio stations on iPad. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 450 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Ask Siri: Activate Siri, then say something like, Play Wild 94.9 or Tune in to ESPN Radio. Search for a station: Tap Search in the sidebar, enter the station in the search field, then tap a result to play the station. You can search for stations by name, call sign, frequency, and nickname. Choose a station: Tap Radio, swipe up, then choose a station below the Local Broadcasters or International Broadcasters heading. Note: You dont need a subscription to Apple Music to listen to broadcast radio. Broadcast radio isnt available in all countries or regions and not all stations are available in all countries or regions. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 451 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Apple Music Subscribe to Apple Music on iPad Apple Music is an ad-free streaming music service that lets you listen to millions of songs and your music library. As a subscriber, you can listen any timeonline or offand create your own playlists, stream and download lossless and Dolby Atmos music, get personalized recommendations, receive notifications when a favorite artist releases new music, see music your friends are listening to, watch exclusive video content, and more. You can subscribe to Apple Music or to Apple One, which includes Apple Music and other services. See the Apple Support article

. Bundle Apple subscriptions with Apple One Alternatively, you can subscribe to Apple Music Voice and use Siri to stream any song, album, playlist, or radio station in the Apple Music catalog. See Listen to music with

. Apple Music Voice Note: Apple Music, Apple Music Voice, Apple One, lossless, and Dolby Atmos arent available in all countries or regions. See the Apple Support article Availability of Apple

. Media Services Subscribe to Apple Music You can subscribe to Apple Music when you first open the Music app

; to subscribe later, go to Settings

> Music, then tap the subscription button. New subscribers can start a trial and cancel at any time. If you end your Apple Music subscription, you can no longer stream Apple Music songs or play Apple Music songs you downloaded. Qualified students can purchase a student subscription at a discounted price. See the Apple Support article

. Get an Apple Music student subscription Share Apple Music with family members When you subscribe to Apple Music, Apple One Family, or Apple One Premier, you can use Family Sharing to share Apple Music with up to five other family members. Your family group doesnt need to do anythingApple Music is available to them the first time they open the Music app after your subscription begins. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 452 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM If you join a family group that subscribes to Apple Music, Apple One Family, or Apple One Premier, and you already subscribe, your subscription isnt renewed on your next billing date; instead, you use the groups subscription. If you join a family group that doesnt subscribe, the group uses your subscription. Note: To stop sharing Apple Music with a family group, you can cancel the subscription,

. leave a Family Sharing group, or remove a member from a Family Sharing group Listen to music shared with you When a friend shares music with you using the Messages app

, you can easily find it in Shared with You in Apple Music. (Music must be turned on in Settings

> Messages >

Shared with You, and your friend must be in your contacts list in Contacts.) 1. Open the Music app

, then tap Listen Now. 2. Swipe up to Shared with You, then do any of the following:

Tap a song to listen to it. Tap the name of the person, people, or group that shared a song to reply to them using the Messages app. Touch and hold the song to take other actionsfor example, add it to your library, create a station, or share it. Show or hide subscription features Go to Settings

> Music, then turn Show Apple Music on or off. Change or cancel your Apple Music subscription You can change your subscription plan or cancel your subscription. 1. Tap Listen Now in the sidebar, then tap or your profile picture. 2. Tap Manage Subscription, then follow the onscreen instructions. If youre not a subscriber, you can use Music to listen to music synced to iPad from a Mac or a Windows PC, play and download previous iTunes Store purchases, and listen to Apple Music radio for free. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 453 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Listen to lossless music on iPad In the Music app

, Apple Music subscribers can access millions of tracks encoded using lossless audio compression. Lossless compression is a form of compression that preserves all of the original data. Apple has developed its own lossless audio compression technology called Apple Lossless Audio Codec (ALAC). The entire Apple Music catalog is encoded using ALAC in resolutions ranging from 16-bit/44.1 kHz (CD Quality) up to 24-bit/192 kHz. Note: Lossless music isnt available in the Apple Music Voice Plan

. For more information, see the Apple Support article

. About Apple Music Voice What you need to know about lossless in Apple Music Streaming lossless audio over a cellular or Wi-Fi network consumes significantly more data. And downloading lossless audio uses significantly more space on your device. Higher resolutions use more data than lower ones. AirPods, AirPods Pro, AirPods Max, and Beats wireless headphones use Apple AAC Bluetooth Codec to ensure excellent audio quality. However, Bluetooth connections arent lossless. To get a lossless version of music that you already downloaded from Apple Music, just delete the music and redownload it from the Apple Music catalog. To listen to songs at sample rates higher than 48 kHz on iPad, you need an external digital-to-analog converter. Note: Apple Music and lossless arent available in all countries or regions. See the Apple Support article

. Availability of Apple Media Services Turn on Lossless Audio and choose audio quality settings You can choose audio quality settings for cellular streaming, Wi-Fi streaming, and downloads. 1. Go to Settings

> Music. 2. Tap Audio Quality, then tap Lossless Audio to turn it on or off. 3. Choose the audio quality for streaming and downloading audio. Choose Lossless for a maximum resolution of 24-bit/48 kHz. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 454 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Choose Hi-Res Lossless for a maximum resolution of 24-bit/192 kHz. The audio quality of streamed music depends on song availability, network conditions, and the capability of connected headphones or speakers. Identify lossless music If music is available in lossless, appears on album pages. When you turn on Lossless Audio in Settings

> Music > Audio Quality, the lossless badge also appears in Now Playing. To learn more about a songs lossless encoding, tap on an album page or in Now Playing. For more information, see the Apple Support article About lossless audio in Apple Music

. Listen to Dolby Atmos music on iPad In the Music app

, Apple Music subscribers can listen to available tracks in Dolby Atmos. Dolby Atmos creates an immersive, three-dimensional audio experience on stereo headphones and speakers or receivers compatible with Dolby Atmos. Note: Dolby Atmos music isnt available in the Apple Music Voice Plan

. For more information, see the Apple Support article

. About Apple Music Voice Albums available in Dolby Atmos have the Dolby Atmos badge

. If a track is playing in Dolby Atmos, the badge also appears on the Now Playing screen. Note: Apple Music and Dolby Atmos arent available in all countries or regions. See the Apple Support article Availability of Apple Media Services. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 455 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Turn on Dolby Atmos 1. Go to Settings

> Music > Dolby Atmos. 2. Choose Automatic or Always On. Automatic: Plays Dolby Atmos whenever iPad is connected to compatible headphones such as AirPods (3rd generation), AirPods Pro, or AirPods Max, or to speakers or receivers compatible with Dolby Atmos. Always On: Plays Dolby Atmos on any headphones or speakers. The Music app will attempt to play Dolby Atmos tracks on any headphones or speakers connected to iPad. Dolby Atmos will play on any headphones, but not all speakers will play Dolby Atmos as intended. Tip: When you use AirPods (3rd generation), AirPods Pro, or AirPods Max to listen to a song or music video that supports Dolby Atmos, you hear the surround sound channels in the correct place, even as you turn your head. Open Control Center, touch and hold the volume bar, then tap Spatial Audio. To learn more, see Use Spatial Audio and dynamic head tracking in the AirPods User Guide. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 456 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Control Spatial Audio and head tracking on iPad When you listen to supported music on your iPad with AirPods (3rd generation), AirPods Pro, or AirPods Max, you can use Spatial Audio and head tracking to create an immersive theater-like environment with sound that surrounds you. Follow these steps to control Spatial Audio and head tracking in Control Center. 1. Wear your AirPods, then open Control Center. 2. Touch and hold the volume control, then tap Spatial Audio at the lower right. 3. Tap one of the following:

Off: Turns off both Spatial Audio and head tracking. Fixed: Turns on Spatial Audio without head tracking. Head Tracked: Turns on both Spatial Audio and head tracking. This setting allows the sound to follow the movement of your head. The settings you choose are saved and applied automatically the next time you use that app. For example, if you tap Fixed while listening to a song in Apple Music, the Fixed setting is automatically used the next time you play a song in Apple Music. Note: To disable head tracking for all apps on your iPad, go to Settings > Accessibility >

AirPods, tap your AirPods, then turn off Follow iPad. Download songs in Dolby Atmos 1. Go to Settings

> Music. 2. Turn on Download in Dolby Atmos. For more information, see the Apple Support article About Dolby Atmos in Apple Music

. Find new music with Apple Music on iPad In the Music app

, Apple Music subscribers can browse new and noteworthy music, music videos, playlists, and more. Note: Browsing isnt available in the Apple Music Voice Plan

. For more information, see the Apple Support article About Apple Music Voice https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 457 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Browse Apple Music Tap Browse to find new music. Do any of the following:

Explore featured music: Swipe through featured songs and videos at the top of the Browse screen. Browse playlists created by music experts: Tap one of the many playlists created by music experts. Explore new music: Swipe through the albums list below New Music. Play music that matches your mood: Tap a mood, such as Feel Good, Romance, or Party, then tap a playlist. See whats hot: Tap a song below the Best New Songs heading. Swipe left to see more songs. Listen to the top songs from around the world: Tap one of the Daily Top 100 playlists. These playlists reflect the days most popular songs in countries across the globe. Listen to songs from upcoming albums: Tap an album below Coming Soon, then tap an available song to play it. Browse your favorite categories: Tap Browse by Category, choose a category, then tap a featured playlist, song, album, artist, radio station, or music video to enjoy music handpicked by music experts. Play the days most popular songs: Tap Charts, then tap a song, playlist, album, or music video to play it. Tap All Genres at the top of the screen to see the top songs and music videos in a genre you choose. Watch music videos: Tap Music Videos, then tap a featured music video or playlist of music videos. Note: To see more music, swipe left on the album art. To see all the mus ic in a section New Music, for exampletap > next to the sections name. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 458 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Add music to iPad and listen offline In the Music app

, Apple Music subscribers can add and download songs and videos from Apple Music. You can stream music you add to iPad when you have an internet connection. To play music when youre not connected to the internet, you must first download it. Note: You cant add and download music in the Apple Music Voice Plan

. For more information, see the Apple Support article

. About Apple Music Voice Add music from Apple Music to your library Do any of the following:

Touch and hold a song, album, playlist, or video, then tap Add to Library. When viewing the contents of an album or playlist, tap near the top of the screen to add the album or playlist, or tap

, then tap Add to Library to add individual songs. On the Now Playing screen, tap

, then tap Add to Library. To delete music from the library, touch and hold the song, album, playlist, or music video, then tap Delete from Library. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 459 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Music you add to your iPad is also added to other devices if youre signed in to the iTunes Store and App Store using the same Apple ID and have Sync Library turned on (go to Settings

> Music, then turn on Sync Library). Add music to a playlist 1. Touch and hold an album, playlist, song, or music video. 2. Tap Add to a Playlist, then choose a playlist. Download music from Apple Music to your iPad Download a song, album, or playlist: Touch and hold music youve added to your library, then tap Download. After youve added a playlist or album, you can also tap at the top of the screen. Note: You must turn on Sync Library to download music from Apple Music to your library (go to Settings

> Music, then turn on Sync Library). Always download music: Go to Settings > Music, then turn on Automatic Downloads. Songs you add are automatically downloaded to iPad. See download progress: In the Library menu, tap Downloaded Music, then tap Downloading. Note: If the music youre downloading is available in Dolby Atmos, appears next to the item, and you can download it either in Dolby Atmos or in stereo. To download music in Dolby Atmos when available, go to Settings

> Music, then turn on Download in Dolby Atmos. See

. Listen to Dolby Atmos music on iPad https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 460 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Manage storage space Free up music storage: If iPad is low on storage space, you can automatically remove downloaded music that you havent played in a while. Go to Settings

> Music >

Optimize Storage. Remove music and videos stored on iPad: Touch and hold a song, album, playlist, music video, TV show, or movie that youve downloaded. Tap Remove, then tap Remove Downloads. The item is removed from iPad, but not from iCloud Music Library. Remove all songs or certain artists from iPad: Go to Settings > Music > Downloaded Music, tap Edit, then tap next to All Songs or the artists whose music you want to delete. Choose cellular data options for Music On iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models), go to Settings

> Music, turn on Cellular Data, then do any of the following:

Turn Download over Cellular on or off. Tap Audio Quality, turn on Lossless Audio, then tap Cellular Streaming to choose a setting (None, High Efficiency, High Quality, Lossless, or High-Resolution Lossless). High Quality, Lossless, and High-Resolution Lossless use significantly more cellular data than High Efficiency, which may incur additional charges from your cellular carrier. Songs may also take longer to start playing. See recommended music on iPad In the Music app

, Apple Music subscribers can use Listen Now to discover and play your favorite albums, playlists, interviews, and personal mixes, based on your taste. Note: Not all features are available in the Apple Music Voice Plan

. For more information, see the Apple Support article

. About Apple Music Voice https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 461 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Select your favorite genres and artists When you first tap Listen Now in the sidebar, youre asked to tell Apple Music about your preferences. Apple Music uses these preferences when recommending music. 1. Tap the genres you like (double-tap those you love, and touch and hold the genres you dont care for). 2. Tap Next, then do the same with the artists that appear. To add a specific artist who isnt listed, tap Add an Artist, then enter the artists name. Play music 1. Tap Listen Now in the sidebar, then tap a playlist or album. 2. Tap Play, or tap Shuffle to shuffle the playlist or album. You can also touch and hold a playlist or album, then tap Play. Play songs from an artists catalog Go to an artist page, then tap next to the artists name. The Music app plays songs from the artists entire catalog, mixing hits and deep cuts. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 462 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Add favorite artists Go to an artist page, then tap at the top of the screen. When you mark an artist as a favorite, they appear under Favorite Artists in For You, and their music is recommended more often. You can also choose to receive notifications when they release new music. Tell Apple Music what you love Do one of the following:

Touch and hold an album, playlist, or song, then tap Love or Suggest Less Like This. On the Now Playing screen, tap

, then tap Love or Suggest Less Like This. Telling Apple Music what you love and dislike improves future recommendations. Rate music in your library 1. Go to Settings

> Music. 2. Turn on Show Star Ratings. 3. In Music, touch and hold a song in your library, tap Rate Song, then choose a rating from one to five stars. Song ratings sync to all devices that use the same Apple ID. This option appears only if you already have star ratings from a synced library on your device. Tell Apple Music to ignore your listening habits If you dont want your followers on Apple Music to see any of the music you play, follow these steps. 1. Go to Settings

> Music. 2. Turn off Use Listening History. Turning off your listening history impacts new music recommendations and the contents of Replay playlists. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 463 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Listen to radio on iPad In the Music app

, Apple Music subscribers can listen to Apple Music radio in the Radio tab. Apple Music radio features three world-class radio stations (Apple Music 1, Apple Music Hits, and Apple Music Country), the latest music from a variety of genres, and exclusive interviews. You can also listen to featured stations that have been created by music experts, and create your own custom stations from songs or artists you choose. Listen to Apple Music radio Tap Radio, then tap one of the currently playing Apple Music radio stations. No subscription is required to listen to Apple Music 1, Apple Music Hits, or Apple Music Country. Note: Because Apple Music radio stations are live radio, you cant rewind or skip songs. Listen to your favorite music genre 1. Tap Radio in the sidebar, then tap a genre listed below More to Explore. 2. Tap a featured station. Create a station You can create a radio station based on a particular artist or song. Chances are, if you like that artist or song, youll like the music the station plays. 1. Touch and hold an artist or song. 2. Tap Create Station. To create a station in Now Playing, tap

, then tap Create Station. Search for music on iPad Using Search in the Music app

, you can quickly browse through music categories, see recent searches, and search Apple Music or your library. Note: Not all features are available in the Apple Music Voice Plan

. For more information, see the Apple Support article

. About Apple Music Voice 1. Tap Search in the sidebar, then do any of the following:

https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 464 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Tap a category such as Pop or Fitness. Tap the search field, then tap something you recently chose while searchinga song or artist, for example. Tap the search field, tap Apple Music, then enter a song, artist, album, playlist, radio show or episode, station, video, category, curator, record label, or profile. Tap the search field, tap Your Library, then enter a song, album, playlist, artist, video, compilation, or composer. 2. Tap a result to play it. You can search for a song in Apple Music based on its lyrics. In the search field, enter a few of the words you remember to find a song. Siri: Say something like: Play the song with the lyrics and then say a key phrase from the lyrics. Learn how to use Siri Explicit lyrics and lyrics search arent available in all countries or regions. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 465 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Create playlists on iPad In the Music app

, you can organize music into playlists that you can share with your friends. Note: You cant create playlists in the Apple Music Voice Plan

. For more information, see the Apple Support article

. About Apple Music Voice Create playlists to organize your music 1. To create a new playlist, do any of the following:

Tap Library, tap Playlists, then tap New Playlist. Touch and hold a song, album, or playlist; tap Add to a Playlist; then tap New Playlist. On the Now Playing screen, tap

, tap Add to a Playlist, then tap New Playlist. 2. To more easily identify the playlist later, enter a name and description. 3. To give your playlist cover art, tap

, then take a photo or choose an image from your photo library. 4. To add music to the playlist, tap Add Music, then tap Listen Now, Browse, Library, or the search field. 5. Choose or search for music, then tap to add it to the playlist. Tip: If you want to add songs to your library when you add them to a playlist, go to Settings

> Music, then turn on Add Playlist Songs. Edit a playlist you created on iPad Tap the playlist, tap

, tap Edit, then do any of the following:

Add more songs: Tap Add Music, then choose music. You can also touch and hold a song, album, playlist, or music video; tap Add to a Playlist; then choose a playlist. Delete a song: Tap

, then tap Delete. Deleting a song from a playlist doesnt delete it from your library. Change the song order: Drag next to a song. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 466 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Changes you make to your music library are updated across all your devices when Sync Library is turned on in Music settings. If youre not an Apple Music subscriber, the changes appear in your music library the next time you sync your iPad with your

. computer Sort a playlist 1. Tap a playlist, then tap at the top right of the screen. 2. Tap Sort By, then choose an optionPlaylist Order, Title, Artist, Album, or Release Date. Delete a playlist Touch and hold the playlist in the sidebar, then tap Delete from Library. You can also tap the playlist, tap

, then tap Delete from Library. See what your friends are listening to When youre an Apple Music subscriber, you can see music your friends are listening to by following them. You can also see the playlists theyve shared. Likewise, your followers can see your shared playlists and the music youre listening to. You see this information on your profile screen in the Music app

. Note: Not all features are available in the Apple Music Voice Plan

. For more information, see the Apple Support article

. About Apple Music Voice Create a profile When you first open Music, youre asked to set up a profile and start following friends. If you skipped this step, you can set up a profile at any time. 1. Tap Listen Now in the sidebar, then tap

. 2. Tap Start Sharing with Friends. Friends can now follow you. View your profile 1. Tap Listen Now in the sidebar, then tap or your profile picture. 2. Tap View Profile at the top of the screen. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 467 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Follow your friends There are several ways to follow people:

Add friends when you set up your profile. After you set up your profile, swipe to the bottom of the profile screen, tap Follow More Friends, then tap Follow next to those you want to follow. You can follow friends who are in your contacts list and who use Apple Music. On the profile screen, touch and hold a profile picture, then tap Follow. Tap Search, enter a friends name, tap it in the results, then tap Follow. Note: Your friends must have a profile for you to find them using search. To see the people youre following and those who follow you, open the profile screen, then swipe up. If a profile picture has a lock on it, you need to ask that person to follow them. After your request is accepted, you see the persons shared playlists and the music theyre listening to. Respond to follow requests You can allow everyone to follow you, or just people you choose. You receive follow requests only if you choose who can follow you. 1. Tap Listen Now in the sidebar, then tap or your profile picture. 2. Tap View Profile. 3. Tap Edit, then tap People You Approve if you want to be followed only by people you choose. 4. Tap Follow Requests, then accept or decline the requests. You may receive follow requests in other waysas a link in an email or a text message, for example. To accept, tap the link. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 468 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Stop following and block followers Stop following: Touch and hold the profile picture of a person you follow, then tap Unfollow. Block followers: Touch and hold a profile picture, then tap Block. People you block wont see your music or be able to find your profile. They can still listen to your shared playlists if theyve added them to their library. Share music with followers By default, your followers see the playlists you create, but you can choose not to share some playlists. 1. Tap Listen Now in the sidebar, then tap or your profile picture. 2. Tap View Profile. 3. Tap Edit, then turn playlists on or off. 4. Drag to reorder them. Your followers will see the playlists you create on your profile unless you turn off those playlists you dont want to share. You can turn off this option when you create a playlist or later, when you edit the playlist. To share playlists with people who dont follow you, touch and hold a playlist, then tap Share Playlist. Note: If you make changes to music you shareedit or stop sharing a playlist, for examplethose changes are reflected on your followers devices. Hide music from your followers 1. Tap Listen Now in the sidebar, then tap or your profile picture. 2. Tap View Profile. 3. Touch and hold the playlist or album (below Listening To). 4. Tap Hide from Profile. The listening history for this item wont appear in your profile or be visible to the people who follow you. If you dont want your followers to see any of the music you listen to, tap Edit on the profile screen, then turn off Listening To. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 469 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Note: It may take up to 10 minutes before music you hide is no longer visible to your followers. See what others are listening to Tap Listen Now in the sidebar, then do any of the following:

See what your friends are listening to: Scroll down to Friends Are Listening To. Tap an item to play it. Listen to a mix of songs your friends are listening to: Scroll down to Made For You, then tap Friends Mix. See what a follower or person you follow is listening to: Tap or your profile picture, then tap View Profile. Tap a persons profile picture to see shared playlists and music theyre listening to. You also see their followers and the people they follow. Share your profile You can share your profile using email, Messages, or another app you choose. 1. Tap Listen Now in the sidebar, then tap or your profile picture. 2. Tap View Profile. 3. Tap

, tap Share Profile, then choose a sharing option. You can also share the profile of anyone you follow, or who follows you. Report a concern If you have a concern about a follower, touch and hold their profile picture, then tap Report a Concern. Use Siri to play music on iPad You can use Siri to control music playback in the Music app

. Activate Siri, then make your request. Siri can help you enjoy your music library in a wide variety of ways:

https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 470 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Play Apple Music: You can play any song, artist, album, playlist, or station. Say, for example, Play Gasoline by The Weeknd or Play Kehlani. Siri can also play popular songs from different genres or years. Say Play the top songs from 1990. You can also play music on AirPlay 2-enabled devices in a specific room. Say something like Play the latest album by Camila Cabello in the living room. Let Apple Music be your personal DJ: Say something like Play my Chill Mix or Play something I like. Add music from Apple Music to your library: Say, for example, Add Evergreen by Omar Apollo to my library. Or while playing something, say Add this to my library.

(Apple Music subscription required. Not available with Apple Music Voice.) Add a song or album to a playlist: While playing a song, say something like Add this song to my Workout playlist or Add this album to my Sunday Morning playlist. Find out more about the current song: Say Whats playing?, Who sings this song?, or Who is this song by?

Tip: You can also identify a song playing on or near iPad by adding the Music Recognition control to Control Center

. Go to Settings

> Control Center, then tap next to Music Recognition. With a song playing, open Control Center, then tap

. Play songs based on their lyrics: Say Play the song with the lyrics and then say a key phrase from the lyrics. Learn how to use Siri

. Siri can also help you find music in the iTunes Store. See Get music, movies, and TV shows in the iTunes Store on iPad

. Listen to music with Apple Music Voice on iPad Apple offers the Apple Music Voice Plan, a new subscription option for Apple Music designed around Siri. Using just your voice, you can access millions of songs, tens of thousands of playlists (including hundreds of mood and activity playlists), personalized mixes, genre stations, and Apple Music radio. In addition to streaming music from Apple Music, you can play music you purchased from the iTunes Store and music youve synced to iPad. You can also stream music with AirPlay, play music using Home Sharing

, and search the Apple Music library and your https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 471 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM music library. Note: Not all features are available in the Apple Music Voice Plan. For more information, see the Apple Support article

. About Apple Music Voice Subscribe to Apple Music Voice You can subscribe to Apple Music Voice when you first open the Music app

. As an Apple Music Voice subscriber, you can play music on all your devices that have Siri turned on, including HomePod mini, AirPods, or any other Apple device, and when using CarPlay. Tip: If you want to preview Apple Music Voice for a few days, say Hey Siri, start Apple Music Voice. New subscribers can start a trial and cancel at any time. If you end your Apple Music Voice subscription, you can no longer stream Apple Music songs. Play music with Apple Music Voice To play music with Apple Music Voice, just say Hey Siri, then make your request:

Play enough for you by Olivia Rodrigo Play Apple Music Country Play cool jazz Play the dinner party playlist Play a playlist to help me relax Play more like this To see Siri suggestions created just for you, open the Music app

, tap Listen Now, then swipe through the suggestions below Just Ask Siri. Say Hey Siri, then speak the suggestion or tap to play it. Play music you recently listened to Open the Music app

, tap Listen Now, then tap an item. Playlists and albums play in their original order. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 472 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Play purchased and synced music You can play music you purchased from the iTunes Store as well as music you synced to your iPad from a computer. Open the Music app

, tap Library, tap a category such as Playlists, Artists, or Albums, then tap an item. To play music from a Home Sharing library, tap Library, tap Home Sharing, then tap a library. Change the way music sounds on iPad Change the way music sounds on iPad with EQ, volume limit settings, and Sound Check. Choose an equalization (EQ) setting: Go to Settings

> Music > EQ. Normalize the volume level of your audio: Go to Settings > Music, then turn on Sound Check. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 473 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM News Get started with News on iPad The News app collects all the stories you want to read, from your favorite sources, about the topics that interest you most. To personalize News, you can choose from a selection of publications (called channels) and topics such as Entertainment, Food, and Science. You need a Wi-Fi or cellular connection to use News. The more you read, the better News understands your interests. Siri learns whats important to you and suggests stories you might like. You can receive notifications about important stories from channels you follow. And you can subscribe to Apple News+

, which includes hundreds of magazines, popular newspapers, and premium digital publishers. Note: Apple News and Apple News+ arent available in all countries or regions. Personalize your news The first time you open News, you can follow channels and topics to personalize the stories you see more often in the Today feed and the channels and topic that appear in the Following tab. 1. In News, tap Following, then tap next to the channels and topics you want to follow. To make a channel or topic a favorite

, tap Edit, then tap next to the channel or topic. If theres a channel or topic that you dont want to appear in your feed, touch and hold it, then choose Block Channel, Block Topic, or Stop Suggesting. When you block a channel or topic, its stories dont appear in the Today feed and widgets. To see the channels and topics youve blocked, tap Blocked Channels &

Topics (near the bottom of the sidebar below Manage). Note: When you browse Top Stories and other areas that feature stories curated by Apple News editors, placeholders may appear for stories from channels you blocked. See

. Follow, unfollow, block, and unblock channels and topics https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 474 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 2. Tap Discover Channels at the bottom of the sidebar, then tap for each channel you want to follow. To stop following a channel or topic, swipe it to the left, then tap Unfollow. To easily follow specific channels and topics, tap the Search field in the sidebar, enter the channel or topics name, then tap in the results below. Get notifications Some channels you follow may send notifications about important stories. 1. At the bottom of the sidebar, tap Notifications & Email below Manage. 2. Turn on notifications for your preferred channels. If you subscribe to Apple News+, you can get notifications when new issues are available. Receive Apple News newsletters You can choose to receive newsletters in your email inbox from Apple News editors. Newsletters feature top stories, personalized based on your interests. 1. Swipe to the bottom of the sidebar, then tap Notifications & Email. 2. Swipe to the bottom of the window, then turn on Apple News Newsletter. If you subscribe to Apple News+, the newsletter also highlights new issues of your favorite magazines. To stop receiving newsletters, return to the Notifications & Email window, then turn off Apple News Newsletter. Note: Personalized newsletters arent available in all countries or regions. See stories only from the channels you follow Go to Settings

> News, turn on Restrict Stories in Today, then confirm your choice. Note: Restricting stories significantly limits the variety of stories that appear in the Today feed and all other feeds. For example, if you restrict stories and follow only one entertainment-related channel, your Entertainment topic feed will contain stories only from that channel. When you restrict stories, you dont see Top Stories and Trending Stories. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 475 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Use News widgets on iPad You can easily see the days top and trending stories from the News app

, as well as stories about a topic of your choosing, just by tapping the Today or Topic widget. Access stories from News widgets In the Today or Topic widget, tap a story headline to open the story. See

. Add widgets on iPad See news stories chosen just for you on iPad The Today feed in the News app presents top stories selected by Apple News editors, the best stories from the channels and topics you follow, and stories and issues from Apple News+

. The Today feed also includes stories suggested by Siri, trending stories that are popular with other News readers, My Sports

, and more. Depending on your location, the Today feed can also include Apple News Today audio briefings, and and local news with your local weather conditions. Note: Local news isnt available in all locations. Access stories in the Today feed Open a story: Tap the story. Read more stories within a group: Tap the arrow at the bottom of the group. Play a video: Tap in the thumbnail. Get newer stories: Pull down to refresh the Today feed with the latest stories. Follow, unfollow, block, and unblock channels and topics You can influence what appears in the Today feed by following and blocking channels and topics. 1. Do any of the following:

Open a channel feed: Touch and hold a story, tap the channel name, then tap Go to Channel. Or tap a story in the Today feed, then tap the channel name at the top of the story. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 476 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Open a topic feed: Tap the topic titleMovies or Travel, for example. 2. At the top of the feed, do any of the following:

Follow: Tap

. Unfollow: Tap

, then tap Unfollow Channel or Unfollow Topic. Block: Tap

, then tap Block Channel or Block Topic. Unblock: Tap

, then tap Unblock Channel or Unblock Topic. Note: When you browse Top Stories and other areas that feature stories curated by Apple News editors, placeholders may appear for stories from channels you blocked. To read a story from a blocked channel, tap Show Story Anyway. Add, remove, and reorder favorites You can mark channels and topics as favorites. Favorites appear in the sidebar on iPad. Tap Edit at the top of the sidebar, then do any of the following:

Add a favorite: Tap next to an item to mark it as a favorite, then tap Done.. Remove a favorite: Tap next to an item you no longer want as a favorite, then tap Done. Reorder favorites: Touch and hold

, drag favorites to the order you prefer, then tap Done, Stop suggesting specific channels and topic groups in the Today feed Suggested channels and topic groups may appear in the Today feed, but you can stop these suggestions. 1. Tap Today in the sidebar. 2. Tap in a channel or topic group, then tap Stop Suggesting. The channel or topic isnt blocked, but News stops displaying the story group in Today. Tell News what kind of stories you prefer 1. Tap Today in the sidebar. 2. Tap below a headline, then tap Suggest More or Suggest Less. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 477 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Read stories in News on iPad You can read and share the stories in the News app on iPad. Note: Apple News and Apple News+ arent available in all countries or regions. Read a story Tap a channel or topic in the sidebar to browse its stories, then tap a story to read it. While viewing a story, you have these options:

Read the next story: Tap in the lower right of the screen or swipe left. Read the previous story: Tap in the lower right of the screen or swipe right. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 478 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Tell News what stories you prefer: When viewing a story thats not part of an Apple News+ issue, tap or at the bottom of the story. Your feedback is taken into account for future recommendations. If youre reading a story in an Apple News+ issue, tap

, then tap Suggest More or Suggest Less. Change the text size: Tap

, then tap the smaller or larger letter to change the text size in the story and all other stories in the channel. (Not available in all channels.) Share a story: Tap

, tap Share Story, then choose a sharing option, such as Messages or Mail. Report a concern: If you believe that a story youre viewing is mislabeled, inappropriate, offensive, or doesnt display properly, tap

, then tap Report a Concern. In Apple News+ issues in PDF format, the Suggest More, Suggest Less, Save Story, and Report a Concern options arent available. See Browse and read Apple News+ stories and

. issues on iPad Read stories shared with you When a friend shares stories with you using the Messages app

, you can easily find them in the Shared with You in Apple News. (News must be turned on in Settings

Messages > Shared with You, and your friend must be in your contacts list in Contacts.) In the News app, tap Shared with You, then do any of the following:

Tap a shared story to read it in News. Tap the name of the person who shared a story to reply to them in the Messages app. You can also reply while reading the storytap the name shown below the channels logo. Follow your favorite teams with My Sports on iPad In the News app

, My Sports lets you follow your favorite sports, teams, leagues, and athletes; receive stories from the top sports publishers; access scores, schedules, and standings for the top professional and college leagues; and watch highlights. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 479 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Get started with My Sports 1. Open the Today feed, then swipe up to My Sports. 2. Tap Get Started, then tap Turn On to allow syncing between Apple News and the Apple TV app. When you turn on My Sports in the News app, teams you follow are also automatically followed in the Apple TV app, and vice versa. Turning on syncing is required to use My Sports. 3. On the Manage My Sports screen, tap next to teams and leagues to follow them. Sports youve previously expressed interest in appear below Suggested. Sports topics such as golf and tennis appear below All Sports. 4. To search for a sports topic, tap the search field, enter a search term such as a teams name or location, tap next to a result, then tap Done. My Sports and My Sports syncing arent available in all countries and regions. View My Sports The My Sports topic in the Today feed provides the most important sports coverage at a glance. To view it, tap Today, then swipe up. To view more comprehensive sports coverage, tap the My Sports heading. You can also tap Following, then tap My Sports. Browse all available sports 1. Tap My Sports in the sidebar, then tap All Sports at the top of the screen. 2. Tap a sport to show stories about it. 3. To follow that sport, tap at the top of the screen. Manage sports topics You can add and remove teams, leagues, and sports after youve set up My Sports. Tap My Sports, tap Manage in the Following section, then do any of the following:

Follow topics: Tap next to each topic you want to add, then tap Done. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 480 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Unfollow topics: Tap next to topics you want to remove, then tap Done. Reorder topics: Touch and hold

, drag topics to the order you prefer, then tap Done. You can also manage My Sports by tapping

, then tapping Manage My Sports. Show scores and schedules, highlights, and more My Sports offers schedules and scores for your favorite teams, video highlights, and stories related to your favorite teams. Tap My Sports in the sidebar, then do any of the following:

Show scores and schedules: Tap See All next to Scores & Schedule, then tap the Schedule or Scores tab. Schedules and scores also appear in the My Sports feed. Watch a live game: In the Scores & Schedule section, tap Open in Apple TV below a game. If the game is available in your area and you have the proper entitlements, you can watch it in the Apple TV app or in a supported app. Supported sports apps may require a separate subscription. Not all games are available in all areas. View highlights: On the My Sports screen, swipe up to the Highlights section, then tap in the thumbnail. Tap > to see more highlights. Note: Highlights are available only for select leagues. Read sports stories related to topics you follow: Swipe up to For You, then tap a story. Remove the My Sports group from Today 1. In Today, swipe up to My Sports, then tap

. 2. Tap Block from Today. To remove My Sports from Following, go to Settings

, tap News, then turn off Sync My Sports. When you block My Sports, News stops showing stories from the channel except when selected by the Apple News editors or youve chosen to follow individua sports topics. Also, sports content is no longer synced between the News and Apple TV apps. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 481 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Apple News+

Subscribe to Apple News+ on iPad In the News app

, Apple News+ lets you enjoy hundreds of magazines, popular newspapers, and content from premium digital publishers directly on your iPad. You can subscribe to Apple News+ or to Apple One Premier, which includes Apple News+

and other Apple services. See the Apple Support article Bundle Apple subscriptions with

. Apple One As a subscriber, you have access to current and available back issues of publications, and you can download content for offline reading and share stories and issues with others. Apple News+ subscribers can also listen to audio versions of select stories on iPhone and iPod touch. As a non-subscriber, you can browse, but not read, a collection of story headlines and publications personalized just for you, view the entire Apple News+ catalog, and browse issues by categoryEntertainment and Food, for example. To read stories and issues, and listen to Apple News+ audio stories on iPhone and iPod touch, start a free trial or subscribe. Note: Apple News, Apple News+, Apple One, and the audio feature arent available in all countries or regions. See the Apple Support article

. Availability of Apple Media Services Subscribe to Apple News+

Tap the subscription button shown in a magazine or story in News, then follow the onscreen instructions. You may be asked to sign in with your Apple ID. Share Apple News+ with family members When you subscribe to Apple News+ or Apple One Premier, you can use Family Sharing to share Apple News+ with up to five other family members. Your family group members dont need to do anythingApple News+ is available to them the first time they open the News app after your subscription begins. If you join a family group that subscribes to Apple News+ or Apple One Premier, and you already subscribe, your subscription isnt renewed on your next billing date; instead, you use the groups subscription. If you join a family group that doesnt subscribe, the group https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 482 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM uses your subscription. Note: To stop sharing Apple News+ with a family group, you can cancel the subscription, leave a Family Sharing group or

. remove a member from a Family Sharing group Cancel or change your Apple News+ subscription Tap Subscriptions at the bottom of the sidebar, then do one of the following:

Apple News+ only: Tap Cancel Subscription, then follow the onscreen instructions. Apple News+ and individual channels: Select Apple News+, tap Cancel Subscription, then follow the onscreen instructions. If you subscribe to Apple News+ as part of an Apple One Premier subscription and want to cancel your subscription, see the Apple Support article How to cancel a subscription

. from Apple Browse and read Apple News+ stories and issues on iPad To get the most out of Apple News+, follow your favorite publications, and browse through current and back issues. Note: Apple News and Apple News+ arent available in all countries or regions. See the Apple Support article

. Availability of Apple Media Services Follow and unfollow publications You follow an Apple News+ publication by following its channel. Do any of the following:

Tap Today or News+ in the sidebar, tap a story or issue from an Apple News+

publication, tap the publications name at the top of the screen, then tap

. Tap the Search field in the sidebar, enter the publications name, then tap

. Tap News+ in the sidebar, tap Newspapers or Catalog near the top of the screen, then tap Follow below the publications cover. To unfollow a publication, swipe a publication left in the sidebar, then tap Unfollow. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 483 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Browse Apple News+ issues and stories Stories and issues from Apple News+ appear in the Today feed and channel feeds. Stories (but not issues) can also be found in topic feeds and search results. To access entire issues, tap News+ in the sidebar, where you can do any of the following:

View all available publications: Tap Catalog near the top of the screen. View a specific content category: Tap Catalog, tap Featured, then tap a category such as Business, Entertainment, or Sports. View new and recent issues: Tap My Magazines. By default, new issues appear near the top of the screen. The issue youve most recently read appears first. If youve recently downloaded an issue, it appears next. To choose a different sorting option, tap

, then tap Sort by Name or Sort by Date. Note: If you block an Apple News+ publication, its issues are removed from My Magazines. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 484 of 913

 

 

WARNING:pdfminer.pdfpage:The PDF <_io.BufferedReader name='/Volumes/Scratch/Incoming/eg-scratch/6133835.pdf'> contains a metadata field indicating that it should not allow text extraction. Ignoring this field and proceeding. Use the check_extractable if you want to raise an error in this case iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM To open a story or issue, do any of the following:

Tap an issue cover in News+ or the Today feed. Tap the Search field in the sidebar, enter the name of the Apple News+ channel, tap the channel, then tap the issue. Follow a link to a story or issue that someone shared with you. Access back issues Do any of the following:

Tap News+ in the sidebar, tap My Magazines, tap below the issue cover (or touch and hold the cover), then tap Browse Back Catalog. In the sidebar, tap a channel you follow, or search for a channel, then tap it. Below Recent Issues, swipe to the issue you want to read, then tap to open it. Tap Issues near the top of the screen to browse all available issues. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 485 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Open the issue, where you can do any of the following:

View the table of contents: Tap the cover thumbnail at the bottom left of the screen. Navigate to a story: In an issue in Apple News Format, tap the story link in the table of contents. In a PDF issue, tap the thumbnail of the page you want to view. Page through an issue: Swipe left or tap to go to the next story, or swipe right or tap to go to the previous story. Change the text size: In stories in Apple News Format, tap

, then tap the smaller or larger letter to change the text size in the story and all other stories in the channel. In PDF issues, pinch to zoom. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 486 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM If you sign out in Settings

> [your name] > Media & Purchases, you can only access free storiesyou must sign back in to access stories and download issues that require an Apple News+ subscription. Download Apple News+ issues on iPad With the News app and an Apple News+ subscription, you can download issues to read later. Note: Apple News and Apple News+ arent available in all countries or regions. See the Apple Support article

. Availability of Apple Media Services Download an Apple News+ issue 1. Do any of the following:

Tap Today in the sidebar, then swipe to My Magazines. Tap News+ in the sidebar, then tap My Magazines. You can also tap Catalog near the top of the screen, then tap a stack of magazines. In the sidebar, tap a magazine channel you follow. Tap the Search field in the sidebar, enter the channel name, then tap the channel. 2. When you find the issue you want, tap below the issue cover (or touch and hold the cover), then tap Download Issue. To download multiple issues, tap My Magazines, tap

, tap Select, tap the issues you want to download, then tap

. When you subscribe to Apple News+, the most recent issues of magazines you follow are automatically downloaded when iPad is plugged into power, has sufficient storage space, and is connected to Wi-Fi. If you dont want to download issues automatically, go to Settings

> News, then turn off Download Issues. You can download issues only if youre an Apple News+ subscriber. Read a downloaded issue 1. Tap News+ in the sidebar. 2. Tap Downloaded near the top of the screen, then tap an issue. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 487 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Manually remove an Apple News+ issue Under most conditions, automatically downloaded issues are removed from iPad after 30 days, but you can remove them sooner. Tap News+ in the sidebar, then do any of the following:

Tap Downloaded, tap below the issue cover (or touch and hold the cover), tap Remove, then tap Remove Download. The issue is removed from Downloaded, but its cover remains in My Magazines so you can easily access the issue again. Tap My Magazines near the top of the screen, tap below the issue cover (or touch and hold the cover), tap Remove, then tap Remove from My Magazines. The issues cover and content are removed from iPad and from any other devices where youre signed in with the same Apple ID and News is turned on in iCloud preferences or settings. To remove multiple issues, tap My Magazines or Downloaded, tap

, tap Select, tap the issues you want to remove, then tap

. To remove all downloaded issues, tap History, tap Clear, then tap Clear All. When storage on iPad is limited, issues may be automatically removed sooner than 30 days. See the Apple Support article

. Read magazines with Apple News+

Search for stories in News on iPad The News app keeps track of a wide variety of channels, topics, and stories, which makes it easy to find content that interests you. Search for channels, topics, or stories 1. Tap the Search field in the sidebar. 2. Enter any of the following:

The name of a channel, such as CNN or Washington Post A topic, such as fashion, business, or politics An event, such as an upcoming meteor shower https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 488 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM In the results list, tap to follow the channel or topic. Save stories in News on iPad In the News app

, you can save stories to read later, online or offline. Save a story When reading a story, tap to save it. To read a saved story, tap Saved Stories in the sidebar, then tap the story. To delete a saved story, touch and hold the story, then tap Unsave Story. Check and edit your reading history Tap History in the sidebar, then do any of the following:

Read a story: Tap the story. Delete a story: Touch and hold a story, then tap Remove from History. Remove your reading history: Tap Clear, then tap Clear History. Remove the information used to create recommendations: Tap Clear, then tap Clear Recommendations. Clear everything: Tap Clear, then tap Clear All. Your News history, recommendation information, saved stories, and downloaded issues are removed from all your devices where youre signed in with the same Apple ID. Note: Story titles remain in Saved Stories, but you must be online to read the stories. If you clear recommendations, and Show in App is on in Settings

> News > Siri &

Search, recommendations based on your Safari and app usage and your reading habits in News are cleared. To prevent News from suggesting stories based on your Safari and app usage, turn off Show in App. When you clear your history, the identifier used by Apple News to report statistics to news publishers is also reset. You can reset the identifier at any time by going to Settings > News, then turning on Reset Identifier. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 489 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM How to subscribe to individual channels on iPad Subscribe to channels In the News app

, in addition to subscribing to Apple News+

, you can subscribe to individual publications from select publishers. There are three ways to access these subscriptions in News:

Subscribe within News: You can purchase a subscription directly in News. In a channel that offers subscriptions, tap the subscription button. Access an existing subscription purchased from a publishers app: If youve downloaded a publishers app from the App Store, and subscriptions youve bought as in-app purchases are also available in News, youre automatically granted access in News. See the Apple Support article Buy additional app features with in-app

. purchases and subscriptions Access an existing subscription purchased from a publisher: If youve purchased a subscription directly from a publishers website or from the publishers app on a non-

Apple device, the publisher may allow you to sign in to your account in News to access your subscription there. To sign in, tap a story that requires a subscription to read, then tap Already a Subscriber? Enter the user name and password for your existing subscription. When you subscribe to a channel, you automatically follow it, and stories from the channel appear in the Today feed. To cancel a subscription, swipe up on the sidebar, tap Subscriptions below the Manage heading, select the subscription, then tap Cancel Subscription. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 490 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Notes Get started with the Notes app on iPad Use Notes to jot down quick thoughts or save longer notes with checklists, images, web links, scanned documents, sketches, and more. And with iCloud, your notes stay up to date on all your devices wherever you go. Jot down a quick note Use Quick Notes to jot down information over any app or screen. Add images, handwriting, links, and more. Create Quick Notes anywhere on iPad Add sketches and more Draw a picture or write a note with Apple Pencil or your finger. You can choose from a variety of Markup tools and colors and draw straight lines with the ruler. Draw or write in Notes on iPad Scan documents https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 491 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Use the iPad camera to scan text and documents. You can mark up a scanned document and even add your signature. Scan text and documents in Notes using the iPad camera Organize with tags and Smart Folders Use tags as a fast and flexible way to categorize and organize your notes. You can add one or more tags to a note, such as #shopping and #work, and easily search and filter your notes across folders using the Tag Browser or Smart Folders. Organize your notes with tags on iPad Add or remove accounts in Notes on iPad In the Notes app

, you can keep your notes from multiple accounts in one place. Store your notes in iCloud and keep them up to date on all your devices. Add other internet accountsfor example, Google, Yahoo, or Microsoft Exchange. You can also have an On My iPad account for notes you keep only on this device. Note: All Notes features described in this guide are available when you use iCloud and the On My iPad account. Some features arent available when using other accounts. Keep your notes up to date on all your devices with iCloud Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud, then turn on Notes. Your iCloud notesand any changes you make to themappear on your iPhone, iPad, and Mac where youre signed in with your Apple ID. Add other accounts 1. Go to Settings

> Notes > Accounts > Add Account. 2. Do one of the following:

Tap a servicefor example, Google, Yahoo, or Microsoft Exchangethen enter your account information. Tap Other, tap Add Mail Account, enter your email account information, then turn on Notes for that account. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 492 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Set up an On My iPad account Notes in this account appear only on your iPad. Your notes in iCloud and other accounts arent affected. Go to Settings

> Notes, then turn on On My iPad Account. Create and format notes on iPad Use the Notes app to jot down quick thoughts or organize detailed information with checklists, images, web links, scanned documents, handwritten notes, and sketches. Create and format a new note 1. Tap

, then enter your text. The first line of the note becomes the notes title. 2. To change the formatting, tap

. You can apply a heading style, bold or italic font, a bulleted or numbered list, and more. 3. To save the note, tap Done. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 493 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Tip: To choose a default style for the first line in all new notes, go to Settings

Notes > New Notes Start With. You can quickly create a note or resume work on your last note by tapping the Lock Screen with Apple Pencil (on supported models). On other iPad models, you can do this if you add Notes to Control Center

. To change the Lock Screen behavior, go to Settings

> Notes > Access Note from Lock Screen. Add a checklist In a note, tap

, then do any of the following:

Add items to the list: Enter text, then tap return to enter the next item. Increase or decrease the indentation: Swipe right or left on the item. Mark an item as completed: Tap the empty circle next to the item to add a checkmark. Reorder an item: Touch and hold the empty circle or checkmark next to the item, then drag the item to a new position in the list. Manage items in the list: Tap the list to see the menu, tap Checklist, then tap Check All, Uncheck All, Delete Checked, or Move Checked to Bottom. To automatically sort checked items to the bottom in all your notes, go to Settings

Notes > Sort Checked Items, then tap Automatically. Add or edit a table In a note, tap

, then do any of the following:

Enter text: Tap a cell, then enter your text. To start another line of text in the cell, touch and hold the Shift key and tap next. Move to the next cell: Tap next. When you reach the last cell, tap next to start a new row. Format a row or column: Tap a row or column selection handle, then choose a style, such as bold, italic, underline, or strikethrough. Add or delete a row or column: Tap a row or column selection handle, then choose to add or delete. Move a row or column: Touch and hold a row or column selection handle, then drag it to a new position. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 494 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM See more columns: If the table becomes wider than your screen, swipe right or left on the table to see all the columns. To remove the table and convert its contents to text, tap a cell in the table, tap

, then tap Convert to Text. Take action on addresses, phone numbers, dates, and more In your notes, a yellow underline appears below text thats recognized as a street or email address, phone number, date, or other data. Tap the underlined text to take action on it. For example, you can see a street address in Maps, compose an email, call a phone number, or add a calendar event. Note: Data detection is available when the system language of your iPad is set to a supported language in Settings

> General > Language & Region. See the iOS and

. iPadOS Feature Availability website Change the Notes display on your iPad Make the note fill the screen: While viewing a note in landscape orientation, tap or turn iPad to portrait orientation. See your accounts, notes list, and selected note all at once: (iPad Pro 12.9-inch) Turn iPad to landscape orientation, then tap

. Draw or write in Notes on iPad Use the Notes app to draw a sketch or jot a handwritten note with Apple Pencil (on supported models) or your finger. You can choose from a variety of Markup tools and colors and draw straight lines with the ruler. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 495 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Draw or write in a note 1. Start drawing or writing in the note with Apple Pencil. Or to draw or write with your finger, tap

. 2. Do any of the following:

Change color or tools:

Use the Markup tools

. Adjust the handwriting area: Drag the resize handle (on the left) up or down. Transcribe your handwriting to typed text as you write with Apple Pencil: Tap the Handwriting tool (to the left of the pen), then start writing. Note: Scribble is available in several languages. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website

. To learn more about writing notes with Apple Pencil, see Enter

. text with Scribble on iPad https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 496 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Tip: You can search handwritten text (in supported languages) in Notes. If the note doesnt have a title, the first line of handwritten text becomes the suggested title. To edit the title, scroll to the top of the note, then tap Edit. Select and edit drawings and handwriting With Smart Selection, you can select handwritten text using the same gestures you use for typed text. You can move, copy, or delete the selection within the note. You can even paste it as typed text in another note or app. Note: Smart Selection and handwriting transcription work if the system language of your iPad is set to English, Simplified Chinese, or Traditional Chinese in Settings

> General >

Language & Region > iPad Language. 1. In the Markup toolbar, tap the Lasso tool (between the eraser and ruler). 2. Select drawings and handwriting with Apple Pencil or your finger using any of the following methods:

Touch and hold, then drag to expand the selection. Double-tap to select a word. Triple-tap to select a sentence. Adjust the selection by dragging the handles if necessary. 3. Tap the selection, then choose Cut, Copy, Delete, Duplicate, Copy as Text, Insert Space Above, Translate, or Straighten. If you choose Copy as Text, you can paste the transcribed text in another note or another app. Drag and drop images from other apps You can drag and drop images from other apps to a note to combine them with handwritten and drawn content. After you add an image to the drawing area, you can reposition and resize the image. Use handwritten addresses, phone numbers, dates, and more A yellow underline appears below handwritten text thats recognized as a street or email address, phone number, date, or other data. Tap the underlined text to take action on it. For example, you can see a street address in Maps, compose an email, call a phone number, or add a calendar event. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 497 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Note: Data detection works if the system language of your iPad is set to English, Simplified Chinese, or Traditional Chinese in Settings

> General > Language & Region. Show lines or grids in notes In an existing note: Tap

(at the top-right corner), tap Lines & Grids, then choose a style. Choose the default style for all new notes: Go to Settings

> Notes > Lines & Grids. Scan text and documents in Notes using the iPad camera In the Notes app

, you can use the camera to scan text and documents. Scan text into a note You can insert scanned text using the camera (on supported models; in supported languages

). 1. In a note, tap

, then tap Scan Text. 2. Position iPad so that the text appears within the camera frame. 3. After the yellow frame appears around detected text, tap

. 4. Drag or use grab points to select text, then tap Insert. Scan a document 1. In a note, tap

, then choose Scan Documents. 2. Position iPad so that the document page appears on the screen; iPad automatically captures the page. To manually capture the page, tap or press a volume button. To turn the flash on or off, tap

(on an iPad with a flash). https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 498 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 3. Scan additional pages, then tap Save when youre done. 4. To make changes to the saved document, tap it, then do any of the following:

Add more pages: Tap

. Crop the image: Tap

. Apply a filter: Tap

, then choose to scan the page as a color, grayscale, or black-

and-white document, or as a photo. Rotate the image: Tap

. Mark up the document: Tap

, tap annotations or your signature. Delete the scan: Tap

, then use the Markup tools to add https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 499 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Add photos, videos, and more to notes on iPad In the Notes app

, you can add photos, videos, and info from other apps, such as maps, links, and documents, to a note. Add a photo or video 1. In a note, tap

. 2. Choose a photo or video from your photo library, or take a new photo or video. 3. To change the preview size of attachments, touch and hold an attachment, then tap Small Images or Large Images. Tip: To draw on a photo

, tap the photo, then tap

. To save photos and videos taken in Notes to the Photos app, go to Settings

> Notes, then turn on Save to Photos. Add info from another app to a note You can add information from another app as an attachment to a notefor example, a location in Maps, a webpage in Safari, a PDF in Files, or a screenshot. 1. In the other app, open the item you want to share (for example, a map or webpage). 2. Tap Share or

, then tap Notes. 3. Save the item to a new note or choose an existing note. View all attachments in Notes 1. Above the notes list, tap

, then tap View Attachments to see thumbnails of drawings, photos, links, documents, and other attachments. (Attachments in locked notes arent shown.) 2. To go to a note with a specific attachment, tap the attachment thumbnail, then tap Show in Note. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 500 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Create Quick Notes anywhere on iPad You can use Quick Notes to jot down information over any app or screen on iPad. Add links, images, tags, and mentions to a Quick Note so you can get to important names, numbers, and ideas easily. When you highlight text in Safari or add a link from an app, you see a Quick Note thumbnail next time you visit the site, taking you right to what you were viewing before. You can access all your Quick Notes in the Notes app

. And when you make a Quick Note on your iPad, you can see the note on your iPhone and Mac, too. Make a Quick Note To start a Quick Note from any app, do any of the following:

Swipe up from the bottom right corner of the display using your finger or Apple Pencil. Tap

, then tap Add to Quick Note. Open Control Center, then tap

(If you dont see

, add it to Control Centergo to Settings

> Control Center, then choose Quick Note.) If your iPad is connected to an Apple external keyboard

, use the Globe-Q keyboard shortcut to open Quick Notes. If Quick Notes is already open, you can use Command-

N to create a new note. View and organize Quick Notes To view all your Quick Notes in the Notes app, tap Quick Notes in the folders list. Note: You cant lock a Quick Note unless you move it to a different folder. If you move an individual Quick Note to a different folder, it becomes a standard note and no longer appears as a Quick Note in other apps. Change or turn off the corner gesture for Quick Notes Go to Settings

> Notes > Corner Gestures, then do any of the following:

Turn on or off Allow Finger to Swipe from Corner. Tap Left Corner Swipe or Right Corner Swipe, then choose an action. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 501 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Search your notes on iPad In the Notes app

, you can search all your notes for typed and handwritten text, objects in images, and text in scanned documents. You can also search for text within a note. Search for text, objects, and more in all your notes You can search for tags, typed and handwritten text, objects that appear in images, and text in scanned documents. 1. Swipe down on the notes list to reveal the search field. 2. Tap the search field, then enter what youre looking for. You can also choose a suggested search, such as Notes with Drawings, then enter additional text to refine your search. If a note is locked, only its title appears in the search results. The search includes handwritten text (in supported languages), photos, and scanned documents. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 502 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Search within a note for typed and handwritten text 1. Open the note you want to search. 2. Tap

(at the top-right corner), then tap Find in Note. 3. Type the text youre looking for in the search field. Organize your notes in folders on iPad In the Notes app

, you can organize your notes into folders and pin the important notes to the top of the notes list. Create, rename, move, or delete a folder In the folders list, do any of the following:

Create a folder: Tap

, choose an account (if you have more than one), tap New Folder, then enter a name. Create a subfolder: Touch and hold a folder, then drag it onto another folder. Rename a folder: Touch and hold a folder, tap Rename, then enter a new name. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 503 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Move a folder: Swipe left on the folder, tap

, then choose a new location. Or touch and hold the folder, then drag it to a new location. The folder becomes a subfolder if you drag it onto another folder. Delete a folder: Swipe left on the folder, then tap

. Or touch and hold the folder, then tap Delete. If you change your mind, open the Recently Deleted folder to recover the notes. Pin notes To pin an important note to the top of the notes list, touch and hold the note, then tap Pin Note. Or swipe right on the note, then tap the pin. Sort and change the folder view In the notes list, tap

, then do any of the following:

Change the folder view: Choose View as Gallery or View as List. Group the notes by date: Tap Group By Date, then tap On. To group all your notes by date by default, go to Settings

> Notes, then turn on Group Notes By Date. Change the sort order of a folder: Tap Sort by, then choose Date Edited, Date Created, or Title. You can also reverse the sort orderfor example, Oldest First or Newest First. To choose a default sorting method for all your folders, go to Settings

> Notes >

Sort Notes By. Move a note to another folder Swipe left on the note, then tap

. Or touch and hold the note, tap Move, then choose a folder. Delete a note Swipe left on the note, then tap

. Or touch and hold the note, then tap Delete. If you change your mind, open the Recently Deleted folder to recover the note. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 504 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Organize your notes with tags on iPad

, you can use tags as a fast and flexible way to categorize and In the Notes app organize your notes. You can add one or more tags to a note, such as #shopping and

#work, and easily search and filter your notes across folders using the Tag Browser or Smart Folders. Add tags to notes When you create or edit a note, type # followed by the tag name or choose a tag from the menu above the keyboard. A tag can be only one word, but you can use dashes and underscores to combine words. You can add multiple tags to a note. Rename or delete a tag In the Tag Browser (below your folders), touch and hold a tag, then tap Rename Tag or Delete Tag. When you delete a tag, its also removed from all Smart Folders that use it. View notes with tags In the Tag Browser (below your folders), do any of the following:

https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 505 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM View all notes with tags: Tap All Tags. View notes with specific tags: Tap one or more tags, then choose to view notes matching any or all the selected tags. Organize your notes with Smart Folders on iPad In the Notes app

, you can easily search and filter your notes across folders using Smart Folders. Create a Smart Folder 1. Tap

, choose an account (if you have more than one), enter a name, then tap Make Into Smart Folder. 2. Choose one or more filters, then choose to include notes matching any or all of the selected filters. You can filter by tags, dates, mentions, and more. You can also create a Smart Folder when viewing a list of tagged notes; tap

, then tap Create Smart Folder. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 506 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Convert a folder to a Smart Folder When viewing the folder you want to convert, tap

, scroll to the bottom, then tap Convert to Smart Folder. When you convert a folder, its notes are moved to the Notes folder and tagged with the name of the Smart Folder. Note: You cant convert a shared folder, a folder with a subfolder, or a folder that contains locked notes. Edit a Smart Folder Touch and hold a Smart Folder, then tap Edit Smart Folder. You can change the name or filters. Share notes and collaborate on iPad In the Notes app

, you can send a copy of a note to a friend. You can also invite people to collaborate on a note or on a folder of notes in iCloud, and everyone will see the latest changes. Share a copy of a note 1. Open the note you want to share. 2. Tap

, choose Send Copy, then choose how to send your note. Collaborate on a note or folder of notes using iCloud If you want to collaborate on a note or folder of notes with others, you can share a note or folder in iCloud. You set permissions for other collaborators (such as allowing them to edit notes, add attachments, and create subfolders), and all the collaborators can see everyones changes. Everyone you collaborate with must be signed in with their Apple ID and

. have Notes turned on in iCloud settings Note: You cant collaborate on a locked note or on a folder with locked notes. 1. Do one of the following:

In the notes list, swipe left on the note you want to share, then tap

. Open the note you want to share, then tap

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 507 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM In the folder list, swipe left on the folder you want to share, then tap

. Open the folder you want to share, tap

, then tap Share Folder. 2. Choose Collaborate. 3. To change the access and permissions, tap the share options below Collaborate. You can set any of the following:

Allow access to only people you invite or anyone with the link. Give collaborators permission to make changes or view only. Allow others to invite (available only when collaborators have permission to make changes). 4. Choose how to send your invitation (for example, using Messages or Mail). If you send the invitation in Messages, you get activity updates in the Messages conversation when someone makes changes in the shared note. Tap the updates to go to the shared note. View activity in a note In the notes list, an orange dot to the left of a note title indicates the note has changed since you last looked at it. 1. Open the note, then swipe right on the note or swipe up on the Activity card to see who made changes and when. 2. To adjust how the activity is shown, tap

, then choose any of the following:

Show Updates: Shows changes made since you last opened the note. Show All Activity: Shows all activity in the note. Show Highlights: Shows names, dates, and changes made by each collaborator. Tip: To mention a collaborator and notify them of important updates, type an @ sign followed by their name. View activity in a folder Touch and hold the folder, then tap Show Folder Activity. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 508 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Change sharing settings Manage a shared note: Tap

, then tap Manage Shared Note. Manage a shared folder: Tap

, then tap Manage Shared Folder. Remove people: Tap the collaborator you want to remove, then tap Remove Access. Change access and permission settings: To change the settings for all collaborators, tap Share Options. To change the settings for an individual collaborator, tap their name. Stop sharing: When you choose this option, the shared note or folder is deleted from the devices of the other participants. Lock your notes on iPad In the Notes app

, you can lock notes to protect your sensitive information. You can access your locked notes using your device passcode or a custom password. If you have multiple Notes accounts, you choose the locking method for each account (for example, your iCloud account). Lock notes with your device passcode If you use your device passcode to access locked notes, you dont have to create and remember a separate password, which reduces the chances of losing access to your locked notes. If you use your device passcode, you can also use Face ID or Touch ID to access your locked notes. If you have multiple devices where youre signed in with the same Apple ID, you use each devices passcode (or login password for a Mac) to access your locked notes on that device. To access notes locked with a device passcode, you must be using iOS 16, iPadOS 16, macOS Ventura, or later. On devices with an earlier version of the OS, you wont be able to access the locked notes. 1. Go to Settings

> Notes > Password. 2. If you have multiple accounts, choose the account you want to set a password for. 3. Tap Use Device Passcode. 4. For added convenience, you can also turn on Face ID or Touch ID. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 509 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Lock notes with a custom password Creating a custom password for locked notes can provide additional security, but if you forget the password, you may lose access to your locked notes. You use your custom password to access your locked notes on all devices where youre signed in with the same Apple ID. If you have more than one iCloud account or an On my iPad account, you can set a different custom password for each account. To access notes locked with a custom password, you must be using iOS 9.3, iPadOS 13, OS X 10.11.4, or later. On devices with an earlier version of the OS, you wont see the notes. 1. Go to Settings

> Notes > Password. 2. If you have multiple accounts, choose the account you want to set a password for. 3. Tap Use Custom Password. 4. For added convenience, you can also turn on Face ID or Touch ID. Dont rely on Face ID or Touch ID as the only means of unlocking your notes. If you update your Face ID or Touch ID settings, or want to change your Notes password, you have to reenter your Notes password. Important: If you forget your custom password, and you cant use Face ID or Touch ID to access your locked notes, Apple cant help you regain access to those notes. You can reset your custom password, but this doesnt give you access to previously locked notes. The new custom password applies to all notes you lock from now on. Go to Settings > Notes > Password > Reset Password. See the Apple Support article

. How to lock notes on your iPhone, iPad, and iPod touch Change the locking method If you're using a custom password, you can switch to using your device passcode. Go to Settings > Notes > Password, choose an account (if you have more than one), then tap Use Device Passcode. When you change your locking method, notes using the previous method are migrated to using the new method. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 510 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Lock a note You can only lock notes on your device and notes in iCloud. You cant lock notes that have PDFs, audio, video, Keynote, Pages, or Numbers documents attached; notes that sync with other accounts; or Quick Notes. You cant lock an iCloud note that has collaborators. 1. Open the note, then tap

(at the top-right corner). 2. Tap Lock. When a note is locked, the title remains visible in the notes list. To remove a lock from a note, tap

(at the top-right corner), then tap Remove. Open your locked notes Opening one locked note opens all your locked notes in the same account for several minutes so you can easily jump into another note or copy and paste information from other apps. 1. Tap the locked note, then tap View Note. 2. To open the note, use Face ID, Touch ID, your device passcode, or your Notes password. To lock your notes again, do any of the following:

Tap the lock icon at the top of the screen. Tap Lock Now at the bottom of the notes list. Close the Notes app. Lock your iPad. Change your Notes settings on iPad You can customize your preferences for the Notes app in Settings. Choose the default account for new notes, set a password, and more. From the Home Screen or App Library, go to Settings

> Notes, then adjust any of the settings. For example:

Default Account: Choose the default account for Siri and the Notes widget. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 511 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Password: Lock important notes. Sort Notes By: Choose Date Edited, Date Created, or Title. Lines & Grids: Choose a line or grid style for handwriting in new notes. Save to Photos: Save photos and videos taken in Notes to the Photos app. Access Notes from Lock Screen: Choose Always Create New Note or Resume Last Note. Or turn it off to prevent access from the Lock Screen. Use keyboard shortcuts in Notes on iPad If your iPad is connected to an Apple external keyboard

, you can use keyboard shortcuts to quickly perform actions the Notes app

. Examples of keyboard shortcuts Start a new note: Press Command-N. Add a checklist: Press Shift-Command-L. Create a bulleted list: Press Shift-Command-7. Hide the sidebar: Press Control-Command-S. Learn keyboard shortcuts Press and hold the Globe key or Command key until the shortcuts appear. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 512 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Photo Booth Take photos in Photo Booth on iPad Use the Photo Booth app to take selfies and photos with fun effects. Take a photo Photo Booth uses the front camera to display the subject in multiple tiles, each with a different effect, on the iPad screen. Effects include Kaleidoscope, Stretch, X-Ray, and more. The tile in the center of the screen displays Normal view. 1. Aim iPad at your subject to frame your shot. 2. Tap the tile of the effect you want to capture, then do any of the following:

https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 513 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Switch between the front and rear-facing cameras: Tap at the bottom of the screen. Change the effect: Tap at the bottom left of the screen. With some effects, you can drag your finger across the screen, or pinch, swipe, or rotate the image to alter the appearance. 3. Tap the shutter button to take the shot. When you take a photo, iPad makes a shutter sound. You can use the volume buttons to control the volume of the shutter sound. See

. Adjust the volume on iPad Note: In some regions, sound effects are played even if the Side Switch (available on some models) is set to silent. Delete, share, or copy a photo in Photo Booth on iPad You can delete, copy, and share the photos you take in the Photo Booth app

. Delete a photo in Photo Booth 1. Tap a photo thumbnail at the bottom of the screen. 2. Tap

, then tap Delete Photo. Share or copy a photo in Photo Booth 1. Tap a photo thumbnail at the bottom of the screen. 2. Tap

, then choose a share option. You can also choose Copy Photo to paste the photo into another document or Add to Shared Album to add the photo to a shared album in the Photos app, see Use iCloud

. Shared Albums with iPad View and edit Photo Booth photos in the Photos app on iPad Photos you take in the Photo Booth app are saved in the Photos app, where you can view and edit them. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 514 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM View and edit photos in the Photos app 1. Open the Photos app, then tap Library. 2. Tap the thumbnail to view the photo in full screen, tap Edit, then use the edit controls to make changes. 3. Tap Done. See View photos and videos in the Photos app on iPad and Edit photos and videos on

. iPad View photos on all your devices If you use iCloud Photos, you can view your photos on other devices that meet these minimum system requirements: iOS 11, iPadOS 13, and macOS 10.13. You must be signed in with the same Apple ID on all devices. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 515 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Photos View photos and videos in the Photos app on iPad Use the Photos app to find and view all of the photos and videos on your iPad. How photos and videos are organized in Photos Swipe from the left edge of the screen, or tap

, to open the sidebar and navigate Photos. Tap an item in the sidebar to see photos organized in different ways. Library: Browse your photos and videos organized by days, months, years, and all photos; see

. Browse photos in your library For You: View your memories, shared photos, featured photos, and sharing suggestions in a personalized feed; see

. Watch memories in Photos People: Browse your photos by the people Photos identifies in them; see Find and identify people in Photos on iPad

. Places: Browse by the locations where the photos were taken; see Browse photos by location on iPad

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 516 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Utilities and Media Types: View albums automatically created to organize your photos by categoriesfor example, Videos and Live Photos. Albums: View albums you created or shared; see Use photo albums in Photos on iPad and

. Use iCloud Shared Albums with iPad Browse photos in your library To browse your photos and videos by when they were taken, tap Library, then select any of the following:

Years: Quickly locate a specific year in your photo library. Months: View collections of photos that you took throughout a month, organized by significant eventslike a family outing, social occasion, birthday party, or trip. Days: View your best photos in chronological order, grouped by the time or place the photos were taken. All Photos: View all of your photos and videos. Tip: When viewing All Photos, pinch the screen to zoom in or out. You can also tap to zoom in or out, view photos by aspect ratio, filter photos, or show photos on a map. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 517 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Years, Months, and Days views are curated to show your best shots, and visual clutter like similar photos, screenshots, whiteboards, and receipts arent shown. To see every photo and video, tap All Photos. View individual photos Tap a photo to view it in full screen on your iPad. Double-tap or pinch out to zoom in on the photodrag to see other parts of the photo;

double-tap or pinch closed to zoom back out. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 518 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Tip: When viewing a Live Photo

, touch and hold the photo to play it. Tap to add the photo to your Favorites album. See Use photo albums in Photos

. Tap or drag the photo down to continue browsing or return to the search results. See photo and video information To see saved metadata information about a photo or video, open it, then tap or swipe up. Depending on the photo or video, you see the following details:

People identified in the photo A caption field to describe the photo or video, and make it easier to find in Search Items detected by Visual Look Up Whether the photo was shared with you in Messages or another app, or iCloud Shared Photo Library The date and time the photo or video was taken; tap Adjust to edit the date and time Camera metadata such as lens, shutter speed, file size, and more Where the photo or video was taken; tap the link to view the location in Maps; tap Adjust to edit the location https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 519 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Play videos and slideshows in the Photos app on iPad Use the Photos app to play videos youve recorded or saved on your iPad. You can also create slideshows of the photos, videos, and Live Photos in your library. Play a video As you browse photos and videos in the Photos app, tap a video to play it on your iPad. While it plays, you can do any of the following:

Tap the player controls at the top of the screen to pause, unmute, favorite, share, delete, or see video information; tap the screen to hide the player controls. Double-tap the screen to toggle between full screen and fit-to-screen. Touch and hold the frame viewer at the bottom of the screen to pause the video, then slide the viewer left or right to move back or forward. Make and play a slideshow You can create a slideshow to view a collection of photos and videos that you choose from your library. Slideshows are automatically formatted and set to music. 1. Tap Library. 2. View photos by All Photos or Days, then tap Select. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 520 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 3. Tap each photo you want to include in the slideshow, then tap at the bottom of the screen. 4. Tap Slideshow from the list of options. To change the slideshow theme, music, and more, tap the screen while the slideshow plays, then tap Options at the bottom of the screen. Note: You can also make a slideshow from an album. Tap the album you want to create a slideshow from, then follow the steps above. Delete or hide photos and videos on iPad In the Photos app

, you can delete photos and videos from your iPad or hide them in the Hidden album. You can also recover photos you recently deleted. Photos you delete and hide are saved in the Hidden and Recently Deleted albums, which you unlock using your iPad authentication method. When you use iCloud Photos on iPad

, any photos you delete or hide are synced across your other devices. Delete or hide a photo or video Tap a photo or video, then do either of the following:

Delete: Tap to delete a photo from your iPad and other devices using the same iCloud Photos account. Deleted photos and videos are kept in the Recently Deleted album for 30 days, where you can recover or permanently remove them from all devices. Hide: Tap

, then tap Hide in the list of options. Hidden photos are moved to the Hidden album. You cant view them anywhere else. To turn off the Hidden folder so it doesnt appear in Albums, go to Settings

Photos, then turn off Hidden Album. Delete or hide multiple photos and videos While viewing photos in an album or in the Days or All Photos view in your library, do either of the following:

https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 521 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Delete: Tap Select, tap or drag your finger on the screen to select the items you want to delete, then tap

. Hide: Tap Select, tap or drag your finger on the screen to select the items you want to hide, tap

, then tap Hide. Recover or permanently delete deleted photos To recover deleted photos, or to permanently delete them, do the following:

1. Swipe from the left edge of the screen or tap to show the sidebar, then tap Recently Deleted under Utilities. 2. Tap Select, then choose the photos and videos you want to recover or delete. 3. Tap Recover or Delete at the bottom of the screen. Unlock Recently Deleted and Hidden albums The Recently Deleted and Hidden albums are locked by default. You unlock these folders using your iPad authentication methodFace ID, Touch ID, or your passcode. To change the default setting from locked to unlocked, go to Settings >

> Photos, then turn off Use Passcode. Edit photos and videos on iPad After you take a photo or video, use the tools in the Photos app to edit it on your iPad. You can adjust the light and color, crop, rotate, add a filter, and more. If you dont like how your changes look, tap Cancel to revert back to the original. When you use iCloud Photos

, any edits you make are saved across all your devices. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 522 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Adjust light and color 1. Tap a photo or video thumbnail to view it in full screen. If youre editing a video or a photo shot in Portrait mode, tap on the left side of the screen. 2. Tap Edit, then swipe up on the right side of the screen to view the effects you can edit such as Exposure, Brilliance, Highlights, and Shadows. 3. Tap the effect you want to edit, then drag the slider to make precise adjustments. The level of adjustment you make for each effect is indicated by the outline around the button, so you can see at a glance which effects have been increased or decreased. Tap the effect button to toggle between the edited effect and the original. 4. Tap Done to save your edits, or if you dont like your changes, tap Cancel, then tap Discard Changes. Tip: Tap to automatically edit your photos and videos with effects. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 523 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Apply filter effects 1. Tap a photo or video thumbnail to view it in full screen. 2. Tap Edit, then tap on the left side of the screen. 3. Tap a filter on the right side of the screen, then drag the slider to adjust the effect. To compare the edited photo to the original, tap the photo. 4. Tap Done to save your edits, or if you dont like your changes, tap Cancel, then tap Discard Changes. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 524 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Crop, rotate, flip, or markup a photo or video 1. Tap a photo or video thumbnail to view it in full screen. 2. Tap Edit, tap on the left side of the screen, then do any of the following:

Crop manually: Drag the rectangle corners to enclose the area you want to keep in the photo, or you can pinch the photo open or closed. Crop to a standard preset ratio: Tap at the top of the screen, then choose an option at the bottom of the screen such as Square, 9:16, or 5:7. Rotate: Tap to rotate the photo 90 degrees. Flip: Tap to flip the image horizontally. 3. Tap Done to save your edits, or if you dont like your changes, tap Cancel, then tap Discard Changes. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 525 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Straighten and adjust perspective 1. Tap a photo or video thumbnail to view it in full screen. 2. Tap Edit, tap on the left side of the screen, then tap the effect button that you want to edit on the right side of the screen: Straighten, Vertical, or Horizontal. 3. Drag the slider to adjust the effect. The level of adjustment you make for each effect is displayed by the outline around the button, so you can see at a glance which effects have been increased or decreased. Tap the button to toggle between the edited effect and the original. 4. Tap Done to save your edits, or if you dont like your changes, tap Cancel, then tap Discard Changes. Undo and redo edits As you edit a photo or video, tap and at the top of the screen to undo and redo multiple edit steps. Tip: You can tap the photo or video to compare the edited version to the original. Copy and paste edits You can copy the edits you made to one photo (or video) and paste them onto another photo, or a batch or photos, all at once. 1. Open the photo or video that contains the edits you want to copy. 2. Tap

, then tap Copy Edits. 3. Tap to return to your library. 4. Tap Select, then tap the thumbnails of the photos you want to paste the edits onto. Or, open a single photo or video. 5. Tap at the bottom of the screen, then tap Paste Edits. Revert an edited photo or video After you edit a photo or video and save your changes, you can revert to the original. 1. Open the edited photo or video, then tap

. 2. Tap Revert to Original. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 526 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Change the date, time, or location You can change the date, time, and location thats stored within the photo or videos metadata information. See

. See photo and video information 1. Open the photo or video, then tap

. 2. Tap Adjust Date & Time or Adjust Location. 3. Enter the new information, then tap Adjust. To change the date, time, or location of a batch of photos, tap Select, tap the thumbnails you want to change, then follow the steps above. You can revert a photo or video to its original date, time, or location. Tap

, tap Adjust Date & Time or Adjust Location, then tap Revert. Write or draw on a photo 1. Tap a photo to view it in full screen. 2. Tap Edit, then tap

. 3. Annotate the photo using the different drawing tools and colors. Tap to magnify or add a caption, text, shapes, or even your signature. 4. Tap Done to save your edits, or if you dont like your changes, tap Cancel. Trim video length and adjust slow motion on iPad In the Photos app

, you can trim a video you recorded on your iPad to change where it starts and stops. You can also adjust the portion of a video that appears in slow motion when you record a video in Slo-mo mode. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 527 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Trim a video 1. Open the video, then tap Edit. 2. Drag either end of the frame viewer to adjust the length, then tap Done. 3. Tap Save Video to save only the trimmed video, or Save Video as New Clip to save both versions of the video. To undo the trim after you save, tap Edit, then tap Revert. Note: A video saved as a new clip cant be reverted to the original. Change the slow-motion section of a video shot in Slo-mo mode 1. Open a video shot in Slo-mo mode, then tap Edit. 2. Drag the white vertical bars beneath the frame viewer to set where the video is played in slow motion. 3. Tap Done to save your edits, or if you dont like your changes, tap Cancel. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 528 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Edit Live Photos on iPad In the Photos app

, you can edit Live Photos, change the key photo, and add fun effects like Bounce and Loop. Edit a Live Photo In addition to using the photo editing tools (like adding filters or cropping a photo), you can also change the key photo, trim the length, or mute the sound in your Live Photos

(available on supported models). 1. Open the Live Photo and tap Edit. 2. Tap

, then do any of the following:

Set a key photo: Move the white frame on the frame viewer, tap Make Key Photo, then tap Done. Trim a Live Photo: Drag either end of the frame viewer to choose the frames the Live Photo plays. Make a still photo: Tap the Live button at the top of the screen to turn off the Live feature. The Live Photo becomes a still of its key photo. Mute a Live Photo: Tap at the top of the screen. Tap again to unmute. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 529 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Add effects to a Live Photo You can add effects to Live Photos to turn them into fun videos (available on supported models). 1. Open the Live Photo. 2. Tap Live in the top-left corner, then choose one of the following:

Live: Applies the Live video playback feature. Loop: Repeats the action in a continuous looping video. Bounce: Rewinds the action backward and forward. Long Exposure: Simulates a DSLR-like long exposure effect by blurring motion. Off: Turns off the Live video playback feature or applied effect. Edit Cinematic mode videos on your iPad Cinematic mode videos you record on iPhone 13 models can be edited in the Photos app on your iPad. Cinematic mode applies a depth-of-field effect that keeps the focus point of your video sharp while creating a beautifully blurred foreground and background. You can change the focus point where the effect is applied, and adjust the level of background bluror depth of fieldin your Cinematic videos. You can also turn off the effect. Cinematic mode videos can be edited on iPad Pro 12.9-inch (3rd generation and later), iPad Pro 11-inch (all generations), iPad Air (3rd generation and later), and iPad mini (5th generation and later). Turn off the Cinematic effect 1. In Photos, open a video recorded in Cinematic mode, then tap Edit. 2. Tap Cinematic at the top of the screen, then tap Done. Repeat these steps to turn Cinematic mode back on. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 530 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Change the focus subject in a Cinematic video Camera automatically identifies where to focus while you record in Cinematic mode and can automatically change focus if a new subject is identified. You can also change the focus subject manually. 1. In Photos, open a video recorded in Cinematic mode, then tap Edit. White dots under the frame viewer indicate where Camera automatically changed the focus while recording. Yellow dots indicate where the focus was manually changed. 2. Play the video, or slide the white vertical bar in the frame viewer, to the point where you want to change the focus. 3. Tap the new subject, outlined in yellow, on the screen to change the focus; double tap to set automatic focus tracking on the subject. A yellow dot appears under the frame viewer to indicate the focus was changed. Note: You can also touch and hold the screen to lock the focus at a specific distance from the camera. 4. Repeat the steps above to change focus points throughout the video. To remove a manual focus change, tap the yellow dot under the frame viewer, then tap

. 5. Tap Done to save your changes. Tap to toggle between automatic focus tracking and the manually selected focus points. After you save changes, you can revert a Cinematic mode video to the original if you dont like your edits. Open the video, tap Edit, then tap Revert. Adjust the depth of field in a Cinematic video 1. In Photos, open a video you recorded in Cinematic mode, then tap Edit. 2. Tap at the top of the screen. A slider appears below the video. 3. Drag the slider left or right to adjust the depth of field effect, then tap Done. To undo the change after you save, open the video, tap Edit, then tap Revert. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 531 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Export Cinematic mode videos to your Mac You can transfer Cinematic mode videoswith depth and focus metadatafrom your iPhone to your Mac to edit in other apps. 1. In Photos, open the Cinematic mode video, then tap

. 2. Tap Options at the top of the screen, turn on All Photos Data, then tap Done. 3. Tap AirDrop, then tap the device you want to share with (make sure the device youre sharing with has AirDrop turned on). For information about editing Cinematic mode videos on your Mac using Photos, see Edit a Cinematic mode video in Photos on Mac

. For information about editing Cinematic mode videos on your Mac using Final Cut Pro, iMovie, or Motion, see the Apple Support article Edit Cinematic mode video in Final Cut Pro, iMovie, and Motion on Mac

. Edit Portrait mode photos on iPad In the Photos app, you can change and adjust the lighting effects in Portrait mode photos. Edit Portrait Lighting effects in Portrait mode photos You can apply, change, or remove the Portrait Lighting effects in photos you take in Portrait mode. You can also edit Portrait mode photos taken on other devices. 1. Tap any photo taken in Portrait mode to view it in full screen. 2. Tap Edit, touch

, then drag to choose a lighting effect. Natural Light: The face is in sharp focus against a blurred background. Studio Light: The face is brightly lit, and the photo has an overall clean look. Contour Light: The face has dramatic shadows with highlights and lowlights. Stage Light: The face is spotlit against a deep black background. Stage Light Mono: The effect is like Stage Light, but the photo is in classic black and white. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 532 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM High-Key Light Mono: Creates a grayscale subject on a white background iPad Pro 11-inch (2nd generation or later) and iPad Pro 12.9-inch (4th generation or later) only. 3. Tap Done to save your changes. To undo the Portrait Lighting effect after you save, tap Edit, then tap Revert to go back to the original lighting. Note: To remove the Portrait effect from a photo, tap Edit, then tap Portrait at the top of the screen. Adjust Depth Control in Portrait mode photos On models that support Depth Control, use the Depth Control slider to adjust the level of background blur in your Portrait mode photos. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 533 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 1. Tap any photo taken in Portrait mode to view it in full screen. 2. Tap Edit, then tap at the top of the screen. When the button is yellow, the feature is on. A slider appears next to the photo on the right side of the screen. 3. Drag the slider up or down to adjust the effect. A white dot marks the original depth value for the photo. 4. Tap Done to save your changes. Adjust Portrait Lighting in Portrait mode photos On iPad Pro 11-inch (2nd generation or later) and iPad Pro 12.9-inch (4th generation or later), use the Portrait Lighting slider to adjust the intensity of the effects in your Portrait mode photos. 1. Tap any photo taken in Portrait mode to view it in full screen. 2. Tap Edit. If isnt yellow, tap it to turn the feature on. 3. Touch and drag to change the Portrait Lighting effect, then drag the slider to adjust the effect. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 534 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 4. Tap Done to save your changes. Use photo albums in Photos on iPad Use albums in the Photos app to view and organize your photos and videos. Tap the Albums tab to view your photos and videos organized into different categories and media types, like Videos, Portrait, and Slo-mo. You can also look at your photos arranged on a world map in the Places album, or browse your photos based on whos in them in the People album. The Recents album shows your entire photo collection in the order that you added them to your library and the Favorites album shows photos and videos that you marked as favorites. If you use iCloud Photos, albums are stored in iCloud. Theyre up to date and accessible on devices where youre signed in with the same Apple ID. See Use iCloud Photos on

. iPad https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 535 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Create a new album 1. Swipe from the left edge of the screen or tap to show the sidebar, then tap New Album below My Albums. 2. Name the album, then tap Save. 3. Tap the photos you want to add to the album, then tap Add. To create a shared album, see

. Share photos with Shared Albums in iCloud Add a photo or video to an album 1. Open the photo or video in full screen, then tap

. 2. Tap Add to Album, then do either of the following:

Start a new album: Tap New Album, then give the album a name. Add to an existing album: Tap an existing album under My Albums. Add multiple photos and videos to an album 1. When viewing multiple thumbnails, tap Select at the top of the screen. 2. Tap the photo and video thumbnails you want to add, then tap at the bottom of the screen. 3. Tap Add to Album, then do either of the following:

Start a new album: Tap New Album, then give the album a name. Add to an existing album: Tap an existing album under My Albums. Remove photos and videos from an album 1. Open the album, then tap the photo or video you want to remove to view it in full screen. 2. Tap at the top of the screen, then choose one of the following:

Remove from Album: The photo is removed from that album, but remains in other albums and your library. Delete from Library: The photo is removed from all albums and your library and moves to the Recently Deleted album. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 536 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM To remove multiple photos or videos from an album, tap Select, tap the photo and video thumbnails you want to remove, then tap

. Edit and organize albums on iPad You can rename, rearrange, and delete albums in the Photos app

. You can also create folders to contain multiple albums. For example, you could create a folder named Vacations, and then create multiple albums within the folder of all your vacations. You can also create folders inside folders. Rename, rearrange, and delete existing albums 1. Swipe from the left edge of the screen or tap to show the sidebar. 2. Tap All Albums, tap Edit, then do any of the following:

Rename: Tap the album name, then enter a new name. Rearrange: Touch and hold the albums thumbnail, then drag it to a new location. Delete: Tap

. 3. Tap Done. Albums that Photos creates for you, such as Recents, People, and Places, cant be deleted. Organize albums in folders 1. Swipe from the left edge of the screen or tap to show the sidebar, then tap All Albums below My Albums. 2. Tap

, then tap New Folder. 3. Name the folder, then tap Save. 4. Open the folder, tap Edit, then tap to create a new album or folder inside the folder. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 537 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Filter and sort photos and videos in albums on iPad You can filter and sort photos and videos in the albums you create in the Photos app

. For example, you can filter an album to show only videos, only photos, or photos and videos you marked as favorites. You can also sort photos and videos in an album by newest to oldest, oldest to newest, or in a custom order. Filter photos and videos in an album You can filter photos and videos in an album by favorites, edited, photos, and videos. 1. Open an album, then tap

. 2. Tap Filter, then choose how you want to filter the photos and videos in the album. 3. Tap Done. To remove a filter from an album, tap

, tap All Items, then tap Done. Sort photos in albums You can sort photos and videos in an album by newest to oldest, or oldest to newest. 1. Open an album, then tap

. 2. Tap Sort, then choose how you want to sort the photos and videos in the album. To move an individual photo, touch and hold the thumbnail, then drag it to a new location for a custom sort. Duplicate and copy photos and videos on iPad In the Photos app on iPad, you can duplicate a photo or video while preserving the original version. You can also copy a photo and then paste it into another document such as an email, text message, or presentation. Duplicate a photo or video 1. Open a photo or video, then tap

. 2. Tap Duplicate. A duplicate copy appears next to the original in your library. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 538 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Duplicate multiple photos or videos 1. Tap Library, then tap All Photos or Days. 2. Tap Select, then tap the thumbnails you want to duplicate. 3. Tap

, then tap Duplicate. Copy a photo 1. Open a photo, then tap

. 2. Tap Copy, then paste the photo into another document. Copy multiple photos or videos 1. Tap Library, then tap All Photos or Days. 2. Tap Select, then tap the thumbnails you want to copy. 3. Tap

, then tap Copy. 4. Paste the copies into another document. Merge duplicate photos and videos on iPad The Photos app identifies duplicate photos and videos in your photo library in the Duplicates album. You can merge duplicate photos and videos to save space and clean up your library. 1. Swipe from the left edge of the screen or tap to show the sidebar. 2. Tap Duplicates below Utilities. Duplicate photos and videos appear next to each other. 3. Tap Merge to combine the duplicates, then tap Merge [number] Items. Merging combines the highest quality version and all of the relevant data across the duplicates, and keeps that one in your library. The remaining duplicates are moved to the Recently Deleted album. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 539 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM If you dont have any duplicate photos or videos in your library, the Duplicates album doesnt appear. Search in Photos on iPad When you tap Search in the Photos app

, you see suggestions for people, places, and photo categories to help you find what youre looking for, or rediscover a moment you forgot about. You can also type a keyword into the search fieldfor example, a persons name, date, or locationto help you find a specific photo. Tip: You can also find photos and videos in your Photos library when you Use iPad to search

. Swipe from the left edge of the screen or tap to show the sidebar, then tap Search. View photos in the suggested categories, or use the search field at the top of the screen to search by any of the following:

Date (month or year) Place (city or state) Business names (museums or restaurants, for example) Category (beach or sunset, for example) https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 540 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Events (sports games or concerts, for example) A person identified in your People album (see Find and identify people in Photos

) Text (an email address or phone number, for example) Caption (see See photo and video information

) The person who added the photo to the library (see Set up or join an iCloud Shared Photo Library in Photos on iPad

) Tip: Looking for something more specific? Refine your search with multiple keywords simply keep adding keywords until you find the right photo. Search also suggests keywords to add to your search. Find and identify people in Photos on iPad The Photos app recognize faces in your photos and sorts them in the People album. When you add names to the faces in the People album, you can search for photos by a persons name. Name a person in a photo When you identify a person in a photo, theyre automatically added to your People album and identified in other photos in your library. 1. Open a photo of the person, then tap or swipe up to see the photo details. People identified in the photo appear in the bottom-left corner of the photo. Unnamed people have a question mark next to their picture. 2. Tap the face of a person with a question mark next to their picture to identify them, then tap Tag with Name. 3. Type their name, tap Next, then tap Done. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 541 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Name a person in your People album 1. Tap the People album in the sidebar, then tap the face of the person whose name you want to add. 2. Tap Add Name at the top of the screen, then enter the persons name. 3. Tap Next. If a face is identified as two or more people in the People album, tap Select, tap each instance of the person, then tap Merge. 4. Tap Done. Find photos of a specific person To find photos of a specific person, swipe from the left edge of the screen or tap to show the sidebar, then do either of the following:

Tap the People album, then tap a face of a person to see all of the photos theyre in. Tap Search, then enter a persons name in the search field. Change a persons key photo 1. Tap the People album in the sidebar, then tap the face of a person. 2. Tap Select, then tap Show More. 3. Choose the photo you want to set as the key photo. 4. Tap

, then tap Make Key Photo. Favorite a person Mark the people that you interact with the most as a favorite so that it's easier to find them. 1. Tap the People album. 2. Tap next to the persons photo. To favorite multiple people at once, tap Select, tap each person that you want to favorite, then tap Favorite at the bottom of the screen. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 542 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Fix misidentifications 1. Tap the People album in the sidebar, then tap the face of a person who is misidentified. 2. Tap Select, then tap Show Faces. 3. Tap the misidentified face. 4. Tap

, then tap This is Not <name>. Sort people alphabetically or manually in the People album 1. Tap the People album in the sidebar. 2. Tap then choose one of the following:

To sort people alphabetically: Tap Name. To sort people manually: Tap Custom Order, then touch and hold a person and drag to the position you want them to appear). Feature a person in your People album less frequently You can make photos of certain people less likely to appear in your memories and featured photos, and in the Photos widget. 1. Open the People album, then tap the face of the person you want to see less often. 2. Tap

, then tap Feature [name] Less. 3. Choose Feature This Person Less or Never Feature This Person, then tap Confirm. See Manage memories and featured photos in Photos on iPad to further customize the photos that appear in your memories and featured photos, and in the Photos widget. Remove a person from your People album 1. Tap the People album, then tap the face of the person you want to remove. 2. Tap

, then tap Remove [name] from People. When you use iCloud Photos

, your People album is kept up to date on all your devices that meet these minimum system requirements: iOS 11, iPadOS 13, or macOS 10.13. (You must be signed in with the same Apple ID on all the devices.) https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 543 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Browse photos by location on iPad The Photos app creates collections of your photos and videos in the Places album based on where they were taken. View photos taken in a specific location, or look for photos taken nearby. See a collection of all your places on a map, or even watch a memory of a certain place. Browse photos by location 1. Swipe from the left edge of the screen or tap to show the sidebar, then tap Places. 2. Select Map or Grid view. Only pictures and videos that have embedded location information (GPS data) are included. Tip: Pinch the map to zoom in and out, or drag to see more locations. See where a photo was taken 1. Open a photo, then swipe up to

. see photo information 2. Tap the map or address link to see more details. To change the location or address where the photo was taken, see Change the date, time, or location

. Watch a location-based memory 1. In the sidebar, tap Places, then tap Grid. 2. Find a location with several images, then tap the location heading. 3. Tap to play the memory. Share photos and videos on iPad Share photos and videos from the Photos app in Mail or Messages, or other apps you install. Photos even selects your best photos from an event and recommends people you may want to share them with. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 544 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Share photos and videos Share a single photo or video: Open the photo or video, tap

, then choose how you want to share. Share multiple photos or videos: When viewing a screen with multiple thumbnails, tap Select, then tap the thumbnail of the photos and videos you want to share. Tap

, then choose a share option. Share photos or videos from a day or month: Tap Library, tap Days or Months, tap

, then tap Share Photos to share all the photos from that day or month. When iCloud Photos is turned on, you can share multiple full-quality photos with an iCloud link. iCloud links remain available for 30 days, can be viewed by anyone, and can be shared using any app, such as Messages or Mail. You can also use Shared Albums to share photos and videos with just the people you choose. See

. Use iCloud Shared Albums with iPad https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 545 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Note: The size limit of attachments is determined by your service provider. For devices or services that dont support Live Photos, a Live Photo is shared as a still photo. Share photos with Sharing Suggestions Sharing Suggestions recommends a set of photos from an event that you may want to share and, based on the people in the photos, who you may want to share them with. The people you share with receive a message with a link to iCloud.com to view your photos. Your shared collection is active for 30 days, but you can stop sharing the collection at any time. Photos identifies the people in your photos using the identifications you set up in the People album. See Find and identify people in Photos

. If a person in the suggested photos isnt identified in your People album, youre prompted to create a contact for them before you can share the photos. See

. Add and use contact information on iPad After you share your photos, the recipients are prompted to share their photos from the event with you. iCloud Photos must be turned on to see Sharing Suggestions, but the photos you share can be viewed by anyone. 1. Swipe from the left edge of the screen or tap to show the sidebar, then tap For You. 2. Tap a photo collection below Sharing Suggestions. Tap Select if you want to remove any photos from the collection. 3. Tap Next, then tap Share in Messages. To send the link to more friends, or to stop sharing it: Tap the collection, tap

, then choose Copy iCloud Link or Stop Sharing. To remove a photo collection from Sharing Suggestions: Tap

, then tap Remove Sharing Suggestion. 4. Tap

. To remove a photo collection from Sharing Suggestions, tap the collection, tap then tap Remove Sharing Suggestion. To stop sharing a link you already sent, tap For You, then tap the collection below iCloud Links. Tap

, then tap Stop Sharing. Need more help? See the Apple Support article

. Use Sharing Suggestions in Photos https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 546 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Save or share a photo or video you receive From email: Tap to download the item if necessary, then tap

. Or, touch and hold the item, then choose a sharing or saving option. From a text message: Tap the photo or video in the conversation, tap

, then choose a sharing or saving option. You can also tap in the Messages conversation to save the photo or video directly to your Photos library. From an iCloud link: Tap in the Messages conversation to save the collection directly to your Photos library. To share the collection, open Photos, tap For You, then tap the collection under iCloud Links. Tap

, then tap Share. View photos and videos shared with you on iPad When a friend shares photos and videos with you using the Messages app

, you can easily find them in the Shared with You section in the Photos app

. (Automatic Sharing and Photos must be turned on in Settings

> Messages > Shared with You, and the friend must be in your Contacts.) 1. Swipe from the left edge of the screen or tap to show the sidebar, then tap For You. 2. Do any of the following:

Tap a photo to view it in full screen, save it to your library, share it, or delete it. Tap See All to view all photos shared with you. Tap the name of the person who shared the photo, then reply to them using the Messages app. You can also tap Library, then tap All Photos to see photos and videos shared with you in Messages. These photos and videos have a chat bubble in the bottom-left corner of the thumbnail. Tap the thumbnail to share the photo or video, save to your library, or delete. To hide photos and videos shared with you in Messages, tap

, then tap Your Photos Only. Note: Photos and videos you dont save from a Messages conversation are deleted in Shared with You and from your library if the conversation in Messages is deleted. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 547 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM To turn off Shared with You, go to Settings

> Messages > Shared with You, then turn off Photos (green is on). Interact with text and subjects in Photos on iPad When you view a photo in the Photos app

, you can interact with the text and subjects that appear within the photo. Use Live Text to share text, translate languages, convert currencies, and more. With Visual Look Up, you can identify and learn about popular landmarks, statues, art, plants, pets, and more. You can also lift the subject of a photo away from the background to copy and share it in other documents and apps. Note: These features are available on supported models. Use Live Text 1. Open a photo or pause a video that contains text. 2. Tap

, then touch and hold the selected text. 3. Use the grab points to select specific text, then do any of the following:

Copy Text: Copy text to paste into another app such as Notes or Messages. Select All: Select all the text within the frame. Look Up: Show personalized web suggestions. Translate: Translate text. Search the web: Look up the selected text on the web. Share: Share text using AirDrop, Messages, Mail, or other available options. Depending on the content of the photo, you can also tap a quick action at the bottom of the screen to do things like make a phone call, visit a website, start an email, convert currencies, and more. 4. Tap to return to the photo or video. Live Text isnt available in all regions or languages. See iOS and iPadOS Feature

. Availability https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 548 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Use Visual Look Up Learn more about popular landmarks, art, statues, plants, pets, birds, insects, and spiders that appear in your photos. 1. Open a photo in full screen;

indicates Visual Look Up information is available for that photo. 2. Swipe up on the photo or tap

. 3. Tap the icon that appears in the photo or at the top of the photo information window to view Siri Knowledge and more information about the object. Visual Look Up isnt available in all regions or languages. See iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 549 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Lift a subject from the photo background You can lift the subject of a photo away from the background so you can copy and share it in other documents and apps. 1. Open a photo. 2. Touch and briefly hold the subject of the photo. When its outlined, do one of the following:

Tap Copy, then paste the subject into an email, text message, or note. Tap Share, then choose a sharing option, such as Airdrop, Messages, or Mail. Touch and hold the subject, then drag it into an email, text message, or note. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 550 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Watch memories in Photos on iPad The Memories feature in the Photos app creates a personalized collection of photos and videos that are set to music and you watch like a movie. Each memory features a significant person, place, or event from your Photos library. You can also create your own memories and share them with your friends and family. Play a memory 1. Open Photos, swipe from the left edge of the screen or tap to show the sidebar, then tap For You. 2. Swipe left below Memories, or tap See All to browse through your memories. 3. Tap a memory to play it. As you watch, you can do any of the following:

Pause: Touch and hold the screen or tap the screen, then tap

. Go backward or forward: Swipe left or right on the screen, or tap the screen, then slide the frames at the bottom of the screen. Restart a video: Tap the left side of the screen while the video plays. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 551 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Create a memory You can create your own memory from an event, a specific day in your library, or an album. 1. Tap Library, tap Days or Months, then tap

. Or, tap an album, then tap

. 2. Tap Play Memory Video. Share a memory 1. Tap For You, then play the memory you want to share. 2. While the memory plays, tap the screen, tap

, then choose how you want to share. Share photos from a memory You can share multiple or individual photos from a memory. 1. Tap a memory to play it. 2. While the memory plays, tap the screen, then tap

. 3. Tap

, tap Select, then tap the photos you want to share. 4. Tap

, then choose how you want to share. Add a memory to Favorites Tap For You, then tap in the top-right corner of the memory. Or, while a memory is playing, tap the screen, tap

, then tap Add To Favorites. To view your favorite memories, tap For You, tap See All next to Memories, then tap Favorites. Personalize your memories in Photos on iPad In the Photos app

, you can edit your memories to make them even more personal. Try out Memory mixes, which let you apply different songs with a matching photographic look. You can also choose new songs, edit the title of a memory, change the length, and remove photos. Apple Music subscribers can add from the millions of songs available in the Apple Music library. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 552 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Add a Memory mix Memory mixes are curated combinations of different songs, pacing, and styles that change the look and feel of a memory. 1. Swipe from the left edge of the screen or tap to show the sidebar, then tap For You. 2. Tap a memory to play it. 3. Tap the screen, then tap

. 4. Swipe left to view different Memory mixes. 5. Tap the screen to apply a Memory mix. Change the Memory look Use Memory looks to apply consistent color and style adjustments to all the photos in a memory. 1. Play a memory, then tap the screen. 2. Tap

, then tap

. 3. Tap a Memory look, then tap Done. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 553 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Change the memorys music You can change a memorys music by choosing from memory soundtracks or Apple Musics suggested songs. Apple Music subscribers can also access their Apple Music library and view suggested songs based on musical preferences or the content of the memory. 1. Play a memory, then tap the screen. 2. Tap

, then tap

. Apple Music subscribers can tap to search for songs in the Apple Music library. 3. Tap a song, then tap Done. Edit the memory title and subtitle You can change or edit the title and subtitle of a memory. 1. Tap in the top-right corner of the memory, then tap Change Title. 2. Enter the new title or subtitle in the text field, then tap Save. Change the length of a memory Depending on the number of photos in a memory, you can change the length of a memory to be short, medium, or long. 1. Play a memory, then tap the screen. 2. Tap

, then tap Short, Medium, or Long. Add or remove photos from a memory 1. Play a memory, then tap the screen. 2. Tap

, then tap Manage Photos. 3. Tap photos without a checkmark to add them to the memory; tap photos with a checkmark to remove them from the memory. 4. Tap Done. Delete a memory 1. Tap For You, then tap in the top-right corner of the memory you want to delete. 2. Tap Delete Memory. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 554 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Feature certain content less frequently in memories You can make certain people and photos less likely to appear in your memories and featured photos, and in the Photos widget. 1. Tap For You, then tap in the top-right corner of the memory. 2. Tap Feature Less, then choose to feature fewer photos of a specific person, date, or place from that memory. Manage memories and featured photos in Photos on iPad The Photos app can show certain people, places, days, and holidays less frequently or not at all in your memories, featured photos, and in the Photos widget. You can also turn off memories and featured photos in the Photos app and widget on your iPad Home Screen. Show a person less frequently or not at all 1. Open a photo of the person you want to show less often. 2. Tap

, then tap Feature This Person Less. 3. Choose Feature This Person Less or Never Feature This Person, then tap Confirm. Note: You can also show a person less often if they appear in your People album. See

. Feature a person in your People album less frequently https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 555 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Show certain content less frequently in memories 1. Tap at the top of the memory. 2. Tap Feature Less, then depending on the memory, tap one of the following:

Feature a Person Less Feature This Place Less Feature This Holiday Less Feature This Day Less Feature These Days Less If you choose Feature a Person Less, select the person you want to show fewer photos of, then tap Next. Choose Feature This Person Less or Never Feature This Person, then tap Confirm. Tip: To turn off all memories that feature holiday events in your home country or region, go to Settings > Photos, then turn off Show Holiday Events. Note: If you choose to feature a person less often, but then want to see that person again, you need to reset your Memories settings. Go to Settings > Photos, tap Reset Suggested Memories, then tap Reset to confirm. Turn off Memories and Featured Photos You can turn off the Memories and Featured Photos features in the For You section of the Photos app and the Photos widget. Go to Settings >

> Photos, then turn off Show Featured Content. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 556 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Use iCloud Photos features Use iCloud Photos on iPad You can use iCloud Photos to keep the photos and videos in your Photos app securely stored in iCloud, and in sync on your iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, Mac, Apple TV, or Windows computer. You can also access your iCloud photos and videos in a web browser. The photos and videos you take are uploaded automatically and stored in their original format at full resolution. Any changes you make to your Photos collection on one device changes on your other devices too. To use iCloud Photos, make sure that you sign in with the same Apple ID on all devices and that your devices meet these minimum system requirements: iOS 15, iPadOS 15, macOS 12, tvOS 13, or a PC with iCloud for Windows 11. Turn on iCloud Photos 1. Tap Settings

, then tap [your name]. 2. Tap iCloud. 3. Tap Photos, then turn on Sync this iPad. Save space on your iPad iCloud Photos can help you make the most of the storage space on your iPad. When Optimize iPad Storage is turned on, all your full-resolution photos and videos are stored in iCloud in their original formats, with storage-saving versions kept on your iPad as space is needed. Optimize iPad Storage is turned on by default. To turn it off, go to Settings

[your name] > iCloud > Photos, then tap Optimize iPad Storage. Get more iCloud storage If your uploaded photos and videos exceed your storage plan, you can upgrade to iCloud+ for more storage and additional features. See

. Subscribe to iCloud+ on iPad https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 557 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Use iCloud Shared Albums with iPad With Shared Albums in the Photos app

, you can share photos and videos with just the people you choose. They can also add their own photos, videos, and comments. Shared Albums works with or without iCloud Photos and My Photo Stream. Turn on Shared Albums Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud > Photos, then turn on Shared Albums. Create a new shared album 1. Swipe from the left edge of the screen or tap to show the sidebar. 2. Tap New Shared Album under Shared Albums. 3. Give the album a name, then tap Next. 4. Choose people to invite, or type an email address or phone number, then tap Create. Turn on public viewing in iCloud 1. Select a shared album in the sidebar. 2. Tap

, then turn on Public Website. Add photos and videos to a shared album 1. Select a shared album in the sidebar, then tap

. 2. Select all the items you want to add, then tap Done. 3. Add a comment if you want, then tap Post. When Public Website is turned on, anyone with the iCloud URL can view the album. Add or remove subscribers, or turn notifications on or off Select the shared album, tap

, then do any of the following:

Add subscribers: Tap Invite People, then enter the names of the subscribers you want to add. Subscribers can add photos and videos to the album. Tap the Subscribers Can Post button so only you can add photos and videos. Tap again to allow subscribers to post. Remove subscribers: Tap the name of the subscriber, then tap Remove Subscriber. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 558 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Turn notifications off: Tap the Notifications button. Tap again to turn Notifications on. Delete photos, videos, and comments from a shared album You must be the owner of the shared album to delete photos or videos. Delete photos and videos: In a shared album, tap Select. Select the photos or videos you want to delete, then tap

. Delete comments: While viewing the comment in a shared photo, touch and hold, then tap Delete. Rename a shared album 1. Tap Edit at the top of the sidebar. 2. Touch and hold the album name until a cursor appears, then enter a new name. Subscribe to a shared album When you receive an invitation, tap

, tap Accept. You can also accept an invitation in an email. Note: To use Shared Albums, your iPad must be connected to Wi-Fi. Shared Albums works over both Wi-Fi and cellular networks. Cellular data charges may apply. See

. Connect to the internet Set up or join an iCloud Shared Photo Library in Photos on iPad With iCloud Shared Photo Library in the Photos app

, you can set up or join a Shared Library to share photos and videos with up to five other friends or family members. You and those close to you can collaborate on the photo collection and enjoy more complete memories, all in one place. You can belong to one Shared Library at a time. When you join a Shared Library, the photos and videos that you contribute move from your Personal Library to the Shared Library, and all members of the library can view, edit, and delete them. Shared Library photos and videos are integrated seamlessly in the Photos app alongside your personal content, but you can also use a filter to quickly

. switch between your Personal and Shared Libraries Note: iOS 16.1, iPadOS 16.1 and macOS Ventura are required to use iCloud Shared Photo Library. All content added to a Shared Library counts toward the iCloud storage space of the library organizer. See

. Add storage space to the Shared Library https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 559 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Before you begin Before you set up or join an iCloud Shared Photo Library, make sure you have iCloud Photos turned on. Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud > Photos, then make sure Sync this iPad is on. Note: You dont need Family Sharing turned on to set up a Shared Library. Set up iCloud Shared Photo Library The person who sets up iCloud Shared Photo Library is the organizer. Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud > Photos, tap Shared Library, then follow the instructions onscreen to add participants and move photos into the Shared Library. During setup, you can add existing photos and videos from your Personal Library to the Shared Library in these ways:

All My Photos and Videos: Add all of the photos and videos in your Personal Library to the Shared Library. By People or Date: Add photos and videos that include specific people or were taken when those people were nearby. Or, tap Skip, then select a date on the calendar

(such as an anniversary or other meaningful day) to automatically add all photos and videos that were taken after that date. Manually: Select the specific photos and videos that you want to add to the Shared Library. Note: Photos and videos you add to the Shared Library dont appear in your Personal Library; see

. Switch Library views You can preview the photos and videos you add to the Shared Library and make changes before sending the invitation to participants using Messages or a web link. Join a Shared Library To join an iCloud Shared Photo Library, tap the invitation sent from the organizer, tap Get Started, then follow the onscreen instructions. During setup, you can add photos and videos to the Shared Library the same way as the organizer (see above). After you join a Shared Library, you can add photos and videos to the Shared Library in several ways, and access the same content within the Shared Library as the organizer and other participants. See

. Add content to an iCloud Shared Photo Library https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 560 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Add participants to a Shared Library The person who sets up iCloud Shared Photo Library (the organizer) can add new participants to the Shared Library. Note: A Shared Library can include up six participants including the organizer; you can belong to one Shared Library at a time. To add participants after a library is set up, go to Settings

> Photos > Shared Library, then tap Add Participants. Leave a Shared Library To leave an iCloud Shared Photo Library, go to Settings

> Photos > Shared Library, then tap Leave Shared Library. When you leave the Shared Library, you can copy everything from the Shared Library into your Personal Library, or just the content that you contributed. Delete a Shared Library Only the organizer can delete an iCloud Shared Photo Library. Go to Settings

> Photos > Shared Library, then tap Delete Shared Library. When a Shared Library is deleted, participants who have been members of the Shared Library for over seven days can copy everything from the Shared Library into their own libraries and participants who have been members for less than seven days can copy the content they contributed. Add content to an iCloud Shared Photo Library in Photos on iPad After you set up or join an iCloud Shared Photo Library in the Photos app

, you can continue to add photos and videos in several ways:

Manually move photos from your Personal Library Save photos and videos you take directly to the Shared Library from Camera Share photos you take when other members of the Shared Library are nearby Share photos and videos you take at home https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 561 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Manually add photos and videos to the Shared Library You can add individual photos and videos from your Personal Library to the Shared Library. 1. Tap the photo or video you want to add to view it in full screen on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then tap Move to Shared Library. After content is moved to the Shared Library, its no longer in your Personal Library and is visible to all of the Shared Library participants. To move content from the Shared Library back to your Personal Library, follow the steps above, but tap Move to Personal Library instead of Move to Shared Library. Add photos and videos to the Shared Library directly from Camera When you open Camera, a Shared Library button appears on the side of the screen to let you switch between saving the photos and videos you take to directly to your Personal Library or to the Shared Library. By default, Camera shares to your Personal Library. To switch, tap to save to the Shared Library; tap to switch back to your Personal Library. To turn the feature on or off after you complete the setup process, go to Settings

Photos > Shared Library > Sharing from Camera, then turn Sharing from Camera on or off (green is on). Add photos and videos when Shared Library participants are nearby When you set up or join an iCloud Shared Photo Library, you can choose an option to automatically turn on the Shared Library button in Camera when other Shared Library participants are nearby, so you can always add the photos and videos you take together directly to the Shared Library. To detect when participants of your Shared Library are nearby, participants need to be signed in with their Apple ID and have Bluetooth turned on in Settings

> Bluetooth. To turn the feature on or off after you complete the setup process, go to Settings > Photos > Shared Library > Sharing from Camera, then tap Share Automatically or Share Manually. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 562 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Automatically add photos and videos taken at home When you set up or join an iCloud Shared Photo Library, you can choose an option to automatically add photos and videos you take at home to the Shared Library. Go to Settings

> Photos > Shared Library > Sharing from Camera, then turn on Share When At Home (green is on). Add photo and videos with sharing suggestions Sharing suggestions recommends photos you might want to add to your Shared Library, such as photos you took with participants of the Shared Library, photos you took when participants were nearby, or photos of people you indicated interest in during the setup process. iPad sends a notification to review sharing suggestions. Or, follow these steps:

1. Open Photos, then tap For You in the sidebar. 2. Scroll down to For Your Shared Library, then tap See All. 3. Tap Move All or tap Select to manually choose the photos you want to add to the Shared Library. If you want to get sharing suggestions for additional people, go to Settings

> Photos > Shared Library > Shared Library Suggestions, tap Add Other People, tap a person, then tap Add. The person doesnt have to be a member of the Shared Library. See

. Find and identify people in Photos on iPad To turn off sharing suggestions, go to Settings > Photos > Shared Library Suggestions, then turn off Shared Library Suggestions. For more information about accessing content in a Shared Library, see the Apple Support article

. If you are missing photos after joining an iCloud Shared Photo Library Use iCloud Shared Photo Library on iPad After you set up or join an iCloud Shared Photo Library, you can share photos and videos with friends and family in the Photos app

. You and up to five other participants can add photos and videos to the library, and any edits, comments, or favorites made to them is seen by everyone in real time. Content in a Shared Library is also added to everyones memories, featured photos, and to the Photos widget, so everyone can experience more complete memories. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 563 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Photos and videos added to the Shared Library are separate from your Personal Library. You can easily switch between viewing the Shared Library, your Personal Library, or both in Photos. Switch Library views After you set up an iCloud Shared Photo Library

, you can switch between viewing your Personal Library, the Shared Library, or both in the Photos app. 1. Open Photos, then tap at the top right corner of the screen. 2. Do one of the following:

View your Photos content and iCloud Shared Photo Library content: Tap Both Libraries View only your personal Photos content: Tap Personal Library

. View only iCloud Shared Photo Library content: Tap Shared Library

. 3. The library icon in the top-right corner changes depending on which library youre viewing; tap it when you want to switch between Shared, Personal, or Both libraries. Content thats part of the Shared Library displays a in the top-right corner of the photo or video thumbnail when you select the All Photos option at the bottom of the screen to browse your library. Make edits and changes to content in the Shared Library When you make the following changes to photos and videos in the Shared Library, all participants in the Shared Library see the changes:

Edits; see Edit photos and videos on iPad

. Favorites, captions, keywords, or date and time adjustments; see See photo and video information

. Deleted content; see Delete or hide a photo or video

. Note: You receive notifications if content you added to the Shared Library is deleted. To turn off notifications, go to Settings

> Photos > Shared Library, then turn off Delete Notifications. If content you added is deleted, you can move it from the Recently Deleted album back to your Personal Library within 30 days. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 564 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Search for Shared Library content You can find photos and videos shared by specific participants of the Shared Library. 1. Tap Search, then type the participants name in the search field. Tip: You can narrow the search by adding keywords such as beach or a specific location with the participants name in the search field. 2. Tap Shared by [participants name]. 3. Tap See All to view all of the photos added by that person or scroll down to see photos added from specific moments. You can also open a photo in the Shared Library, tap

, then tap Added by

[participants name] to see all the photos and videos added by that person. Move shared content back to your Personal Library You can move photos and videos that you contributed to the Shared Library back to your Personal Library. 1. View the Shared Library (

appears at the top of the screen). 2. Tap Select, then tap the photo and video thumbnails you want to move. 3. Tap

, then tap Move to Personal Library. Add storage space to the Shared Library Content in iCloud Shared Photo Library is available to all participants of the Shared Library, but the iCloud storage used to store the library counts against the the library organizers storage space. If the Shared Library content exceeds the organizers available storage space, the organizer can upgrade to iCloud+ or add additional storage to their existing iCloud+ subscription. See

. Subscribe to iCloud+ on iPad Import photos and videos to iPad You can import photos and videos directly to the Photos app from a digital camera, an SD memory card, or another iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch that has a camera. Depending on your model, use the Lightning to USB Camera Adapter, the USB-C to SD Card Camera Reader, or the Lightning to SD Card Camera Reader (sold separately). https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 565 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 1. Insert the camera adapter or card reader into the Lightning or USB-C connector on iPad. 2. Do one of the following:

Connect a camera: Use the USB cable that came with the camera to connect the camera to the camera adapter. Turn on the camera, then make sure its in transfer mode. For more information, see the documentation that came with the camera. Insert an SD memory card into the card reader: Dont force the card into the slot on the reader; it fits only one way. Connect an iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch: Use the USB cable that came with the device to connect it to the camera adapter. Turn on and unlock the device. 3. Open Photos on your iPad, then tap Import. 4. Select the photos and videos you want to import, then select your import destination. Import all items: Tap Import All. Import just some items: Tap the items you want to import (a checkmark appears for each), tap Import, then tap Import Selected. 5. After the photos and videos have been imported, keep or delete them on the camera, card, iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch. 6. Disconnect the camera adapter or card reader. Print photos on iPad to an AirPrint-enabled printer Print your photos directly from the Photos app on your iPad with any AirPrint-enabled device. Print a single photo: While viewing the photo, tap

, then tap Print. Print multiple photos: While viewing photos, tap Select, select each photo you want to print, tap

, then tap Print. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 566 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Podcasts Find podcasts on iPad Use the Podcasts app to find shows about science, news, politics, comedy, and more. If you find a show you like, you can follow it to add it to your library. Then you can easily listen offline, get notified about new episodes, and more. Note: Shows may offer paid subscriptions that give you access to exclusive shows and episodes, new releases, episodes without ads, and more. To manage your subscriptions, see

. Subscribe to a show or channel on iPad https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 567 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Find podcasts Search by title, person, or topic: Tap Search, then enter what youre looking for. Discover new shows: Tap Browse to see New & Noteworthy, featured shows, and the Apple editorial collections. You can also tap Search to see Top Charts and browse by categories. Tip: When you listen to episodes, personalized recommendations appear on the Listen Now screen (below Up Next) to help you discover your next show. Add shows by URL: Under Library, tap Shows, tap

, then tap Add a Show by URL. Note: The URL must be in RSS format. View shared podcasts When a friend shares a show with you in Messages, you can easily find it in Shared with You in Podcasts. (Podcasts must be turned on in Settings

> Messages > Shared with You, and your friend must be in your Contacts.) To view shared Podcasts, tap Listen Now, then scroll to the Shared with You section. See also

. See what others have shared with you Browse episodes within a specific podcast 1. Tap a podcast to see its information page. 2. Scroll to see recent episodes or tap See All (if available). See also Download, save, and share podcast episodes on iPad

. Listen to podcasts on iPad In the Podcasts app

, you can play an episode, listen to an episode when youre offline, set a sleep timer, and use the playback controls. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 568 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Siri: Say something like: Play the newest episode of The Daily podcast. Learn how to use Siri

. Play a podcast Tap an episode. To pick up where you left off in a show or resume playing a previous episode, tap Listen Now, then tap an episode within Recently Played. Tip: To jump to a specific time in the episode, drag the slider below the shows artwork. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 569 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Set a sleep timer You can set a sleep timer so that playback stops automatically after a specified period of time. 1. Tap the player at the bottom of the screen to open the Now Playing screen. 2. Tap

, then choose an option. Use the playback controls When an episode plays, you see the playback controls at the bottom of the Now Playing screen. Tap the player to open the Now Playing screen to see the playback controls. Control Description Play Pause Jump back 15 seconds To change the number of seconds you skip back, go to Settings > Podcasts, then tap Back. Jump forward 30 seconds To change the number of seconds you skip forward, go to Settings > Podcasts, then tap Forward. Choose a faster or slower playback speed Stream the audio to other devices Choose more actions such as sharing or downloading the episode Set a timer for when podcasts stop playing Follow your favorite podcasts on iPad When you find a show you like, follow it to add it to your library so you can get notified about new episodes, change the playback order, and more. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 570 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Follow a podcast When you follow a podcast, its added to your library. 1. Tap a show to see its information page. 2. Tap

. Or you can touch and hold a shows artwork, then tap Follow. Unfollow a podcast 1. Tap a show to see its information page. 2. Tap in the top-right corner of the screen, then tap Unfollow. Or you can touch and hold a shows artwork, then tap Unfollow. Change the episode playback order 1. Within the Library section of the Sidebar menu tap Shows, then tap a show to see its information page. 2. Tap

, then tap Settings. 3. Choose Oldest to Newest or Newest to Oldest. Get notifications for new episodes Get notified when new episodes are available for podcasts you follow. 1. Tap Listen Now. 2. Tap or your profile picture. 3. Tap Notifications, then turn Notifications on or off. Limit the number of downloads from each podcast 1. Within the Library section of the Sidebar menu tap Shows, then tap a show to see its information page. 2. Tap

, then tap Settings. 3. Tap Limit Downloads, then select an option to limit downloads by number or time. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 571 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Organize your podcast library on iPad Use Library to customize the podcasts you follow, catch up on the latest episodes, and create your own stations. Shows: Tap to see shows that are in your library. If you downloaded or saved individual episodes from podcasts you dont follow, tap All to see them. Tap Followed to view only shows you follow. You can tap any show to see the information page or the episodes in your library. Saved: Episodes you marked as appear. Downloaded: Episodes you downloaded appear here. You can listen to these episodes without an internet connection. Recently Updated: See shows you follow with recently released episodes. Filter episodes by unplayed, saved, downloaded, and season 1. Tap a show to see its information page. 2. Tap Episodes (or the current filter) above the list of episodes. 3. Choose an option, like Unplayed or Season 1. Note: Some filter options, such as Unplayed, Downloaded, Saved, and Played, are only available for shows that you follow or shows with saved or downloaded episodes. Create your own station Group your shows into stations (similar to a music playlist) based on themes like news, comedy, or morning commute podcasts. Episodes from the podcasts you choose are automatically added to your station regularly. 1. Under Library, tap Shows. 2. Tap New Station, then add a title. 3. Tap Choose Podcasts. To adjust the number of episodes from each podcast that are added to your station, tap the station you want to change, tap Station Settings, then tap Episodes. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 572 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Change the episode playback order 1. Under Library, tap Shows, then tap a show to see its information page. 2. Tap

, then tap Settings. 3. Choose an option, like Oldest to Newest. Limit the number of downloads from each podcast 1. Under Library, tap Shows, then tap a show to see its information page. 2. Tap

, then tap limit downloads. Mark an episode as played 1. Under Library, tap Shows, then tap a show to see its information page. 2. Tap

, then tap Mark as Played. Hide episodes youve already played 1. Under Library, tap Shows, then tap a show to see its information page. 2. Tap

, then tap Hide Played Episodes. To automatically hide all episodes youve already played, go to Settings > Podcasts, then turn on Hide Played Episodes. Download, save, and share podcast episodes on iPad In the Podcasts app

, you can download, save, and share podcast episodes. Save and download an episode Download an episode so you can play it when youre offline. 1. Under Library, tap Shows, then tap a show to see its information page. 2. Swipe left on an episode, then tap or

. When you save an episode, its automatically downloaded so you can listen to it offline. To turn off this option, go to Settings > Podcasts, then turn off Download When Saving. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 573 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Remove a downloaded episode 1. Under Library, tap Shows, then tap a show to see its information page. 2. Swipe left on an episode, then tap Remove Download or Unsave. If youre looking at a specific episode, tap or tap

. Remove all downloaded episodes from a show 1. Tap Library. 2. Tap Shows, then tap a show to see its information page. 3. Tap

, then tap Remove Downloads. Tip: You can also remove all downloaded episodes from a show by going to Settings

> General > iPad Storage > Podcasts, then tapping Edit. Remove all downloaded episodes 1. Under Library, tap Shows, then tap Downloaded. 2. Tap

, then tap Remove All Downloads. Share a podcast show or episode 1. Under Library, tap Shows, then tap a show to see its information page. 2. Tap in the top-right corner of the screen, then tap Share Show. Or to share a specific episode, tap next to the episode, then tap Share Episode. Subscribe to a show or channel on iPad In the Podcasts app

, subscribe to, change, cancel, and share your podcasts subscriptions. Paid subscriptions allow you to support the shows you love, and they often include premium extras, early access to new episodes, or ad-free listening. Note: Not all subscriptions and channels are available in all countries, regions, or languages. See the Apple Support article

. Availability of Apple Media Services https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 574 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Subscribe to a show or channel 1. Select the show or channel you want to subscribe to. When you subscribe to a show, you automatically follow it. See Follow your favorite

. podcasts on iPad 2. Tap the subscription button (if available). Change or cancel your subscriptions 1. Tap Listen Now. 2. Tap or your profile picture, then tap Manage Subscriptions. 3. Tap a subscription to change or cancel it. Share Apple Podcasts subscriptions When you subscribe to podcasts channels, you can use Family Sharing to share your subscriptions with up to five other family members. Your family group members will automatically have access to your subscribed shows. If you join a family group and a family group member subscribes to a show you already subscribe to, your subscription isnt renewed on your next billing date; instead, you use the groups subscription. If you join a family group that doesnt subscribe, the group uses your subscription. Note: To stop sharing a show subscription with a family group, you can cancel the subscription or

. Leave a Family Sharing group See also the Apple Support article Get and manage your Apple Podcasts Subscriptions

. Change your download settings for Podcasts on iPad Podcasts you follow are automatically downloaded to your Apple device. Episodes youve played are automatically deleted from your device. You can change these settings, and adjust other download options. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 575 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Turn automatic downloads on or off 1. Go to Settings

> Podcasts. 2. Turn Enable When Following (under Automatic Downloads) off or on. Tip: To automatically download a particular podcast, open the Podcasts app

, touch and hold the shows artwork on the Library screen, tap Settings, then turn on Automatic Downloads. Remove downloaded podcasts after you listen to them 1. Go to Settings

> Podcasts. 2. Turn on Remove Played Downloads (under Episode Downloads). Or, to adjust this setting for a particular podcast you follow, touch and hold the shows artwork on the Library screen, tap Settings, then turn on Remove Played Downloads. Limit how much cellular data is used when downloading podcasts (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) Go to Settings

> Podcasts, then choose any of the following:

Block downloads over cellular data when downloading podcasts that you follow: Turn on Block Downloads Over Cellular. Ask to be notified when an episode will use cellular data to download: Tap Cellular Downloads, then choose an option. Turn off automatic syncing across Apple devices 1. Go to Settings

> Podcasts. 2. Turn off Sync Podcasts (below Podcasts Settings). https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 576 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Reminders Set up Reminders accounts on iPad If you use the Reminders app with different accounts (such as iCloud, Microsoft Exchange, Google, or Yahoo), you can manage all your to-do lists in one place. Your reminders stay up to date on all your devices that use the same accounts. Add your reminders stored in iCloud Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud > Show All, then turn on Reminders. Your reminders stored in iCloudand any changes you make to themappear on your iPhone, iPad, Apple Watch, and Mac where youre signed in with the same Apple ID. Upgrade your reminders stored in iCloud If youve been using Reminders with iOS 12 or earlier, you may need to upgrade your reminders stored in iCloud to use features such as attachments, flags, list colors and icons, and more. 1. Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud > Show All, then make sure Reminders is turned on. 2. Open the Reminders app. 3. On the Welcome to Reminders screen, choose one of the following options:

Upgrade Now: Begin the upgrade process. Upgrade Later: A blue Upgrade button appears above your lists; tap it when youre ready to upgrade your reminders. Note: Upgraded reminders arent backward compatible with the Reminders app in earlier versions of iOS and macOS. See the Apple Support article Upgrading the Reminders app

. in iOS 13 or later Add other Reminders accounts You can use the Reminders app to manage your reminders from other accounts, such as Microsoft Exchange, Google, and Yahoo. 1. Go to Settings

> Reminders > Accounts > Add Account. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 577 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 2. Do any of the following:

Choose an account provider, then sign in to your account. If your account provider isnt listed, tap Other, tap Add CalDAV Account, then enter your server and account information. Note: Some Reminders features described in this guide arent available in accounts from other providers. To stop using an account, go to Settings > Reminders > Accounts, tap the account, then turn off Reminders. Reminders from the account no longer appear on your iPad. Add items to a list in Reminders on iPad In the Reminders app

, you can easily make to-do lists for things like grocery shopping, tasks around the house, and projects at work. When you add an item to a list, you can attach images; set flags; get alerts based on time, date, and location; and more. Note: All Reminders features described in this guide are available when you use upgraded reminders

. Some features arent available when using other accounts. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 578 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Start a new list 1. Tap Add List, then choose an account (if you have more than one account). 2. Enter a name, then choose a color and symbol for the list. Add an item to a list 1. Choose a list, tap New Reminder, then enter text. 2. Tap Add Note, then enter any additional information. Siri: Say something like: Add artichokes to my groceries list. Learn how to use Siri

. Set when and where to be reminded You can be reminded on a certain date, at a specific time or location, or when youre texting someone in Messages. Schedule a date and time: Tap

. Add a location: Tap

, then choose where you want to be remindedfor example, when you arrive home or get into a car with a Bluetooth connection to your iPad. Note: To receive location-based reminders, you must allow Reminders to use your precise location. Go to Settings

> Privacy & Security > Location Services. Turn on Location Services, tap Reminders, choose While Using the App, then turn on Precise Location. Get a reminder in Messages: Tap

, turn on When Messaging, then choose someone from your contacts list. The reminder appears the next time you chat with that person in Messages. Set a flag and priority Flag an important item: Tap

. Set a priority: Tap

, tap Priority, then choose Low, Medium, or High. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 579 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Add a photo or scan a document 1. Tap

. 2. Do any of the following:

Take a new photo. Choose a photo from your photo library. Scan a document. Scan and insert text. Edit the item details Tap the item, then tap

. Edit and manage a list in Reminders on iPad In the Reminders app

, you can easily edit and manage the items in a list. Note: All Reminders features described in this guide are available when you use upgraded reminders

. Some features arent available when using other accounts. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 580 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Mark items as completed Tap the empty circle next to an item to mark it as completed and hide it. To unhide completed items, tap

, then tap Show Completed. To delete the completed items, tap Clear. Edit multiple items at the same time 1. While viewing a list, tap

, tap Select Reminders, then select the items you want to edit. You can also drag two fingers over the items. 2. Use the buttons at the bottom of the screen to add a date and time, move, delete, assign, complete, tag, or flag the selected items. Create a subtask Swipe right on the item, then tap Indent. Or drag an item onto another item. If you complete a main task, the subtasks are also completed. If you delete or move a main task, the subtasks are also deleted or moved. Sort and reorder items in a list Sort items by due date, creation date, priority, or title: (not available in the All and Scheduled Smart Lists) In a list, tap

, tap Sort By, then choose an option. To reverse the sort order, tap

, tap Sort By, then choose a different option, such as Newest First. Manually reorder items in a list: Touch and hold an item you want to move, then drag it to a new location. The manual order is saved when you re-sort the list by due date, creation date, priority, or title. To revert to the last saved manual order, tap

, tap Sort By, then tap Manual. When you sort or reorder a list, the new order is applied to the list on your other devices where youre using upgraded reminders

. If you sort or reorder a shared list, other participants also see the new order (if they use upgraded reminders). Delete an item Swipe left on the item, then tap Delete. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 581 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM If you change your mind, you can recover the deleted itemtap with three fingers or shake to undo. Search and organize lists in Reminders on iPad In the Reminders app

, you can arrange items in lists and groups. You can also easily search all your lists for items that contain specific text. Note: All Reminders features described in this guide are available when you use upgraded reminders

. Some features arent available when using other accounts. Search for items in all your lists In the search field above the reminder lists, enter a word or phrase. Create or edit lists and groups You can organize your items into lists and groups of lists such as work, school, or shopping. Do any of the following:

Create a new list: Tap Add List, choose an account (if you have more than one account), enter a name, then choose a color and symbol for the list. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 582 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Create a group of lists: Tap

, tap Edit Lists, tap Add Group, enter a name, then tap Create. Or drag a list onto another list. Rearrange lists and groups: Drag a list or group to a new location. You can even move a list to a different group. Change the name and appearance of a list or group: Swipe left on the list or group, then tap

. Pin a list for easy access To pin an important list above the other lists, touch and hold the list, then tap Pin. You can also swipe right on the list, then tap

. You can have a maximum of 9 pinned lists. To change the position of a pinned list, tap

, tap Edit Lists, then drag to a new position. Delete a list or a group and their reminders Swipe left on the list or group, then tap

. When you delete a group, you have the option to keep the lists. Work with templates in Reminders on iPad In the Reminders app

, you can save a list as a template to reuse it for routines, packing lists, and more. Create a link to publish and share a template with others, or download templates that others have shared. Save a list as a template 1. Above a list, tap

, then tap Save as Template. 2. Enter a name for the template. 3. Turn on or off Include Completed Reminders, then tap Save. After you make a template from a list, any changes you make to that list dont affect the template. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 583 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Make a new list from a template 1. Above your lists, tap

, tap Templates, then tap the name of a template. 2. Enter a name for the list, then tap Create. Edit or delete a template Any changes you make to a template dont affect lists previously created from the template. 1. Above your lists, tap

, tap Templates, then tap

. 2. Choose one of the following:

Edit Template: Add, edit, or delete any items in the template. You can also change the name, color, and icon for the template. Delete Template: Remove the template. Share a template When you share a template, anyone with the link can download a copy of the template. You can choose whether to keep any dates, tags, or locations in the shared template;

images are removed. 1. Above your lists, tap

, tap Templates, then tap next to the template you want to share. 2. Tap Share Template, then choose a method for sharing. To manage a shared template, tap

, tap Templates, tap

, then tap Manage Link. If you make changes to the template after sharing, you can update the shared version. Anyone who downloaded the previous version will need to download the template again to get the updates. If you stop sharing a template, this doesnt affect anyone who has already downloaded the template. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 584 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Use tags in Reminders on iPad In the Reminders app

, you can use tags as a fast and flexible way to categorize and organize your reminders. You can add one or more tags to a reminder, such as #shopping and #work, and easily search and filter your reminders across lists using the Tag Browser or Smart Lists. Note: All Reminders features described in this guide are available when you use upgraded reminders

. Some features arent available when using other accounts. Add tags When you create or edit an item in a list, type # followed by the tag name or choose a tag from the menu above the keyboard. A tag can be only one word, but you can use dashes and underscores to combine words. You can add multiple tags to an item. View items with tags In the Tag Browser (below all your lists), do any of the following:

View all items with tags: Tap All Tags. View items with specific tags: Tap one or more tags, then choose to view reminders matching any or all of the selected tags. Tip: To save this list as a Smart List, tap

, then tap Create Smart List. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 585 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Rename or delete a tag In the Tag Browser (below all your lists), touch and hold a tag, then tap Rename Tag or Delete Tag. When you delete a tag, its also removed from all Smart Lists that use it. Use Smart Lists in Reminders on iPad In the Reminders app

, you can easily filter your items across lists using Smart Lists. You can create custom Smart Lists to automatically include items filtered by tags, dates, times, locations, flags, and priority. You can choose more than one tag (such as

#gardening and #errands) and combine them with other filters. Note: All Reminders features described in this guide are available when you use upgraded reminders

. Some features arent available when using other accounts. Automatically organize items using the default Smart Lists You can view the following default Smart Lists:

Today: Items scheduled for today and overdue items. Scheduled: Items scheduled by date or time. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 586 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Flagged: Items with a flag. Completed: Items with a checkmark. Assigned to Me: Items assigned to you in shared lists. Siri Suggestions: Suggested items detected in Mail and Messages. All: All items across all your lists. To show, hide, or rearrange the default Smart Lists, tap

, then tap Edit Lists. Make a custom Smart List 1. Tap Add List, enter a name, choose a color and icon, then tap Make into Smart List. 2. Choose one or more filters, then choose to include items matching any or all of the selected filters. You can filter by tags, dates, locations, and more. Convert a list to a Smart List When you convert a list, its items are moved to the top level of the default list and tagged with the name of the Smart List. Note: You cant convert a shared list. 1. View the list you want to convert. 2. Tap

, tap Show List Info, scroll to the bottom, then tap Convert to Smart List. Change your Reminders settings on iPad You can customize your preferences for the Reminders app in Settings. Choose the default list for new items, set a time to see notifications for all-day reminders, and more. From the Home Screen or App Library, go to Settings

> Reminders, then adjust any of the settings. For example:

Siri & Search: Allow content in Reminders to appear in Siri Suggestions or search results. Notifications: Set how you receive notifications

, choose the alert style, and have Siri announce notifications. Accounts: Manage your accounts and how often data is updated. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 587 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Default List: Choose the list for new reminders you create outside of a specific list, such as reminders you create using Siri. Today Notification: Set a time to see notifications for all-day reminders that have been assigned a date without a time. Show as Overdue: The scheduled date turns red for overdue all-day reminders. Include Due Today: The badge count includes overdue items and items due today. Mute Notifications: Turn off notifications for assigned reminders. Share lists and collaborate in Reminders on iPad In the Reminders app

, use iCloud to share to-do lists. You can collaborate and assign tasks to other people who also use iCloud. Note: All Reminders features described in this guide are available when you use upgraded reminders

. Some features arent available when using other accounts. Collaborate on a list using iCloud You can share a list and collaborate with people who use iCloud. People who accept the invitation can add and edit items, mark items as completed, and all the collaborators can see everyones changes. Everyone you collaborate with must be signed in with their Apple ID and

. have Reminders turned on in iCloud settings 1. While viewing a list, tap

. 2. To change the access and permissions, tap the share options below Collaboration. You can set either of the following:

Allow access to only people you invite. Allow others to invite. 3. Choose how to send your invitation (for example, using Messages or Mail). If you send the invitation in Messages, you get activity updates in the Messages conversation when someone makes changes in the shared note. Tap the updates to go to the shared note. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 588 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Assign reminders in a shared list When you create or edit a reminder, you can assign it to any person on the list, including yourself. Do any of the following:

Type @ followed by the persons name or choose a person from the menu above the keyboard. Tap

, then choose a person. Tip: To quickly see all reminders assigned to you, use the Assigned to Me Smart List. Print reminders on iPad In the Reminders app

, you can print a list. 1. View the list you want to print. 2. Tap

, then tap Print. Use keyboard shortcuts in Reminders on iPad If your iPad is connected to an Apple external keyboard

, you can use keyboard shortcuts to quickly perform actions the Reminders app

. Examples of keyboard shortcuts Create a new list: Press Shift-Command-N. Add a new reminder: Press Command-N. Show completed reminders: Press Shift-Command-H. Show all reminders assigned to you: Press Command-5. Learn keyboard shortcuts Press and hold the Globe key or Command key until the shortcuts appear. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 589 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Safari Browse the web using Safari on iPad In the Safari app

, you can browse the web, view websites, preview website links, translate webpages, and add the Safari app back to your Home Screen if it gets removed. If you sign in to iCloud with the same Apple ID on all your devices, you can see pages you have open on other devices, and keep your bookmarks, history, and Reading List up to date on all your devices. View websites with Safari You can easily navigate a webpage with a few taps. Get back to the top: Double-tap the top edge of the screen to quickly return to the top of a long page. See more of the page: Turn iPad to landscape orientation. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 590 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Refresh the page: Pull down from the top of the page. Share links: Tap at the top right of the page. View two pages side-by-side in Split View Use Split View to open two Safari pages side-by side. Open a blank page in Split View: Touch and hold

, then tap New Window in Split View. Open a link in Split View: Touch and hold the link, then tap Open in Split View. Move a window to the other side of Split View: Touch and hold at the top of the window, then drag left or right. Close tabs in a Split View window: Touch and hold

. Leave Split View: Drag the divider over the window you want to close. Preview website links Touch and hold a link in Safari to see a preview of the link without opening the page. To open the link, tap the preview, or tap Open. To close the preview and stay on the current page, tap anywhere outside the preview. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 591 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Translate a webpage When you view a webpage thats in another language, you can use Safari to translate it

(not available in all languages or regions). Tap

, then tap

(if translation is available). Manage downloads To download a file, touch and hold the file or link you want to download, then tap Download Linked File. Tap to check the status of a file youre downloading, to access downloaded files quickly, or to drag a downloaded file onto another file or into an email youre working on. Tip: You can download files in the background while you continue to use Safari. Add Safari back to your Home Screen If you dont see Safari on your Home Screen, you can find it in App Library and add it back. 1. On the Home Screen, swipe left to access App Library. 2. Enter Safari in the search field. 3. Press and hold

, then tap Add to Home Screen. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 592 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Customize your Safari settings on iPad In the Safari app

, you can change your Safari layout, customize your start page, change the text size on websites, and change display and privacy settings. Sign in to iCloud with the same Apple ID on multiple devices to keep the tabs you have open, your bookmarks, history, and Reading List up to date across all your devices. Customize your start page Every time you open a new tab, you begin on your start page. You can customize your start page with new background images and options. 1. To open a new tab, tap at the top-right corner of the screen. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 593 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 2. Scroll to the bottom of the page, then tap Edit. 3. Choose options for your start page. Use Start Page on All Devices: Keep your settings and preferences updated across all Apple devices where youre signed in with your Apple ID. Tab Group Favorites: Quickly see and open tabs youve marked as favorites. Recently Closed Tabs: Go back to tabs you previously closed. Favorites: Display shortcuts to your favorite bookmarked websites. See Add a webpage to your favorites

. Siri Suggestions: As you search, allow websites shared in Calendar and other apps to appear. Shared with You: See links shared with you in Messages. See Find links shared with you in Safari on iPad

. Frequently Visited: Go straight to the websites you visit most. Privacy Report: Stay updated on how many trackers and websites Safari blocked from tracking you. See

. View the Privacy Report Reading List: Show webpages currently in your Reading List. See Add the current webpage to your Reading List

. iCloud Tabs: Show open tabs from other Apple devices where youre signed in with the same Apple ID and Safari is turned on in iCloud settings or preferences. See

. Open and close tabs in Safari on iPad Background Image: Choose the image you want to appear in the background each time you open a new start page. Note: Your custom start page settings are updated on all your Apple devices where you have Use Start Page on All Deivces turned on, and youre signed in with the same Apple ID using two-factor authentication. Change text size 1. Tap on the left side of the search field. 2. Tap the large A to increase the font size or the small A to decrease it. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 594 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Change display and privacy controls Use the Page Settings button to switch to Reader, hide the search field, set privacy controls for a website, and more. Tap

, then do any of the following:

View the webpage without ads or navigation menus: Tap Show Reader (if available). Hide the search field: Tap Hide Toolbar (tap the top of the screen to get it back). See what the webpage looks like on a desktop computer: Tap Request Desktop Website (if available). Set display and privacy controls for each time you visit this website: Tap Website Settings. Use keyboard shortcuts You can navigate in Safari using keyboard shortcuts if you have an Apple external keyboard connected to your iPad. To view available keyboard shortcuts, connect your keyboard, then press and hold the Command key. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 595 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Change the layout in Safari on iPad In the Safari app

, you can choose the layout that works best for you. 1. Go to Settings

> Safari, then scroll down to Tabs. 2. Select either Separate Tab Bar or Compact Tab Bar. You can move between layouts as much as you want without losing the tabs you have open. Note: If youre using the Compact Tab Bar layout, the menus and layout may look different from whats described in this guide. Search for websites using Safari on iPad In the Safari app

, enter a URL or a search term to find websites or specific information. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 596 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Search the web 1. Enter a search term, phrase, or URL in the search field. 2. Tap a search suggestion, or tap Go on the keyboard to search for exactly what you typed. If you dont want to see suggested search terms, go to Settings

> Safari, then turn off Search Engine Suggestions (below Search). Find websites you visited before Safari search suggestions include your open tabs, bookmarks, and pages you recently visited. For example, if you search for iPad, the search suggestions include your open tabs related to iPad and websites related to iPad that you bookmarked or recently visited. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 597 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Search within websites To search within a website, enter the name of a website followed by a search term in the search field. For example, enter wikipedia einstein to search Wikipedia for einstein. To turn this feature on or off, go to Settings >

> Safari > Quick Website Search. See your favorites in search suggestions Have your favorites appear as suggestions when you enter an address, search, or create a new tab. Go to Settings

> Safari, then tap Favorites. If you have multiple folders in your favorites, you can select the one you want to appear in Safari search suggestions. Search a webpage You can find a specific word or phrase on a webpage. 1. Tap

, then tap Find on Page. 2. Enter the word or phrase in the search field. 3. Tap to find other instances. Choose a search engine Go to Settings

> Safari > Search Engine. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 598 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Use Tab Groups Open and close tabs in Safari on iPad In the Safari app

, use tabs to help you navigate between multiple open webpages. Note: If youre using the Compact Tab Bar layout, the menus and other items may look different from whats described in this guide. See

. Change the layout of Safari Open a link in a new tab Touch and hold the link, then tap Open in Background. To automatically switch to the new tab whenever you open a link in a different tab, go to Settings

> Safari, then turn off Open New Tabs in Background. View a tabs history You can see which webpages you previously visited in this tab. Touch and hold or

. Close tabs Tap

, then tap in the upper-right corner of a tab to close it. Tip: To close all tabs in this Tab Group at the same time, touch and hold Done, then tap Close All Tabs. Open a recently closed tab Touch and hold

, then choose from the list of recently closed tabs. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 599 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Organize your tabs with Tab Groups in Safari on iPad In the Safari app

, you can create Tab Groups to keep tabs organized and make them easier to to find again later. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 600 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Create a new Tab Group 1. Tap to open the sidebar, then tap in the top-right corner of the sidebar. 2. Choose an option, then name the new Tab Group. Reorder tabs in a Tab Group 1. Touch and hold any tab. 2. In the menu that appears, tap Arrange Tabs By, then choose an option. Or, touch and hold the tab, then drag it where you want it. Pin a tab at the top of a Tab Group You can customize your Tab Groups with pinned tabs in each group. The pinned tab stays pinned to the left side of the tab bar. 1. Touch and hold the tab you want to pin. 2. In the menu that appears, tap Pin Tab. Move a tab to another Tab Group 1. Touch and hold in the tab bar, then tap Move to Tab Group. 2. Choose one of the Tab Groups you created previously, or tap New Tab Group create a new one. View your Safari tabs from another Apple device on iPad In the Safari app

, you can view the tabs that are open on your other Apple devices and keep tabs and Tab Groups updated across them. You must be signed in to iCloud with the same Apple ID on all your devices to manage Safari tabs on those devices. View tabs that are open on your other Apple devices Tap

, then tap iCloud Tabs. To close a tab on another Apple device, touch and hold the link, then choose Close. Keep tabs and Tab Groups updated across your devices Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud > Show All, then make sure Safari is turned on. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 601 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Note: To also see tabs open on your Mac, you must have Safari turned on in iCloud settings on your Mac, be signed in with the same Apple ID, and use two-factor authentication. Share Tab Groups and collaborate in Safari on iPad In the Safari app

, you can share a Tab Group and collaborate with people who use iCloud. You can add and remove people from the Tab Group at any time, and even start a message conversation, phone call, or FaceTime call without leaving Safari.Collaborators can add and remove tabs from the Tab Group, and everyone sees updates in real time. Everyone you collaborate with must be signed in with their Apple ID, have Safari turned on in iCloud settings

, and have two-factor authentication turned on. Share a Tab Group 1. Tap

, touch and hold a Tab Group, then tap Share. 2. Tap Messages, then enter the person or group you want to share it with. You get activity updates in the Messages conversation when someone makes changes in the shared Tab Group. Tap the updates to go to the shared Tab Group. Add and remove people from a Shared Tab Group 1. Tap

. 2. Tap Manage Shared Tab Group, then do any of the following:

Remove someone: Tap a name, then tap Remove Access. Add someone: Tap Share With More People, then tap Messages to invite them. Stop Sharing with everyone: Tap Stop Sharing. Start a Messages, audio, or video conversation from Safari You can start a conversationusing Messages, FaceTime audio, or FaceTime videowith everyone that shares the Tab Group, without leaving Safari. Tap

, then tap message, audio, or video to start the conversation. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 602 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Bookmark favorite websites in Safari on iPad In the Safari app

, you can bookmark websites, add websites to Favorites, or add a website icon to the Home Screen to easily revisit later. Bookmark a favorite website 1. Tap to the right of the search field. 2. Tap Add Bookmark. Bookmark open tabs 1. Pinch closed with three fingers to view all your tabs. 2. Touch and hold one of your tabs, then tap Add Bookmarks for [number of] Tabs. View and organize your bookmarks 1. Tap

, then tap Bookmarks. 2. Tap Edit, then do any of the following:

Create a new folder: Tap New Folder at the bottom left, enter a name, then tap Done. Move a bookmark into a folder: Tap the bookmark, tap the Location, then tap a folder. Tap to return to your bookmarks. Delete bookmarks: Tap

. Rename bookmarks: Tap the bookmark, enter a new name, then tap Done. Reorder bookmarks: Touch and hold

, then drag the bookmark to a new location. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 603 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM See your Mac bookmarks on iPad 1. Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud. 2. Tap Show All (below Apps Using iCloud), then make sure Safari is turned on. Note: You must also have Safari turned on in iCloud settings on your Mac and be signed in with the same Apple ID. See Set up iCloud for the Safari app on all your devices in the iCloud User Guide. Add a webpage to your favorites Open the page, tap

, then tap Add to Favorites. Edit your favorites 1. Tap

, then tap Bookmarks. 2. Tap Favorites, then tap Edit to delete, rename, or rearrange your favorites. Quickly see your favorite sites and your Reading List Tap to open the sidebar, then tap Bookmarks or Reading List. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 604 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Add a website icon to the Home Screen You can add a website icon to your iPad Home Screen for quick access. On the website, tap

, then tap Add to Home Screen. The icon appears only on the device where you add it. Save webpages to read later in Safari on iPad In the Safari app

, save interesting items in your Reading List so you can revisit them later. You can even download the items in your Reading List and read them when youre not connected to the internet. Add the current webpage to your Reading List Tap

, then tap Add to Reading List. Tip: To add a linked page without opening it, touch and hold the link, then tap Add to Reading List. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 605 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM View your Reading List Tap

, then tap Reading List. To delete an item from your Reading List, touch and hold the item, then tap Delete. Automatically save all Reading List items to iCloud for offline reading Go to Settings

> Safari, then turn on Automatically Save Offline (below Reading List). Find links shared with you in Safari on iPad In the Safari app

, you can easily find and organize web links friends share with you in Messages conversations. Links shared with you are added to the Shared with You section of the Sidebar in Safari. You can keep those links on your start page, remove them, or organize related links into Tab Groups. (Safari must be turned on in Settings

Messages > Shared with You, and your friend must be in your contacts.) See links from friends in Safari To find links shared with you, tap

, then tap Shared with You. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 606 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Tip: You can continue the conversation without leaving Safari. Tap the button below the link preview to open the Messages conversation where the link was shared. Remove a link from the Shared with You section 1. In Shared with You, touch and hold the preview image of a link. 2. Tap Remove Link. Organize shared links in a Tab Group You can group related shared web links into Tab Groups to make them easier to find. 1. In Shared with You, touch and hold the preview image of the link you want to move, then tap Open in Tab Group. 2. Tap New Tab Group to create one, or add the link to a Tab Group you already have. Annotate and save a webpage as a PDF in Safari on iPad In the Safari app

, you can mark up a webpage, highlight your favorite parts, draw and write notes, and share your document as a PDF with others. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 607 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 1. Tap

. 2. Tap Markup

, then use the tools to annotate the webpage. 3. Tap Done, then follow the onscreen instructions to save the page as a PDF. Automatically fill in forms in Safari on iPad In the Safari app

, use AutoFill to automatically fill in credit card information and contact information. Set up AutoFill You can save your personal information or credit card number on your iPad to speed up filling in online forms and making purchases. 1. Go to Settings

> Safari > AutoFill. 2. Do any of the following:

Set up contact info: Turn on Use Contact Info, tap My Info, then choose your contact card. The contact information from that card is entered when you tap AutoFill on webpages in Safari. Set up credit card info: Turn on Credit Cards, tap Saved Credit Cards, then tap Add Credit Card. Enter your credit card information into the fields provided or tap Use Camera to enter the information without typing. You can also save the credit card information when you make an online purchase. See Make your passkeys and passwords available on all your devices with iPad and iCloud

. Keychain Fill in your contact information automatically You can quickly add your personal information to online forms using AutoFill. 1. In a form on a website that supports AutoFill, tap a blank field. 2. Tap AutoFill Contact above the keyboard, then select a contact. 3. Tap any field to make changes. 4. When all the information is correct, tap Done. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 608 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 5. Follow the onscreen instructions to submit the form. Note: You can AutoFill another persons information from your contact list. For example, if youre purchasing a gift and shipping it to a friend, you can use AutoFill to enter their address. Tap AutoFill Contact, tap Other Contact, then choose their contact card. Fill in your credit card information automatically After you add a credit card, you can use AutoFill to make online purchases without having to enter your full credit card number. 1. Tap the credit card information field, then tap AutoFill Credit Card above the keyboard. 2. Tap the saved credit card you want to use, or tap Use Camera to take a picture of the front of the card. For greater security of your credit card information, use a passcode for iPad. Automatically fill in strong passwords When you sign up for services on websites and in apps, you can let iPad create and save strong passwords for many of your accounts. See

. Automatically fill in strong passwords Turn off AutoFill You can turn off AutoFill for your contact or credit card information, and for passwords. This is helpful in situations where you dont want your contact or credit card information to be readily availablefor example if you share a device with others. Turn off AutoFill for your contact or credit card information: Go to Settings

Safari > AutoFill, then turn off either option. Turn off AutoFill for passwords: Go to Settings

> Passwords, then turn off AutoFill Passwords. Get extensions to customize Safari on iPad In the Safari app

, you can install extensions to customize the way your browser works. For example, extensions can help you find coupons when shopping, block content on websites, and more. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 609 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM View and add Safari extensions 1. Go to Settings

> Safari, then tap Extensions. 2. Tap More Extensions to browse through extensions in the App Store. 3. When you find one you want, tap the price, or if the app is free, tap Get, then follow the onscreen instructions. Note: Extensions you install for Safari on iPad that are also available on other platforms will appear in Safari settings on any iPhone, iPad, or Mac where youre signed in with the same Apple ID, to make them easier to find and download. Manage your extensions Go to Settings

> Safari, then tap Extensions. You can select or deselect the extensions checkbox to turn that extension on or off. Use extensions Extensions access the content of the websites you visit. You can change how much access you give each extension. 1. Tap on the right side of the search field, then tap Manage Extensions. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 610 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 2. Tap each extension you want to give permissions to, then follow the onscreen instructions to choose how much access to give each extension. Important: Check which extensions you have installed and make sure youre familiar with what they do. Remove an extension 1. Swipe down on the Home Screen, then search for the extension you want to remove. 2. Touch and hold the extension icon, tap Delete app, then follow the onscreen instructions. Hide ads and distractions in Safari on iPad In the Safari app

, use Safari Reader to view a page without ads, navigation menus, or other distracting items. Show Reader Reader formats a webpage to show just the relevant text and images. Tap on the left side of the search field, then tap Show Reader. To return to the full page, tap

, then tap Hide Reader. Note: If Reader is dimmed, Reader isnt available for that page. Automatically use Reader for a website 1. On a supported website, tap

, then tap Website Settings. 2. Turn on Use Reader Automatically. Note: To automatically use Reader for all websites that support it, go to Settings

Safari > Reader. Block pop-ups Go to Settings

> Safari, then turn on Block Pop-ups. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 611 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Privacy and security Browse privately in Safari on iPad You can use Private Browsing Mode, view the Privacy Report, and adjust settings in the Safari app to keep your browsing activities private and help protect yourself from malicious websites. Visit sites privately You can use Private Browsing Mode to open private tabs, which dont appear in History on iPad or in the list of tabs on your other devices. Tap

, then tap Private. While Private Browsing Mode is on, the Safari background is gray and sites you visit dont appear in History on iPad or in the list of tabs on your other devices. You can open multiple private tabs in the Private Tab Group. To hide the sites and exit Private Browsing Mode, tap

, then switch to a different Tab Group. The tabs reappear the next time you use Private Browsing Mode. View the Privacy Report Safari helps prevent trackers from following you across websites and from seeing your IP address. You can review the Privacy Report to see a summary of trackers that have been encountered and prevented by Intelligent Tracking Prevention on the current webpage youre visiting. You can also review and adjust Safari settings to keep your browsing activities private from others who use the same device, and help protect yourself from malicious websites. To view the Privacy Report, tap on the right side of the search field, then tap Privacy Report

. Use iCloud Private Relay to browse the web with more privacy When you subscribe to iCloud+ on iPad

, you can use iCloud Private Relay to help prevent websites and network providers from creating a detailed profile about you. When iCloud Private Relay is turned on, the traffic leaving your iPad is encrypted and sent through two separate internet relays. This prevents websites from seeing your IP address and exact location while it prevents network providers from collecting your browsing activity in Safari. See

. Protect your web browsing with iCloud Private Relay on iPad https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 612 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Control privacy and security settings for Safari Go to Settings

> Safari, then below Privacy & Security, turn any of the following on or off:

Prevent Cross-Site Tracking: Safari limits third-party cookies and data by default. Turn this option off to allow cross-site tracking. Hide IP address: Safari automatically protects your IP address from known trackers. For eligible iCloud+ subscribers, your IP address is protected from trackers and websites as you browse in Safari. If this option is off, your IP address isnt hidden. Block All Cookies: Turn this option on to prevent websites from adding cookies to your iPad. (To remove cookies already on iPad, go to Settings > Safari > Clear History and Website Data.) Fraudulent Website Warning: Safari displays a warning if youre visiting a suspected phishing website. Turn this option off if you dont want to be warned of fraudulent websites. Privacy Preserving Ad Measurement: This prevents websites from viewing your personal information to serve you targeted ads. Check for Apple Pay: Websites that use Apple Pay can check to see if you have Apple Pay enabled on your device. Turn this option off to prevent websites from checking if you have Apple Pay. When you visit a website using Safari that isnt secure, a warning appears in the Safari search field. Clear your cache in Safari on iPad In the Safari app

, you can erase your browsing history and data to clear the cache on your iPad. This removes the history of websites you visited and recent searches from your device. This process also removes the cookies and permissions you granted to websites to use your location or send you notifications. Note: Clearing your browsing history in Safari doesnt clear any browsing histories kept independently by websites you visited. 1. Tap

, then tap History. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 613 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 2. Tap Clear in the bottom-right corner of the Sidebar. 3. Choose how much of your browsing history to clear. Sign in with passkeys in Safari on iPad In the Safari app

, you can use Face ID (supported models) or Touch ID (supported models) to securely sign in to supporting websites. See

. Sign in with passkeys Use Hide My Email in Safari on iPad When you Subscribe to iCloud+

, you can use Hide My Email to keep your personal email address private. With Hide My Email, you can generate unique, random email addresses that forward to your personal email account, so you dont have to share your real email address when filling out forms on the web or signing up for newsletters. 1. When youre asked for your email address on a website, tap the email address field. 2. Tap Hide My Email above the keyboard. The Hide My Email screen suggests a new, randomly generated Hide My Email address. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 614 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 3. If you dont want to use the suggested address, tap to see a new suggested address. 4. To use the suggested address, tap Continue, type any additional information into the Note field, then tap Use. You can delete the Hide My Email address at any time. See Create and manage Hide My Email in Settings

. Use Shortcuts to automate tasks on iPad The Shortcuts app lets you automate tasks you do often with just a tap or by asking Siri. Create shortcuts to get directions to the next event in your Calendar, move text from one app to another, and more. Choose ready-made shortcuts from the Gallery or build your own using different apps to run multiple steps in a task. To learn how to automate the best features of your apps, see the

. Shortcuts User Guide https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 615 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 616 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Stocks Check stocks on iPad Use the Stocks app to track market activity and view the performance of stocks you follow. Siri: Say something like: How are the markets doing? or Hows Apple stock today?

. Learn how to use Siri Check stocks 1. Open the Stocks app, then tap a ticker symbol in the My Symbols watchlist for more details. 2. To search for a specific stock, enter a ticker symbol, company name, fund name, or index in the search field at the top of the screen, then tap the symbol in the search results. Manage symbols in the My Symbols watchlist When you first open the Stocks app, a list of ticker symbols appears on the screen; this is called the My Symbols watchlist. You can update and manage the My Symbols watchlist and

. create your own watchlists Tap a symbol to view its most recent price, daily percentage change, market capitalization value, and more. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 617 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM To make changes to the My Symbols watchlist, do any of the following:

Add a symbol: In the search field, enter a ticker symbol, company name, fund name, or index. In the search results, tap

, then tap Done. Delete a symbol: Swipe left on the symbol in your watchlist. Note: If you delete a symbol from the My Symbols watchlist, that symbol is also deleted from your other watchlists (see

. Manage multiple watchlists Reorder symbols: Touch and hold a symbol in your watchlist, then drag it to a new location. Show currency: Tap

, then tap Show Currency to display the currency the symbol is traded in. Share a symbol: Swipe left on a symbol in your watchlist, tap

, then choose a sharing option, such as Messages or Mail. View stock charts, details, and news You can view interactive charts, performance details, and related news stories about the ticker symbols in your watchlist and the symbols you search for. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 618 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Tip: Touch and hold a ticker symbol in your watchlist to see a quick view of the symbols performance. Tap a symbol you want to see more details about, then do any of the following:

View the performance over time: Tap an option from the time range selections at the top of the chart. View the value for a specific date or time: Touch and hold the chart with one finger. View the difference in value over time: Touch and hold the chart with two fingers. View more details: Below the chart, view additional stock details like 52-week high and low, Beta, EPS, and average trading volume. Read news: Swipe up to see additional news stories, then tap a story. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 619 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Manage multiple watchlists in Stocks on iPad You can create your own watchlists in the Stocks app according to categories such as tech, energy, or entertainment. Switch between watchlists; edit, update, and delete them; and view them in the Stocks app on your other devices. Any symbols you add to a custom watchlist are also added to the My Symbols watchlist. to organize the stocks you follow Create a new watchlist 1. Tap My Symbols, then tap New Watchlist. 2. Name the watchlist, then tap Save. To switch between your watchlists, tap My Symbols or the name of the current watchlist youre viewing, then tap the name of the watchlist you want to see. Add symbols to a watchlist 1. In the search field, enter the name of a ticker symbol, company, fund, or index. 2. Tap

, then tap Done. Tip: You can easily add a symbol thats in one watchlist to another watchlist. Swipe left on the symbol, tap

, select a watchlist, then tap Done. Each symbol you add to a new watchlist is also added to the My Symbols watchlist. See

. Manage symbols in the My Symbols watchlist Remove symbols from a watchlist To remove a symbol from a watchlist, swipe left on the symbol. When you remove a symbol from a watchlist that you created, that symbol remains in the My Symbols watchlist. See

. Manage symbols in the My Symbols watchlist Delete, reorder, and rename watchlists Tap the name of the watchlist at the top of the screen, tap Manage Watchlists, then do any of the following:

Delete a watchlist: Tap next to the symbol, tap

, then tap Delete. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 620 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Reorder your watchlists: Touch and hold

, then drag the watchlist to a new position. Rename a watchlist: Tap

, enter a new name, then tap Save. View your watchlist on all your devices You can view your watchlist on your iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, and Mac when youre signed in with the same Apple ID. On your iPhone, iPad, and iPod touch: Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud >

Show All, then turn on Stocks. On a Mac with macOS Ventura: Choose Apple menu

> System Settings >

[your name] > iCloud, then turn on Stocks. On a Mac with macOS 10.15-12.5: Choose Apple menu > System Preferences >

Apple ID, select iCloud, then turn on Stocks. On a Mac with macOS 10.14 or earlier: Choose Apple menu > System Preferences >

iCloud, then turn on Stocks. Read business news in Stocks on iPad In the Stocks app

, you can read business stories that highlight the current news driving the market. In countries where Apple News is available, you also see stories selected by the Apple News editors and stories from Apple News+. (Apple News and Apple News+ content isnt available in all countries or regions.) To learn more about Apple News+, see

. Subscribe to Apple News+ on iPad https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 621 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 622 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Read a story 1. Open Stocks, then tap Business News or a stock symbol in your watchlist to view stories. See

. Manage symbols in the My Symbols watchlist 2. Tap a story to read it. While viewing a story, you have these options:

Return to your newsfeed in Stocks: Tap or Done in the top-left corner. Save the story to Apple News: Tap in the top-left corner. Note: To save stories to Apple News, make sure to sign in with your Apple ID, then go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud > Show All, and turn on News. See more stories from the publication in Apple News: Tap the publisher logo at the top of the screen. Change the text size: Tap in the top-right corner, then tap the smaller or larger letter to change the text size in the story. Share the story: Tap in the top-right corner, tap Share Story, then choose a sharing option, such as Messages or Mail. Note: If you tap an Apple News+ story and youre not an Apple News+ subscriber, tap the subscribe or free trial button, then follow the onscreen instructions. To learn more about Apple News+, see

. Subscribe to Apple News+

Stories from publications you have blocked in Apple News dont appear in the newsfeed. See

. See news stories chosen just for you Add earnings reports to your calendar in Stocks on iPad In the Stocks app

, you can see when a company has an upcoming earnings report and add it as an event in the Calendar app. Add an earnings report event to your calendar If a stock has an upcoming earnings report, you can add it in the Calendar app and be reminded on the day that its happening. 1. Tap a ticker symbol in your watchlist, or use the search field to search for a symbol. 2. If an earnings report is upcoming, tap Add to Calendar, then tap Add. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 623 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM The earnings report is saved as an all-day event in the Calendar app. Calendar sends you an event reminder on the day of the earnings report. Delete an earnings report event from your calendar 1. Open the Stocks app, then tap the ticker symbol in your watchlist or use the search field to search for the symbol. 2. Tap Edit, then tap Delete Event. Add a Stocks widget to your iPad Home Screen Use a Stocks widget to check stocks at a glance on your iPad Home Screen. You can choose the size of the Stocks widget and the amount of information the widget displays choose one of the options to monitor several symbols, or the option to monitor the performance of a single symbol. See

. Add widgets on iPad Change the widget display After you add a Stocks widget to your Home Screen, you can change the symbol or watchlist that appears in the widget. 1. Touch and hold the widget. 2. Tap Edit Widget. 3. Depending on the widget option, select the symbol, watchlist, or watchlist details you want to display. You can add multiple Stocks widgets to your iPad Home Screen. Get tips on iPad In the Tips app

, see collections of tips that help you get the most from iPad. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 624 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Get Tips In the Tips app, you can learn how to personalize your Lock Screen, add widgets, unsend an email, take a screenshot, and much more. New tips are added frequently. To start learning, tap a collection, then tap a tip. Get notified when new tips arrive 1. Go to Settings

> Notifications. 2. Tap Tips below Notification Style, then turn on Allow Notifications. 3. Choose options for the location and style of tip notifications, when they should appear, and more. See also Get apps in the App Store Change notification settings https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 625 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Translate Translate text, voice, and conversations on iPad In the Translate app

, you can translate text, voice, and conversations between any of the supported languages. You can download languages to translate entirely on a device, even without an internet connection. Note: Translation is available for supported languages. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 626 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Translate text or your voice 1. Tap Translation, select the languages to translate between, then do any of the following:

Note: See

. Choose the languages you want to translate between Tap Enter text, type a phrase, then tap Go. Tap

, then say a phrase. 2. When the translation is shown, do any of the following:

Play the audio translation: Tap

. Save the translation as a favorite: Tap

. Look up a word in the dictionary: Tap

, then tap a word to see its definition. Show the translation to someone else: Tap

. Tip: To view your recent history, swipe the translation down. Translate a conversation iPad shows the translated text bubbles from both sides of the conversation. Conversations work for downloaded languages when you dont have an internet connection or On-Device Mode is turned on. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 627 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 1. Tap Conversation. 2. Tap

, then speak in one of the two languages. Tip: You can translate a conversation without tapping the microphone button before each person speaks. Tap

, tap Auto Translate, then tap to start the conversation. iPad automatically detects when you start speaking and when you stop. When chatting face-to-face, tap

, then tap Face to Face so that each person can see the conversation from their own side. Download languages for offline translation or On-Device Mode Download languages to translate when you dont have an internet connection or when On-Device Mode is turned on. 1. Go to Settings

> Translate. 2. Tap Downloaded Languages, then tap next to the languages you want to download. 3. Turn On-Device Mode on. Choose the languages you want to translate between In the Translate app

, you can choose which languages you want to translate and switch translations. 1. Tap the arrows next to the two languages to choose the languages you want to translate between. 2. Tap one of the languages to indicate the input language. A blue dot appears next to the language that you want to translate. To switch the input language, tap the other language. Translate text in apps on iPad On iPad, you can translate text in apps such as Photos, Safari, Messages, Mail, supported third-party apps, and more. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 628 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Note: Translation is available for supported languages. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature Availability website

. Translate text in apps You can select any text to translate in apps such as Safari, Messages, Mail, supported third-party apps, and more. When you enter text on your iPad, you can even replace what you wrote with a translation. 1. Select the text you want to translate, then tap Translate. 2. Below the text translation, choose any of the following:

Replace with Translation: Replace your original text with the translation (available only when entering text). Copy Translation: You can paste the translation somewhere else, such as a different app. Change Language: Choose any of the supported languages for the original text and the translation. Add to Favorites: Add the translation to a list of favorites. Open in Translate: Do more with the translation in the Translate app. Listen to Original Text: Tap more, then tap to listen to the original text. Listen to Translated Text: Tap to listen to the translated text. Translate text in photos On supported models, when viewing a photo that includes text, tap

, touch and hold the text you want to translate, then tap Translate. Translate text with the iPad camera On iPad with iPadOS 15.1 or later, you can use the iPad camera to translate text around youlike a restaurant menu or a recipe. Note: Translation is available for supported languages. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature

. Availability website https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 629 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM On supported models with iPadOS 15.1 or later, do the following:

1. Open the Camera app

, then position iPad so that the text appears on the screen. 2. When the yellow frame appears around detected text, tap

. 3. Select the text to translate, then tap Translate. 4. Below the text translation, choose any of the following:

Copy Translation: You can paste the translation somewhere else, such as a different app. Change Language: Choose any of the supported languages for the original text and the translation. Add to Favorites: Add the translation to a list of favorites. Open in Translate: Do more with the translation in the Translate app. Listen to Original Text: Tap more, then tap to listen to the original text. Listen to Translated Text: Tap to listen to the translated text. Translate text with the camera view in Translate on iPad In the Translate app

, you can use the camera view to translate text around you. You can also translate text in the photos from your photo library, right from Translate. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 630 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Translate text using the camera view 1. Tap Camera. 2. At the top of the screen, select the languages you want to translate between. Note: See Choose the languages you want to translate between

. 3. PositioniPad so that the text you want to translate appears in the camera view. 4. Tap to pause the view and see the translations. You can zoom in to get a closer look at the overlaid translations 5. Tap an overlaid translation to show the translation card, then choose any of the following:

Copy Translation: You can paste the translation somewhere else, such as a different app. Add to Favorites: Add the translation to a list of favorites. Listen to Original Text: Tap more, then tap to listen to the original text. Listen to Translated Text: Tap to listen to the translated text. Translate text in photos from your photo library 1. Tap Camera. 2. At the top of the screen, select the languages you want to translate between. 3. Tap

, then select a photo that contains text from your photo library. Share and save translated text After translating text with the camera, tap

, then do any of the following:

Share the translation: Choose a share option. Save the translation as an image: Tap Save Image. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 631 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM TV Connect apps and add your TV provider to the Apple TV app on iPad With the Apple TV app

, you can watch shows and movies from streaming services and cable and satellite providers. The Apple TV app is on your iPhone, iPad, Mac, Apple TV, and supported smart TVs and streaming devices, so you can watch at home or wherever you go. Note: The availability of the Apple TV app and its features and services (such as Apple TV+, Apple TV channels, sports, and supported apps) varies by country or region. See the Apple Support articles Availability of Apple Media Services and Availability of

. supported apps in the Apple TV app Connect video streaming apps The Apple TV app recommends new content or the next episode in a series you watch from a connected app (supported streaming apps only). Connected apps appear in the Apple TV app on all your devices where youre signed in with your Apple ID. To connect or disconnect supported streaming apps, do the following:

1. Tap Watch Now, then tap or your profile picture at the top right. 2. Tap Connected Apps. Add your cable or satellite service to the Apple TV app Single sign-on provides immediate access to all the supported video apps in your subscription package. 1. Go to Settings

> TV Provider. 2. Choose your TV provider, then sign in with your provider credentials. If your TV provider isnt listed, sign in directly from the app you want to use. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 632 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Subscribe to Apple TV+ and Apple TV channels on iPad In the Apple TV app

, you can subscribe to Apple TV+ and Apple TV channels. Apple TV+ is a subscription streaming service featuring Apple Originalsaward-winning series, compelling dramas, groundbreaking documentaries, kids entertainment, comedies, and morewith new items added every month. Apple TV channels let you easily subscribe to just the channels you watchlike Paramount+, Showtime, and more. A subscription gives you access to content on demand on iPhone, iPad, Mac, Apple TV, and supported smart TVs and streaming devices. You can also download content to watch offline on iPhone, iPad, and Mac. You can choose to bundle your Apple TV+ subscription with other Apple services by subscribing to Apple One. See the Apple Support article Bundle Apple subscriptions with

. Apple One Note: Apple One, Apple TV+, and Apple TV channels arent available in all countries or regions. See the Apple Support article

. Availability of Apple Media Services Subscribe to Apple TV+

1. Tap Originals, then tap the subscription button. 2. Review the free trial (if eligible) and subscription details, then follow the onscreen instructions. Subscribe to Apple TV channels You can subscribe to premium channels such as Paramount+ and Showtime, all in one place. If you use Family Sharing, up to five other family members can share the subscription for no additional charge. 1. Tap Watch Now, scroll down to the Channels row, then tap a channel. 2. Tap the subscription button, review the free trial (if eligible) and subscription details, then follow the onscreen instructions. Change or cancel your subscriptions to Apple TV+ or Apple TV channels 1. Tap Watch Now, then tap or your profile picture at the top right. 2. Tap Manage Subscriptions. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 633 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Share Apple TV+ and Apple TV channels with family members When you subscribe to Apple TV+ or Apple One, you can use Family Sharing to share Apple TV+ with up to five other family members. Your family group members dont need to do anythinga shared subscription is available to them the first time they open the Apple TV app after your subscription begins. If you join a family group that subscribes to Apple TV+ or Apple One, and you already subscribe, your subscription isnt renewed on your next billing date; instead, you use the groups subscription. If you join a family group that doesnt subscribe, the group uses your subscription. Note: To stop sharing Apple One, Apple TV+, or Apple TV channels with a family group, you can cancel the subscription,

, leave or remove a member from a Family Sharing group or (if youre the family group organizer), stop using Family Sharing. Get shows, movies, and more in the Apple TV app on iPad The Apple TV app brings your favorite shows, movies, and sports together in one place. Quickly find and watch your favorites, pick up where you left off with Up Next, or discover something newpersonalized just for you. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 634 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Note: The availability of Apple Media Services varies by country or region. See the Apple Support article

. Availability of Apple Media Services Discover shows and movies In the Apple TV app, tap Watch Now, then do any of the following:

Get recommendations: Browse the What to Watch row for editorial recommendations that are personalized for you. Many rows throughout the app feature personalized recommendations based on your channel subscriptions, supported apps, purchases, and viewing interests. Browse Apple TV channels: Scroll down to browse channels you subscribe to. In the Channels row, browse other available channels, then tap a channel to explore its titles. See movies, shows, and episodes sent by friends in Messages: Scroll down to the Shared with You row. See

. Send and receive content in Messages on iPad Use the Up Next queue In the Up Next row, you can find titles you recently added, rented, or purchased, catch the next episode in a series youve been watching, or resume what youre watching from the moment you left off. Do any of the following:

Add an item to Up Next: Touch and hold the item, then tap Add to Up Next. Remove an item from Up Next: Touch and hold the item, then tap Remove from Up Next. Continue watching on another device: You can see your Up Next queue in the Apple TV app on your iPhone, iPad, Mac, Apple TV, or supported smart TV where youre signed in with your Apple ID. Browse Apple TV+

Discover Apple Originalsaward-winning series, compelling dramas, groundbreaking documentaries, kids entertainment, comedies, and morewith new items added every month. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 635 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Tap Originals, then do any of the following:

See whats up next: In the Up Next row, find titles you recently added, play the next episode in a series, or continue watching where you left off. Browse a collection: Swipe left on the collection or tap See All. See descriptions and ratings: Tap an item. Search for shows, movies, and more Tap Search, then enter what youre looking for in the search field. You can search by title, sport, team, cast member, Apple TV channel, or topic (such as car chase). Stream or download content Content from Apple TV+ and Apple TV channels play in the Apple TV app, while content from other providers plays in their video app. 1. Tap an item to see its details. 2. Choose any of the following options (not all options are available for all titles):

Watch Apple TV+ or Apple TV channels: Tap Play. If youre not a current subscriber, tap Try It Free (available for eligible Apple ID accounts) or Subscribe. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 636 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Choose a different video app: If the title is available from multiple apps, scroll down to How To Watch, then choose an app. Download: Tap

. You can find the downloaded item in your library and watch it even when iPad isnt connected to the internet. Buy, rent, or pre-order items 1. Below the Store heading in the sidebar, tap TV Shows or Movies. 2. Choose any of the following options (not all options are available for all titles):

Buy: Purchased items are added to your library. Rent: When you rent a movie, you have 30 days to start watching it. After you start watching the movie, you can play it as many times as you want for 48 hours, after which the rental period ends. When the rental period ends, the movie is deleted. Pre-order: When the pre-ordered item becomes available, your payment method is billed, and you receive an email notification. If you turned on automatic downloads, the item is automatically downloaded to your iPad. 3. Confirm your selection, then complete the payment or pre-order, as applicable. You can find your purchases and rentals in your library and play them in the Apple TV app. Watch sports in the Apple TV app on iPad In the Apple TV app

, the Sports row gives you access to a wide array of live and scheduled sports events (U.S. and Canada only). You can see games in progress with up-to-the-minute scores, or browse upcoming games and add them to Up Next. You can also receive notifications about upcoming events and see live scores for your favorite teams with My Sports. Explore sports Tap Sports in the sidebar, then do any of the following:

Browse current and upcoming games in the top row. Scroll down to browse football, baseball, basketball, and more. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 637 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM To filter by sport, scroll down to the Browse row, then tap a sport. Watch a live game Tap the game, then tap Live Now. Or scroll down to How to Watch, then choose an app. Select games may show the current score and play-by-play updates on the game page. To hide the scores of live games, go to Settings

> TV, then turn off Show Sports Scores. Follow your favorite teams with My Sports My Sports lets you follow your favorite teams; access scores, schedules, and standings for the top professional and college leagues; and watch highlights. In the Apple TV app, add your favorite teams to My Sports to see their games in Up Next and receive notifications when theyre playing. 1. Tap Sports in the sidebar. 2. Scroll to the bottom, then tap Follow Your Teams. 3. Tap Turn On. When you turn on syncing for My Sports, the teams you follow in Apple TV are automatically followed in Apple News and other supported apps. Note: My Sports in the Apple TV app lets you follow sports teams. Apple News lets you follow sports teams, as well as sports leagues and athletes. Control playback in the Apple TV app on iPad In the Apple TV app

, you can use the playback controls to play, pause, skip backward or forward, and more. When you watch with your friends using SharePlay (iPadOS 15.1 or later), the playback controls are shared by everyone on the FaceTime call. Use the playback controls During playback, tap the screen to show the controls. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 638 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Control Description Play Pause Skip backward 10 seconds; touch and hold to rewind Skip forward 10 seconds; touch and hold to fast-forward Stream the video to other devices Change the playback speed, language, and more (features subject to availability) display subtitles and closed captions

, change the Start Picture in Pictureyou can continue to watch the video while you use another app Stop playback https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 639 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Watch together using SharePlay in the Apple TV app on iPad

, you can stream TV shows and movies in sync with friends and In the Apple TV app family while on a FaceTime call together using SharePlay. The controls are shared so anyone on the call can pause, rewind, or fast forward. With smart volume, media audio is adjusted automatically, so you can continue to chat while watching. (Settings like subtitles and volume are controlled separately by each person.) Note: Some apps that support SharePlay require a subscription. To watch a movie or TV show together, every participant needs to have access to the content, through either a subscription or purchase, on a device that meets the minimum system requirements. SharePlay may not support the sharing of some movies or TV shows across different countries or regions. FaceTime, some FaceTime features, and other Apple services may not be available in all countries or regions. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 640 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Start SharePlay in the Apple TV app With iPadOS 15.1 or later, you can start a FaceTime call in the Apple TV app while youre browsing or watching video content, and share the item in sync with others using SharePlay. Everyone on the call needs to have access to the content on their own device

(for example, through a subscription or purchase). 1. Find a show or movie you want to share, then tap the item to see its details. 2. Tap

, then tap SharePlay. 3. In the To field, enter the contacts you want to share with, then tap FaceTime. 4. When the FaceTime call connects, tap Start or Play to begin using SharePlay. To begin viewing, recipients tap Open. Note: If the content requires a subscription, people who arent subscribers can subscribe before watching. Send what youre watching in SharePlay to Apple TV After the video starts playing, you can stream it to your Apple TV to enjoy on the big screen. Tap

, then choose Apple TV as the playback destination. The video plays in sync on Apple TV, and you can keep the conversation going on your iPad. See Watch together using SharePlay in the Apple TV User Guide. Manage your library in the Apple TV app on iPad In the Apple TV app

, your library contains shows and movies you purchased, rented, and downloaded. If you use Family Sharing

, you can also view purchases made by family members. Browse your library Below the Library heading in the sidebar, tap Movies, TV Shows, or Genres. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 641 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Watch a movie you rented 1. Below the Library heading in the sidebar, tap Rentals, then tap a movie. 2. Do any of the following:

Play: Tap

. The time remaining in the rental period is shown. Download: Tap to watch the item later when iPad isnt connected to the internet. Share purchases made by family members If you use Family Sharing

, you and your family members can share purchases in the Apple TV app. Tap Library, tap Family Sharing, then choose a family member. Remove a downloaded item 1. Below the Library heading in the sidebar, tap Downloaded. 2. Swipe left on the item you want to remove, then tap Delete. Removing an item from iPad doesnt delete it from your purchases in iCloud. You can download the item to iPad again later. Change the Apple TV app settings on iPad You can adjust streaming and download settings for the Apple TV app

. You can also change how the Apple TV app uses your viewing history to provide personalized recommendations. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 642 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Change streaming and download options 1. Go to Settings

> TV. 2. Choose streaming options:

Use Cellular Data: (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) Turn off to limit streaming to Wi-Fi connections. Cellular: (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) Choose High Quality or Automatic. Wi-Fi: Choose High Quality or Data Saver. High Quality requires a faster internet connection and uses more data. 3. Choose download options:

Use Cellular Data: (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) Turn off to limit downloads to Wi-Fi connections. Cellular: (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) Choose High Quality or Fast Downloads. Wi-Fi: Choose High Quality or Fast Downloads. High Quality results in slower downloads and uses more data. Languages: Choose a language. Each added audio language increases the download size. To remove a language, swipe left on the language you want to remove, then tap Delete. The default language is the primary language for your country or region. If you turned on Audio Descriptions in Settings > Accessibility, audio descriptions are also downloaded. Use or clear your viewing history By default, what you watch on your iPad affects your personalized recommendations and Up Next queue on all your devices where youre signed in with your Apple ID. You can do any of the following:

Clear your viewing history: Tap Watch Now, tap or your profile picture at the top right, then tap Clear Play History. Turn off personalization features based on your viewing history: Go to Settings

TV, then turn off Use Play History. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 643 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Voice Memos Make a recording in Voice Memos on iPad With the Voice Memos app

, you can use iPad as a portable recording device to record personal notes, classroom lectures, musical ideas, and more. You can fine-tune your recordings with editing tools like trim, replace, and resume. Record voice memos using the built-in microphone, a supported headset, or an external microphone. When Voice Memos is turned on in iCloud settings or preferences, your recordings appear and update automatically on all your devices where youre signed in with the same Apple ID. Make a basic recording 1. To begin recording, tap

. To adjust the recording level, move the microphone closer to or farther from what youre recording. 2. Tap Done to finish recording. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 644 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Your recording is saved with the name New Recording or the name of your location, if Location Services is turned on in Settings

> Privacy & Security. To change the name, tap the recording, then tap the name and type a new one. To fine-tune your recording, see

. Edit a recording in Voice Memos Note: For your privacy, when you use Voice Memos to make recordings, an orange dot appears at the top of your screen to indicate your microphone is in use. Use the advanced recording features You can make a recording in parts, pausing and resuming as you record. 1. To begin recording, tap

. To adjust the recording level, move the microphone closer to or farther away from what youre recording. To see more details while youre recording, swipe up from the top of the waveform. 2. Tap to stop recording; tap Resume to continue. 3. To review your recording, tap

. To change where playback begins, drag the playhead right or left across the small waveform at the bottom of the screen before you tap

. 4. To save the recording, tap Done. Your recording is saved with the name New Recording or the name of your location, if Location Services is turned on in Settings

> Privacy & Security. To change the name, tap the recording, then tap the name and type a new one. To fine-tune your recording, see

. Edit a recording in Voice Memos Mute the start and stop tones While recording, use the iPad volume down button to turn the volume all the way down. Use another app while recording While youre recording, you can use another app, as long as it doesnt play audio on your device. If the app starts playing or recording sound, Voice Memos stops recording. 1. While recording, you can go to the Home Screen and open another app. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 645 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 2. To return to Voice Memos, tap the orange icon at the top of the screen. If Voice Memos is turned on in iCloud settings or preferences, your recording is saved in iCloud and appears automatically on all your devices where youre signed in with the same Apple ID. Recordings using the built-in microphone are mono, but you can record stereo using an external stereo microphone that works with iPad. Look for accessories marked with the Apple Made for iPad or Works with iPad logo. Play a recording in Voice Memos on iPad In the Voice Memos app

, tap a recording and use the playback controls to listen to it. Control Description Play Pause Skip backward 15 seconds Skip forward 15 seconds https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 646 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Tip: While the recording is open, you can tap its name to rename it. Change the playback speed You can play a recording at a faster or slower speed. 1. In the list of recordings, tap the recording you want to play. 2. Tap

, then drag the slider toward the tortoise for a slower speed, or toward the rabbit for a faster speed.]

3. Tap

, then tap to play the recording. Note: Changing the playback speed doesnt change the recording itself, only how fast it plays. Enhance a recording When playing a recording, you can enhance it to reduce background noise and echo. 1. Tap the recording you want to enhance. 2. Tap

, then turn on Enhance Recording. 3. Tap

, then tap to play the recording. Note: Turning on Enhance Recording doesnt change the recording itself, only how it sounds when you play it. Skip over gaps when playing back a recording Voice Memos can analyze your audio and automatically skip over gaps when playing it. 1. Tap the recording you want to play. 2. Tap

, then turn on Skip Silence. 3. Tap

, then tap to play the recording. Note: Turning on Skip Silence doesnt change the recording itself, only how it sounds when you play it. Turn off the playback options To return all the playback options to their original settings, tap

, then tap Reset. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 647 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Edit or delete a recording in Voice Memos on iPad In the Voice Memos app

, you can use the editing tools to fine-tune your recordings. You can remove parts you dont want, record over parts, or replace an entire recording. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 648 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Trim the excess 1. In the list of recordings, tap the recording you want to edit, then tap Edit at the top right. 2. Tap at the top right, then drag the yellow trim handles to enclose the section you want to keep or delete. You can pinch open to zoom in on the waveform for more precise editing. To check your selection, tap

. 3. To keep the selection (and delete the rest of the recording), tap Trim, or to delete the selection, tap Delete. 4. Tap Save, then tap Done. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 649 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Replace a recording 1. In the list of recordings, tap the recording you want to replace, then tap Edit at the top right. 2. Drag the waveform to position the playhead where you want to start recording new audio. You can pinch open to zoom in on the waveform for more precise placement. 3. Tap Replace to begin recording (the waveform turns red as you record). Tap to pause; tap Resume to continue. 4. To check your recording, tap

. 5. Tap Done to save the changes. Delete a recording Do one of the following:

In the list of recordings, tap the recording you want to delete, then tap

. Tap Edit above the list of recordings, select one or more recordings, then tap Delete. Deleted recordings move to the Recently Deleted folder, where theyre kept for 30 days by default. To change how long deleted recordings are kept, go to Settings

> Voice Memos > Clear Deleted, then select an option. Recover or erase a deleted recording 1. Tap the Recently Deleted folder, then tap the recording you want to recover or erase. 2. Do any of the following:

Recover the selected recording: Tap Recover. Recover everything in the Recently Deleted folder: Tap Edit above the Recently Deleted list, then tap Recover All. Delete everything in the Recently Deleted folder: Tap Edit above the Recently Deleted list, then tap Delete All. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 650 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Keep recordings up to date in Voice Memos on iPad With the Voice Memos app and iCloud, your audio recordings appear and are kept up to date automatically on all your devices (where youre signed in with the same Apple ID and Voice Memos is turned on in iCloud settings). To turn on Voice Memos in iCloud on your devices, do the following:

iOS or iPadOS: Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud > Show All, then turn on Voice Memos. macOS Ventura: Choose Apple menu

> System Settings, click [your name] at the top of the sidebar, click iCloud on the right, Click Options next to iCloud Drive. Click Documents, then select Voice Memos. macOS 10.1512.5: Choose Apple menu > System Preferences, then click Apple ID. Click iCloud in the sidebar, then select iCloud Drive. Click Options next to iCloud Drive, click Documents, then select Voice Memos. macOS 10.14 or earlier: Choose Apple menu > System Preferences, then click iCloud. Select iCloud Drive, click Options, then select Voice Memos. Organize recordings in Voice Memos on iPad In the Voice Memos app

, you can mark recordings as favorites and organize your recordings into folders. Note: Apple Watch recordings, recently deleted recordings, and favorites are grouped into Smart Foldersfolders that automatically gather files by type and subject matter. Mark recordings as favorites Do one of the following:

In the list of recordings, tap the recording you want to mark as a favorite, then tap above the waveform on the right. Tap Edit above the list of recordings, select one or more recordings, tap Move, then tap favorites. Recordings marked as favorites automatically appear in the Favorites folder. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 651 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Organize recordings into folders You can group related recordings together into folders so you can locate them easily. 1. Tap Edit above the list of recordings. 2. Select one or more recordings, then tap Move. 3. If you want to create a new folder for the recordings, tap

, then type a name for the folder. 4. Tap the folder where you want to store the selected recordings. To view your folders, tap

; tap a folder to check its contents. To return to the list of recordings, tap All Recordings above the folders. Delete or reorder folders 1. Tap to go to the list of folders. 2. Tap Edit above the folders, then do any of the following:

Delete a folder: Tap next to the folder, then tap

. Change the order of the folders: Drag next to any folder. 3. Tap Done. Search for or rename a recording in Voice Memos on iPad You can search for your recordings in the Voice Memos app

, and rename any recording. Search for a recording 1. Swipe down from the middle of the list of recordings to reveal the search field. 2. Tap the search field, enter part or all of the recording name, then tap Search. Rename a recording A recording is initially saved with the name New Recording or the name of your location, if Location Services is turned on in Settings

> Privacy & Security. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 652 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM To change the name, tap the recording, tap the name, then type a new one. Share recordings in Voice Memos on iPad In the Voice Memos app

, you can share a recording with others (or send it to your Mac or another device) using AirDrop, Messages, Mail, and more. Share a recording 1. Tap the recording you want to share, then tap

. 2. Choose a sharing option, select or enter a recipient, then tap Done or

. Share more than one recording 1. Tap Edit above the list of recordings, then select the recordings you want to share. 2. Tap

, choose a sharing option, select or enter a recipient, then tap Done or

. Duplicate a recording in Voice Memos on iPad In the Voice Memos app

, you can duplicate a recording, which is useful when you need another version of it. You can make changes to the copy, save it, and

. give it a new name Tap a recording, tap above the waveform, then tap Duplicate. The duplicate appears right below the original version in the list and has copy added to its name. To change the name, tap it, then type a new one. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 653 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Weather Check the weather on iPad Use the Weather app to check the weather conditions in your current location. View the upcoming hourly and 10-day forecast, see severe weather information, and more. Note: Weather uses Location Services to get the forecast for your current location. To make sure Location Services is turned on, go to Settings Services > Weather. Turn on Precise Location to increase the accuracy of the forecast in your current location.

> Privacy & Security > Location Check the local forecast and conditions When you open Weather, the details for your current location are shown. If you dont see them, tap

, then tap My Location. Swipe up to view weather details such as:

Hourly forecast: Swipe the hourly display left or right. 10-day forecast: View weather conditions, chance of precipitation, and high and low temperatures for the coming days. Tip: Tap a day in the 10-day forecast to see that days hourly temperature forecast, high and low temperatures, and more. Tap to change the displayed weather condition. Severe weather alerts: View updates for weather events such as winter storms and flash floods (not available in all countries or regions). Tap the alert to read the full government-issued alert. Air quality: View air quality information; tap to view details about health information and pollutants (not available in all countries or regions). Note: The air quality scale appears above the hourly forecast when air quality reaches a particular level for that location. For some locations, the air quality scale always appears above the hourly forecast. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 654 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Maps: View a map of temperature, precipitation, or air quality in the area. Tap the map to view it in full screen or to change the map view between temperature, precipitation, and air quality. See

. View weather maps on iPad Additional weather details: Scroll down to see additional weather information such as the UV index, sunrise, sunset, wind, precipitation, and more. Tap a weather detail for the extended forecast, daily summary, and data specific to that detail. Tip: Some weather details include interactive features; drag your finger over the chart to see data values at specific times, tap a day to see data values for that day, or tap to switch the view to a different weather detail. To learn about the data sources for the Weather app, see the Apple Support article

. Feature availability and data sources in the Weather app Switch between Celsius and Fahrenheit 1. Open Weather, then tap or turn your iPad to landscape view to display the sidebar. 2. Tap

, then tap Celsius or Fahrenheit. Send a report about the weather You can report the weather in your location if it doesnt match whats shown in the Weather app. 1. Open Weather, then tap or turn your iPad to landscape view to display the sidebar. 2. Tap

, then tap Report an Issue. 3. Tap the options that best describe the weather conditions in your location. 4. Tap Submit. The information you share with Apple isnt associated with your Apple ID. Check the weather in other locations on iPad Use the Weather app to check the weather in other cities and locations. You can also create a saved weather list to quickly check the forecast in places that are important to you. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 655 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Check the weather in another location 1. Open Weather, then tap or turn your iPad to landscape view to display the sidebar. 2. Tap the search field at the top of the screen, then enter the name of the city, the zip code, or the airport code. 3. Tap the location in the search results to view the forecast. 4. Tap Cancel to close the forecast, then tap Cancel to clear the search results. Add a location to your weather list You can add locations to the weather list to quickly check the weather in places important to you. 1. Open Weather, then tap or turn your iPad to landscape view to display the sidebar. 2. Tap the search field at the top of the screen, then enter the name of the city, the zip code, or the airport code that you want to add to your list. 3. Tap the location in the search results, then tap Add. To check the weather in locations you added to your weather list, swipe the iPad screen left or right, or tap

, then tap a location. Delete and rearrange locations in your weather list 1. Open Weather, then tap or turn your iPad to landscape view to see your weather list. 2. Do either of the following:

Delete a location: Swipe left on the location, then tap

. Or, tap

, then tap Edit List. Rearrange the order of locations on your list: Touch and hold the location, then move it up or down. Or, tap

, then tap Edit List. Your list of locations stays up to date across your devices when youre signed in with the same Apple ID. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 656 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM View weather maps on iPad You can use the Weather app to view full-screen temperature, precipitation, and air quality maps in your location or other areas. View a full-screen weather map 1. Open Weather. 2. Tap the weather map shown in the temperature detail to enlarge the map. When the map is enlarged, it stays pinned to the top of the screen in portrait view and to the side of the screen in landscape view. Change the map display 1. While viewing full-screen map, do any of the following to adjust the display:

Change the map display to temperature, precipitation, or air quality: Tap

. Move the map: Touch the screen and drag your finger. Zoom in and out: Pinch the screen. While viewing the precipitation map, tap to change the view between Next-Hour Forecast and 12-Hour Forecast (not available in all countries or regions). View a different location in your weather list: Tap or turn your iPad to landscape view, then tap a location in your weather list. Return to your current location: Tap

. Add a location to your weather list, view its current conditions, or view it in Maps:

Touch and hold the location. 2. Tap Done to return to weather conditions and forecast. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 657 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Manage weather notifications on iPad You can receive notifications from the Weather app when precipitation and severe weather events such as tornados and flash floods are about to start or stop in your current location. You can also receive precipitation notifications for locations in your weather list (not available in all countries or regions). Turn on weather notifications for your location 1. Go to Settings

> Privacy & Security > Location Services > Weather, then tap Always. 2. Turn on Precise Location to receive the most accurate notifications for your current location. 3. Open Weather, then tap or turn your iPad to landscape view to display the sidebar. 4. Tap

, then tap Notifications. If prompted, allow notifications from the Weather app. 5. Below Current Location, turn on notifications for Severe Weather and Next-Hour Precipitation (green is on). 6. Tap Done. Note: Not available in all countries or regions. Turn on weather notifications for locations in your weather list 1. Open Weather, then tap or turn your iPad to landscape view to display the sidebar. 2. Tap

, then tap Notifications. If prompted, allow notifications from the Weather app. 3. Below Your Locations, tap a location, then turn on notifications for Severe Weather and Next-Hour Precipitation (green is on). 4. Tap Done. Note: Not available in all countries or regions. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 658 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Add a Weather widget to your iPad Home Screen Use the Weather widget to check the forecast at a glance on your iPad Home Screen. You can choose the size of the Weather widget and the amount of information displayed. See

. Add widgets on iPad Learn the weather icons on iPad The icons in the Weather app indicate different weather conditions, like fog or haze. Heres a list of some of the weather icons and what they mean. Icon Description Sunrise Sunset Clear Partly cloudy Dust Haze Smoke Fog Windy Cloudy https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 659 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Thunderstorms Rain Heavy rain Drizzle Hail Tornado Snow Scattered snow Heavy snow/Sleet Blowing snow Cloudy Clear https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 660 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Siri Use Siri on iPad Get everyday tasks done with just your voice. Use Siri to translate a phrase, set an alarm, find a location, report on the weather, and more. See

. Find out what Siri can do on iPad On supported devices, voice input is processed on iPad, but transcripts of your requests are sent to Apple in order to improve Siri. This data is not associated with your Apple ID and will only be stored for a limited time. You can also opt in to Improve Siri and Dictation. If you opt in, the audio of your interactions with Siri, Dictation, and Translate will be shared with Apple in order to help develop and improve Siri, Dictation, and other language processing features like Translate or Voice Control. To learn more, see the

. Improve Siri and Dictation & Privacy website For some requests, iPad must be connected to the internet

. Cellular charges may apply. Set up Siri If you didnt set up Siri when you first set up your iPad, go to Settings

> Siri & Search, then do any of the following:

If you want to activate Siri with your voice: Turn on Listen for Hey Siri. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 661 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM If you want to activate Siri with a button: Turn on Press Home for Siri (on an iPad with a Home button) or Press Top Button for Siri (on other iPad models). To change additional Siri settings, see

. Change Siri settings on iPad Activate Siri with your voice When you activate Siri with your voice, Siri responds out loud. 1. Say Hey Siri, then ask a question or make a request. For example, say something like Hey Siri, whats the weather for today? or Hey Siri, set an alarm for 8 a.m. 2. To ask another question or make another request, say Hey Siri again or tap

. Note: To prevent iPad from responding to Hey Siri, place your iPad face down, or go to Settings

> Siri & Search, then turn off Listen for Hey Siri. You can also say Hey Siri to activate Siri while wearing supported AirPods. See Set up Siri in the AirPods User Guide. Activate Siri with a button When you activate Siri with a button and iPad is muted, Siri responds silently. To change this, see

. Change how Siri responds 1. Do one of the following:

On an iPad with a Home button: Press and hold the Home button. On other iPad models: Press and hold the top button. EarPods with Remote and Mic: (Sold separately) Press and hold the center or call button. 2. When Siri appears, ask a question or make a request. For example, say something like Whats 18 percent of 225? or Set the timer for 3 minutes. 3. To ask another question or make another request, tap

. You can also activate Siri with a touch on supported AirPods. See Set Up Siri in the AirPods User Guide. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 662 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Make a correction if Siri misunderstands you Rephrase your request: Tap

, then say your request in a different way. Spell out part of your request: Tap

, then repeat your request by spelling out any words that Siri didnt understand. For example, say Call, then spell the persons name. Change a message before sending it: Say Change it. Edit your request with text: If you see your request onscreen, you can edit it. Tap the request, then use the onscreen keyboard. Type instead of speaking to Siri 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Siri, then turn on Type to Siri. 2. To type a request, activate Siri, then use the keyboard and text field to ask a question or make a request. If Siri doesnt work as expected on your iPad, see the Apple Support article If Hey Siri isnt working on your iPhone or iPad

. Siri is designed to protect your information, and you can choose what you share. To learn more, see the Ask Siri, Dictation & Privacy website

. Find out what Siri can do on iPad Use Siri on iPad to get information and perform tasks. Siri and its response appear on top of what youre currently doing, allowing you to refer to information onscreen. Siri is interactive. When Siri displays a web link, you can tap it to see more information in your default web browser. When the onscreen response from Siri includes buttons or controls, you can tap them to take further action. And you can tap Siri again to ask another question or do an additional task for you. Below are some examples of what you can use Siri to do. Additional examples appear throughout this guide. You can also discover Siri capabilities on your iPhone and in apps by asking Hey Siri, what can I do here?

https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 663 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Use Siri to answer questions Use Siri to quickly check facts, do calculations, or translate a phrase into another language. Say something like:

Hey Siri, what causes a rainbow?

Hey Siri, what does a cat sound like?

Hey Siri, whats the derivative of cosine x?

Hey Siri, how do you say Thank You in Mandarin?

Use Siri with apps You can use Siri to control apps with your voice. Say something like:

Hey Siri, set up a meeting with Gordon at 9 to create an event in Calendar. Hey Siri, add artichokes to my groceries list to add an item to Reminders. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 664 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Hey Siri, send a message to PoChun saying love you heart emoji to text with Messages. Hey Siri, whats my update? to get an update about the weather in your area, the news, your reminders and calendar events, and more. For more examples, see any of the following:

Announce calls, messages, and more with Siri on iPad Use Siri to play music on iPad and Listen to music with Apple Music Voice on iPad Control your home using Siri on iPad Use Siri, Maps, and the Maps widget to get directions on iPad Add Siri Shortcuts on iPad Use Siri to share information with contacts You can share onscreen items like photos, webpages, content from Apple Music or Apple Podcasts, Maps locations, and more with

. people in your contacts For example, when looking at a photo in your Photo library, say something like Hey Siri, send this to mom to create a new message with the photo. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 665 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Personalize your experience with Siri The more you use Siri, the better it knows what you need. You can also tell Siri about yourself and change how and when Siri responds. See any of the following:

Siri Suggestions on iPad Tell Siri about yourself on iPad Change Siri settings on iPad You can also use accessibility features with Siri

. Siri is designed to protect your information, and you can choose what you share. To learn more, see the

. Ask Siri, Dictation & Privacy website https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 666 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Tell Siri about yourself on iPad You can provide information to Siriincluding things like your home and work addresses, and your relationshipsfor a more personalized experience so you can say things like Give me driving directions home and FaceTime mom. Tell Siri who you are 1. Open Contacts

, then

. fill out your contact information 2. Go to Settings

> Siri & Search > My Information, then tap your name. Tell Siri how to say your name 1. Open Contacts

, then tap your contact card. 2. Tap Edit, scroll down and tap add field, select a pronunciation name field, then type how to say your name. You can also add a pronunciation for any other contact card in Contacts. See Edit

. contacts on iPad Tell Siri about a relationship Say something like Hey Siri, Eliza Block is my wife or Hey Siri, Ashley Kamin is my mom. Keep what Siri knows about you up to date on your Apple devices On each device, go to Settings

, then sign in with the same Apple ID. If you use iCloud, your Siri settings stay up to date across your Apple devices using end-

to-end encryption. If you dont want Siri personalization to stay up to date across iPad and your other devices, you can disable Siri in iCloud settings. Go to Settings > [your name] > iCloud, then turn off Siri. Note: If you have Location Services turned on, the location of your device at the time you make a request is also sent to Apple to help Siri improve the accuracy of its response to your requests. To deliver relevant responses, Apple may use the IP address of your internet connection to approximate your location by matching it to a geographic region. See

. Control the location information you share on iPad https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 667 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Announce calls, messages, and more with Siri on iPad Siri can announce calls and notifications from apps like Messages on supported headphones. You can answer or reply using your voice without needing to say Hey Siri. Announce Calls and Announce Notifications also work with supported third-party apps. Have Siri announce calls With Announce Calls, Siri identifies incoming FaceTime calls, which you can accept or decline using your voice. 1. Go to Settings

> Siri & Search > Announce Calls, then choose an option. 2. When a call comes in, Siri identifies the caller, and asks if you want to answer the call. Say yes to accept the call or no to decline it. Have Siri announce notifications Siri can automatically announce incoming notifications from apps like Messages and Reminders. Siri automatically enables app notifications for apps that use time-sensitive notifications, but you can change the settings at any time. To learn more about time-

sensitive notifications, see

. Set up a Focus on iPad 1. Go to Settings

> Siri & Search > Announce Notifications, then turn on Announce Notifications. 2. Tap an app you want Siri to announce notifications from, then turn on Announce Notifications. For some apps, you can also choose whether to announce all notifications or only time-sensitive notifications. For apps where you can send a reply, like Messages, Siri repeats what you said, then asks for confirmation before sending your reply. To send replies without waiting for confirmation, turn on Reply Without Confirmation. Add Siri Shortcuts on iPad Apps can offer shortcuts for things you do frequently. You can use Siri to initiate these shortcuts with just your voice. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 668 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Some apps have Siri Shortcuts set up automatically. You can also create your own. Add a suggested shortcut Tap Add to Siri when you see a suggestion for a shortcut, then follow the onscreen instructions to record a phrase of your choice that performs the shortcut. You can also use the Shortcuts app to create a new shortcut that uses Siri, or to manage, re-record, and delete existing Siri Shortcuts. See the

. Shortcuts User Guide Use a shortcut Activate Siri, then speak your phrase for the shortcut. See

. Use Siri on iPad Based on your routines and how you use your apps, Siri also suggests shortcuts on the Home Screen, the Lock Screen, and when you start a search. To turn off shortcut suggestions for an app, see

. Change Siri settings on iPad Siri Suggestions on iPad Siri makes suggestions for what you might want to do next, such as confirm an appointment or send an email, based on your routines and how you use your apps. For example, Siri might help when you do any of the following:

Glance at the Lock Screen or start a search: As Siri learns your routines, you get suggestions for just what you need, at just the right time. Create email and events: When you start adding people to an email or calendar event, Siri suggests the people you included in previous emails or events. Type: As you enter text, Siri can suggest names of movies, placesanything you viewed on iPad recently. If you tell a friend youre on your way, Siri can even suggest your estimated arrival time. Confirm an appointment or book a flight on a travel website: (iPad Air 2 and later) Siri asks if you want to add it to your calendar. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 669 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Turn Siri Suggestions on or off for an app Siri Suggestions are on by default for your apps. You can turn them off or change the settings at any time. 1. Go to Settings

> Siri & Search, then select an app. 2. Turn settings on or off. Change where Siri Suggestions appear Go to Settings

> Siri & Search, then turn on or off any of the following:

Allow Notifications Show in App Library & Spotlight Show When Sharing Show When Listening Your personal informationwhich is encrypted and remains privatestays up to date across all your devices where youre signed in with the same Apple ID. As Siri learns about you on one device, your experience with Siri is improved on your other devices. If you dont want Siri personalization to update across your devices, you can disable Siri in iCloud settings. See

. Keep what Siri knows about you up to date on your Apple devices Siri is designed to protect your information, and you can choose what you share. To learn more, see the

. Siri Suggestions, Search & Privacy website Change Siri settings on iPad You can change the voice for Siri, prevent access to Siri when your device is locked, and more. For information about how to set up and use Siri, see Use Siri on iPad

. To change settings for Siri Suggestions, see

. Siri Suggestions on iPad Change when Siri responds You can customize if Siri responds to your voice or a button press. You can also choose what language Siri responds to. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 670 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Go to Settings

> Siri & Search, then do any of the following:

Prevent Siri from responding to the voice request Hey Siri: Turn off Listen for Hey Siri. Prevent Siri from responding to the Home button or the top button: Turn off Press Home for Siri (on an iPad with a Home button) or Press Top Button for Siri (on other iPad models). Prevent access to Siri when iPad is locked: Turn off Allow Siri When Locked. Change the language Siri responds to: Tap Language, then select a new language. You can also activate Siri by typing. See Type instead of speaking to Siri

. Change the voice for Siri You can change the Siri voice (not available for all languages). 1. Go to Settings

> Siri & Search. 2. Tap Siri Voice, then choose a different variety or voice. Change how Siri responds Siri can respond out loud or silently (with text onscreen). You can also see your request onscreen. Go to Settings

> Siri & Search, then do any of the following:

Change when Siri provides voice responses: Tap Siri Responses, then choose an option below Spoken Responses. Always see the response from Siri onscreen: Tap Siri Responses, then turn on Always Show Siri Captions. See your request onscreen: Tap Siri Responses, then turn on Always Show Speech. Change Siri settings for FaceTime and Messages You can perform tasks for FaceTime and Messages with just your voice. With Siri, you can hang up calls and skip the confirmation step when sending messages. You can enable these features in Settings. Go to Settings

> Siri & Search, then do any of the following:

https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 671 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Hang up FaceTime calls: Tap Call Hang Up, then turn on Call Hang Up. See Make and receive FaceTime calls on iPad

. Send messages without confirmation: Tap Automatically Send Messages, then turn on Automatically Send Messages. See

. Send and receive messages on iPad On supported headphones, Siri can also

. announce calls, messages, and more Change which apps appear in search You can change which apps appear when you search with Siri. 1. Go to Settings

> Siri & Search, then select an app. 2. Turn settings on or off. Retrain Siri with your voice Go to Settings

> Siri & Search, turn off Listen for Hey Siri, then turn on Listen for Hey Siri again. To change Siri accessibility settings, see Use accessibility features with Siri on iPad

. If Siri doesnt work as expected on your iPad, see the Apple Support article If Hey Siri isnt working on your iPhone or iPad

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 672 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Family Sharing Set up Family Sharing on iPad Family Sharing lets you and up to five other family members share access to Apple services, purchases, an iCloud storage plan, and more. You can even help locate each others missing devices. One adult family memberthe organizerinvites other family members to participate. When family members join, Family Sharing is set up on everyones devices automatically. The group then chooses which services and features they want to use and share. Family Sharing is available on eligible devices. See the Apple Support article System

. requirements for iCloud https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 673 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Create a Family Sharing group You only need to set up Family Sharing on one device. Then its available on all your devices that are signed in with the same Apple ID. 1. Go to Settings

> [your name] > Family Sharing, then follow the onscreen instructions to set up your Family Sharing group. 2. Add one or more family members. When you add an adult family member, you can designate them as a parent or guardian. Learn about types of Family Sharing members. You can also add family members later. See Add a member to a Family Sharing group

. on iPad 3. Tap a feature you want to set up for your Family Sharing group, then follow the onscreen instructions. To set up parental controls or Apple Cash for a child, tap their name, tap the feature, then follow the onscreen instructions. You can see what youre sharing with your family and adjust sharing settings at any time. To learn how to set up or join a Family Sharing group on all your devices, see the Apple Support article

. Set up Family Sharing What you can do with Family Sharing With a Family Sharing group, you can set up or share the following:

Apple and App Store subscriptions: You can share Apple subscriptions, including iCloud+, and eligible App Store subscriptions. See Share Apple and App Store

. subscriptions with family members on iPad Purchases: You can share items purchased in the App Store, Apple Books, and Apple TV. All purchases are billed to the family organizer. See Share App Store, Apple

. TV, and Apple Books purchases with Family Sharing on iPad Locations: When you share your location with your Family Sharing group, all family members, including any new members added later, can use the Find My app to see your location and help locate a missing device. See Share locations with family

. members and locate their lost devices on iPad https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 674 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Apple Card and Apple Cash: You can share Apple Card with trusted members of your Family Sharing group or set up an Apple Cash Family account for a child. See Use

. Apple Cash and Apple Card with Family Sharing on iPad (U.S. only) Parental controls: You can manage your childrens purchases, how they use their Apple devices, and more. See

. Set up parental controls with Family Sharing on iPad A device for your child: You can set up a new iOS or iPadOS device for a child and customize parental controls. See Set up a device for a child with Family Sharing on

. iPad Tip: You can use Family Checklist to see tips and suggestions for Family Sharing features. Go to Settings

> [your name] > Family Sharing, then tap Family Checklist. Add a member to a Family Sharing group on iPad With Family Sharing

, each family member joins the family group with their own Apple ID. That way you can share access to subscriptions and other features without sharing personal information like photos or documents. The family organizer can easily invite family members who have an Apple ID or create an Apple ID for a child who doesnt have one yet. Learn about types of Family Sharing members. Add a family member with an Apple ID The organizer of the Family Sharing group can add a family member who has their own Apple ID. 1. Go to Settings

> [your name] > Family Sharing, then tap in the upper-right corner. 2. Tap Invite Others, then follow the onscreen instructions. You can send the invitation using AirDrop, Messages, or Mail. If youre near the family member, you can also tap Invite in Person and ask the family member to enter their Apple ID and password on your device. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 675 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Create an Apple ID for a child If a child is too young to create their own Apple ID, the organizer, a parent, or a guardian can add the child to the Family Sharing group and create an Apple ID for them. 1. Go to Settings

> [your name] > Family Sharing. 2. Do one of the following:

If youre the organizer: Tap

, tap Create Child Account. Note: If your child already has an Apple ID, tap Invite Others. They can enter their Apple ID password on your device to accept the invitation. If youre a parent or guardian: Tap

. 3. Follow the onscreen instructions to finish creating the child account. You can set content restrictions, communication limits, and downtime; share your childs location with all members of the Family Sharing group, including any new members added later; and use Ask to Buy. You can change these settings at any time. For more information, see any of the following:

Set up Screen Time for a family member on iPad Share locations with family members and locate their lost devices on iPad Apple Support article: Approve what kids buy with Ask to Buy For more information about child accounts and the age at which a child can create their own Apple ID, see the Apple Support article

. Create an Apple ID for your child If you want to join an existing Family Sharing group, ask the organizer to add you

. You can only be a member of one Family Sharing group at a time. If you want to join a different group, leave your current group first. See

. Leave a Family Sharing group Leave or remove a member from a Family Sharing group on iPad In a Family Sharing group

, the organizer can remove members or disband the group, and family members who arent teens with parental controls or children can remove themselves. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 676 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Learn about types of Family Sharing members. Remove a member from a family group The organizer of a Family Sharing group can remove other members. When a family member is removed, they immediately lose access to shared subscriptions and content purchased by other members. 1. Go to Settings

> [your name] > Family Sharing. 2. Tap [members name], then tap Remove [members name] from Family. You cant remove a child from your Family Sharing group. However, you can move them to another group or delete their Apple ID. See the Apple Support article Move a child to

. another group using Family Sharing If you turned on Screen Time for a teen, you need to turn off Screen Time settings before you can remove them from the group. See Set up Screen Time for a family member on

. iPad Leave a Family Sharing group When you leave a Family Sharing group, you stop sharing your purchases and subscriptions with family members and immediately lose access to any content theyve shared. Note: The organizer cant leave the Family Sharing group. If you want to change the organizer, you must disband the group, and have another adult create a new one. 1. Go to Settings

> [your name] > Family Sharing. 2. Tap [your name], then tap Stop Using Family Sharing. Disband a Family Sharing group When the family organizer turns off Family Sharing, all family members are removed from the group at the same time. When a Family Sharing group is disbanded, all members immediately lose access to the shared content and subscriptions. Note: If a child is in the Family Sharing group, the organizer must move them to another group or delete their Apple ID before disbanding the group. See the Apple Support article

. Move a child to another group using Family Sharing 1. Go to Settings

> [your name] > Family Sharing > [your name]. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 677 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 2. Tap Stop Using Family Sharing. Share Apple and App Store subscriptions with family members on iPad When youre in a Family Sharing group

, you can share Apple subscriptions and eligible App Store subscriptions with other family members. If your Family Sharing group has purchase sharing turned on, any subscriptions shared with the group are billed directly to the organizers default payment method. Note: Not all services are available in all countries or regions, and some selections are subject to content restrictions set in Screen Time. Share Apple subscriptions 1. Go to Settings

> [your name] > Family Sharing. 2. Tap Subscriptions, then do one of the following:

Tap a subscription you want to share, then follow the onscreen instructions. Tap Manage Subscriptions, then tap a subscription. See any of the following to learn more. Apple Arcade: See Subscribe to Apple Arcade on iPad

. All members of your family can download and play Apple Arcade games from the App Store. Each player gets a personalized accountyour progress is carried over between devices. Apple Fitness+: See All about Apple Fitness+

in the Apple Watch User Guide. All members of your family can access workouts in the Fitness app on their iPhone or iPad. Apple Music: See Subscribe to Apple Music on iPad

. With a family subscription, each family member gets their own music library and personal recommendations. Apple News+: See Subscribe to Apple News+ on iPad

. All members of your family can read Apple News+ publications for no additional charge. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 678 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Apple TV+ and Apple TV channels: See Subscribe to Apple TV+ and Apple TV channels on iPad and Connect apps and add your TV provider to the Apple TV app on iPad

. Each family member can watch on their iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, Mac, Apple TV, and supported smart TVs and streaming devices, using their own Apple ID and password. iCloud+: See Subscribe to iCloud+ on iPad

. When you share iCloud+, all family members have access to iCloud+ features and storage. For storage, you only share the spaceyour photos and documents stay private and everyone keeps using their own accounts. For information about combining your Apple subscriptions, see the Apple Support article

. Bundle Apple subscriptions with Apple One Share App Store subscriptions You can choose which eligible App Store subscriptions you share with family members. For information about the App Store, see

. Get apps in the App Store on iPad 1. Go to Settings

> [your name] > Subscriptions. 2. Do either of the following:

Share all new subscriptions: Turn on Share with Family. When you purchase a new subscription thats eligible for sharing, its shared with your Family Sharing members by default. Change the settings of a specific subscription: Tap a subscription, then turn Share with Family on or off. If you dont see Share with Family, the subscription isnt eligible for sharing. Share App Store, Apple TV, and Apple Books purchases with Family Sharing on iPad With Family Sharing

, the organizer can set up purchase sharing to share App Store, Apple Books, and Apple TV purchases. The organizer adds a payment method thats shared with the family; when a family member makes a purchase, the organizer is billed. The purchased item is added to the initiating family members account and eligible purchases are shared with the rest of the https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 679 of 913 iPad User Guide family. 9/14/22, 10:30 PM The family organizer can also require that children in the family group request approval for purchases or free downloads. See Set up parental controls with Family Sharing on

. iPad Turn on purchase sharing When the family organizer turns on purchase sharing, they pay for family members purchases and must have a valid payment method on file. 1. Go to Settings

> [your name] > Family Sharing. 2. Tap Purchase Sharing, then follow the onscreen instructions. Access shared content When purchase sharing is turned on, you can download apps and play content that your family members buy. See any of the following Apple Support articles:

How to download apps and content that your family members purchased What types of content can I share with my family?

If you dont see your familys shared content Turn off purchase sharing for yourself You can turn off purchase sharing for yourself. Family Sharing members wont see your purchases, but you can still see items other members have shared with you. Note: Even though your items arent shared, any purchases you make still use the shared family payment method. 1. Go to Settings

> [your name] > Family Sharing, then tap Purchase Sharing. 2. Tap [your name], then turn off Share Purchases. If the organizer wants to turn off purchase sharing entirely, they can tap Stop Purchase Sharing. If you dont want to share a specific item with your family members, see the Apple Support article

. Hide and unhide music, movies, TV shows, audiobooks, and books https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 680 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM You can also share Apple and App Store subscriptions with family members

. Share locations with family members and locate their lost devices on iPad With Family Sharing

, you can share your location with members of your Family Sharing group and help them find lost devices. When the family organizer sets up location sharing in Family Sharing settings, the organizers location is automatically shared with everyone in the family, including any new members added later. Then, family members can choose whether or not to share their location. Share your location with family members When you share locations with your family, they can see your location in Find My

. You can also get notified when family members change their locations for example, if a child leaves school during school hours. 1. Go to Settings > [your name] > Family Sharing, then tap Location. 2. Tap the name of a family member you want to share your location with. You can repeat this step for each family member you want to share your location with. Each family member receives a message that youre sharing your location and can choose to share their location with you. You can stop sharing your location with any family member at any time. Note: Children and teens with Screen Time turned on may not be able to change their own location sharing settings. To share your location, you must have Location Services turned on in Settings

Privacy & Security. See

. Control the location information you share on iPad Locate a family members device After you share your location with members of your Family Sharing group, they can help locate a missing device

. added to the Find My app See

. Locate a device in Find My on iPad Your devices are at the top of the list, and your family members devices are below yours. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 681 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM You can also use Find My iPhone on iCloud.com to locate a family members missing device. See Locate a device in Find My iPhone on iCloud.com in the iCloud User Guide. Use Apple Cash and Apple Card with Family Sharing on iPad (U.S. only) The organizer of the Family Sharing group can set up Apple Cash for a child. They can also share Apple Card with trusted members of their Family Sharing group. Learn about types of Family Sharing members. Set up Apple Cash Family The family organizer can set up Apple Cash for a child. They can use Settings > Wallet &

Apple Pay to see the card balance, monitor transactions, and limit who the child can send money to. See

. Manage your Apple Cash https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 682 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 1. Go to Settings

> [your name] > Family Sharing. 2. Tap the child you want to set up Apple Cash for. 3. Tap Apple Cash, then follow the onscreen instructions. For more information about system requirements and how to manage Apple Cash accounts, see the Apple Support articles Set up and use Apple Cash Family and View and limit your child or teens Apple Cash activity

. Set up Apple Card Family The family organizer can invite one eligible member of their Family Sharing group who is 18 years or older to co-own Apple Card. Members of the Family Sharing group who are 13 years or older can be added as participants. 1. Go to Settings

> Wallet & Apple Pay, then tap Apple Card. 2. Tap Share My Card, then follow the onscreen instructions. For more information about what owners, co-owners, and participants can do with Apple Card, see the Apple Support article Set up Apple Card Family and add a co-owner and

. participants Set up parental controls with Family Sharing on iPad With Family Sharing

, the organizer can set up parental controls for children in the Family Sharing group. You can use Screen Time to manage how your children use their Apple devices. You can also turn on Ask to Buy, so children must receive approval for purchases or free downloads. Learn about types of Family Sharing members. Customize parental controls during setup When you add a child to your Family Sharing group or set up a device for a child

, you can customize parental controls from the start. You can change those settings at any time. Follow the onscreen instructions during setup to add any of the following:

Age-related restrictions for content in apps, books, TV shows, and movies Downtime and limits for specific apps https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 683 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Restrictions for who your child can communicate with Approvals for purchases or free downloads See the Apple Support article Use parental controls on your childs iPhone, iPad, and iPod touch

. Set up Screen Time for a child later Screen Time allows you to manage settings for downtime, app use, contacts, content ratings, and more. To use Screen Time, your child must be using an eligible device. See the Screen Time section in the Apple Support article

. System Requirements for iCloud 1. Go to Settings

> [your name] > Family Sharing > Screen Time. 2. Tap the child you want to set up Screen Time for. 3. Tap Screen Time, then follow the onscreen instructions. For information about Screen Time settings, see Set up Screen Time for a family

. member on iPad To learn more about the different content & privacy restrictions, see the Apple Support article

. Use parental controls on your childs iPhone, iPad, and iPod touch If your child requests more screen time, you can approve or decline the request in Settings

> Screen Time or in Messages

. Turn on Ask to Buy for a child later When you set up Ask to Buy, a childs purchases must be approved by the family organizer or a parent or guardian in the family group. 1. Go to Settings

> [your name] > Family Sharing. 2. Tap the child you want to set up Ask to Buy for. 3. Tap Ask To Buy, then follow the onscreen instructions. See the Apple Support article Approve what kids buy with Ask to Buy

. Note: Age restrictions for Ask to Buy vary by region. In the United States, the family organizer can turn on Ask to Buy for any family member under age 18; for children under age 13, its on by default. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 684 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM You can also set up an Apple Cash Family account for a child. See Use Apple Cash and Apple Card with Family Sharing on iPad (U.S. only)

. Set up a device for a child with Family Sharing on iPad With Family Sharing

, the the organizer, a parent, or a guardian can use Quick Start on their iPad to set up a new iOS or iPadOS device for a child and customize parental controls. Learn about types of Family Sharing members. 1. If the child already has an Apple ID, make sure theyve been added to the Family Sharing group

. If they dont have an Apple ID, you can create an Apple ID for them while adding them to the Family Sharing group. 2. On the new iOS or iPadOS device you want to set up for your child, press and hold the side button or top button until the Apple logo appears. 3. Bring your iPad next to the device. 4. When you see Set Up New [device] on your iPad, tap Continue, follow the onscreen instructions, then do one of the following:

If you have a child in your family group, tap your childs name. If you need to create a new Apple ID for your child, tap Create New Child Account, then create an Apple ID for your child. 5. Follow the onscreen instructions to finish setting up your childs device. You can set content restrictions, communication limits, and downtime; share your childs location with all members of the Family Sharing group, including any new members added later; and use Ask to Buy. You can change these settings at any time. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 685 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Screen Time Keep track of your screen time on iPad You can use Screen Time to get information about how you and your family members spend time on your deviceswhich apps and websites you use, how often you pick up your device, and more. You can use this information to help you make decisions about managing the time you spend on devices. You can also schedule time away from your screen, set time limits for app use, and more. Turn on Screen Time Before you can view your app and device usage, you need to turn on Screen Time. 1. Go to Settings

> Screen Time. 2. Tap Turn On Screen Time, then tap Continue. 3. Tap This is My iPad if youre setting up Screen Time for yourself on your iPad. If youre setting up Screen Time for your child (or family member), tap This is My Childs iPad. 4. To use Screen Time on all your Apple devices, scroll down, then turn on Share Across Devices. If youve set up Family Sharing, you can turn on Screen Time for a family member through Family Sharing on your device. See

. Set up parental controls with Family Sharing on iPad View your Screen Time report After you turn on Screen Time, you can view a report of your device use with information including how much time you spend using certain kinds of apps, how often you pick up your iPad and other devices, what apps send you the most notifications, and more. 1. Go to Settings

> Screen Time. 2. Tap See All Activity, then tap Week to see a summary of your weekly use, or tap Day to see a summary of your daily use. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 686 of 913

 

 

WARNING:pdfminer.pdfpage:The PDF <_io.BufferedReader name='/Volumes/Scratch/Incoming/eg-scratch/6133836.pdf'> contains a metadata field indicating that it should not allow text extraction. Ignoring this field and proceeding. Use the check_extractable if you want to raise an error in this case iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Use the Screen Time widget to check your device use at a glance To keep track of your device use from the Home Screen, add a widget to your Home Screen for Screen Time. The widget displays information from your Screen Time summarythe larger the widget you add, the more information it displays. You can quickly check your device use by glancing at the widget. If you set up Screen Time for family members through Family Sharing, you can tap the widget to see a list of the people in your family group, Tap the name of a family member whose report you want to view. Use Screen Time on all your devices To share your Screen Time settings and reports across all your devices, make sure youre signed in with the same Apple ID on each device and Share Across Devices is turned on. 1. Go to Settings

> Screen Time. 2. Scroll down, then turn on Share Across Devices. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 687 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Set up Screen Time for yourself on iPad With Screen Time, you can manage your app use, schedule time away from your devices, and more. You can change or turn off any of these settings at any time. Schedule time away from the screen In Screen Time, you can block apps and notifications for periods when you want time away from your devices. For example, you might want to schedule downtime during meals or at bedtime. 1. Go to Settings

> Screen Time, then turn on Screen Time if you havent already. 2. Tap Downtime, then turn on Downtime. 3. Select Every Day or Customize Days, then set the start and end times. Turn on downtime on demand During downtime, only calls, messages, and apps you choose to allow are available. You can receive calls from contacts youve selected to allow communication with during downtime

, and you can use apps youve chosen to

. allow at all times When you turn on downtime on demand, a five-minute reminder is sent before downtime is turned on. It stays on until the end of the day, or until the beginning of your scheduled downtime, if youve scheduled it. 1. Go to Settings

> Screen Time, then turn on Screen Time if you havent already. 2. Tap Downtime, then tap Turn On Downtime Until Tomorrow, or Turn On Downtime Until Schedule (if Scheduled is turned on). To turn off downtime on demand, tap Turn Off Downtime. Note: You can also turn on downtime on demand for a family member, either directly on their device, or through Family Sharing on your device. Set limits for app use You can set a time limit for a category of apps (for example, Games or Social Networking) and for individual apps. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 688 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 1. Go to Settings

> Screen Time, then turn on Screen Time if you havent already. 2. Tap App Limits, then tap Add Limit. 3. Select one or more app categories. To set limits for individual apps, tap the category name to see all the apps in that category, then select the apps you want to limit. If you select multiple categories or apps, the time limit you set applies to all of them. 4. Tap Next, then set the amount of time allowed. To set an amount of time for each day, tap Customize Days, then set limits for specific days. 5. When you finish setting limits, tap Add. To temporarily turn off all app limits, tap App Limits on the App Limits screen. To temporarily turn off a time limit for a specific category, tap the category, then turn off App Limit. To remove a limit for a category, tap the category, then tap Delete Limit. Set communication limits In Screen Time, you can either allow or block communicationincluding incoming and outgoing phone calls, FaceTime calls, and messagesfrom certain contacts in iCloud, either at all times or during certain periods. 1. If you havent already turned on Contacts in iCloud, go to Settings

> [your name] >

iCloud, then turn on Contacts. 2. Go to Settings

> Screen Time, then turn on Screen Time if you havent already. 3. Tap Communication Limits, tap During Screen Time, then select one of the following for communication at all times (other than downtime):

Contacts Only: To allow communication only with your contacts. Contacts & Groups with at Least One Contact: To allow one-on-one conversations only with people in your contacts and group conversations that include at least one person in your contacts. Everyone: To allow conversations with anyone, including unknown numbers. 4. Tap Back at the top left, then tap During Downtime. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 689 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM The option you selected for During Screen Time is already set here. You can change this setting to Specific Contacts, then choose one of the following:

Choose From My Contacts: To select contacts to allow communication with during Downtime. Add New Contact: To add a person to your contacts and allow communication with that person during downtime. If someone whos currently blocked by your Communication Limit settings tries to call you or send you a message, their communication wont go through. If you try to call or send a message to someone whos currently blocked by your Communication Limit settings, their name or number appears in red in your list of recent calls or messages, and your communication wont go through. You can communicate with them when the communication limit is changed. If the limit applies only to downtime, you receive a Time Limit message. You can resume communication with the contact when downtime is over. To resume communication with contacts who are blocked by your Communication Limit settings, change the settings by following the steps above. Choose apps and contacts you want to allow at all times In Screen Time, you can specify apps that can be used, and contacts you can communicate with, at all timeseven during downtime (for example, in the event of an emergency). 1. Go to Settings

> Screen Time > Always Allowed. 2. Below Allowed Apps, tap or next to an app to add or remove it from the Allowed Apps list. 3. To specify contacts you want to allow communication with, tap Contacts. The option you selected in Communication Limits appears here. You can change this setting to Specific Contacts, then choose one of the following:

Choose From My Contacts: To select specific people to allow communication with. Add New Contact: To add a new contact and allow communication with that person. 4. Tap Back at the top left. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 690 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Set content and privacy restrictions You can block inappropriate content and set restrictions for iTunes Store and App Store purchases. 1. Go to Settings

> Screen Time, then turn on Screen Time if you havent already. 2. Tap Content & Privacy Restrictions, turn on Content & Privacy Restrictions, then tap options to set content allowances for iTunes Store and App Store purchases, app use, content ratings, and so on. You can also set a passcode thats required before changing settings. 3. Select options to set content allowances for iTunes Store and App Store purchases, app use, content ratings, and more. Note: To restrict SharePlay in FaceTime calls on your device, go to Settings >

Screen Time > Content & Privacy Restrictions > Allowed Apps, then turn off SharePlay. To allow SharePlay, turn it on. To share your Screen Time settings and reports across all your devices, make sure youre signed in with the same Apple ID and

. Share Across Devices is turned on Set up Screen Time for a family member on iPad Screen Time lets you see how family members are using their devices, so you can structure the time they spend on them. You can set up Screen Time for a family member on their device or, if youve set up Family Sharing, you can set up Screen Time for a family member on your device. See Set up parental controls with Family Sharing on iPad and the Apple Support article

. Family Sharing and Apple ID for your child Note: As the organizer of a Family Sharing group, when you set up a child account, you can set up content restrictions, communication limits, and downtime. After the childs account is set up, you can change parental control settings at any time in Settings >

Screen Time. See

. Set up a device for a child with Family Sharing on iPad Family Sharing has a checklist that reminds the organizer to update the parental control settings as the child gets older. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 691 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Set downtime and app limits on a family members device 1. On your family members device, go to Settings

> Screen Time. 2. Tap Turn On Screen Time, tap Continue, then tap This is My Childs iPad. 3. To schedule downtime for your family member (time away from the screen), enter the start and end times, then tap Set Downtime. 4. To set limits for categories of apps you want to manage (for example, Games or Social Networking), select the categories. To see all the categories, tap Show All Categories. 5. Tap Set, enter an amount of time, then tap Set App Limit. 6. Tap Continue, then enter a Screen Time passcode for managing your family members Screen Time settings. Note: You can also turn on downtime on demand for a family member, either directly on their device, or through Family Sharing on your device (if youve set up Family Sharing). If your child requests more screen time, you can approve or decline the request in Settings > Screen Time or in Messages. Set communication limits on a family members device You can block incoming and outgoing communication on your family members device including phone calls, FaceTime calls, and messagesfrom specific contacts, either at all times or during certain periods. 1. If you havent already turned on Contacts in iCloud on your family members device, go to Settings

> [childs name] > iCloud, then turn on Contacts. Note: You can only manage your family members communication if theyre using Contacts in iCloud. 2. On your family members device, go to Settings

> Screen Time. 3. If you havent already turned on Screen Time, tap Turn On Screen Time, tap Continue, then tap This is My Childs iPad. 4. Tap Communication Limits, then do any of the following:

Limit communication at any time: Tap During Screen Time, then select Contacts Only, Contacts & Groups with at Least One Contact, or Everyone. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 692 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Limit communication during downtime: Tap During Downtime. The option you selected for During Screen Time is already set here. You can change this setting to Specific Contacts. If you select Specific Contacts, tap either Choose From My Contacts or Add New Contact to select people you want to allow communication with during downtime. Manage a childs contacts: If youre using Family Sharing, you can manage your childs contacts. Tap Manage [childs name] Contacts. If your child already has contacts in iCloud, they receive a notification on their device asking them to approve the request to manage them. If they dont have contacts, they dont get a notification and you can immediately add contacts. When you manage your childs contacts, a new row appears beneath Manage

[childs name] Contacts to show how many contacts they have. You can view and edit those contacts by tapping that row. Allow contact editing: Tap Allow Contact Editing to turn off this option and prevent your child from editing their contacts. Turning off contact editing and limiting communication at any time to Contacts Only is a good way to control who your child can communicate with and when they can be contacted. If someone whos currently blocked by the Communication Limit settings tries to call your family member (by phone or FaceTime), or send them a message, their communication wont go through. If your family member tries to call or send a message to someone whos currently blocked by the Communication Limit settings, the recipients name or number appears in red with a Screen Time hourglass icon, and the communication wont go through. If the limit applies only to downtime, your family member receives a Time Limit message and can resume communication with the contact when downtime is over. To allow your family member to communicate with contacts who are blocked by the Communication Limit settings, change the settings by following the steps above. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 693 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Turn communication safety for messages on or off on a family members device When communication safety is turned on in Screen Time, nudity in photos can be detected in the Messages app before the photos are sent or received by your child, and resources are provided to help your child handle the situation (not available in all countries or regions). This feature does not give Apple access to the photos. See the Apple Support article

. About communication safety in Messages 1. On your family members device, go to Settings

> Screen Time. 2. If you havent already turned on Screen Time, tap Turn On Screen Time, tap Continue, then tap This is My Childs iPad. 3. Tap Communication Safety, then turn on Check for Sensitive Photos. Choose which apps to allow at all times on a family members device You can set which apps you want your family member to be able to use at any time. 1. On your family members device, go to Settings > Screen Time. 2. If you havent already turned on Screen Time, tap Turn On Screen Time, tap Continue, then tap This is My Childs iPad. 3. Tap Always Allowed, then tap or next to an app to add or remove it from the list. Note: If your family member needs health or accessibility apps, make sure theyre in the Allowed Apps list. If Messages isnt always allowed, your family member may not be able to send or receive messages (including to emergency numbers and contacts) during downtime or after the app limit has expired. Set content and privacy restrictions on a family members device You can help ensure that the content on your family members device is age appropriate by limiting the explicitness ratings in Content & Privacy Restrictions. 1. On your family members device, go to Settings

> Screen Time. 2. If you havent already turned on Screen Time, tap Turn On Screen Time, tap Continue, then tap This is My Childs iPad. 3. Tap Content & Privacy Restrictions, then turn on Content & Privacy Restrictions. 4. Choose specific content and privacy options. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 694 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Note: To protect your family members hearing, scroll down, tap Reduce Loud Sounds, then select Dont Allow. (This prevents changes to the maximum headphone volume.) See

. Reduce loud headphone sounds in Settings Note: To restrict SharePlay in FaceTime calls

, go to Settings > Screen Time > Content

& Privacy Restrictions > Allowed Apps, then turn off SharePlay. To allow SharePlay, turn it on. 5. Tap at the top of the screen. Add or change Screen Time settings for a family member later To add or change Screen Time settings later, follow the steps described in Set up Screen

. Time for yourself on iPad Important: If you set up Screen Time for a family member on their device (not through Family Sharing), and you forget the Screen Time passcode, you can use your Apple ID to reset it. However, if you set up Screen Time for a family member on your device through Family Sharing and you forget your Screen Time passcode, you can reset it on your device using your device passcode, Touch ID, or Face ID. Get a report of your device use on iPad When you have Screen Time set up, you can get a report of your device use. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 695 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 1. Go to Settings

> Screen Time. 2. Tap See All Activity, then do any of the following:

Tap Week to see a summary of your weekly use. Tap Day to see a summary of your daily use. You can also view your summary by tapping a Screen Time Weekly Report notification when one appears on your screen. (If the notification disappears, you can find it in Notification Center

.) Alternatively, you can add a Screen Time widget to your Home Screen to check your Screen Time report at a glance. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 696 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Apple Pay Set up Apple Pay on iPad Set up Apple Pay to make secure payments in apps and on websites that support Apple Pay. In Messages, use Apple Cash to send and receive money from friends and family and to make purchases from participating businesses. Add a credit or debit card To add Apple Card, see Set up and use Apple Card on iPad (U.S. only)

. For other debit and credit cards, do the following:

1. Go to Settings

> Wallet & Apple Pay, then tap Add Card. You may be asked to sign in with your Apple ID. 2. Do one of the following:

Add a new card: Tap Debit or Credit Card, tap Continue, then position your card so that it appears in the frame, or enter the card details manually. Add your previous cards: Tap Previous Cards, then choose any of cards you previously used. These cards may include the card associated with your Apple ID, cards you use with Apple Pay on your other devices, cards you

, added to AutoFill or cards that you removed. Tap Continue, authenticate with Touch ID or Face ID, then enter the CVV number of each card. Alternatively, you may be able to add your card from the app of the bank or card issuer. The card issuer determines whether your card is eligible for Apple Pay, and may ask you for additional information to complete the verification process. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 697 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM View the information for a card and change its settings 1. Go to Settings

> Wallet & Apple Pay. 2. Tap a card, then do any of the following:

Tap Transactions to view your recent history. To hide this information, turn off Show History. To view all your Apple Pay activity, see the statement from your card issuer. View the last four digits of the card number and Device Account Numberthe number transmitted to the merchant. Change the billing address. Remove the card from Apple Pay. Change your Apple Pay settings 1. Go to Settings

> Wallet & Apple Pay. 2. Do any of the following:

Set your default card. Add the shipping address and contact information for purchases. Remove your cards from Apple Pay if your iPad is lost or stolen If you enabled Find My

, you can use it to help locate and secure your iPad. To remove your cards from Apple Pay, do any of the following:

On a Mac or PC: Sign in to your Apple ID account

. In the Devices section, click the lost iPad. Below the list of cards, click Remove Items. On another iPhone or iPad: Go to Settings

> [your name], tap the lost iPad, then tap Remove Items (below Wallet & Apple Pay). Call the issuers of your cards. If you remove cards, you can add them again later. If you sign out of iCloud in Settings > [your name], all your credit and debit cards for Apple Pay are removed from iPad. You can add the cards again the next time you sign in. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 698 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Note: The availability of Apple Pay and its features varies by country or region. See the Apple Support article Countries and regions that support Apple Pay. Use Apple Pay in apps, App Clips, and Safari on iPad You can make purchases using Apple Pay in apps, in App Clips, and on the web using Safari wherever you see the Apple Pay button. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 699 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Pay in an app, in an App Clip, or on the web 1. During checkout, tap the Apple Pay button. 2. Review the payment information. You can change the credit card, billing and shipping addresses, and contact information. 3. Complete the payment:

On an iPad with Touch ID: Authenticate with Touch ID or enter your passcode. On an iPad with Face ID: Double-click the top button, then glance at iPad to authenticate with Face ID, or enter your passcode. Change your default shipping and contact information 1. Go to Settings

> Wallet & Apple Pay. 2. Set any of the following:

Shipping address Email Phone Set up and use Apple Cash on iPad (U.S. only) With Apple Cash, you can make purchases using Apple Pay, send, request, and receive money in the Messages app

, and transfer your Apple Cash balance to your bank account. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 700 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Set up Apple Cash Do any of the following:

Go to Settings

> Wallet & Apple Pay, then turn on Apple Cash. In Messages, send or accept a payment

. Make purchases with Apple Cash You can use Apple Cash at locations that accept Visa and support Apple Pay. See Use

. Apple Pay in apps, App Clips, and Safari Send or request payments with Apple Cash See

. Send, receive, and request money in Messages (U.S. only) Accept payments with Apple Cash Money you receive is added to your Apple Cash balance. You can choose to automatically or manually accept payments. 1. Go to Settings

> Wallet & Apple Pay, then tap Apple Cash. 2. Choose one of the following:

Automatically Accept Payments https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 701 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Manually Accept Payments You have 7 days to accept a payment before its returned to the sender. View your balance and transactions Go to Settings

> Wallet & Apple Pay, then tap Apple Cash to view your balance. You can also do the following:

View your transactions: Tap Transactions. Scroll down to see your transactions grouped by year. Get a statement: Scroll down, then tap Request Transaction Statement. Manage your Apple Cash Go to Settings

> Wallet & Apple Pay, tap Apple Cash, then do any of the following:

Add money from a debit card. Transfer money to your bank. See the Apple Support article Transfer money in Apple Cash to your bank account or Visa debit card

. Update your bank account information. Contact Apple Support. Set up and use Apple Cash for members of your Family Sharing group that are under 18 years old. See

. Set up Apple Cash Family Verify your identity for account servicing and to increase your transaction limits. Apple Cash and sending and receiving payments through Apple Pay are services provided by Green Dot Bank, member FDIC. Set up and use Apple Card on iPad (U.S. only) Apple Card is a credit card created by Apple and designed to help you lead a healthier financial life. You can sign up for Apple Card on iPad in minutes and start using it with Apple Pay right away in stores, in apps, or online worldwide. Apple Card gives you easy-

to-understand, real-time views of your latest transactions and balance, and Apple Card support is available anytime by simply sending a text from Messages. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 702 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Get Apple Card 1. Go to Settings

> Wallet & Apple Pay, tap Add Card, then tap Apply for Apple Card. 2. Enter your information, then agree to the terms and conditions to submit your application. 3. Review the details of your Apple Card offer, including the credit limit and APR, then accept or decline the offer. 4. If you accept the terms, you can do any of the following:

Set Apple Card as your default card for Apple Pay transactions. Get a physical Apple Card to use where Apple Pay isnt accepted. Use Apple Card On iPad, you can use Apple Card to

. make Apple Pay purchases in apps or on the web You can also use Apple Card at locations where Apple Pay isnt accepted:

In apps, on the web, or over the phone: Go to Settings

> Wallet & Apple Pay, tap Apple Card, then tap Card Information to see the card number, expiration date, and security code. Use this information to make your purchase. In stores, restaurants, and other locations: Use the titanium card. View transactions and statements Go to Settings

> Wallet & Apple Pay, tap Apple Card, then do any of the following:

Review your transactions: Tap Transactions, then review your latest transactions, or scroll down to see all your transactions grouped by year. Get monthly statements: Tap Card Balance to see the balance, new spending, and payments and credits. Scroll down to see your monthly statements. Tap a statement to see the summary for that month, download a PDF statement, or export transactions to a CSV, OFX, QFX, or QBO file. Make payments Go to Settings

> Wallet & Apple Pay, tap Apple Card, then do any of the following:

Schedule payments: Tap Scheduled Payments, choose Pay My Bill or Pay Different Amount, enter the payment details (such as the account and date), then authenticate with Face ID, Touch ID, or your passcode. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 703 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Make a one-time payment: Tap Make a Payment, drag the checkmark to adjust the payment amount or tap Show Keypad to enter an amount, tap Pay Now or Pay Later, review the payment details (such as the payment account), then authenticate with Face ID, Touch ID, or your passcode. Use the Apple Card widget on your Home screen With the Apple Card widget, you can see your Apple Card balance, available credit, and spending activity at a glance. 1. Add the Apple Card widget to your Home screen. 2. To see your spending activity for a different time period, touch and hold the widget, tap Edit Widget, then choose Weekly, Monthly, or Yearly. 3. To manage your Apple Card, tap the widget. View Apple Card details, change settings, contact support, and more Go to Settings

> Wallet & Apple Pay, tap Apple Card, then do any of the following:

Share your Apple Card with family members, set transaction limits, and more. Manage Apple Card Monthly Installments. Review scheduled payments. View credit details. Add or remove linked bank accounts. Lock or unlock your titanium card and request a replacement. Change notification settings. Update your billing address. Get support through Messages, by phone, or on the Apple Card Support website

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 704 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Accessories Accessories included with iPad Use the included power adapter and charging cable to connect iPad to a power outlet and charge the battery

. The size and type of the adapter depends on your iPad model and your country or region. You can also use the charging cable to connect iPad to your computer for charging, transferring files, using iPad as a second display for your Mac, and more. USB-C Power Adapter USB power adapter USB-C Charge Cable https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 705 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Lightning to USB-C Cable Lightning to USB Cable SIM eject tool (cellular models) Insert the SIM eject tool into the small hole of the SIM card tray, then push in toward iPad to eject the tray. See Set up cellular service on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models)

. (Not available in all countries or regions.) https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 706 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM AirPods and EarPods Use AirPods with iPad After you pair AirPods with iPad, you can use AirPods to listen to audio playing on iPad, make and answer FaceTime calls, listen and respond to messages, hear reminders when you need them, listen to conversations more easily in noisy environments, and more. Pair AirPods with your iPad 1. On iPad, go to Settings

> Bluetooth, then turn on Bluetooth. 2. Go to the Home Screen on your iPad. 3. Do one of the following:

AirPods (1st, 2nd, and 3rd generation) and AirPods Pro: Open the case with your AirPods inside, then hold it next to your iPad. AirPods Max: Take your AirPods Max out of the Smart Case, then hold AirPods Max next to your iPad. 4. Follow the onscreen instructions, then tap Done. Note: If onscreen instructions for pairing your AirPods Max dont appear, go to Settings > Bluetooth, then select your AirPods Max. If the status light doesnt flash white on AirPods Max, press and hold the noise control button until it does. Your AirPods are automatically paired with all of your supported devices where youre signed in with the same Apple ID (iOS 10, iPadOS 13, macOS 10.12, watchOS 3, or later required). Note: If you cant pair your AirPods, see the Apple Support article If your AirPods wont

. connect Do more with AirPods and your iPad See the AirPods User Guide for detailed instructions on how to get the most out of your AirPods. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 707 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Use EarPods with Lightning Connector on iPad You can use EarPods with Lightning Connector (sold separately) to listen to music and videos, and make calls on an iPad model with a Lightning port. EarPods feature a microphone, volume buttons, and the center button. Use the center button to answer and end calls, control audio and video playback, and use Siri, even when iPad is locked. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 708 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Control audio with your EarPods Pause: Press the center button. Press again to resume playback. Skip forward: Press the center button twice quickly. Skip backward: Press the center button three times quickly. Fast-forward: Press the center button twice quickly and hold. Manage calls using your EarPods Answer an incoming call: Press the center button. End the current call: Press the center button. Switch to an incoming or on-hold call, and put the current call on hold: Press the center button. Press again to switch back to the first call. Ask Siri with your EarPods Press and hold the center button until you hear a beep. Let go, then ask Siri to perform a task or answer your question. See

. Use Siri on iPad Use headphone audio-level features on iPad You can set a maximum decibel level to ensure that headphone audio doesnt become uncomfortable for you. iPad analyzes your headphone audio and reduces any sound above this level. You can also check whether the current audio level is OK or loud by viewing a headphone level meter. Reduce loud headphone sounds in Settings 1. Go to Settings

> Sounds > Reduce Loud Sounds. 2. Turn on Reduce Loud Sounds, then drag the slider. Note: If you set up Screen Time for a family member, you can prevent them from changing the Reduce Loud Sounds level. Go to Settings > Screen Time > Content &

Privacy Restrictions > Reduce Loud Sounds, then select Dont Allow. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 709 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Check your headphone level while you listen While using headphones with iPad, you can use Hearing in Control Center to check their current decibel level. AirPods, EarPods, and many other wired and wireless headphones are compatible with Hearing in Control Center. 1. Go to Settings

> Control Center, then add Hearing. 2. Connect your headphones, then play audio. 3. Open Control Center, then tap

. The audio level (in decibels) of your headphones is displayed on the Headphone Level meter. Note: You can also scroll below the Headphone Level meter to turn Live Listen on or off. See Use iPad as a remote microphone with Live Listen

. Typically, headphone level monitoring and Live Listen arent used at the same time. The Headphone Level monitor is intended for listening to audio playback. Live Listen is intended for listening to external sounds with the iPad microphone. Improve the accuracy of audio measurements for third-party Bluetooth headphones Classify your Bluetooth devices as headphones, speakers, or other devices. 1. Go to Settings

> Bluetooth, then tap the information button next to the name of the device. 2. Tap Device Type, then choose a classification. When you connect AirPods, EarPods, and other compatible headphones to your iPad, the headphone audio levels are automatically sent to iPad. Headphone audio measurements are most accurate when using Apple or Beats headphones. Audio played through other headphones can be estimated based on the volume of your iPad. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 710 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Apple Pencil Pair and charge Apple Pencil (2nd generation) with iPad Pair Apple Pencil (2nd generation) with iPad On an iPad model that supports Apple Pencil (2nd generation), attach Apple Pencil to the magnetic connector on the right side of your iPad. Charge your Apple Pencil (2nd generation) 1. Make sure that Bluetooth is turned on in Settings

> Bluetooth. 2. Attach Apple Pencil to the magnetic connector on the right side of your iPad. Note: To see how much charge your Apple Pencil has left, check the Batteries widget. See

. Add a Batteries widget to your Home Screen Pair and charge Apple Pencil (1st generation) with iPad Pair Apple Pencil (1st generation) with iPad On an iPad model that supports Apple Pencil (1st generation), remove the cap and plug Apple Pencil into the Lightning connector on your iPad. When the Pair button appears, tap it. Note: After you pair your Apple Pencil, it stays paired until you restart your iPad, turn on Airplane Mode, or pair with another iPad. Just pair your pencil again when youre ready to use it. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 711 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Charge your Apple Pencil (1st generation) Plug your Apple Pencil into the Lightning connector on your iPad. You can also charge it with an Apple USB Power Adapter and the Apple Pencil Charging Adapter that came with your pencil. Note: To see how much charge your Apple Pencil has left, check the Batteries widget. See

. Add a Batteries widget to your Home Screen Enter text with Scribble on iPad On supported models, you can use Apple Pencil (sold separately) and Scribble to enter text. Without opening or using the onscreen keyboard, you can quickly reply to a message, write yourself a reminder, and more. Scribble converts your handwriting to text directly on your iPad, so your writing stays private. Note: Scribble is available in several languages. See the iOS and iPadOS Feature

. Availability website Use Apple Pencil to enter text in any text field 1. Write with Apple Pencil in any text field, and Scribble automatically converts your handwriting into typed text. Scribble even works when your handwriting extends beyond the edges of the text field. 2. To use an action shortcut, tap the Scribble toolbar. Available actions depend on the app youre using, and may include the Undo button

, the Show Keyboard button

, and more. To automatically minimize the toolbar when youre entering text, tap

, then turn on Auto-minimize. To show the full toolbar, tap the minimized version. Use Apple Pencil to enter text in Notes 1. In Notes, tap to show the Markup toolbar. 2. In the Markup toolbar, tap the Handwriting tool (to the left of the pen). 3. Write with Apple Pencil, and Scribble automatically converts your handwriting into typed text. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 712 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Select and revise text with Apple Pencil As you enter text using Apple Pencil and Scribble, you can do the following:

Delete a word: Scratch it out. Insert text: Touch and hold in a text area, then write in the space that opens. Join or separate characters: Draw a vertical line between them. Select text: Draw a circle around the text or underline it to select it and see editing options. To change the selection, drag from the beginning or end of the selected text. Select a word: Double-tap the word. Select a paragraph: Triple-tap a word within the paragraph, or drag Apple Pencil over the paragraph. Stop converting your handwriting to text Go to Settings

> Apple Pencil, then turn off Scribble. Draw with Apple Pencil on iPad On supported models, you can use Apple Pencil (sold separately) to draw a sketch, mark up a photo, sign a document, and more. See:

Draw in apps with Markup on iPad Draw in a note Add your signature in other supported apps Take and mark up a screenshot with Apple Pencil on iPad Compared to using your finger, Apple Pencil gives you extra control as you draw. For example, you can tilt or press with Apple Pencil to shade or darken a line. Shade or darken a line with Apple Pencil When you draw or sketch, tilt your Apple Pencil to shade a line, and press more firmly to darken the line. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 713 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Double-tap to switch tools with Apple Pencil (2nd generation) When youre working in a supported app, such as Notes, double-tap the lower section of Apple Pencil (2nd generation) to quickly switch back to the tool you used last. For example, you can switch from the marker back to the eraser. To change your settings for double tap, go to Settings

> Apple Pencil. Take and mark up a screenshot with Apple Pencil on iPad You can use Apple Pencil to quickly take a picture of the iPad screen, then mark it up to share with others or use in documents. 1. To capture the screen, swipe up with Apple Pencil from either corner at the bottom of your iPad. 2. To mark up the screenshot, draw with Apple Pencil. Use the Markup toolbar at the bottom of the screen to change drawing tools. See

. Draw in apps with Markup on iPad 3. To send the marked up screenshot to others (such as in a message), or to save it in a document (such as in a note), tap

, then choose an option. 4. When youre finished, tap Done, then choose an option. Quickly write notes with Apple Pencil on iPad You can use Apple Pencil to quickly write a note from anywhere on iPad, even while iPad is locked (supported models). Create a Quick Note Swipe up from the bottom right of the screen using Apple Pencil. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 714 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM See Create Quick Notes anywhere on iPad

. Wake iPad by drawing or writing a note Tap Apple Pencil on the Lock Screen, then begin drawing or taking notes. Whatever you create is saved in Notes

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 715 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Apple TV, smart TVs, and video displays Wirelessly stream videos and photos to Apple TV or a smart TV from iPad You can use your Apple TV or an AirPlay 2-enabled smart TV to watch videos and view photos streamed from your iPad. Play video on Apple TV or an AirPlay 2-enabled smart TV 1. While playing video in the Apple TV app or another supported video app on your iPad, tap the screen to show the controls. 2. Tap

, then choose your Apple TV or AirPlay 2-enabled smart TV as the playback destination. If an AirPlay passcode appears on the TV screen, enter the passcode on your iPad. To change the playback destination, choose a different AirPlay option on your iPad screen. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 716 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Show photos on Apple TV or an AirPlay 2-enabled smart TV 1. In Photos on your iPad, tap a photo, then tap

. 2. Swipe up, tap

, then choose your Apple TV or an AirPlay 2-enabled smart TV as the playback destination. If an AirPlay passcode appears on the TV screen, enter the passcode on your iPad. To stop streaming photos, tap near the top of the iPad screen, then tap Turn off AirPlay. Turn automatic AirPlay streaming on or off You can allow your iPad to discover and automatically connect to any frequently used Apple TV or smart TV when playing content from apps that you regularly use with AirPlay. Go to Settings

> General > AirPlay & Handoff, then choose Automatic, Never, or Ask. Mirror your iPad on Apple TV or a smart TV On Apple TV or a smart TV, you can show whatever appears on your iPad. 1. Open Control Center on your iPad. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 717 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 2. Tap

, then choose your Apple TV or an AirPlay 2-enabled smart TV as the playback destination. If an AirPlay passcode appears on the TV screen, enter the passcode on your iPad. To switch back to iPad, open Control Center, tap

, then tap Stop Mirroring. Note: For a list of AirPlay 2-enabled smart TVs, see the Home accessories website

. To learn more about using Apple TV, see the Apple TV User Guide

. Connect iPad to a display with a cable With the appropriate cable or adapter, you can connect your iPad to a secondary display, like a computer display, TV, or projector, where you can view the iPad screen. To extend the workspace of your Mac by connecting it to your iPad, see Use iPad as a

. second display for your Mac Connect iPad to Studio Display or Pro Display XDR Your Apple display automatically turns on when you plug it into power and connect it to your iPad (supported models) using the Thunderbolt cable included with the display. Your iPad charges while connected to the display. For more information about Studio Display or Pro Display XDR, see the Displays Support

. website Connect your iPad if it has a USB-C or Thunderbolt / USB 4 connector On a model with a USB-C or a Thunderbolt / USB 4 connector, you may be able to connect iPad to a USB or Thunderbolt 3 port on the display. If the charging cable that came with your iPad isnt compatible with the port on your display, TV, or projector, do the following:

1. Plug a USB-C Display AV Adapter or USB-C VGA Multi-port Adapter into the charging port on iPad. 2. Connect an HDMI or VGA cable to the adapter. 3. Connect the other end of the HDMI or VGA cable to the display, TV, or projector. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 718 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 4. If necessary, switch to the correct video source on the display, TV, or projector. If you need help, use the displays manual. If the display doesnt turn on when you connect it to iPad, unplug it from iPad, then plug it back in. If that doesnt work, unplug the display from its power source, then plug it in again. See the Apple Support article

. Charge and connect with the USB-C port on iPad Pro Connect your iPad if it has a Lightning connector On a model with a Lightning connector, do the following:

1. Plug a Lightning Digital AV Adapter or Lightning to VGA Adapter into the charging port on iPad. 2. Connect an HDMI or VGA cable to the adapter. 3. Connect the other end of the HDMI or VGA cable to the display, TV, or projector. 4. If necessary, switch to the correct video source on the display, TV, or projector. If you need help, see the manual that came with your display. To charge your iPad while its connected to the display, TV, or projector, insert one end of your charging cable into the extra port on the adapter, insert the other end of the charging cable into the power adapter, then plug the power adapter to a power outlet. Organize windows on your iPad and external display If you use Stage Manager

, you can connect your supported iPad Pro and iPad Air models to an external display with up to 6K of resolution. You can then view multiple apps on both your iPad and your external display, and drag windows, files, and apps back and forth between screens to create the optimal working configuration of windows. With your iPad in landscape orientation and connected to an external display, open Control Center, then tap

. When you turn on Stage Manager, the window youre working in moves to the center of the screen, and all the other windows move left and form a list of recent apps along the left side of the screen. You can do any of the following:

View multiple apps on both your iPad and your external display

. Move apps to or from the external display

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 719 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Drag and drop files and apps between screens

. Switch between apps

. Close and arrange windows. Hide or show the recent apps list

. Play audio from iPad on HomePod and other wireless speakers You can play audio from iPad on wireless devices like HomePod, Apple TV, AirPlay 2-

enabled smart TVs, and Bluetooth headphones and speakers. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 720 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Play audio from iPad on a wireless device 1. On your iPad, open an audio app, such as Podcasts or Music

, then choose an item to play. 2. Tap

, then choose a playback destination. Note: If your AirPlay 2-enabled devices dont appear in the list of playback destinations, make sure theyre on the same Wi-Fi network. With a Bluetooth device, the playback destination returns to iPad if you move the device out of Bluetooth range. To select the playback destination, you can also tap on the Lock Screen or in Control Center. Note: For information about setting up a Bluetooth audio device, see Pair a Bluetooth

. headphone, keyboard, game controller, or other device https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 721 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Play audio on multiple AirPlay 2-enabled devices With AirPlay 2 and iPad, you can play audio on multiple AirPlay 2-enabled devices connected to the same Wi-Fi network. For example, you can play a party playlist on HomePod speakers in the living room and kitchen, on an Apple TV in the bedroom, and on an AirPlay 2-enabled smart TV in the den. Siri: Say something like:

Stop playing music everywhere Set the dining room volume to 10 percent Whats playing in the kitchen?

Play a song I like in the kitchen Add the living room speaker Remove the music from the kitchen Move the music to the den You can also choose playback destinations from the iPad screen. 1. Tap in Control Center, on the Lock Screen, or on the Now Playing screen for the app youre listening to. 2. Select each device you want to use. Note: Devices arranged in a stereo pair are treated as a single audio device. To learn more about using HomePod speakers and Apple TV, see the HomePod User Guide and Apple TV User Guide

. For a list of AirPlay 2-enabled smart TVs, see the Home accessories website

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 722 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Keyboards Apple external keyboards for iPad These portable full-size keyboards (sold separately) allow you to enter text while viewing the entire iPad screen. Magic Keyboard for iPad Magic Keyboard for iPad attaches directly to iPad and closes to create a thin cover

(supported models). It includes a built-in trackpad, which you can use to move around the iPad screen, open apps, and more. Magic Keyboard for iPad requires no batteries or external power (but you can connect it to power to keep iPad charged). See Attach Magic Keyboard for iPad (with built-in trackpad)

. Smart Keyboard The Smart Keyboard (supported models), including the Smart Keyboard Folio (supported models), connects directly to iPad and converts into a thin cover. The keyboard doesnt require batteries or external power. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 723 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM See Attach Smart Keyboard to iPad

. Magic Keyboard Magic Keyboard, including Magic Keyboard with Numeric Keypad, connects to iPad using Bluetooth. Magic Keyboard is powered by a built-in rechargeable battery. See Pair Magic Keyboard with iPad

. Attach Magic Keyboard for iPad (with built-in trackpad) You can enter text using Magic Keyboard for iPad, and you can use its built-in trackpad to control items on the iPad screen (supported models). To connect and use the Bluetooth version of Magic Keyboard, see Pair Magic Keyboard with iPad

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 724 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Attach Magic Keyboard for iPad Open the keyboard, fold it back, then attach iPad. iPad is held in place magnetically. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 725 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM To adjust the viewing angle, tilt iPad as needed. Adjust the keyboard brightness Go to Settings

> General > Keyboard > Hardware Keyboard, then drag the slider to adjust the level of backlighting in low light conditions. Charge iPad while using Magic Keyboard for iPad Connect the keyboard to a power outlet using the USB-C Charge Cable and USB-C Power Adapter that came with your iPad. Important: The Magic Keyboard for iPad contains magnets that hold iPad securely in place. Avoid placing cards that store information on a magnetic stripsuch as credit cards or hotel key cardson the inside of the Magic Keyboard, or between iPad and the Magic Keyboard, as such contact may demagnetize the card. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 726 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Attach Smart Keyboard to iPad You can use Smart Keyboard, including Smart Keyboard Folio, to enter text on iPad. Tip: You can use a trackpad or mouse along with Smart Keyboard. See Connect Magic Trackpad to iPad or Connect a mouse to iPad

. To attach Smart Keyboard, do one of the following:

On an iPad with a Home button: Attach the keyboard to the Smart Connector on the side of iPad (supported models). On other iPad models: Attach the keyboard to the Smart Connector on the back of iPad (supported models). To use the keyboard, position it in front of your iPad, then set iPad in the groove above the number keys. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 727 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Pair Magic Keyboard with iPad You can use Magic Keyboard, including Magic Keyboard with Numeric Keypad, to enter text on iPad. Magic Keyboard connects to iPad using Bluetooth. (For information about using Magic Keyboard for iPad, which attaches directly to iPad, see Attach Magic Keyboard for iPad (with built-in trackpad)

.) https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 728 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Pair Magic Keyboard 1. Make sure the keyboard is turned on and charged. 2. On iPad, go to Settings

> Bluetooth, then turn on Bluetooth. 3. Select the device when it appears in the Other Devices list. Note: If Magic Keyboard is already paired with another device, you must unpair them before you can connect Magic Keyboard to your iPad. Do one of the following:

On iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch: See Unpair a Bluetooth device

. On macOS Ventura: Choose Apple menu

> System Settings, click Bluetooth in the sidebar, Control-click the device, then choose Forget. On macOS 12.5 or earlier: Choose Apple menu > System Preferences, click Bluetooth, Control-click the device name, then click Remove. Reconnect Magic Keyboard to iPad Magic Keyboard disconnects when you turn its switch to Off or when you move it or iPad out of Bluetooth rangeabout 33 feet (10 meters). To reconnect, turn the keyboard switch to On, or bring the keyboard and iPad back into range, then tap any key. Tip: You can use a trackpad or mouse along with Magic Keyboard. See Connect Magic Trackpad to iPad or Connect a mouse to iPad

. Switch between keyboards with iPad With an Apple external keyboard, you can switch between the language keyboard for your region, an emoji keyboard, other language keyboards that you add, and the onscreen keyboard. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 729 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Switch between language keyboards and the onscreen emoji keyboard 1. On the external keyboard, press and hold the Control key. 2. Press the Space bar to cycle between the language keyboard for your region, the emoji keyboard, and

. other language keyboards that you add When you select the emoji keyboard, you can do the following:

Search for an emoji: Enter a commonly used word or phrasesuch as heart or smiley facein the search field above the emoji keyboard. Enter an emoji: Tap it; or use the arrow keys on the external keyboard to select it, then press Return. Tip: To quickly switch to the emoji keyboard, press

-E on the Magic Keyboard for iPad or Smart Keyboard. With Magic Keyboard for iPad and Smart Keyboard, you can also press to choose between keyboards. If you want to use to show only the emoji keyboard instead of switching languages, go to Settings

> General > Keyboard > Hardware Keyboard, then turn on Press for Emoji. Tip: If you added a Chinese, Korean, Japanese, or Hebrew keyboard, you can press the Caps Lock key to switch back and forth between Latin script and the other keyboard youre using. To prevent use of the Caps Lock key for switching languages, go to Settings

> General > Keyboard > Hardware Keyboard, then turn off Switch Languages using Caps Lock. Switch to the onscreen keyboard 1. Do one of the following:

Tap in the Shortcuts bar (at the bottom of the screen). If you installed additional language keyboards, tap the language button next to the predictive text suggestions (opposite of the Dictation button in the Shortcuts bar). 2. Tap Show Keyboard. To hide the onscreen keyboard, tap

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 730 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Note: With Magic Keyboard for iPad and Smart Keyboard, you can use to show only the emoji keyboard instead of switching languages. Go to Settings

> General > Keyboard >

Hardware Keyboard, then turn on Press for Emoji. To switch between other language keyboards, press and hold the Control key, then press the Space bar. Enter characters with diacritical marks while using an Apple external keyboard with iPad If the Apple external keyboard you use with iPad doesnt include accents and other diacritical marks for the language youre typing, you can use an Option key modifier or the onscreen keyboard to enter those marks. Use the Option key to enter a diacritical mark for a character To enter a character with a diacritical mark, you can press the Option key to select a mark. 1. Do one of the following:

Add a language keyboard that supports diacritical marks, then in an app, switch to that language keyboard

. For example, add the Spanish (Mexico) keyboard, then in an app, use on Magic Keyboard for iPad to select Espaol (Mxico). Go to Settings

> General > Keyboard > Hardware Keyboard, then choose an alternative keyboard layout that supports diacritical marks. For example, if you have the English (US) language keyboard, tap English (US), then choose U.S. International PC or ABC Extended. 2. In an app, press and hold the Option key, then press a key that enters a diacritical mark. For example, the Spanish (Mexico) keyboard and the U.S. International PC alternative layout support these diacritical marks:

Acute accent (for example, ): Option-E. Grave accent (for example, ): Option-`. Tilde (for example, ): Option-N. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 731 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Diaeresis or umlaut (for example, ): Option-U. Circumflex (for example, ): Option-I. 3. Press the letter. For example, to enter using the Spanish (Mexico) keyboard or the U.S. International PC alternative layout, press Option-N, then type an n. Note: The ABC - Extended alternative layout also allows you to enter tone marks for typing Mandarin Chinese in Pinyin orthography. For example, to type in lxng (travel), press Option-V, then type a v. In addition, the ABC - Extended layout allows you to type diacritical marks and letters from several different European languages, such as Czech, French, German, Hungarian, and Polish. Use the onscreen keyboard to enter a diacritical mark 1. Switch to the onscreen keyboard. 2. On the onscreen keyboard, touch and hold the letter, number, or symbol on the keyboard thats related to the character you want. For example, to enter , touch and hold the e key. 3. Slide your finger to choose a variant. 4. To hide the onscreen keyboard when youre finished, tap

. Dictate text while using an Apple external keyboard with iPad You can dictate text instead of typing it on an Apple external keyboard. Note: Dictation may not be available in all languages or in all countries or regions, and features may vary. Cellular data charges may apply (Wi-Fi + Cellular models). 1. Go to Settings

> General > Keyboard, then turn on Enable Dictation. 2. Tap the Dictation button in the Shortcuts bar (at the bottom of the screen), then speak. 3. When you finish, tap at the bottom of the screen. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 732 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM As you speak to insert text, iPad automatically inserts punctuation for you. You can insert emoji by saying their names (for example, mind blown emoji or happy emoji). Tip: To quickly switch to dictation, press

-D on the Magic Keyboard for iPad or Smart Keyboard. Use shortcuts on an Apple external keyboard with iPad You can use the Shortcuts bar (at the bottom of the screen) and combination keystrokes known as keyboard shortcuts to quickly perform many common actions. Use the Shortcuts bar to accept suggested words and spellings While typing, you can do the following:

Accept a suggested word by tapping it in the Shortcuts bar. Accept a suggestion highlighted in the Shortcuts bar by entering a space or punctuation. (If you enter a comma, period, or other punctuation after entering a space to accept a suggestion, the space is deleted.) Reject the suggestions by tapping your original word (shown with quotation marks in the Shortcuts bar). To turn off the suggestions, go to Settings

> General > Keyboard, then turn off Predictive Text. Use the Shortcuts bar to switch between language, emoji, and onscreen keyboards You can use the Shortcuts bar to switch between the language keyboard for your region, an emoji keyboard, other language keyboards that you add

, and the onscreen keyboard. 1. Do one of the following:

Tap in the Shortcuts bar. If you installed additional language keyboards, tap the language button next to the predictive text suggestions (opposite of the Dictation button in the Shortcuts bar). 2. Choose an option. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 733 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Use the Shortcuts bar for other shortcuts Use app-specific shortcuts: Buttons on the outer edges of the Shortcuts bar vary depending on the app youre using or the task youre doing. Each app is differenttry out the Shortcuts bar to see what you can do. Change keyboard settings: Tap

(or the language button that replaced it), then tap Keyboard Settings. Minimize the Shortcuts bar: Tap

(or the language button that replaced it), then tap Minimize. To see the full Shortcuts bar, tap the minimized version. Dictate text: Tap the Dictation button

, then speak. When youre finished, tap at the bottom of the screen. Use keyboard shortcuts You can use keyboard shortcuts on an Apple external keyboard to perform the following actions on iPad:

Quickly switch between apps: Press and hold the Command key, then press Tab until you reach the app you want to open. Open Search: Press Command-Space. Navigate between lists, text fields, and more: Press Tab to navigate between areas of an app. For example, in Notes, with the Folders list showing, press Tab to switch between the Folders list, the Notes list, and the search field. View multitasking and other systemwide shortcuts: (Magic Keyboard for iPad and Smart Keyboard) Press and hold

, then tap categories below the list. View shortcuts for the app youre using: Press and hold the Command key, then tap categories below the list. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 734 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM You can change the actions that are performed by the Command key (and other modifier keys like Caps Lock). Go to Settings

> General > Keyboard > Hardware Keyboard, tap Modifier Keys, tap a key, then choose the action you want it to perform. To use additional keyboard shortcuts, go to Settings > Accessibility > Keyboards > Full Keyboard Access, then turn on Full Keyboard Access. See Control iPad with an external

. keyboard Note: You can also set up text replacements that enter words or phrases after you type just a few characters. For example, type omw to enter On my way! See Save

. keystrokes with text replacements on iPad You can also accept suggested words before you finish typing them. See Use predictive

. text on iPad Choose an alternative layout for an Apple external keyboard with iPad With an alternative keyboard layout, you can enter letters and marks that are different from the ones on your Apple external keyboard. For example, with the ABC - Extended keyboard layout, you can type letters and enter diacritical marks for several different European languages and tone marks for Mandarin Chinese in Pinyin. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 735 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 1. Go to Settings

> General > Keyboard > Hardware Keyboard. 2. Tap a language at the top of the screen, then choose an alternative layout from the list. Change typing assistance options for an Apple external keyboard with iPad You can change options for auto-correction, smart punctuation, and more. Change typing assistance options for an external keyboard Go to Settings

> General > Keyboard > Hardware Keyboard, then do any of the following:

Turn Auto-Capitalization on or off: When this option is selected, an app supporting this feature capitalizes proper nouns and the first words in sentences as you type. Turn Auto-Correction on or off: When this option is selected, an app supporting this feature corrects the spelling as you type. Turn . Shortcut on or off: When this option is selected, double-tapping the space bar inserts a period followed by a space. Change typing assistance options for all keyboards You can turn on or off special typing featuressuch as predictive text and smart punctuationthat assist you when you type. These settings apply to your onscreen keyboard and external keyboard. 1. Go to Settings > General, then tap Keyboard. 2. In the list below All Keyboards, turn typing features on or off. For several options, including auto-correction and auto-capitalization, you can specify different settings for your external keyboard in Settings

> General > Keyboard >

Hardware Keyboard. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 736 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Trackpads Connect Magic Trackpad to iPad You can connect Magic Trackpad, including Magic Trackpad 2, to your iPad

(Magic Trackpad sold separately). Pair Magic Trackpad 1. Make sure Magic Trackpad is turned on and charged. 2. On iPad, go to Settings

> Bluetooth, then turn on Bluetooth. 3. Select the device when it appears in the Other Devices list. Note: If Magic Trackpad is already paired with your Mac or another iPad, you must unpair them before you can connect Magic Trackpad to your iPad. For iPad, see Unpair a Bluetooth device

. On Mac (macOS Ventura), choose Apple menu

> System Settings >

click Bluetooth in the sidebar, then <<do what?>>. On Mac (macOS 12.5 or earlier), choose Apple menu > System Preferences, click Bluetooth, select the device, then Control-click its name, then click Remove. Reconnect Magic Trackpad to iPad Magic Trackpad disconnects when you turn its switch to Off, or when you move it or iPad out of Bluetooth rangeabout 33 feet (10 meters). To reconnect, turn the trackpad switch to On, or bring the trackpad and iPad back into range, then click the trackpad. Trackpad gestures for iPad You can use Magic Trackpad, including Magic Trackpad 2 and the trackpad built into Magic Keyboard for iPad, to open apps, go to the Home Screen, open Slide Over, and more (Magic Trackpad and Magic Keyboard for iPad sold separately). When your iPad is near your Mac (macOS 12.3 or later required on supported models), you can also share a trackpad between both devices. Many of the trackpad gestures in the following tables are supported by Mac trackpads. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 737 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Trackpad gestures for Magic Trackpad, Magic Trackpad 2, and Magic Keyboard for iPad Gesture Description Click. Press with one finger until you feel a click. Click and hold. Press and hold with one finger. Drag. Click and hold an item, then slide your finger across the trackpad to move it. Wake iPad. Click the trackpad. Or, if youre using an external keyboard, press any key. Open the Dock. Use one finger to swipe the pointer past the bottom of the screen. Go Home. Use one finger to swipe the pointer past the bottom of the screen. After the Dock appears, swipe the pointer past the bottom of the screen again. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 738 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Alternatively, click the bar at the bottom of the screen (on an iPad with Face ID). View Slide Over. Use one finger to swipe the pointer past the right edge of the screen. To hide Slide Over, swipe right again. Open Control Center. Use one finger to move the pointer to select the status icons at the top right, then click. Or, select the status icons at the top right, then swipe up with one finger. Open Notification Center. Use one finger to move the pointer to select the status icons at the top left, then click. Or, use one finger to move the pointer past the top of the screen near the middle. Additional gestures for Magic Trackpad 2 and Magic Keyboard for iPad Gesture Description Scroll up or down. Swipe two fingers up or down. Scroll left or right. Swipe two fingers left or right. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 739 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Zoom. Place two fingers near each other. Pinch open to zoom in, or pinch closed to zoom out. Go Home. Swipe up with three fingers. Open the App Switcher. Swipe up with three fingers, pausing before you lift your fingers. Or, pinch four fingers together, pausing before you lift your fingers. Switch between open apps. Swipe left or right with three fingers. Open Today View. When the Home Screen or the Lock Screen is visible, use two fingers to swipe right. Open search from the Home Screen. Swipe down with two fingers. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 740 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Secondary click. Click with two fingers to show the quick actions menu for items like icons on the Home Screen, messages in a mailbox, and the Camera button in Control Center. Or, if youre using an external keyboard, you can press the Control key while you click the trackpad. Change trackpad settings on iPad You can change how you use a trackpad to interact with items on the iPad screen. 1. Go to Settings

> General, then choose one of the following, depending on your accessories:

Trackpad Trackpad & Mouse 2. Do any of the following:

Change the tracking speed: Drag the slider to set the tracking speed of the pointer when you move it across the screen. Turn Natural Scrolling on or off: With this option selected, the contents on the screen move in the same direction as your finger. Turn Tap to Click on or off: If you select this option, lightly tapping the trackpad with one finger has the same effect as pressing the trackpad until it clicks. Turn Two-Finger Secondary Click on or off: With this option selected, you click with two fingers to show the quick actions menu for items like icons on the Home Screen, messages in a mailbox, or the Camera button in Control Center. Note: You can also change the appearance of the pointer, such as its color, shape, and size. See

. Change the pointer appearance when using a mouse or trackpad with iPad https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 741 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Mouse devices Connect a mouse to iPad You can connect Magic Mouse, another Bluetooth mouse, or a USB mouse to your iPad. Note: Mouse devices are sold separately. Not all mouse devices are fully compatible with all models of iPad. Pair Magic Mouse or other Bluetooth mouse 1. For Magic Mouse, make sure the mouse is turned on and charged. For any other Bluetooth mouse, follow the instructions that came with the mouse to put it in discovery mode. 2. On iPad, go to Settings

> Bluetooth, then turn on Bluetooth. 3. Select the device when it appears in the Other Devices list. If youre asked for a PIN when you pair Magic Mouse, type 0000 (four zeros), then tap Pair. Note: If the mouse is already paired with your Mac or another iPad, you must unpair them before you can connect the mouse to your iPad. For iPad, see

. unpair a Bluetooth device On Mac, choose Apple menu

> System Settings (or Preferences) > Bluetooth, select the device, then Control-click its name. Reconnect a Bluetooth mouse to iPad The mouse disconnects when you turn the switch on the mouse to Off or when you move the mouse or iPad out of Bluetooth rangeabout 33 feet (10 meters). To reconnect, turn the mouse switch to On, or bring the mouse and iPad back into range, then click the mouse. Connect a USB mouse With the appropriate cable or adapters, you can connect various third-party mouse devices with iPad using USB and USB-based receivers. Refer to the device manufacturers instructions. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 742 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Mouse actions and gestures for iPad You can use a mouse to open apps, go to the Home Screen, open Slide Over, and more

(mouse devices sold separately). When your iPad is near your Mac (macOS 12.3 or later required on supported models), you can also share a mouse between both devices. Note: Not all mouse devices are fully compatible with all models of iPad. Mouse actions Action Description Click. Press the mouse until you feel a click. Click and hold. Press and hold the mouse. Drag. Click and hold an item, then move the mouse. Wake iPad. Click the mouse. Or, if youre using an external keyboard, press any key. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 743 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Open the Dock. Move the mouse to position the pointer at the bottom of the screen. Go Home. Move the mouse to position the pointer at the bottom of the screen. After the Dock appears, move the pointer past the bottom of the screen. Or, click the bar at the bottom of the screen (on an iPad with Face ID). Open the App Switcher. With the Home Screen visible, move the pointer past the bottom of the screen. Or from an app, drag the bar at the bottom of the screen toward the middle of the screen and pause (on an iPad with Face ID). View Slide Over. Use the mouse to move the pointer past the right edge of the screen. To hide Slide Over, move the pointer past the right edge again. Open Control Center. Use the mouse to move the pointer to select the status icons at the top right, then click. Or, move the pointer past the top-right corner of the screen. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 744 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Open Notification Center. Use the mouse to move the pointer to select the status icons at the top left, then click. Or, use the mouse to move the pointer past the top of the screen (near the middle). https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 745 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Mouse gestures for Magic Mouse 2 Gesture Description Scroll up or down. Slide a finger up or down on the surface of the mouse. Scroll left or right. Slide a finger left or right on the surface of the mouse. Secondary click. Use a finger on one side of the mouse to show the quick actions menu when clicking items like icons on the Home Screen, messages in a mailbox, or the Camera button in Control Center. Note: To turn on Secondary click and choose which side of the mouse to

> General > Trackpad & Mouse > Secondary Click. use, go to Settings If youre using an external keyboard, you can press the Control key while you click the mouse. On a multi-button mouse, click the second button. Open Today View. When the Home Screen or the Lock Screen is visible, swipe right on the surface of the mouse. Open search from the Home Screen. Swipe down on the surface of the mouse. Change mouse settings on iPad You can change how you use a mouse to interact with items on the iPad screen. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 746 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 1. Go to Settings

> General, then select Trackpad & Mouse. 2. Do any of the following:

Change the tracking speed: Drag the slider to set the tracking speed of the pointer when you move it across the screen. Turn Natural Scrolling on or off: With this option selected, the contents on the screen move in the same direction as your finger. Specify a finger to use for Secondary Click: You can specify either the right or left finger to show the quick actions menu when you click items like icons on the Home Screen, messages in a mailbox, or the Camera button in Control Center. To turn off Secondary Click, choose Off (Magic Mouse 2). Note: You can also change the appearance of the pointer, such as its color, shape, and size. See

. Change the pointer appearance when using a mouse or trackpad with iPad Connect external storage devices to iPad You can use the Files app and other supported apps to access files stored on external devices, such as USB drives and SD cards, connected to your iPad. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 747 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Connect a USB drive or an SD card reader 1. Attach the USB drive or SD card reader to the charging port on your iPad using a compatible connector or adapter. Depending on your iPad model and external device, you may need the Lightning to USB Camera Adapter, Lightning to USB 3 Camera Adapter, USB-C to SD Card Camera Reader, or Lightning to SD Card Camera Reader (all sold separately). With iPad Pro 12.9-inch (5th generation) or iPad Pro 11-inch (3rd generation), you can connect multiple USB drives and other Thunderbolt devices to each other, then connect the chain of devices to the charging port on your iPad. Note: A USB drive must have only a single data partition, and it must be formatted as FAT, FAT32, exFAT (FAT64), or APFS. To change the formatting of a USB drive, use a Mac or PC. 2. Do any of the following:

Insert an SD memory card into a card reader: Dont force the card into the slot on the reader; it fits only one way. Note: You can import photos and videos from the memory card directly to the Photos app. See

. Import photos and videos to iPad View the contents of the drive or memory card: In a supported app (for example, Files), tap Browse at the bottom of the screen, then tap the name of the device below Locations. If you dont see Locations, tap Browse again at the bottom of the screen. Disconnect the drive or card reader: Remove it from the charging port on iPad. External hard drives often require an external power source when used with iPad. If an external hard drive doesnt supply its own power, and your iPad has a USB-C or Thunderbolt / USB 4 connector, you can use a powered USB hub. If your iPad has a Lightning connector, you can use the Lightning to USB 3 Camera Adapter connected to a USB power adapter. Set up and use Bluetooth accessories on iPad Using a Bluetooth connection, you can use third-party devices such as wireless keyboards, headphones, speakers, car kits, game controllers, and more with iPad. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 748 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Note: iPad must be within about 33 feet (10 meters) of the Bluetooth device. Pair a Bluetooth headphone, keyboard, game controller, or other device 1. Follow the instructions that came with the device to put it in discovery mode. Note: To pair AirPods, see the instructions for your model in the Pair and connect section in the

. AirPods User Guide 2. On iPad, go to Settings

> Bluetooth, turn on Bluetooth, then tap the name of the device. iPad must be within about 33 feet (10 meters) of the Bluetooth device. Customize a wireless game controller After you pair a compatible game controller, you can customize it for supported games from Apple Arcade and the App Store. 1. Go to Settings

> General > Game Controller. 2. Tap the buttons you want to change. 3. To customize for a specific app, tap Add App. Note: Apple Arcade availability varies by country or region. Play audio from iPad on a Bluetooth audio device 1. On your iPad, open an audio app, such as Music, then choose an item to play. 2. Tap

, then choose your Bluetooth device. While audio is playing, you can change the playback destination on the Lock Screen or in Control Center. The playback destination returns to iPad if you move the device out of Bluetooth range. For information about protecting your hearing from loud volume while listening to headphones with iPad, see

. Use headphone audio-level features on iPad WARNING: For important information about avoiding hearing loss and avoiding distractions that could lead to dangerous situations, see Important safety information for

. iPad https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 749 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Unpair a Bluetooth device Go to Settings

> Bluetooth, tap the information button next to the name of the device, then tap Forget This Device. If you dont see the Devices list, make sure Bluetooth is turned on. If you have AirPods and you tap Forget This Device, theyre automatically removed from other devices where youre signed in with the same Apple ID. Disconnect from Bluetooth devices To quickly disconnect from all Bluetooth devices without turning Bluetooth off, open Control Center, then tap

. To learn about Bluetooth privacy settings on iPad, see the Apple Support article If an app would like to use Bluetooth on your device

. If you have trouble connecting a Bluetooth device, see the Apple Support article If you cant connect a Bluetooth accessory to your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch

. Note: The use of certain accessories with iPad may affect wireless performance. Not all iOS or iPadOS accessories are fully compatible with iPad. Turning on airplane mode may eliminate audio interference between iPad and an accessory. Reorienting or relocating iPad and the connected accessory may improve wireless performance. Apple Watch with Fitness+ on iPad Used in conjunction with Apple Watch, Apple Fitness+ is a subscription service that lets you choose from a catalog of workouts led by expert trainers. While you follow a workout on your iPad, in-session metrics like heart rate and calories burned (which are captured by your watch) appear on your screen. (watchOS 7.2 or later required; Apple Watch sold separately; Apple Fitness+ availability varies by country or region.) To learn more, see All about Apple Fitness+

in the Apple Watch User Guide. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 750 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Cases and covers for iPad Many styles of cases and covers are sold separately for iPad. Magic Keyboard for iPad, Smart Keyboard Folio, and Smart Keyboard serve as keyboards as well as covers. (See Apple external keyboards for iPad

.) Print from iPad Use AirPrint to print wirelessly to an AirPrint-enabled printer from apps such as Mail, Photos, and Safari. Many apps available on the App Store also support AirPrint. iPad and the printer must be on the same Wi-Fi network. See the Apple Support article

. About AirPrint Print a document Tap

, or

(depending on the app youre using), then tap Print. (Swipe up if you dont see Print.) See the status of a print job Open the App Switcher, then tap Print Center. The badge on the icon shows how many documents are in the queue. To cancel a print job, select it in Print Center, then tap Cancel Printing. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 751 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Use iPad with iPhone, iPod touch, Mac, and PC Share your internet connection from iPad (Wi-Fi +

Cellular) If you have an active cellular data plan, you can use Personal Hotspot to share a cellular internet connection from your iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) to other devices. Personal Hotspot is useful when the other devices dont have internet access from a Wi-Fi network. Note: Personal Hotspot is not available with all carriers. Additional fees may apply. The number of devices that can join your Personal Hotspot at one time depends on your carrier and iPad model. Contact your carrier for more information. Set up Personal Hotspot on iPad Go to Settings

> Cellular Data, tap Set Up Personal Hotspot, then follow the onscreen instructions. Note: If you dont see Set Up Personal Hotspot as an option, but you have an active cellular data plan and Cellular Data is turned on in Settings > Cellular Data, contact your carrier about adding Personal Hotspot to your plan. You can change the following settings:

Change the Wi-Fi password for your Personal Hotspot: Go to Settings > Personal Hotspot > Wi-Fi Password. Turn off Personal Hotspot and disconnect devices: Go to Settings > Personal Hotspot, then turn off Allow Others to Join. Connect a Mac or PC to your Personal Hotspot You can use Wi-Fi, a USB cable, or Bluetooth to connect a Mac or PC to your Personal Hotspot. Do one of the following:

Use Wi-Fi to connect from a Mac: On a Mac, click the Wi-Fi status menu in the menu bar, then choose your iPad from the list of available networks. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 752 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM If asked for a password, enter the password shown in Settings > Personal Hotspot on your iPad. The Wi-Fi status icon in the menu bar changes to the Personal Hotspot icon as long as your Mac remains connected to your Personal Hotspot. Note: You can connect your devices to Personal Hotspot without entering a password when youre signed in with the same Apple ID on your Mac and iPad, youve turned on Wi-Fi and Bluetooth on your Mac, and youve turned on Wi-Fi and Bluetooth on your iPad. Use Wi-Fi to connect from a PC: In the Wi-Fi settings on your PC, choose your iPad, then enter the password shown in Settings > Personal Hotspot on your iPad. Use USB:

Connect iPad and your computer with a cable

. If you receive an alert that says Trust this Computer?, tap Trust. In your computers network preferences, choose iPad, then configure the network settings. Use Bluetooth: To make sure your iPad is discoverable, go to Settings

> Bluetooth and leave the screen showing. On a Mac, use Bluetooth to connect your Mac and iPad. On your iPad, tap the name of your Mac, then follow the onscreen instructions on your Mac. On a PC, follow the manufacturer directions to set up a Bluetooth network connection. Connect iPhone, iPod touch, or another iPad to your Personal Hotspot On the other device, go to Settings

> Wi-Fi, then choose your iPad from the list of available networks. If asked for a password on the other device, enter the password shown in Settings >

Personal Hotspot on your iPad. Note: You can connect the devices without entering a password when youre signed in with the same Apple ID on each device, and youve turned on Wi-Fi and Bluetooth on both devices. When a device is connected, a blue band appears at the top of your iPad screen. The Personal Hotspot icon appears in the status bar of the connected device. With Family Sharing, you can share your Personal Hotspot with any member of your family automatically or after they ask for approval. See

. Set up Family Sharing on iPad https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 753 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM When you share a Personal Hotspot from your iPad, it uses cellular data for the internet connection. To monitor your cellular data network usage, go to Settings > Cellular Data. See

. View or change cellular data settings on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) If you need more help using Personal Hotspot, see the Apple Support article If Personal

. Hotspot is not working Make and receive phone calls on iPad You can make and receive calls on your iPad by using Wi-Fi Calling to relay phone calls through your iPhone (iOS 9 or later required). Cellular charges may apply. Wi-Fi Calling is not available from all carriers. Important: Wi-Fi + Cellular models do not support cellular phone servicethey support cellular data transmission only. To make phone calls on any iPad model, you need to use Wi-Fi Calling and an iPhone. Before you begin On your iPad and your other devices, do the following (iOS 9, iPadOS 13, OS X 10.10, or later required):

Set up FaceTime on both your iPhone and your iPad. Sign in with the same Apple ID on both devices. Allow phone calls on your iPad from your iPhone You first set up your iPhone, and then set up your iPad. 1. On your iPhone, go to Settings

> Cellular. 2. If your iPhone has Dual SIM, choose a line (below SIMs). 3. Do any of the following:

Tap Calls on Other Devices, turn on Allow Calls on Other Devices, then choose your iPad along with any other devices on which youd like to make and receive calls. This allows iPad and other devices where youre signed in with the same Apple ID to make and receive calls when theyre nearby your iPhone and connected to Wi-

Fi. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 754 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Tap Wi-Fi Calling, then turn on Add Wi-Fi Calling For Other Devices. This allows iPad and other devices where youre signed in with the same Apple ID to make and receive calls even when your iPhone isnt nearby. 4. On your iPad, go to Settings > FaceTime, then turn on FaceTime and Calls from iPhone. If youre asked, turn on Wi-Fi Calling. After you set up Wi-Fi calling on your iPhone and iPad, you can make and receive phone calls on iPad. Make a call: Tap a phone number in Contacts, Calendar, FaceTime, Messages, Search, or Safari. Or open FaceTime, enter a contact or phone number, then tap

. Receive a call: Swipe or tap the notification to answer or ignore the call. Note: If you enable Wi-Fi Calling, emergency calls may be made over Wi-Fi, and your devices location information may be used for emergency calls to aid response efforts, regardless of whether you enable Location Services. Some carriers may use the address you registered with the carrier when signing up for Wi-Fi Calling as your location. For more information about Wi-Fi calls, see the Apple Support article Make a call with Wi-

Fi Calling

. Use iPad as a second display for your Mac With Sidecar, you can extend the workspace of your Mac by using iPad as a second display. The extended workspace allows you to do the following:

Use different apps on the different screens. Use the same app on both screens. For example, you can view your artwork on your Mac screen while you use Apple Pencil and an apps tools and palettes on iPad. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 755 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Mirror the screens so that Mac and iPad display the same content. Sidecar requires macOS 10.15 or later and iPadOS 13 or later on supported models. Set up Sidecar 1. Make sure youre signed in with the same Apple ID on your Mac and iPad. 2. Use one of the following connections:

Wireless: Make sure youve turned on Wi-Fi and Bluetooth on your Mac, and youve turned on Wi-Fi and Bluetooth on your iPad. They need to be within Bluetooth range of one another (about 33 feet or 10 meters). USB:

Connect your Mac and iPad using the appropriate USB cable. 3. On your Mac, do one of the following:

macOS Ventura: Choose Apple menu

> System Settings, click Displays

, click

, then select your iPad from the list below Mirror or extend to. macOS 10.15 to 15.2: Choose Apple menu

> System Preferences, click Displays

, click Add Display, then select your iPad from the list below Mirror or extend to. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 756 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Use Sidecar 1. If youre not already connected to your iPad, do one of the following:

macOS Ventura: Choose Apple menu

> System Settings, click Displays

, click

, then select your iPad from the list below Mirror or extend to. macOS 10.15 to 15.2: Choose Apple menu

> System Preferences, click Displays

, click Add Display, then select your iPad from the list below Mirror or extend to. 2. Do any of the following:

Move a window between screens: Drag the window, or hold the pointer over the green button in the top-left corner of the window, then choose Move to. Use the sidebar on iPad: With your finger or Apple Pencil, tap icons in the sidebar to show or hide the menu bar

, the Dock

, or the keyboard

. Or tap one or more modifier keys, such as Ctrl

, to use keyboard shortcuts. Use the Touch Bar on iPad: With your finger or Apple Pencil, tap any button in the Touch Bar. The buttons available vary depending on the app or task. On iPad, switch between the Mac desktop and the iPad Home Screen: To show the Home Screen, swipe up from the bottom edge of your iPad. To return to the Mac desktop, tap the Sidecar icon in the Dock on your iPad. Change the screen arrangement or mirror the displays (macOS Ventura): Choose Apple menu

> System Settings, then click Displays in the sidebar. On the right, scroll down, then click Arrange. Change the screen arrangement or mirror the displays (macOS 10.15 to 15.2:): Go to Apple menu > System Preferences, click Displays, then make your changes. 3. When youre ready to stop using your iPad, do one of the following:

On iPad: Tap the Disconnect icon at the bottom of the sidebar. On Mac: Click Control Center in the menu bar, click Display, then deselect your iPad from the list below Mirror or extend to. For more information about using Sidecar, including how to set Sidecar options from your Mac, see Use your iPad as a second display for your Mac in the macOS User Guide. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 757 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Use a keyboard and mouse or trackpad across your Mac and iPad with Universal Control With Universal Control, you can use the keyboard and mouse or trackpad connected to your Mac to work across your Mac and iPad when theyre near each other. For example, you can open and use apps, enter text, and drag items across devices. If an external keyboard and mouse or trackpad are connected to your iPad, you can use them to work across both devices too. To use Universal Control, make sure of the following:

Youre using supported models of Mac and iPad. Your Mac has macOS 12.3 or later installed. Youre signed in with the same Apple ID using two-factor authentication on both devices. On your Mac, youve turned on Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, and Handoff. On your iPad, youve turned on Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, and Handoff. Connect your Mac and iPad to use Universal Control Do one of the following:

On your Mac, use your mouse or trackpad to move the pointer to right or left edge of the screen closest to your iPad, pause, then move the pointer slightly past the edge of the screen. When a border appears at the edge of the iPad screen, continue moving the pointer to the iPad screen. On your Mac, click Control Center in the menu bar, click Display, then choose your iPad (below Link keyboard and mouse to). Use your mouse or trackpad to move the pointer past the edge of the Mac screen until it appears on your iPad. After you establish a connection, you can move the pointer across screens until one of your devices goes to sleep or you disconnect them. Many actions and gestures supported by iPad for external mouse devices and trackpads work with your Mac mouse or trackpad. See Mouse actions and gestures for iPad and Trackpad gestures for iPad

. With your Mac keyboard, you can also use many features supported by iPad for external keyboards. See the keyboard topics in the Accessories chapter, beginning with

. Switch between keyboards with iPad https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 758 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Change the screen arrangement The direction in which you move the pointer when establishing the Universal Control connection determines which side of the display you use to move the pointer across devices. You can adjust this by changing the arrangement of the devices in System Settings (macOS Ventura) or System Preferences (macOS 12.3 to 12.5). 1. On your Mac, do one of the following:

macOS Ventura: Choose Apple menu

> System Settings, then click Displays in the sidebar. On the right, scroll down, then click Arrange. macOS 12.3-12.5: Choose Apple menu > System Preferences, then click Displays

. 2. Drag the iPad image to the desired position. Disconnect Universal Control between your Mac and iPad Do one of the following:

Press the top button on your iPad to put it to sleep. On your Mac, click Control Center in the menu bar, click Display, then deselect your iPad (below Link keyboard and mouse to). When theyre nearby and their screens are unlocked, your Mac and iPad automatically reconnect. To prevent this, do one of the following:

macOS Ventura: Choose Apple menu

> System Settings, then click Displays in the sidebar. On the right, click Advanced, then turn off Automatically reconnect to any nearby Mac or iPad. macOS 12.3-12.5: Choose Apple menu > System Preferences, click Displays

, click Universal Control, then deselect the Automatically reconnect to any nearby Mac or iPad checkbox. Turn off Universal Control On your Mac, you can turn off Universal Control to prevent the use of your Mac keyboard and mouse or trackpad across devices. 1. Do one of the following:

https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 759 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM macOS Ventura: Choose Apple menu

> System Settings, click Displays in the sidebar, then click. macOS 12.3 to 12.5: Choose Apple menu > System Preferences, click Displays

, then click Universal Control. 2. Do one of the following:

Turn off all Universal Control connections: Deselect the Allow your pointer and keyboard to move between any nearby Mac or iPad checkbox. Prevent a connection when moving the pointer to the edge of the screen: Deselect the Push through the edge of a display to connect to a nearby Mac or iPad checkbox. To prevent connecting your iPad keyboard and mouse or trackpad to your Mac, on iPad go to Settings

> General > AirPlay & Handoff, then turn off Cursor and Keyboard. With Universal Control, you can work across up to three devices. See Use your keyboard, mouse, and trackpad across devices with Universal Control on Mac in the macOS User Guide. Hand off tasks between iPad and your other devices With Handoff, you can start something on one device (iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, Mac, or Apple Watch) and then pick it up on another device right where you left off. For example, you can start answering an email on your iPad, then finish it in Mail on your Mac. You can use Handoff with many Apple appsfor example, Calendar, Contacts, and Safari. Some third-party apps may also work with Handoff. Before you begin To hand off tasks between iPad and another device, make sure of the following:

Youre signed in with the same Apple ID on both devices. On your Mac, youve turned on Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, and Handoff. On your iPad and on another iOS or iPadOS device, youve turned on Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, and Handoff. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 760 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Your devices are within Bluetooth range of one another (about 33 feet or 10 meters). Each device has the minimum relevant software version installed: iOS 10, iPadOS 13, macOS 10.10, watchOS 1.0, or later. Hand off from another device to your iPad 1. From any app, swipe up from the bottom edge of the screen and pause to reveal the Dock. 2. On the right end of the Dock, tap the Handoff icon to continue working in the app on iPad. Hand off from iPad to another device On the other device, click or tap the Handoff icon to continue working in the app. The Handoff icon of the app youre using on iPad appears in the following locations on other devices:

Mac: The right end of the Dock (or at the bottom, depending on the Dock position). iPhone or iPod touch: At the bottom of the App Switcher screen. iPad: The right end of the Dock. Turn off Handoff on your devices iPad, iPhone, and iPod touch: Go to Settings

> General > AirPlay & Handoff. macOS Ventura: Choose Apple menu

> System Settings, click General in the sidebar, click AirDrop & Handoff on the right, then turn off Allow Handoff between this Mac and your iCloud devices. macOS 12.5 or earlier: Choose Apple menu > System Preferences, click General, then deselect Allow Handoff between this Mac and your iCloud devices. Tip: When Handoff is on, you can use Universal Clipboard to copy and paste text, images, photos, and videos across devices. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 761 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Wirelessly stream video, photos, and audio from your iPad to a Mac You can use a nearby Mac to watch videos, view photos, and play audio streamed from your iPad. You can also mirror your iPad screen to the Mac (macOS 12 or later required). Set up a Mac to allow streaming from your iPad 1. On a Mac, do one of the following:

> System Settings, click General in the macOS Ventura: Choose Apple menu sidebar, click Sharing on the right, turn on AirPlay Receiver, then click the Info button

. macOS 12.5 or earlier: Choose Apple menu

> System Preferences, click Sharing, then select and turn on AirPlay Receiver. 2. Choose an option for Allow AirPlay for:

To allow only devices where youre signed in with the same Apple ID as on the Mac to stream to the Mac, select Current user. To allow others, select Anyone on the same network or Everyone. To require a password to use AirPlay with the Mac, select the option, then enter a password in the text field. If you choose the option Anyone on the same network or Everyone, and someone is signed in to their device with a different Apple ID than on the Mac, an AirPlay request initially requires acceptance on the Mac and verification on the other device. On the Mac, accept the AirPlay request. If the Mac displays an AirPlay code, enter the code on the other device. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 762 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Play video from your iPad on a Mac 1. While playing video in the Apple TV app or another supported video app on your iPad, tap the screen to show the controls. 2. Tap

, then choose the Mac as the playback destination. To show video playback controls on the Mac, move the pointer over the video playing on the Mac screen. To change the playback destination, choose a different AirPlay option on your iPad screen. Show photos from your iPad on a Mac 1. In Photos on your iPad, tap a photo, then tap

. 2. Swipe up, tap

, then choose the Mac as the playback destination. To stop streaming photos, tap near the top of the iPad screen, then tap Turn off AirPlay. Mirror your iPad on a Mac On a Mac, you can view and listen to whatever appears and plays on your iPad. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 763 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 1. Open Control Center on your iPad. 2. Tap

, then choose your Mac as the playback destination. To switch back to iPad, open Control Center, tap

, then tap Stop Mirroring. Play audio from iPad on Mac 1. On your iPad, open an audio app, such as Podcasts or Music

, then choose an item to play. 2. Tap

, then choose a playback destination. To select the playback destination, you can also tap on the Lock Screen or in Control Center. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 764 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Note: AirPlay to Mac is available on MacBook Pro (2018 and later), MacBook Air (2018 and later), iMac (2019 and later), iMac Pro (2017), Mac mini (2020 and later), and Mac Pro (2019) and works with iPad Pro (2nd generation and later), iPad Air (3rd generation and later), iPad (6th generation and later), and iPad mini (5th generation and later). Older models may share content at a lower resolution to supported Mac models when Allow AirPlay for is set to Everyone or Anyone on the same network in Sharing preferences on Mac. Cut, copy, and paste between iPad and other devices You can use Universal Clipboard to cut or copy content (a block of text or an image, for example) on your iPad, then paste it on iPhone, another iPad, iPod touch, or Mac computer, and vice versa. Note: For information about moving items within an app or copying items between apps only on your iPad, see Move and copy items with drag and drop on iPad

. For information about cutting, copying, and pasting text within or between apps only on your iPad, see

. Select, cut, copy, and paste text on iPad Before you begin To cut or copy and paste between iPad and another device, make sure of the following:

Youre signed in with the same Apple ID on both devices. On your Mac, youve turned on Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, and Handoff. On your iPad and on another iOS or iPadOS device, youve turned on Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, and Handoff. Your devices are within Bluetooth range of one another (about 33 feet or 10 meters). Each device has the minimum relevant software version installed: iOS 10, iPadOS 13, macOS 10.12, or later. Copy, cut, or paste Copy: Pinch closed with three fingers. Cut: Pinch closed with three fingers two times. Paste: Pinch open with three fingers. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 765 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM You can also touch and hold a selection, then tap Cut, Copy, or Paste. Important: You need to cut, copy, and paste your content within a short period of time. For more information about selecting text or placing the insertion point, see Type with the onscreen keyboard on iPad

. Connect iPad and your computer with a cable Using a USB cable or adapter, you can directly connect iPad and a Mac or Windows PC. 1. Make sure you have one of the following:

Mac with a USB port and OS X 10.9 or later PC with a USB port and Windows 7 or later 2. Connect iPad to the USB port on your computer using the charging cable for your iPad. If the cable isnt compatible with the port on your computer, do one of the following:

If your iPad came with a USB-C Charge Cable and your computer has a USB port, use a USB-C to USB Adapter and a USB-A cable (each sold separately). If your iPad came with a USB-C to Lightning cable and your computer has a USB port, use a Lightning to USB Cable (sold separately). If your iPad came with a Lightning to USB cable and your computer has a USB-C port, connect the USB end of the cable to a USB-C to USB Adapter (sold separately), or use a USB-C to Lightning Cable (sold separately). If your iPad came with a Thunderbolt 4 / USB-4 charging cable and your computer has a USB port, use a USB-C to USB Adapter and a USB-A cable (each sold separately). (You can use Thunderbolt or USB cables with Thunderbolt devices like iPad Pro 12.9-inch (5th generation) and iPad Pro 11-inch (3rd generation).) 3. The first time you connect the devices, select Trust when asked on iPad whether to trust this computer. (See the Apple Support article About the Trust This Computer alert

.) 4. Do any of the following:

https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 766 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Set up your iPad for the first time. Use iPad as a second display for your Mac. Sync content or transfer files between your iPad and computer. Share your iPad internet connection

(Wi-Fi + Cellular models) with your computer. Use your computer to erase all content and settings from iPad. Update iPad using your computer. The iPad battery charges when iPad is connected to your computer and your computer is connected to power. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 767 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Transfer files between your iPad and computer Intro to transferring files between your iPad and computer There are multiple ways to make files on your iPad appear on your Mac or Windows PC, and vice versa. Wirelessly, with email, messages, or AirDrop: You can use email, messages, and AirDrop to send files to yourself from one device and download them on another. See Transfer files wirelessly between your iPad and computer with email, messages, or AirDrop

. Automatically, with iCloud: You can store your files, photos, videos, and more in the cloud where they automatically stay up to date on your iPad and Mac or Windows PC. See Automatically keep your files up to date on your iPad and computer with iCloud

. With a cloud storage provider: You can store your files on a service like Box or Dropbox to make them available on both your iPad and computer. See Share files between your iPad and computer with a cloud storage service

. With an external storage device: You can copy files to an external device, such as a USB drive or SD card, connected to your iPad or computer. After disconnecting the storage device, you can connect it to your other device and copy the files to that device. See Transfer files between your iPad and computer with an external storage device

. With a file server: By connecting to a file server from your iPad and your Mac or Windows PC, you can share files between them. See Use a file server to share files between your iPad and computer

. With the Finder or iTunes: After you connect your iPad to your Mac or Windows PC with a cable, you can sync many types of data and transfer many types of files. See Sync content or transfer files between your iPad and computer with the Finder or iTunes

. Each approach requires you to set up your computer to receive and send files, and each may have limitations on the items you want to transfer. Important: There may be restrictions for transferring, sharing, or syncing some types of files, such as those saved in apps proprietary formats, those saved in older software versions, and those under copyright protection. In some cases, apps may allow you to https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 768 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM export files in other formats or to purchase or subscribe to copyrighted material on other devices. Transfer files wirelessly between your iPad and computer with email, messages, or AirDrop The simplest way to manually transfer files is to use email, messages, or AirDrop to wirelessly send files between devices. Use email to transfer files Make sure you have an email account on your iPad and computer, then follow the steps below. 1. Attach one or more files to an email message on your iPad or computer, then send the email to yourself. For example, to transfer a photo from your iPad using Mail

, select the item in Photos, tap

, choose Mail, then send the message to yourself. 2. Open the email and download the attachments on the other device. For example, when using Mail on a Mac to receive a file, select the email that includes the attachment, then choose File > Save Attachments. Note: Depending on your email provider and ISP (internet service provider), there may be size limits to the files you send. Use text messages to transfer files Make sure you have messaging set up on your iPad and computer, then follow the steps below. 1. Attach a file to a message on your iPad or computer, then send the message to yourself. For example, to transfer a photo from your iPad using Messages

, select the photo in Photos, tap

, choose Messages, then send the message to yourself. 2. Open the message and save the attachment on the other device. For example, when using Messages on Mac to receive a photo, Control-click the attached photo in a message, then select Add to Photos. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 769 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Note: Standard carrier data and text rates may apply. Your carrier may set size limits for attachments. iPad may compress photo and video attachments when necessary. Use AirDrop to transfer files On a Mac (OS X 10.10 or later), you can use AirDrop to send files between it and your iPad. AirDrop transfers information using Wi-Fi and Bluetooth, and the devices must be nearby. (Make sure youve turned on Wi-Fi and Bluetooth on your Mac, and youve turned on Wi-Fi and Bluetooth on your iPad.) Transfers are encrypted for security. To use AirDrop, you must be signed in with your Apple ID on both your iPad and your Mac. 1. Choose an item on your iPad or Mac. 2. Tap or click the button (such as

, Share, AirDrop, or

) that displays the apps sharing options. For example, to transfer a photo from your iPad using AirDrop, select the photo in Photos, then tap

. 3. Tap or click in the share options, then select your other device. After an item is sent to your iPad, you can find it in the app you saved the item to or in the app that automatically opened. After an item is sent to your Mac, you can find it in the app you saved the item to or in the Downloads folder. Automatically keep your files up to date on your iPad and computer with iCloud With iCloud, you can store your files, photos, videos, and more in the cloud so you can access them on all your devices. You see the same information on your iPad and Mac (OS X 10.10 or later) or Windows PC (Windows 7 or later). You must be signed in with your Apple ID on both your iPad and your computer. Note: iCloud provides you with an email account and 5 GB of free storage for your data. For more storage and additional features, you can

. subscribe to iCloud+

https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 770 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Set up iCloud on your iPad 1. On your iPad, go to Settings

> [your name]. If you dont see [your name], tap Sign in to your [device], then enter your Apple ID and password. 2. Tap iCloud, then turn on items to keep their data in the cloud. For example, turn on iCloud Drive to make your files in iCloud Drive available to your computer. Set up iCloud on your Mac 1. Follow the instructions to set up iCloud features on Mac in the macOS User Guide. 2. Turn on the same items that you turned on for iPad. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 771 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Set up iCloud on your Windows PC 1. Follow the instructions to set up iCloud in the iCloud for Windows User Guide. 2. Turn on the same items that you turned on for iPad, then click Apply. You can also access your information in iCloud from anywhere by using a web browser recommended in the Apple Support article System requirements for iCloud and signing in to iCloud.com with your Apple ID. Note: Some iCloud features have minimum system requirements. iCloud may not be available in all areas, and iCloud features may vary by area. See the Apple Support article System requirements for iCloud

. For information about features, go to

. apple.com/icloud/

https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 772 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Transfer files between your iPad and computer with an external storage device 1. Connect your iPad or computer to an external storage device, such as a USB drive or SD card. To connect to iPad, you may need a cable adapter. See Connect external storage

. devices to iPad The first time you connect the devices, select Trust when asked on iPad whether to trust this computer. (See the Apple Support article About the Trust This Computer alert

.) 2. Use a supported app like Files or Pages to copy files to the storage device. For example, to copy a file from the Files app on iPad to the storage device, touch and hold the file, then tap Copy. Tap the name of the device (in the sidebar, below Locations). Select a location for the file, touch and hold the screen, then tap Paste. See

. Organize files and folders in Files on iPad 3. Disconnect the storage device. 4. Connect the storage device to your other device, then copy the files to that device. For example, to copy a file to your Mac, click the Finder icon in the Dock to open a Finder window, select the storage device (listed below Locations in the Finder sidebar), navigate to the file, then drag it to a folder on your Mac. See Connect and use other storage devices with Mac in the macOS User Guide. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 773 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Use a file server to share files between your iPad and computer 1. Obtain access to a file server, or set up your own computer as a file server. For example, if you have a Mac, you can set it up as a file server on a local network, such as your Wi-Fi network. See Set up file sharing on Mac in the macOS User Guide. 2. Use the Files app to connect to the server from your iPad. For example, to connect as a Guest user, tap at the top of sidebar in the Files app, tap Connect to Server, enter the hostname or network address, tap Connect, select Guest, then tap Next. 3. Connect your Mac or Windows PC to the file server (unless your computer is the file server). For example, if you have a Mac, you can connect to a file server by navigating to it after selecting Network in the sidebar of a Finder window, or by choosing Go >

Connect to Server in the Finder, then entering the servers network address. See Connect your Mac to shared computers and servers in the macOS User Guide. 4. Use the file server to transfer files between your iPad and computer. For example, to copy a file from iPad to a Mac file server, touch and hold a file in the Files app on iPad, then tap Copy. Tap the server in the sidebar, then select a location for the file. Touch and hold the screen, then tap Paste. 5. To disconnect your iPad from the file server when youre finished, tap next to the server in the Browse screen. Share files between your iPad and computer with a cloud storage service You can store files using a service like Box or Dropbox, where you can share the files between your iPad and computer. Note: Subscription fees may apply. 1. Set up a cloud storage service to work with your Mac or Windows PC. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 774 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM See the instructions from your cloud storage provider. 2. On your iPad, use the App Store app to download an app for your cloud storage service. 3. Open the downloaded app and follow the onscreen instructions. 4. Open Files, tap More Locations (in the sidebar, below Locations), then turn on the service. To access your files on iPad, open Files, tap Browse at the bottom of the screen, then tap the name of the storage service below Locations. If you dont see Locations, tap Browse again at the bottom of the screen. Sync content or transfer files between your iPad and computer with the Finder or iTunes With a USB or USB-C cable, you can connect your iPhone to a computer with a USB port to do the following:

Sync supported content like movies and podcasts. Transfer files used by iPad apps that support file sharing. Depending on your computer, you use either the Finder or iTunes on your computer to sync content and transfer files. Sync supported content Syncing with the Finder or iTunes keeps supported content up to date between your iPad and computer. For example, when you add a movie to your iPad, you can sync so that the movie also appears on your computer. After you set up syncing between your devices with a cable, you can set them up to sync wirelessly and automatically whenever theyre connected to the same Wi-Fi network. You can sync content like music, movies, TV shows, podcasts, photos, contacts, and calendars. To sync content with your Mac (macOS 10.15 or later): See Sync content between your Mac and iPhone or iPad in the macOS User Guide. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 775 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM To sync content with your Windows PC or Mac (macOS 10.14 or earlier): See the Apple Support article Use iTunes to sync your iPhone

. Transfer files for supported apps You can transfer files by copying them from one device to the other. For example, you can copy a Pages document created on your iPad to view or modify on your computer. Only files for iPad apps that support file sharing can be transferred using with the Finder or iTunes. After you connect your iPad and computer, you can see which of your apps support file sharing. Note: Files you transfer with the Finder or iTunes are not synced. To transfer files with your Mac (macOS 10.15 or later): See the Apple Support article Use the Finder to share files between your Mac and your iPhone

. To transfer files with your Windows PC or Mac (macOS 10.14 or earlier): See the Apple Support article Use iTunes to share files between your computer and your iOS or iPadOS device

. If the files you want to share between your iPad and computer arent supported by syncing or transferring with the Finder or iTunes, see Intro to transferring files between your iPad and computer for other options. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 776 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Accessibility Get started with accessibility features on iPad iPad provides many accessibility features to support your vision, physical and motor, hearing, and learning needs. Learn how to configure these features and set up shortcuts for easy access. Turn on accessibility features during setup You can turn on many accessibility features right away when you first set up iPad. Turn on iPad, then do any of the following:

Turn on VoiceOver: Triple-click the Home button (on an iPad with a Home button) or triple-click the top button (on other iPad models). Turn on Zoom: Double-tap the screen with three fingers. Turn on Switch Control, Larger Text, Smart Invert, and more: Choose a language and country, tap

, then choose the features you want. If youre moving from a previous iPad, you can also transfer your accessibility settings. See

. Turn on and set up iPad Change accessibility settings After you set up iPad, you can adjust accessibility settings. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility. 2. Choose any of the following features:

Vision VoiceOver Zoom Hover Text Display and text size https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 777 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Motion Spoken content Audio descriptions Physical and motor AssistiveTouch Touch accommodations Call audio routing Face ID and attention Switch Control Voice Control Home or top button Apple TV remote Pointer control Keyboards Apple Pencil AirPods Hearing Hearing devices Live Listen Sound recognition RTT Mono audio and balance LED flash for alerts Headphone accommodations https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 778 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Background sounds Subtitles and captions Transcriptions for Intercom messages from HomePod Live Captions (beta) General Guided Access Siri Accessibility Shortcut Per-app settings https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 779 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Vision VoiceOver Turn on and practice VoiceOver on iPad With VoiceOvera gesture-based screen readeryou can use iPad even if you cant see the screen. VoiceOver gives audible descriptions of whats on your screenfrom battery level, to whos calling, to which app your finger is on. You can also adjust the speaking rate and pitch to suit your needs. When you touch the screen or drag your finger over it, VoiceOver speaks the name of the item your finger is on, including icons and text. To interact with the item, such as a button or link, or to navigate to another item,

. use VoiceOver gestures When you go to a new screen, VoiceOver plays a sound, then selects and speaks the name of the first item on the screen (typically in the top-left corner). VoiceOver tells you when the display changes to landscape or portrait orientation, when the screen becomes dimmed or locked, and whats active on the Lock Screen when you wake iPad. Turn VoiceOver on or off Important: VoiceOver changes the gestures you use to control iPad. When VoiceOver is on, you must use VoiceOver gestures to operate iPad. To turn VoiceOver on or off, use any of the following methods:

Activate Siri and say Turn on VoiceOver or Turn off VoiceOver. If youve set up Accessibility shortcut

, triple-click the Home button or top button

(depending on your iPad model). Use Control Center

. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver, then turn the setting on or off. Learn and practice VoiceOver gestures You can practice VoiceOver gestures in a special area without affecting iPad or its settings. When you practice a gesture, VoiceOver describes the gesture and the resulting action. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 780 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Try different techniques to discover which works best for you. If a gesture doesnt work, try a quicker movement, especially for a double-tap or swipe gesture. To swipe, try brushing the screen quickly with your finger or fingers. For best results using multifinger gestures, touch the screen with some space between your fingers. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver. 2. Turn on VoiceOver, tap VoiceOver Practice, then double-tap to start. 3. Practice the following gestures with one, two, three, and four fingers:

Tap Double-tap Triple-tap Swipe left, right, up, or down 4. When you finish practicing, tap Done, then double-tap to exit. Change your VoiceOver settings on iPad You can customize the settings for VoiceOver, such as the audio options, language, voice, speaking rate, and verbosity. Adjust the VoiceOver volume and other audio options To increase or decrease the volume, press the volume buttons on iPad. To set other audio options, go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver > Audio, then set options such as the following:

Sounds: Adjust and preview sound effects. Audio Ducking: Temporarily reduce media playback volume when VoiceOver speaks. Send to HDMI: Route audio to externally connected devices, such as an instrument amplifier or a DJ mixer. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 781 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Set the VoiceOver language VoiceOver uses the same language you choose for your iPad. VoiceOver pronunciation of some languages is affected by the Region Format you choose. 1. Go to Settings

> General > Language & Region. 2. Tap iPad Language, then choose a language. Adjust the speaking voice Go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver, then do any of the following:

Adjust the speaking rate: Drag the Speaking Rate slider. Choose a voice: Tap Speech > Voice, then choose a voice. To download an enhanced voice, tap

. Adjust the pitch: Tap Speech, then drag the slider. You can also turn on Use Pitch Change to have VoiceOver use a higher pitch when speaking the first item of a group

(such as a list or table) and a lower pitch when speaking the last item of a group. Specify the pronunciation of certain words: Tap Speech > Pronunciations, tap

, enter a phrase, then dictate or spell out how you want the phrase to be pronounced. Note: You can dictate only if you turned on Enable Dictation in Settings > General >

Keyboards. Set how much VoiceOver tells you Go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver, then tap any of the following:

Verbosity: Choose options to have VoiceOver speak hints, punctuation, uppercase letters, embedded links, and more. VoiceOver can even confirm rotor actions and tell you when the flashlight is turned on (available on iPad models with True Tone Flash). To change how VoiceOver speaks punctuation, tap Punctuation, then choose a group. You can also create new groupsfor example, a programming group in which [ is spoken as left brack. Always Speak Notifications: VoiceOver reads notifications, including incoming text messages as they occur, even if iPad is locked. Unacknowledged notifications are repeated when you unlock iPad. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 782 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Customize VoiceOver settings for an activity You can customize a group of VoiceOver settings for an activity such as programming. Apply the settings automatically when you open certain apps or by adjusting the rotor. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver > Activities. 2. Choose an existing activity or tap Add Activity. 3. Adjust settings for speech, verbosity, and braille. 4. Choose Apps or Context to automatically apply the settings for this activity. Use flat or grouped navigation Go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver > Navigation Style, then choose one of the following:

Flat: VoiceOver moves sequentially through each item on the screen when you use the move next and previous commands. Grouped: VoiceOver moves through items and groups of items on the screen. To move into a group, use a two-finger swipe right. To move out of a group, use a two-

finger swipe left. Adjust VoiceOver visuals Go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver, then turn on any of the following:

Large Cursor: If you have difficulty seeing the black outline around the selected item, you can enlarge and thicken the outline. Caption Panel: The text spoken by VoiceOver is displayed at the bottom of the screen. Use Quick Settings to adjust VoiceOver from anywhere on iPad When VoiceOver is turned on, you can access Quick Settings by doing a two-finger quadruple tap. To customize Quick Settings, do the following:

1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver > Quick Settings. 2. Choose the settings you want, or drag to reorder settings. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 783 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Learn VoiceOver gestures on iPad When VoiceOver is on, standard touchscreen gestures have different effects, and additional gestures let you move around the screen and control individual items. VoiceOver gestures include two-, three-, and four-finger taps and swipes. You can use different techniques to perform VoiceOver gestures. For example, you can perform a two-finger tap using two fingers on one hand, one finger on each hand, or your thumbs. Instead of selecting an item and double-tapping, you can use a split-tap gesture touch and hold an item with one finger, then tap the screen with another finger. Explore and speak items on the screen To explore the screen, drag your finger over it. VoiceOver speaks the name of each item you touch. You can also use VoiceOver gestures to explore the screen in order, from top to bottom and left to right. Action Gesture Select and speak an item Tap or touch the item Select the next item Select the previous item Swipe right Swipe left Move into a group of items Two-finger swipe right Move out of a group of items Two-finger swipe left Select the first item on the screen Four-finger tap near the top of the screen Select the last item on the screen Four-finger tap near the bottom of the screen Speak the entire screen from the top Two-finger swipe up Speak the entire screen from the selected item Two-finger swipe down Pause or continue speaking Two-finger tap Speak additional information, such as the position within a list or whether text is selected Three-finger tap For more information about navigation styles, see Use flat or grouped navigation

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 784 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Scroll up, down, left, and right Use VoiceOver gestures to move to another page. Action Gesture Scroll up one page Three-finger swipe down Scroll down one page Three-finger swipe up Scroll left one page Three-finger swipe right Scroll right one page Three-finger swipe left Take action on an item Use VoiceOver gestures to perform actions on an item. Action Select an item Gesture Tap Activate the selected item Double-tap Double-tap the selected item Triple-tap Drag a slider Start or stop the current action (for example, play or pause music or a video, take a photo in Camera, start or stop a recording, start or stop the stopwatch) Tap the slider to select it, then swipe up or down with one finger; or double-tap and hold the slider until you hear three rising tones, then drag the slider Two-finger double-tap Dismiss an alert or return to the previous screen Two-finger scrub (move two fingers back and forth three times quickly, making a z) Edit an items label to make it easier to find Two-finger double-tap and hold Tip: As an alternative to selecting an item and double-tapping to activate it, touch and hold an item with one finger, then tap the screen with another. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 785 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Use gestures to control VoiceOver Use these gestures to control VoiceOver. Action Gesture Mute or unmute VoiceOver Three-finger double tap. If both VoiceOver and Zoom are enabled, use the three-finger triple-tap gesture. Turn the screen curtain on or off Three-finger triple tap.

(When the screen curtain is on, the screen contents are active even though the display is turned off.) If both VoiceOver and Zoom are enabled, use the three-finger quadruple-tap gesture. Use a standard gesture Double-tap and hold your finger on the screen until you hear three rising tones, then make the gesture. When you lift your finger, VoiceOver gestures resume. For example, to drag a volume slider with your finger instead of swiping up and down, select the slider, double-tap and hold, wait for the three tones, then slide left or right. Open the Item Chooser Two-finger triple tap. To move quickly through the list of items, type a name in the search field, swipe right or left to move through the list alphabetically, or tap the table index to the right of the list and swipe up or down. You can also an item by writing its name. use handwriting to select To dismiss the Item Chooser without making a selection, do a two-finger scrub (move two fingers back and forth three times quickly, making a z). Open the VoiceOver quick settings Two-finger quadruple tap. Use the VoiceOver rotor You can use the rotor to change VoiceOver settings, jump from one item to the next on the screen, select special input methods such as Braille Screen Input or Handwriting, and more. For details, see

. Control VoiceOver using the rotor on iPad https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 786 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Use these gestures to use the rotor. Action Gesture Choose a rotor setting Two-finger rotation Move to the previous item or increase

(depending on the rotor setting) Swipe up Move to the next item or decrease (depending on the rotor setting) Swipe down Operate iPad using VoiceOver gestures When VoiceOver is on, you need to use special gestures to unlock iPad, go to the Home Screen, open Control Center, switch apps, and more. Unlock iPad On an iPad with a Home button: Press the Home button using the finger you registered with Touch ID. On iPad mini (6th generation) and iPad Air (4th generation and later): Rest your finger on the top button using the finger you registered with Touch ID. On an iPad with Face ID: Wake iPad and glance at it, then drag up from the bottom edge of the screen until you hear two rising tones (if Face ID is enabled). If prompted, enter your passcode. To avoid having your passcode spoken as you enter it, enter your passcode silently using handwriting mode or

. type onscreen braille Go to the Home Screen Drag one finger up from the bottom edge of the screen until you hear two rising tones, then lift your finger. Press the Home button (on an iPad with a Home button). Use the dock Slide one finger up from the bottom edge until you hear two rising tones, then swipe down. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 787 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Switch to another app Swipe right or left with five fingers to cycle through the open apps. Alternatively, you can use the App Switcher:

1. Open the App Switcher using one of the following methods:

Drag one finger up from the bottom edge of the screen until you hear three tones, then lift your finger. Double-click the Home button (on an iPad with a Home button). 2. To browse the open apps, swipe left or right until the app you want is selected. 3. Double-tap to open the app. Open Control Center Drag one finger down from the top edge of the screen until you hear two rising tones. Tap any item in the status bar, then swipe up with three fingers. To dismiss Control Center, do a two-finger scrub (move two fingers back and forth three times quickly, making a z). View notifications Drag one finger down from the top edge of the screen until you hear three rising tones. Tap any item in the status bar, then swipe down with three fingers. To dismiss the notifications screen, do a two-finger scrub (move two fingers back and forth three times quickly, making a z). Speak status bar information 1. Tap the status bar at the top of the screen. 2. Swipe left or right to hear the time, battery state, Wi-Fi signal strength, and more. Rearrange apps on your Home Screen Use one of the following methods:

https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 788 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Drag and drop: Tap an icon on the Home Screen, then double-tap and hold your finger on the screen until you hear three rising tones. The items relative location is described as you drag. Lift your finger when the icon is in its new location. Drag an icon to the edge of the screen to move it to another Home Screen. Move actions: Tap an app, then swipe down to hear available actions. When you hear Edit Mode, double-tap to start arranging apps. Find the app you want to move, then swipe down to the Move action and double-tap. Move the VoiceOver cursor to the new destination for the app, then choose from the available actions: Cancel Move, Create New Folder, Add to Folder, Move Before, or Move After. When youre finished, tap Done, then double-tap. Search from the Home Screen 1. Tap anywhere on the Home Screen outside the status bar. 2. Swipe down with three fingers. Control VoiceOver using the rotor on iPad You can use the VoiceOver rotor to change how VoiceOver works. You can adjust the VoiceOver volume or speaking rate, move from one item to the next on the screen, select special input methods such as Braille Screen Input or Handwriting, and more. When you use an Apple external keyboard to control VoiceOver

, use the rotor to adjust settings such as volume, speech rate, use of pitch or phonetics, typing echo, and reading of punctuation. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 789 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Use the VoiceOver rotor 1. When VoiceOver is turned on, rotate two fingers on your screen as if youre turning a dial. If you prefer to use one finger on each hand, simultaneously drag up with one finger and drag down with the other. VoiceOver speaks the rotor setting. Keep rotating your fingers to hear more settings. Stop rotating your fingers when you hear the setting you want. 2. Swipe your finger up or down on the screen to use the setting. The available rotor settings and their effects depend on what youre doing. For example, if you choose Headings when youre browsing a webpage, swipe down or up to move the VoiceOver cursor to the next or previous heading. Customize the VoiceOver rotor 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver. 2. Do any of the following:

Add or reorder the rotor settings: Tap Rotor, then choose the settings you want, or drag to reorder settings. Add another language: Tap Speech > Add New Language (below Rotor Languages), then choose a language. Have VoiceOver confirm rotor actions: Tap Verbosity, then turn on Speak Confirmation. Use the onscreen keyboard with VoiceOver on iPad VoiceOver changes how you use the onscreen keyboard when you activate an editable text field. You can enter, select, and delete text; change the keyboard language; and more. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 790 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Enter text with the onscreen keyboard 1. Select a text field, then double-tap. The insertion point and the onscreen keyboard appear. 2. Enter text using one of the following methods:

Standard typing (default): Select a key on the keyboard by swiping left or right, then double-tap to enter the character. Or move your finger around the keyboard to select a key and, while continuing to touch the key with one finger, tap the screen with another finger. VoiceOver speaks the key when its selected, and again when the character is entered. Touch typing: Touch a key on the keyboard to select it, then lift your finger to enter the character. If you touch the wrong key, slide your finger to the key you want. VoiceOver speaks the character for each key as you touch it, but doesnt enter a character until you lift your finger. Direct Touch typing: VoiceOver is disabled for the keyboard only, so you can type just as you do when VoiceOver is off. Dictation: Use a two-finger double-tap on the keyboard to start and stop dictation. To enter an accented character, use one of the following methods:

Standard typing (default): Select the plain character, then double-tap and hold until you hear a tone indicating alternate characters have appeared. Drag left or right to select and hear the choices. Release your finger to enter the current selection. Touch typing: Touch and hold a character until the alternate characters appear. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 791 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Edit text with the onscreen keyboard Move the insertion point: Swipe up or down to move the insertion point forward or backward in the text. Use the rotor to choose whether you want to move the insertion point by character, by word, or by line. To jump to the beginning or end, double-tap the text. VoiceOver makes a sound when the insertion point moves, and speaks the character, word, or line that the insertion point moves across. When moving forward by words, the insertion point is placed at the end of each word, before the space or punctuation that follows. When moving backward, the insertion point is placed at the end of the preceding word, before the space or punctuation that follows it. Move the insertion point past the punctuation at the end of a word or sentence: Use the rotor to switch back to character mode. When moving the insertion point by line, VoiceOver speaks each line as you move across it. When moving forward, the insertion point is placed at the beginning of the next line (except when you reach the last line of a paragraph, when the insertion point is moved to the end of the line just spoken). When moving backward, the insertion point is placed at the beginning of the line thats spoken. Delete a character: Use

. Select text: Use one of the following methods. Set the rotor to Text Selection, swipe up or down to choose Character, Word, Line, or Sentence, then swipe left or right to move backward or forward. (You may need to enable Text Selectiongo to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver > Rotor.) Set the rotor to Edit, swipe up or down to choose Select or Select All, then double-

tap. If you choose Select, the word closest to the insertion point is selected when you double-tap. To increase or decrease the selection, do a two-finger scrub

(move two fingers back and forth three times quickly, making a z) to dismiss the pop-up menu, then pinch. Cut, copy, or paste: Set the rotor to Edit, select the text, swipe up or down to choose Cut, Copy, or Paste, then double-tap. Fix misspelled words: Set the rotor to Misspelled Words, then swipe up or down to jump to the previous or next misspelled word. Swipe left or right to choose a suggested replacement, then double-tap to use the replacement. Undo: Shake iPad, swipe left or right to choose the action to undo, then double-tap. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 792 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Change the keyboard settings 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver. 2. Tap any of the following:

Typing Style: You can choose a new style. Or, set the rotor to Typing Mode, then swipe up or down. Phonetic Feedback: Speak text character by character. VoiceOver first speaks the character, then its phonetic equivalentfor example, f and then foxtrot. Typing Feedback: Choose to speak characters, words, both, or nothing. Rotor: Select the settings you want to include in the rotor. Speech: Tap Add New Language (below Rotor Languages), then choose a language. Verbosity: Tap Deleting Text. To have VoiceOver speak deleted characters in a lower pitch, tap Change Pitch. Write with your finger using VoiceOver on iPad With Handwriting mode, you can enter text by writing characters on the screen with your finger. In addition to normal text entry, use handwriting mode to enter your iPad passcode silently or to open apps from the Home Screen. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 793 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Use handwriting mode 1. Set the rotor to Handwriting. If Handwriting isnt in the rotor, go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver > Rotor, then add it. 2. To choose a character type (lowercase, numbers, uppercase, or punctuation), swipe up or down with three fingers. To hear the selected character type, tap with three fingers. 3. Trace a character on the screen with your finger. You can also do any of the following:

Enter an alternate character (a character with an accent, for example): Write the character, then swipe up or down with two fingers until you hear the type of character you want. Enter a space: Swipe right with two fingers. Go to a new line: Swipe right with three fingers. Delete the previous character: Swipe left with two fingers. 4. To exit handwriting mode, do a two-finger scrub (move two fingers back and forth three times quickly, making a z), or set the rotor to a different setting. Enter your passcode silently with handwriting mode 1. On the passcode screen, set the rotor to Handwriting. 2. Write the characters of your passcode with your finger. Select an item on the Home Screen 1. On the Home Screen, set the rotor to Handwriting. 2. Start writing the name of the item with your finger. If there are multiple matches, continue to spell the name until its unique, or swipe up or down with two fingers to choose from the current matches. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 794 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Quickly navigate a long list 1. Select the index to the right of the list (for example, next to your Contacts list or in the VoiceOver Item Chooser). 2. Set the rotor to Handwriting, then use your finger to write the letter you want to navigate to. Use VoiceOver on iPad with an Apple external keyboard If you use an Apple external keyboard with iPad, you can use keyboard shortcuts to activate VoiceOver commands. Additionally, you can use VoiceOver Help to learn the keyboard layout and the actions associated with various key combinations. VoiceOver Help speaks keys and keyboard commands as you type them, without performing the associated action. Choose the VoiceOver modifier The modifier is a key or set of keys you press with one or more other keys to enter VoiceOver commands. You can set the modifier to be the Caps Lock key or the Control and Option keys pressed at the same time. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver > Typing > Modifier Keys. 2. Choose the modifier for VoiceOver commands: the Caps Lock key or the Control and Option keys. This modifier is abbreviated as VO in the tables below. VoiceOver keyboard commands VO = modifier keys Action Turn on VoiceOver Help Shortcut VO-K Turn off VoiceOver Help Esc (Escape) Select the next or previous item VO-Right Arrow or VO-Left Arrow Activate the selected item VO-Space bar Touch and hold the selected item VO-Shift-M https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 795 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Read from the current position Read from the top Pause or resume reading VO-A VO-B Control Copy the last spoken text to the clipboard VO-Shift-C Search for text Mute or unmute VoiceOver Go to the Home Screen Move to the status bar Open the notifications screen Open Control Center VO-F VO-S VO-H VO-M Move to the status bar (VO-M), then Option-Up Arrow Move to the status bar (VO-M), then Option-

Down Arrow Open Search Option-Up Arrow Open the App Switcher VO-H-H Switch apps Command-Tab or Command-Shift-Tab Open the Item Chooser Change the label of the selected item VO-I VO-/

Start, stop, or pause an action VO-Hyphen Swipe up or down VO-Up Arrow or VO-Down Arrow Adjust the rotor Adjust the setting specified by the rotor VO-Command-Left Arrow or VO-Command-

Right Arrow VO-Command-Up Arrow or VO-Command-

Down Arrow Turn the screen curtain on or off VO-Shift-F11 Return to the previous screen Esc https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 796 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Quick Nav using the arrow keys Turn on Quick Nav to control VoiceOver using the arrow keys. Action Shortcut Turn Quick Nav on or off Left Arrow-Right Arrow Select the next or previous item Right Arrow or Left Arrow Select the next or previous item specified by the rotor Up Arrow or Down Arrow Select the first or last item Control-Up Arrow or Control-Down Arrow Tap an item Up Arrow-Down Arrow Scroll up, down, left, or right Option-Up Arrow, Option-Down Arrow, Option-

Left Arrow, or Option-Right Arrow Adjust the rotor Up Arrow-Left Arrow or Up Arrow-Right Arrow Single-key Quick Nav for web browsing To navigate a webpage quickly, turn on Quick Nav (VO-Q), then press keys on the keyboard to navigate to specific item types, such as headings or links. To move to the previous item, hold the Shift key as you press a key for the item type. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 797 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Item type Heading Link Text field Button Form control Image Table Static text ARIA landmark List Item of the same type Level 1 heading Level 2 heading Level 3 heading Level 4 heading Level 5 heading Level 6 heading Text editing Shortcut H L R B C I T S W X M 1 2 3 4 5 6 Use these commands (with Quick Nav turned off) to work with text. VoiceOver reads the text as you move the insertion point. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 798 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Action Shortcut Go forward or back one character Right Arrow or Left Arrow Go forward or back one word Option-Right Arrow or Option-Left Arrow Go up or down one line Up Arrow or Down Arrow Go to the beginning or end of the line Command-Left Arrow or Command-Down Arrow Go to the beginning or end of the paragraph Option-Up Arrow or Option-Down Arrow Go to the previous or next paragraph Option-Up Arrow or Option-Down Arrow Go to the top or bottom of the text field Command-Up Arrow or Command-Down Arrow Select text as you move Shift + any of the insertion point movement commands above Select all text Command-A Copy, cut, or paste the selected text Command-C, Command-X, or Command-V Undo or redo last change Command-Z or Shift-Command-Z Use a braille display with VoiceOver on iPad iPad supports many international braille tables and refreshable braille displays. You can connect a Bluetooth wireless braille display to read VoiceOver output, including contracted and uncontracted braille and equations using Nemeth Code. When you edit text, the braille display shows the text in context, and your edits are automatically converted between braille and printed text. You can also use a braille display with input keys to control your iPad when VoiceOver is turned on. For a list of supported braille displays, see the Apple Support article Braille displays supported by iPhone, iPad, and iPod touch

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 799 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Connect a braille display and learn commands to control iPad 1. Turn on the braille display. 2. On iPad, go to Settings

> Bluetooth, turn on Bluetooth, then choose the display. 3. On iPad, go to Settings > Accessibility > VoiceOver > Braille, then choose the display. 4. To see the braille commands for controlling iPad, tap More Info, then tap Braille Commands. See the Apple Support article Common braille commands for VoiceOver on your iPhone, iPad, and iPod touch

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 800 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Change the braille display settings 1. On iPad, go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver > Braille. 2. Set any of the following:

Setting Output Input Braille Screen Input Braille Tables Status Cells Description Choose uncontracted six-dot, uncontracted eight-dot, or contracted braille. Choose uncontracted six-dot, uncontracted eight-dot, or contracted braille; you can also turn on Automatic Translation. Choose the input method for entering braille using the screen. See Type braille directly on

. iPad using VoiceOver Add tables that appear in the Braille Table rotor. Turn on the general and text status cells and choose their location. Equations use Nemeth Code Turn on Nemeth Code for mathematical equations. Show On-screen Keyboard Display the keyboard on the screen. Turn Pages when Panning Automatically turn pages when panning. Word Wrap Wrap words to the next line. Braille Alert Messages Ignore Chord Duration Auto Advance Duration When turned on, your braille display shows an alert message for the specified duration. Adjust the amount of time required before subsequent key presses are recognized as braille chords. Adjust this setting to your preferred reading speed. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 801 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Output closed captions in braille during media playback 1. On iPad, go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver > Verbosity. 2. Choose Braille or Speech and Braille. Type braille directly on iPad using VoiceOver If you turn on Braille Screen Input, you can use your fingers to enter six-dot, eight-dot, or contracted braille directly on the iPad screen, without a physical braille keyboard. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 802 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Enter braille on the screen 1. Set the rotor to Braille Screen Input. If you dont see Braille Screen Input in the rotor, go to Settings

> Accessibility >

VoiceOver > Rotor, then select it from the list. 2. Place iPad in one of the following positions:

Tabletop mode: Lay iPad flat in front of you. Screen away mode: Hold iPad with the screen facing away so your fingers curl back to tap the screen. 3. Enter braille characters by tapping the screen with one or more fingers at the same time. Tip: To have iPad read dots aloud, tap and hold the dots, then when you hear the timer tones and announcement, release the dots. To move the entry dots to match your natural finger positions, double-tap all the dots. You can also use gestures to perform actions such as the following:

Action Enter a space Gesture Swipe right with one finger; in screen away mode, swipe to your right Delete the previous character Swipe left with one finger Move to a new line Swipe right with two fingers Cycle through spelling suggestions Swipe up or down with one finger Enter a carriage return, or send a message (in Messages) Swipe up with three fingers Cycle through the braille modes Swipe left or right with three fingers Translate immediately (when contractions are enabled) Swipe down with two fingers Switch to the next keyboard Swipe up with two fingers 4. To exit Braille Screen Input, do a two-finger scrub (move two fingers back and forth three times quickly, making a z), or adjust the rotor to another setting. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 803 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Change Braille Screen Input settings 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver > Braille > Braille Screen Input. 2. Do any of the following:

Set six-dot, eight-dot, or contracted braille as the default. Reverse the dot positions for six-dot and eight-dot braille. 3. To view or edit the commands and gestures you can perform when Braille Screen Input is turned on, go to Settings > Accessibility > VoiceOver > Commands > Braille Screen Input. Customize VoiceOver gestures and keyboard shortcuts on iPad You can customize the gestures and keyboard shortcuts that activate VoiceOver commands. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver > Commands. 2. Tap any of the following:

All Commands: Navigate to the command you want to customize, then tap Edit, Add Gesture, or Add Keyboard Shortcut. Touch Gestures: List the gestures and the associated commands. Handwriting: List the gestures for handwriting and the associated commands. Braille Screen Input: List the gestures for Braille Screen Input and the associated commands. To clear your custom gestures and keyboard shortcuts, tap Reset VoiceOver Commands. Use VoiceOver on iPad with a pointer device If you use a pointer device with iPad, you can adjust how it works with VoiceOver. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 804 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver. 2. Below Pointer Control, tap any of the following:

Pointer: Set the pointer to ignore, follow, or move the VoiceOver cursor. Speak Under Pointer: You can adjust the delay to speak the item under the pointer. Use VoiceOver for images and videos on iPad You can use the Camera and Photos apps with VoiceOver, even if you cant see the screen. VoiceOver can provide image descriptions, and you can even add your own descriptions using Markup. Take photos and videos in Camera When you use Camera, VoiceOver describes objects in the viewfinder. To take a photo or start, pause, or resume a video recording, double-tap the screen with two fingers. Explore images When you use the Image Explorer, VoiceOver tells you about people, objects, text, and tables within images. You can navigate receipts and nutrition labels in logical order, or move your finger over a photo to discover a persons position relative to other objects. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver > VoiceOver Recognition, then turn on Image Descriptions. 2. In an app such as Photos or Safari, select an image. 3. Swipe up to hear more options, then double-tap when you hear Explore image features. 4. Move your finger around on the image to find out the position of each object. Add custom image descriptions Using Markup, you can add your own descriptions to images. VoiceOver reads your custom descriptions when you use the Image Explorer. 1. In a supported app such as Notes, tap

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 805 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 2. In the Markup toolbar, tap

, then tap Description. 3. Enter your description, then tap Done. Trim videos in Photos 1. Select the video you want to trim, then double-tap. 2. Select Edit, then double-tap. 3. Select Start or End (on the media scrubber), then swipe up or down to adjust the start or end time. 4. When youre finished, select Done, then double-tap. Use VoiceOver in apps on iPad You can use VoiceOver to interact with apps, even if you cant see the screen. VoiceOver is supported in the built-in Apple apps that came with your iPadsuch as Safari

, Maps

, and more. With VoiceOver Recognition, you can get descriptions of images and screen elements even on webpages and in apps without accessibility information. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 806 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Browse the web in Safari Search the web: Select the address field, double-tap to invoke the keyboard, then enter a search term, phrase, or URL. Select a search suggestion, then double-tap. Skip to the next element on a webpage: Set the rotor to the element typesuch as headings, links, and form controlsthen swipe up or down. Set the rotor settings for web browsing: Go to Settings

> Accessibility >

VoiceOver > Rotor. Select or deselect items, or drag up or down to reposition an item. Skip images while navigating: Go to Settings > Accessibility > VoiceOver > Navigate Images. You can choose to skip all images or only those without descriptions. Reduce page clutter for easier reading and navigation: In the Safari address field, select the Format Options button, double-tap, select Show Reader View (not available for all webpages), then double-tap. Tip: If you use an Apple external keyboard with iPad, you can use single-key Quick Nav for web browsing

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 807 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Navigate in Maps Control how the map tracks your current location: Select

, then double-tap until you hear the tracking option you want. Tracking on: The map automatically centers on your current location. Tracking on with heading: The map automatically centers on your current location and rotates so that the heading youre facing is at the top of the screen. In this mode, iPad speaks street names and points of interest as you approach them. Tracking off: The map doesnt automatically center on your current location. Explore the map: Drag your finger around the screen, or swipe left or right to move to another item. Zoom in or out: Select the map, set the rotor to Zoom, then swipe up or down with one finger. Pan the map: Swipe with three fingers. Browse points of interest shown on the map: Set the rotor to Points of Interest, then swipe up or down with one finger. Get information about a location: Select the location (for example, a business, landmark or pin), then double-tap to open the information card. Swipe left or right to hear information such as directions, street address, phone number, business hours, and customer reviews. Get guidance to the starting point: When you start walking directions in Maps, iPad guides you to the starting point using sound and haptic feedback. Read PDF documents In the Books and Files apps, you can use VoiceOver to read PDF documents. VoiceOver even describes detailed informationsuch as forms, tables, and lists. Trim recordings in Voice Memos In the Voice Memos app, you can use VoiceOver to edit recordings. 1. Select the recording you want to trim, then double-tap. 2. Select Edit at the top right, then double-tap. 3. Select

, then double-tap. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 808 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 4. In the Waveform Overview, select Trim Beginning or Trim End, then swipe up or down to adjust the start or end time. 5. Select Trim, then double-tap. 6. Select Save, then double-tap. 7. Select Done, then double-tap. Read math equations VoiceOver can read math equations on the web (encoded using MathML) and in supported Apple apps such as Numbers and Keynote. Hear an equation: Have VoiceOver read the text as usual. VoiceOver says math before it starts reading an equation. Explore the equation: Double-tap the selected equation to display it in full screen and move through it one element at a time. Swipe left or right to read elements of the equation. Use the rotor to select Symbols, Small Expressions, Medium Expressions, or Large Expressions, then swipe up or down to hear the next element of that size. You can continue to double-tap the selected element to drill down into the equation to focus on the selected element, then swipe left or right, or up or down, to read one part at a time. Equations spoken by VoiceOver can also be output to a braille device using Nemeth Code, as well as the codes used by Unified English Braille, British English, French, and Greek. See

. Use a braille display with VoiceOver on iPad Use VoiceOver Recognition on the web or in apps without accessibility information Note: VoiceOver Recognition should not be relied upon in circumstances where you could be harmed or injured, in high-risk situations, for navigation, or for the diagnosis or treatment of any medical condition. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > VoiceOver > VoiceOver Recognition. 2. Turn on any of the following:

Image Descriptions: Get descriptions of images in apps and on the web. Screen Recognition: Get descriptions of screen elements in apps. Text Recognition: Get descriptions of text found in images. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 809 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 3. Tap Feedback Style, then choose Speak, Play Sound, or Do Nothing. Zoom in on the iPad screen In many apps, you can zoom in or out on specific items. For example, you can double-tap or pinch to look closer in Photos or expand webpage columns in Safari. You can also use the Zoom feature to magnify the screen no matter what youre doing. You can magnify the entire screen (Full Screen Zoom), magnify part of the screen with a resizable lens

(Window Zoom), or magnify a portion of the screen that stays in one place (Pinned Zoom). And, you can use Zoom together with VoiceOver. Set up Zoom 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Zoom, then turn on Zoom. 2. Adjust any of the following:

Follow Focus: Track your selections, the text insertion point, and your typing. Smart Typing: Switch to Window Zoom when a keyboard appears. Keyboard Shortcuts: Control Zoom using shortcuts on an external keyboard. Zoom Controller: Turn the controller on, set controller actions, and adjust the color and opacity. Zoom Region: Choose Pinned Zoom, Full Screen Zoom, or Window Zoom. Zoom Filter: Choose None, Inverted, Grayscale, Grayscale Inverted, or Low Light. Maximum Zoom Level: Drag the slider to adjust the level. 3. If you use iPad with a pointer device, you can also set the following below Pointer Control:

Zoom Pan: Choose Continuous, Centered, or Edges to set how the screen image moves with the pointer. Adjust Size with Zoom: Allow the pointer to scale with zoom. 4. To add Zoom to Accessibility Shortcut, go to Settings > Accessibility > Accessibility Shortcut, then tap Zoom. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 810 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Use Zoom 1. Double-tap the screen with three fingers or use accessibility shortcuts to turn on Zoom. 2. To see more of the screen, do any of the following:

Adjust the magnification: Double-tap the screen with three fingers (without lifting your fingers after the second tap), then drag up or down. Or triple-tap with three fingers, then drag the Zoom Level slider. Move the Zoom lens: (Window Zoom) Drag the handle at the bottom of the Zoom lens. Pan to another area: (Full Screen Zoom) Drag the screen with three fingers. 3. To adjust the settings with the Zoom menu, triple-tap with three fingers, then adjust any of the following:

Choose Region: Choose Pinned Zoom, Full Screen Zoom, or Window Zoom. Resize Lens: (Window Zoom) Tap Resize Lens, then drag any of the round handles that appear. Choose Filter: Choose Inverted, Grayscale, Grayscale Inverted, or Low Light. Show Controller: Show the Zoom Controller. 4. To use the Zoom Controller, do any of the following:

Show the Zoom menu: Tap the controller. Zoom in or out: Double-tap the controller. Pan: When zoomed in, drag the controller. While using Zoom with an Apple external keyboard, the Zoom region follows the insertion point, keeping it in the center of the display. See

. Apple external keyboards for iPad To turn off Zoom, double-tap the screen with three fingers or use accessibility shortcuts

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 811 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM See Hover Text on iPad If you have low vision, you can turn on Hover Text and more easily read input fields, menu items, button labels, and other text. When you use Hover Text on your iPad with an Apple external keyboard

, you can move the pointer over something on the screenfor example, text, an input field, a menu item, or a buttonand display a high-resolution zoomed version of it in a separate area of the display. Set up Hover Text 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Hover Text. 2. Customize any of the following:

Display mode Scrolling speed Font, size, and color Activation modifier Turn on Hover Text Use any of the following methods:

Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Hover Text. If youve set up Accessibility shortcut

, triple-click the Home button or top button

(depending on your iPad model). Use Hover Text 1. Move the pointer over something you want to see more clearly. 2. Press and hold the activation key (the Control key by default). Adjust the display and text size on iPad If you have color blindness or other vision challenges, you can customize the display settings to make the screen easier to see. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 812 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Use display accommodations 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Display & Text Size. 2. Adjust any of the following:

Bold Text: Display the text in boldface characters. Larger Text: Turn on Larger Accessibility Sizes, then adjust the text size using the Font Size slider. This setting adjusts to your preferred text size in apps that support Dynamic Type, such as Settings, Calendar, Contacts, Mail, Messages, and Notes. Button Shapes: This setting underlines text you can tap. On/Off Labels: This setting indicates switches turned on with 1 and switches turned off with 0. Reduce Transparency: This setting reduces the transparency and blurs on some backgrounds. Increase Contrast: This setting improves the contrast and legibility by altering color and text styling. Apps that support Dynamic Typesuch as Settings, Calendar, Contacts, Mail, Messages, and Notesadjust to your preferred text size. Differentiate Without Color: This setting replaces user interface items that rely on color to convey information with alternatives. Smart Invert or Classic Invert: Smart Invert Colors reverses the colors of the display, except for images, media, and some apps that use dark color styles. Color Filters: Tap a filter to apply it. To adjust the intensity or hue, drag the sliders. Reduce White Point: This setting reduces the intensity of bright colors. Auto-Brightness: This setting automatically adjusts the screen brightness for current light conditions using the built-in ambient light sensor. To learn about applying these effects to specific apps, see Customize accessibility settings for specific apps on iPad

. To learn about applying these effects to only the contents of the zoom window, see

. Zoom in on the iPad screen https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 813 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Adjust the text size when youre using an app 1. Open Control Center, then tap

(If you dont see

, add it to Control Centergo to Settings

> Control Center, then choose Text Size). 2. Drag the slider up or down to increase or decrease the text size. To change the text size for all apps, tap All Apps at the bottom of the screen. Customize iPad for motion sensitivities If you have sensitivity to motion effects or screen movement on your iPad, you can stop or reduce the movement of some screen elements, such as:

Parallax effect of wallpaper, apps, and alerts Screen transitions Siri animations Typing autocompletion Animated effects in Messages 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Motion. 2. Turn on or off any of the following controls:

Reduce Motion: Reduces the motion of the user interface, including the parallax effect of icons. Auto-Play Message Effects: Allows the Messages app to automatically play full-

screen effects. If you turn this setting off, you can still manually play effects by tapping Replay below the message bubble. Auto-Play Video Previews: Allows apps such as the App Store to automatically play video previews. Limit Frame Rate: Limits the maximum frame rate of the display to 60 frames per second (on models with ProMotion display technology). https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 814 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM To learn about applying these effects to specific apps, see Customize accessibility settings for specific apps on iPad

. Hear iPad speak the screen, selected text, and typing feedback Even if VoiceOver is turned off, you can have iPad speak selected text or the entire screen. iPad can also provide feedback and speak text corrections and suggestions as you type. Change the speech settings 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Spoken Content. 2. Adjust any of the following:

Speak Selection: To hear text you selected, tap the Speak button. Speak Screen: To hear the entire screen, swipe down with two fingers from the top of the screen. Speech Controller: Show the controller for quick access to Speak Screen and Speak on Touch. Highlight Content: iPad can highlight words, sentences, or both as theyre spoken. You can change the highlight color and style. Typing Feedback: You can configure typing feedback for the onscreen and external keyboards and choose to have iPad speak each character, entire words, auto-corrections, auto-capitalizations, and typing predictions. To hear typing predictions, you also need to go to Settings > General > Keyboards, then turn on Predictive. Voices: Choose a voice and dialect. Speaking Rate: Drag the slider. Pronunciations: Dictate or spell out how you want certain phrases to be spoken. Hear iPad speak Siri: Say something like: Speak screen. Learn how to use Siri

. Or do any of the following:

https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 815 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Hear selected text: Select the text, then tap Speak. Hear the entire screen: Swipe down with two fingers from the top of the screen. Use the controls that appear to pause speaking or adjust the rate. Hear typing feedback: Start typing. To hear typing predictions (when turned on), touch and hold each word. Hear audio descriptions for video content on iPad If you have video content that includes audio descriptions of scenes, iPad can play the descriptions for you. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Audio Descriptions. 2. Turn on Audio Descriptions. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 816 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Physical and Motor Use AssistiveTouch on iPad AssistiveTouch helps you use iPad if you have difficulty touching the screen or pressing the buttons. You can use AssistiveTouch without any accessory to perform actions or gestures that are difficult for you. You can also use a compatible adaptive accessory

(such as a joystick) together with AssistiveTouch to control iPad. With AssistiveTouch, you can use a simple tap (or the equivalent on your accessory) to perform actions such as the following:

Open the AssistiveTouch menu Go to the Home Screen Double-tap Perform multifinger gestures Perform scroll gestures Activate Siri Access Control Center, notifications, the Lock Screen, or the App Switcher Adjust the volume on iPad Shake iPad Take a screenshot Use Apple Pay Speak screen Adjust dwell settings Control Analytics Restart iPad https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 817 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Set up AssistiveTouch Siri: Say something like: Turn on AssistiveTouch or Turn off AssistiveTouch. Learn how to use Siri

. Or do the following:

1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Touch > AssistiveTouch. 2. Turn on AssistiveTouch. 3. To customize AssistiveTouch, tap any of the following:

Customize Top Level Menu: Tap an icon to change its action. Tap or to change the number of icons in the menu. The menu can have up to eight icons. Single-Tap, Double-Tap, or Long Press: Assign custom actions that run when you interact with the menu button. Create New Gesture: Add your favorite gestures. Idle Opacity: Adjust the visibility of the menu button when not in use. Confirm with AssistiveTouch: On an iPad with Face ID, use AssistiveTouch to confirm payments with Face ID instead of double-clicking the top button. Or on iPad mini (6th generation) and iPad Air (4th generation and later), use AssistiveTouch to confirm payments with your passcode instead of double-clicking the top button. Tip: To turn AssistiveTouch on or off quickly, set up Accessibility shortcut

, then triple-click the Home button or top button (depending on your iPad model). Add a pointer device You can connect Bluetooth and USB assistive pointer devices, such as trackpads, joysticks, and mouse devices. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Touch > AssistiveTouch. 2. Turn on AssistiveTouch. 3. Below Pointer Devices, tap any of the following:

Devices: Pair or unpair devices and customize buttons. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 818 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Mouse Keys: Allow the AssistiveTouch pointer to be controlled using the keyboard number pad. Pointer Style: Adjust the size, color, and auto-hide settings. Show Onscreen Keyboard: Display the onscreen keyboard. Always Show Menu: Show the AssistiveTouch menu when a pointer device is connected. Tracking speed: Drag the slider to adjust the speed. Drag Lock: Turn on to enable dragging. Zoom Pan: Choose Continuous, Centered, or Edges. See Change the pointer appearance when using a mouse or trackpad with iPad

. Set up Dwell Control iPad performs a selected action when you hold the cursor still on a screen element or an area of the screen. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Touch > AssistiveTouch, then turn on Dwell Control. 2. Adjust any of the following:

Fallback Action: Turn on to revert the dwell action to the selected fallback action after performing an operation. Movement Tolerance: Adjust the distance the cursor can move while dwelling on an item. Hot Corners: Perform a selected actionsuch as take a screenshot, open Control Center, activate Siri, scroll, or use a shortcutwhen the cursor dwells in a corner of the screen. Time needed to initiate a dwell action: Tap or

. Move the AssistiveTouch menu button Drag the menu button to a new location on the screen. Use AssistiveTouch Tap the menu button, then choose an action or gesture. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 819 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM For a multifinger gesture, do the following:

Pinch: Tap Custom, then tap Pinch. When the pinch circles appear, touch anywhere on the screen to move the pinch circles, then drag them in or out to perform a pinch gesture. When you finish, tap the menu button. Multifinger swipe or drag: Tap Device > More > Gestures, then tap the number of digits needed for the gesture. When the circles appear on the screen, swipe or drag in the direction required by the gesture. When you finish, tap the menu button. To return to the previous menu, tap the arrow in the center of the menu. To exit the menu without performing a gesture: Tap anywhere outside the menu. Create custom gestures You can add your favorite gestures (such as touch and hold or two-finger rotation) to the AssistiveTouch menu. You can even create several gestures with different degrees of rotation. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Touch > AssistiveTouch > Create New Gesture. 2. Perform your gesture on the recording screen. For example:

Touch-and-hold gesture: Touch and hold your finger in one spot until the recording progress bar reaches halfway, then lift your finger. Be careful not to move your finger while recording, or the gesture will be recorded as a drag. Two-finger rotation gesture: Rotate two fingers on the iPad screen around a point between them. (You can do this with a single finger or stylusjust create each arc separately, one after the other.) If you record a sequence of taps or drag gestures, theyre all played back at the same time. For example, using one finger or a stylus to record four separate, sequential taps at four locations on the screen creates a simultaneous four-finger tap. 3. If your gesture doesnt turn out quite right, tap Cancel, then try again. 4. When youre satisfied with your gesture, tap Save, then name the gesture. To use your custom gesture, tap the AssistiveTouch menu button, tap Custom, then choose the gesture. When the blue circles representing your gesture appear, drag them to where you want to use the gesture, then release. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 820 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Control iPad with an eye-tracking device You can control iPad using just your eyes with an MFi eye-tracking device. It tracks where youre looking onscreen, and the pointer moves to follow your gaze. You can even perform actionssuch as a tapusing extended eye contact. Some eye trackers also support input from physical switches. Set up an eye-tracking device 1. Follow the device manufacturers instructions to connect the device to iPad using Bluetooth, the Lightning connector, the USB-C connector, or the Thunderbolt / USB 4 connector (depending on your iPad model). 2. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Touch > AssistiveTouch, then turn on

. AssistiveTouch 3. To customize the eye-tracking device, tap Devices (below Pointer Devices), then tap the device. To perform actions using a switch (if supported by your device), tap Customize Additional Buttons. 4. Do any of the following:

Change the pointer: Go to Settings > Accessibility > Pointer Control, then

. customize the pointer appearance Perform actions using extended eye contact: Go to Settings >

Accessibility > Touch > AssistiveTouch, then

. turn on Dwell Control 5. Complete setup using the companion app for your eye-tracking device. Adjust how iPad responds to your touch If you have difficulties with hand tremors, dexterity, or fine motor control, you can adjust how the iPad touchscreen responds to tap, swipe, and touch-and-hold gestures. You can have iPad recognize faster or slower touches and ignore multiple touches. You can also prevent iPad from waking when you touch the screen, or turn off Shake to Undo if you unintentionally shake iPad. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 821 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Adjust settings for taps, swipes, and multiple touches 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Touch > Touch Accommodations, then turn on Touch Accommodations. 2. You can configure iPad to do any of the following:

Respond to touches of a certain duration: Turn on Hold Duration, then tap or to adjust the duration. (The default is 0.10 seconds.) Prevent unintended swipe gestures: To increase the amount of movement required before a swipe gesture begins, tap Swipe Gestures, turn on Swipe Gestures, then adjust required movement. Treat multiple touches as a single touch: Turn on Ignore Repeat, then tap or to adjust the amount of time allowed between multiple touches. Respond to the first or last place you touch: Choose Use Initial Touch Location or Use Final Touch Location. If you choose Use Initial Touch Location, iPad uses the location of your first tap when you tap an app on the Home Screen, for example. If you choose Use Final Touch Location, iPad registers the tap where you lift your finger. iPad responds to a tap when you lift your finger within a certain period of time. Tap or to adjust the timing. Your device can respond to other gestures, such as a drag gesture, if you wait longer than the gesture delay. Adjust settings for touch-and-hold gestures The touch-and-hold gesture reveals content previews, actions, and contextual menus. If you have trouble performing this gesture, do the following:

1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Touch > Haptic Touch. 2. Choose the touch durationFast or Slow. 3. Test your new settings on the image at the bottom of the screen. Turn off Tap to Wake On supported models, you can prevent touches on the display from waking iPad. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Touch, then turn off Tap to Wake. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 822 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Turn off Shake to Undo If you tend to unintentionally shake iPad, you can turn off Shake to Undo. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Touch. Tip: To undo text edits, swipe left with three fingers. Route and automatically answer calls on iPad You can automatically direct the audio of FaceTime calls to the iPad speaker, a Bluetooth headset, or your hearing devices. iPad can also automatically answer calls after a specific duration. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Touch > Call Audio Routing, then choose an audio destination. 2. Tap Auto-Answer Calls, turn on Auto-Answer Calls, then set the duration of time before the call is answered by tapping or

. During a call, you can switch the audio routing from your hearing aid to the iPad speaker by removing the hearing aid from your ear. Change Face ID and attention settings on iPad On an iPad with Face ID, you can adjust Face ID and attention settings if you have physical or vision limitations. Set up Face ID with Accessibility Options By default, setting up Face ID requires you to gently move your head in a circle to show all the angles of your face. If you cant perform the full range of head motion, you can still set up Face ID without moving your head. 1. Go to Settings

> Face ID & Passcode. 2. Position your face within the frame, then tap Accessibility Options. Face ID is still secure but requires more consistency in how you look at iPad. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 823 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Change attention settings For additional security, Face ID is attention aware. It unlocks iPad only when your eyes are open and looking at the screen. iPad can also reveal notifications and messages, keep the screen lit when youre reading, or lower the volume of alerts. If you dont want iPad to check for your attention, do the following:

1. Go to Settings

> Face ID & Passcode. 2. Turn on or off any of the following:

Require Attention for Face ID Attention Aware Features These settings are turned off by default if you turn on VoiceOver when you first set up iPad. Note: Requiring attention makes Face ID more secure. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 824 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Switch Control Set up Switch Control on iPad If you have physical difficulties, you can use Switch Control to operate iPad using one or more switches. With switches, you can select, tap, drag, type, and even draw freehand. You use a switch to select an item or location on the screen, then use the same (or a different) switch to choose an action. Add a switch You can use the iPad screen, camera, microphone, or the back of iPad, or you can add an external adaptive switch. Before you add an external switch, connect it to iPad, following the instructions that came with the switch. If the switch connects using Bluetooth, pair it with iPadturn on the switch, go to Settings

> Bluetooth, turn on Bluetooth, tap the name of the switch, then follow the onscreen instructions. 1. Go to Settings > Accessibility > Switch Control > Switches. 2. Tap Add New Switch, then choose any of the following:

External: Choose a Bluetooth switch or Made For iPhone (MFi) switch that plugs into the Lightning connector on iPad. Screen: Tap the iPad screen to activate the switch. Camera: Move your head left or right while facing the camera. Sound: Make voiced and voiceless sounds such as Oo or a pop. 3. Assign an action to the switch. To ensure Switch Control functions correctly, you must assign the Select Item action to at least one switch. Choose a scanning style and customize Switch Control You can adjust the behavior of Switch Control in a variety of ways, to suit your specific needs and style. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Switch Control. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 825 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 2. Tap Scanning Style, then choose one of the following:

Auto Scanning: The focus automatically moves to the next item after a specified duration. Manual Scanning: You trigger a switch to move the focus to the next item (requires multiple switches). Single Switch Step Scanning: You trigger a switch to move the focus to the next item; if no action is taken with a specified duration, the item with the focus is automatically activated. 3. Customize Switch Control by setting options such as the following:

Switches: Add switches and specify their function. Recipes: Create, edit, and choose recipes to temporarily assign special actions to switches. Auto Scanning Time: Adjust the item scanning speed. Pause on First Item: Set scanning to pause on the first item in a group. Loops: Choose how many times to cycle through the screen before hiding Switch Control. Move Repeat: Set the delay before moving to the previous or next item while a switch is pressed. Long Press: Set whether a different action occurs when you press and hold a switch, and how long to wait before performing that action. Tap Behavior: Choose a tap behavior and set the interval for performing a second switch action to show the Scanner Menu. Focused Item After Tap: Choose whether Switch Control resumes scanning at an item you tap or from the beginning. Hold Duration: Set whether and how long you need to hold a switch down before its accepted as a switch action. Ignore Repeat: Ignore accidental repeated switch triggers. Gliding Cursor: Adjust the point scanning style and speed. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 826 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Head Tracking: Adjust settings for head tracking and assign actions to facial expressions (on supported models). Sound Effects: Turn on sound effects. Speech: Speak items as theyre scanned. Menu Items: Choose the actions shown in the Scanner Menu and the order in which they appear. Group Items: Group items for faster navigation. Large Cursor: Make the selection cursor larger. Cursor Color: Choose a different color. Saved Gestures: Create and save custom gestures to the Scanner Menu. Confirm with Switch Control: On an iPad with Face ID, use Switch Control to confirm payments with Face ID instead of double-clicking the top button. Or on iPad mini (6th generation) and iPad Air (4th generation and later), use Switch Control to confirm payments with your passcode instead of double-clicking the top button. Turn Switch Control on or off Important: Switch Control changes the gestures you use to control iPad. To turn Switch Control on or off, use any of the following methods:

Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Switch Control. If youve set up Accessibility shortcut

, triple-click the Home button or top button

(depending on your iPad model). Use Control Center

. Use Switch Control on iPad With Switch Control, you can use the following methods to select an item on the screen:

Item scanning: The focus moves (automatically or manually) from one item to the next until you select an item; this is the default scanning method. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 827 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Point scanning: You select an item on the screen by pinpointing it with scanning crosshairs. Head tracking: (on an iPad with Face ID) You move your head to control a pointer on the screen. You can also use facial expressions to perform actions. After you select an item, you can choose an action (for example, tap, drag, or pinch) in the Scanner Menu. Use item scanning With item scanning, the focus sequentially moves from one item to the next item on the screen. 1. If you use Auto Scanning, watch or listen as the focus moves. If you use Manual Scanning, trigger your Move to Next Item action to move the focus. 2. When the focus surrounds the item you want, trigger your Select Item switch. 3. In the Scanner Menu, choose an action such as the following:

Tap Gestures Scroll Media Controls More (the dots at the bottom of the menu) for more options Home (to return to the Home Screen) Device (for other hardware actions) Settings (to adjust Switch Control behavior) The available actions in the Scanner Menu depend on the selected item. To dismiss the Scanner menu without choosing an action, trigger your switch while the original item is highlighted and all the icons in the Scanner Menu are dimmed. Use point scanning With point scanning, you select an item on the screen by pinpointing it with scanning crosshairs. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 828 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 1. Use item scanning to select an item. 2. In the Scanner Menu, choose Gliding Cursor. 3. To position the vertical crosshair, do the following:

Trigger your Select Item switch when the wide vertical band is over the item you want. Trigger your Select Item switch again when the fine vertical line is over the item. 4. Repeat to position the horizontal crosshair. 5. Choose an action from the Scanner Menu. To return to item scanning, choose Item Mode in the Scanner Menu. Use head tracking On an iPad with Face ID, you can move your head to control a pointer on the screen. You can also use facial expressions to perform actions. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Switch Control > Head Tracking. 2. Turn on Head Tracking, then do any of the following:

Assign actions to facial expressions: Choose actions to perform when you smile, open your mouth, stick out your tongue, or raise your eyebrows. Choose how the pointer tracks your head movement: Tap Tracking Mode, then choose With Face, When Facing Screen Edges, or Relative to Head. Adjust the pointer speed: Tap or

. Use Voice Control to interact with iPad You can control iPad with just your voice. Speak commands to perform gestures, interact with screen elements, dictate and edit text, and more. Set up Voice Control Before you turn on Voice Control for the first time, make sure iPad is connected to the internet over a Wi-Fi network. After iPad completes a one-time file download from Apple, you dont need an internet connection to use Voice Control. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 829 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Voice Control. 2. Tap Set Up Voice Control, then tap Continue to start the file download. When the download is complete, appears in the status bar to indicate Voice Control is turned on. 3. Set options such as the following:

Language: Set the language and download languages for offline use. Customize Commands: View the available commands and create new commands. Vocabulary: Teach Voice Control new words. Show Confirmation: When Voice Control recognizes a command, a visual confirmation appears at the top of the screen. Play Sound: When Voice Control recognizes a command, an audible sound is played. Show Hints: See command suggestions and hints. Overlay: Display numbers, names, or a grid over screen elements. Attention Aware: On an iPad with Face ID, Voice Control wakes up when you look at your iPad and goes to sleep when you look away. Turn Voice Control on or off After you set up Voice Control, you can turn it on or off quickly by using any of the following methods:

Activate Siri and say Turn on Voice Control. Say Turn off Voice Control. Add Voice Control to Accessibility Shortcutsgo to Settings

> Accessibility >

Accessibility Shortcut, then tap Voice Control. Learn Voice Control commands When Voice Control is turned on, you can say commands such as the following:

Open Control Center Go home https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 830 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Tap item name Open app name Take screenshot Turn up volume To learn more Voice Control commands, say Show me what to say or Show commands. Use a screen overlay For faster interactions, you can navigate iPad with a screen overlay that shows item names, numbers, or a grid. Item names: Say Show names or Show names continuously, then say Tap item name. Numbers: Say Show numbers or Show numbers continuously, then say the number next to the item you want. You can also give a command to perform a gesture, such as Tap number, Long press number, Swipe up at number, or Double tap number. Grid: To interact with a screen location not represented by an item name or number, say Show grid or Show grid continuously, then do any of the following:

Drill down: Say a number to show a more detailed grid. Say a command to interact with an area of the grid: Say something like, Tap number or Zoom in number. Tip: To adjust the number of grid rows and columns, go to Settings

Accessibility > Voice Control > Overlay, then select Numbered Grid. When Voice Control is turned on, you can also say something like, Show grid with five rows, or Show grid continuously with three columns. To turn off the overlay, say Hide names, Hide numbers, or Hide grid. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 831 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Switch between dictation mode, spelling mode, and command mode When youre working in a text input areafor example, writing a document, email, or messageyou can easily switch between dictation mode, spelling mode, and command mode as needed. In dictation mode (the default), any words you say that arent Voice Control commands are entered as text. In command mode, those words are ignored and arent entered as text; Voice Control responds only to commands. Command mode is especially helpful when you need to use a series of commands and want to prevent what you say from inadvertently being entered in a text input area. When youre in dictation mode and need to spell out a word, say Spelling mode. To switch back to Dictation mode, say Dictation mode. To switch to Command mode, say Command mode. When Command mode is on, a dark icon of a crossed-out character appears in the text input area to indicate you cant dictate. To switch back to Dictation mode, say Dictation mode. Adjust settings for the Home or top button You can adjust accessibility settings for the Home button (on an iPad with a Home button) or top button (on other iPad models). 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility, then tap Home Button (on an iPad with a Home button) or Top Button (on other iPad models). 2. Set any of the following:

Click Speed: Choose the speed required to double-click or triple-click the button Default, Slow, or Slowest. Press and Hold to Speak: Choose whether Siri responds when you press and hold the button. Rest Finger to Open: On an iPad with Touch ID, you can unlock and open iPad by resting your finger on Touch ID. On an iPad with Face ID, you can also use AssistiveTouch or use Switch Control to confirm payments with Face ID instead of double-clicking the top button. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 832 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Use buttons on the Apple TV Remote on iPad On the Apple TV Remote on iPad, you can use buttons instead of swipe gestures. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Apple TV Remote, then turn on Directional Buttons. Change the pointer appearance when using a mouse or trackpad with iPad If you use a mouse or trackpad with iPad, you can change the appearance of the pointer by adjusting its color, shape, size, scrolling speed, and more. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Pointer Control, then adjust any of the following:

Increase Contrast Automatically Hide Pointer Color Pointer size Pointer Animations Trackpad Inertia (available when connected to a supported multi-touch trackpad) Scrolling Speed To customize the buttons of the pointing device, go to Settings > Accessibility > Touch >

AssistiveTouch > Devices. See Use VoiceOver on iPad with a pointer device and Zoom in on the iPad screen

. Adjust the onscreen and external keyboard settings on iPad You can adjust the onscreen (software) keyboard on iPad. If you use an external

(hardware) keyboard with iPad, you can customize keyboard shortcuts and change settings such as the key repeat rate. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 833 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Set the onscreen keyboard to display only uppercase letters If you have difficulty seeing the onscreen keyboard, you can set it to display only uppercase letters. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Keyboards, then turn off Show Lowercase Keys. Type on a larger onscreen keyboard Rotate iPad to landscape orientation to use a larger keyboard for typing in many apps, including Mail, Safari, Messages, Notes, and Contacts. For information about other ways to adjust the onscreen keyboard, see Set typing

. options Control iPad with an external keyboard If you have difficulty using the touchscreen, you can control your iPad using shortcuts on an Apple external keyboard

(sold separately). 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Keyboards, tap Full Keyboard Access, then turn on Full Keyboard Access. 2. Control your iPad using keyboard shortcuts. Action Go to the next item Go to the previous item Activate the selected item Shortcut Tab Shift-Tab Space bar Go to the Home Screen Command-H Open the App Switcher Open Control Center Open Notification Center Show Help Tab-A Tab-C Tab-N Tab-H 3. To customize the keyboard shortcuts, tap Commands. 4. To customize the appearance of the focus, tap any of the following:

https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 834 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Auto-Hide Increase Size High Contrast Color Change how the keys respond on an external keyboard If you have difficulty using an external keyboard, you can adjust the settings. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Keyboards, then tap any of the following:

Key Repeat: You can adjust the repeat interval and delay. Sticky Keys: Use Sticky Keys to press and hold modifier keys, such as Command and Option, as you press another key. Slow Keys: Use Slow Keys to adjust the time between when a key is pressed and when its activated. Adjust the settings for AirPods on iPad If you have AirPods (3rd generation), AirPods Pro, or AirPods Max, you can adjust the accessibility settings to suit your motor or hearing needs. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > AirPods. 2. If you have multiple AirPods, select one. 3. Set any of the following options:

Press Speed: Adjust how quickly you must press two or three times before an action occurs. Press and Hold Duration: Adjust the duration required to press and hold on your AirPods. Noise Cancellation with One AirPod: (AirPods Pro) Turn on noise cancellation even when youre using only one of your AirPods. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 835 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Spatial Audio Head Tracking: (AirPods (3rd generation), AirPods Pro, and AirPods Max) When you turn on Follow iPhone, the audio adjusts based on your head movement (for supported audio and video content). 4. To customize your audio, tap Audio Accessibility Settings. Change Apple Pencil (2nd generation) settings If you have difficulty using the gestures for Apple Pencil (2nd generation) on supported iPad models, you can adjust the settings. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Apple Pencil. 2. Do any of the following:

Turn off Double Tap Gesture. Change the duration of the double tap gesture to Slow or Slowest. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 836 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Hearing Use hearing devices with iPad You can use Made for iPhone (MFi) hearing aids or sound processors with iPad and adjust their settings. Pair a hearing device with iPad If your hearing devices arent listed in Settings

> Accessibility > Hearing Devices, you need to pair them with iPad. 1. Open the battery doors on your hearing devices. 2. On iPad, go to Settings > Bluetooth, then make sure Bluetooth is turned on. 3. Go to Settings > Accessibility > Hearing Devices. 4. Close the battery doors on your hearing devices. 5. When their names appear below MFi Hearing Devices (this could take a minute), tap the names and respond to the pairing requests. Pairing can take as long as 60 secondsdont try to stream audio or otherwise use the hearing devices until pairing is finished. When pairing is finished, you hear a series of beeps and a tone, and a checkmark appears next to the hearing devices in the Devices list. You need to pair your devices only once (and your audiologist might do it for you). After that, your hearing devices automatically reconnect to iPad whenever they turn on. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 837 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Adjust the settings and view the status of your hearing devices In Settings: Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Hearing Devices > MFi Hearing Devices. Using accessibility shortcuts: See Use accessibility shortcuts on iPad

. On the Lock Screen: Go to Settings > Accessibility > Hearing Devices > MFi Hearing Devices, then turn on Control on Lock Screen. From the Lock Screen, you can do the following:

Check battery status. Adjust ambient microphone volume and equalization. Choose which hearing device (left, right, or both) receives streaming audio. Control Live Listen. Tip: You can quickly adjust the settings or view the status of your hearing devices with the following methods:

If youve set up Accessibility shortcut

, triple-click the Home button or top button

(depending on your iPad model). Use Control Center

. Use your hearing devices with more than one device If you pair your hearing devices with more than one device (both iPhone and iPad, for example), the connection for your hearing devices automatically switches from one to the other when you do something that generates audio on the other device, or when you receive a phone call on iPhone. Changes you make to hearing device settings on one device are automatically sent to your other devices. 1. Sign in with your Apple ID on all the devices. 2. Connect all the devices to the same Wi-Fi network. Turn on Hearing Aid Compatibility Hearing Aid Compatibility may reduce interference and improve audio quality with some hearing aid models. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Hearing Devices. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 838 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 2. Turn on Hearing Aid Compatibility. Stream audio to your hearing devices You can stream audio from Siri, Apple Music, Apple Podcasts, Apple TV, and more. Tap in Control Center, on the Lock Screen, or in the Now Playing controls for the app youre listening to, then choose your hearing device. You can also automatically route audio calls to a hearing device. Use iPad as a remote microphone with Live Listen You can stream sound from the microphone on iPad to your Made For iPhone (MFi) hearing devices or AirPods. This can help you hear better in some situationsfor example, when having a conversation in a noisy environment. 1. If youre using AirPods, place them in your ears. If your AirPods dont automatically connect to iPad, tap in Control Center or on the Lock Screen, then choose your AirPods. 2. Turn Live Listen on or off with one of the following methods:

Open Control Center, tap

, tap your hearing device or AirPods, then tap Live Listen.

(If you dont see

, add it to Control Centergo to Settings

> Control Center, then choose Hearing. If youve set up Accessibility shortcut

, triple-click the Home button or top button

(depending on your iPad model), tap Hearing Devices, then tap Live Listen. 3. Position iPad near the sound source. Recognize sounds using iPad Your iPad can continuously listen for certain soundssuch as a crying baby, doorbell, or sirenand notify you when it recognizes these sounds. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 839 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Note: Dont rely on your iPad to recognize sounds in circumstances where you may be harmed or injured, in high-risk or emergency situations, or for navigation. Set up Sound Recognition 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Sound Recognition, then turn on Sound Recognition. 2. Tap Sounds, then turn on the sounds you want iPad to recognize. Tip: To quickly turn Sound Recognition on or off, use Control Center

. Add a custom alarm, appliance, or doorbell You can set up iPad to recognize your alarm, appliance, or doorbell. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Sound Recognition > Sounds. 2. Tap Custom Alarm or Custom Appliance or Doorbell, then enter a name. 3. When your alarm, appliance, or doorbell is ready, place iPad near the sound and minimize background noise. 4. Tap Start Listening, then follow the onscreen instructions. Set up and use RTT on iPad With real-time text (RTT) and Wi-Fi calling on your iPhone, you can also make and receive RTT calls in the FaceTime app on your iPad. Important: RTT isnt supported by all carriers or in all countries or regions. RTT functionality depends on your carrier and network environment. When making an emergency call in the U.S., iPhone sends special characters or tones to alert the operator. The operators ability to receive or respond to these tones can vary depending on your location. Apple doesnt guarantee that the operator will be able to receive or respond to an RTT call. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 840 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Set up RTT 1. Make sure you can

. make and receive Wi-Fi calls on iPad 2. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > RTT. 3. Turn on Software RTT, then do any of the following. Tap Relay Number, then enter the phone number to use for relay calls using Software RTT/TTY. Turn on Send Immediately to send each character as you type. Turn off to complete messages before sending. When RTT is turned on, appears in the status bar at the top of the screen. Start an RTT call 1. In FaceTime, tap at the top of the screen. 2. Type the name or number you want to call in the entry field at the top, then tap Audio. 3. Tap Call, then tap RTT Call. Type text during an RTT call 1. Enter your message in the text field. If you turned on Send Immediately in Settings, your recipient sees each character as you type. Otherwise, tap to send the message. 2. To also transmit audio, tap

. Note: Standard voice call rates apply for RTT calls. Adjust the mono audio and balance settings on iPad You can adjust the mono audio and left-right stereo balance to suit your hearing needs. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Audio & Visual. 2. Adjust any of the following:

https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 841 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Mono Audio: Turn on to combine the left and right channels to play the same content. Balance: Drag the Left Right Stereo Balance slider. Flash the LED for alerts on iPad On an iPad with a flash, if you cant hear the sounds that announce incoming calls and other alerts, iPad can flash its LED (next to the camera lens on the back of iPad). The LED flashes only if iPad is locked. Tip: LED Flash for Alerts is a useful feature for anyone who might miss audible alerts in a noisy environment. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Audio & Visual, then turn on LED Flash for Alerts. 2. To prevent LED flashes when iPad is in silent mode, turn off Flash on Silent. Adjust headphone audio settings on iPad With supported Apple and Beats headphones, you can amplify soft sounds and adjust certain frequencies for your hearing. These adjustments help music, movies, phone calls, and podcasts sound more crisp and clear. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 842 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Set headphone accommodations 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Audio & Visual > Headphone Accommodations, then turn on Headphone Accommodations. 2. Tap Custom Audio Setup, then follow the onscreen instructions. Or manually set any of the following:

Tune Audio For: Choose Balanced Tone, Vocal Range, or Brightness. Level: Choose Slight, Moderate, or Strong amplification of soft sounds. Phone: Apply these audio settings to phone calls. Media: Apply these audio settings to media playback. Transparency Mode: (available when you have AirPods Pro connected to iPad) Turn on Custom Transparency Mode, then adjust the amplification, balance, tone, and ambient noise reduction to help you hear whats happening around you. You can also turn on Conversation Boost to focus on a person talking in front of you. See Customize Transparency mode for AirPods Pro in the AirPods User Guide. 3. To preview your audio settings, tap Play Sample. Play background sounds on iPad to mask environmental noise You can play calming soundssuch as ocean or rainto mask unwanted environmental noise and help minimize distractions so you can focus or rest. 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Audio & Visual > Background Sounds, then turn on Background Sounds. 2. Set any of the following:

Sound: Choose a sound; the audio file downloads to your iPad. Volume: Drag the slider. Use When Media is Playing: Adjust the volume of the background sound when iPad is playing music or other media. Stop Sounds When Locked: Background sounds stop playing when iPad is locked. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 843 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Display subtitles and captions on iPad If youre deaf or hard of hearing, iPad can provide subtitles, closed captions, and transcriptions so you can follow along more easily with audio and video. Turn on subtitles and captions in the Apple TV app 1. While playing video content, tap

. 2. Choose from the list of available subtitles and captions. Customize the subtitles and captions in supported video apps 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Subtitles & Captioning. 2. If you prefer closed captioning or subtitles for the deaf and hard of hearing when available, turn on Closed Captions + SDH. 3. Tap Style, then choose an existing caption style or create a new style based on the following:

Font, size, and color Background color and opacity Text opacity, edge style, and highlight Show transcriptions for Intercom messages from HomePod on iPad If members of your home use HomePod for Intercom messages

, iPad can transcribe Intercom messages for you. 1. In the Home app, tap

, then tap Home Settings. 2. Tap Intercom, then choose when you receive notifications. 3. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Subtitles & Captioning, then turn on Show Audio Transcriptions. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 844 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM See Use HomePod as an Intercom in the HomePod User Guide. Get live captions in real time on iPad With Live Captions (beta), spoken dialogue is turned into text and displayed in real time on your iPad screen. You can more easily follow the audio in any app, such as FaceTime or Podcasts, and in live conversations around you. (Live Captions is available in English

(U.S. and Canada) on supported models.) Important: The accuracy of Live Captions may vary and shouldnt be relied upon in high-

risk or emergency situations. Set up and customize Live Captions 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Live Captions (Beta). 2. Turn on Live Captions, then tap Appearance to customize the text, size, and color of the captions. 3. By default, Live Captions are shown across all apps. To get live captions only for certain apps such as FaceTime or RTT, turn them on below In-App Live Captions. See live captions With Live Captions turned on, iPad automatically transcribes the dialogue in apps or around you. You can do any of the following:

Transcribe a conversation near you: Tap

. Make the transcription window bigger: Tap

. To restore the window to the smaller size, tap

. Pause the transcription: Tap

. Hide the transcription window: Tap

. To restore the window, tap

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 845 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM General Use Guided Access on iPad Guided Access helps you stay focused on a task by temporarily restricting iPad to a single app, and allowing you to control which app features are available. You can do any of the following:

Disable areas of the screen that arent relevant to a task, or areas where an accidental gesture might cause a distraction Disable the iPad hardware buttons Limit how long someone can use the app Set up Guided Access 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Guided Access, then turn on Guided Access. 2. Adjust any of the following:

Passcode Settings: Tap Set Guided Access Passcode, then enter a passcode. You can also turn on Face ID or Touch ID as a way to end a Guided Access session. Time Limits: Play a sound or speak the time remaining before a Guided Access session ends. Accessibility Shortcut: Turn the shortcut on or off during Guided Access sessions. Display Auto-Lock: Set how long it takes iPad to automatically lock during a Guided Access session. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 846 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Start a Guided Access session 1. Open the app you want to use. 2. Turn on Guided Access

. using accessibility shortcuts 3. Circle any areas of the screen you want to disable. Drag the mask into position or use the handles to adjust its size. 4. Tap Options, then turn on or off any of the following:

Top Button Volume Buttons Motion (to prevent iPad from switching from portrait to landscape or from responding to other motions) Keyboards Touch Time Limit 5. Tap Start. End a Guided Access session Do any of the following:

Use the Guided Access passcode: Triple-click the Home button or top button

(depending on your iPad model), then enter the Guided Access passcode. Use Touch ID: On an iPad with Touch ID turned on

, double-click the Home button or top button (depending on your model), then unlock with Touch ID. Use Face ID: On an iPad with Face ID turned on

, double-click the top button, then unlock with Face ID. Use accessibility features with Siri on iPad Siri is often the easiest way to start using accessibility features with iPad. With Siri, you can open apps, turn many settings on or off, or use Siri for what it does bestacting as your intelligent personal assistant. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 847 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Siri: Say something like: Turn on VoiceOver or Turn off VoiceOver. Learn how to use Siri

. Siri knows when VoiceOver is on, so will often read more information back to you than appears on the screen. You can also use VoiceOver to read what Siri shows on the screen. Set how long Siri waits for you to finish speaking 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Siri. 2. Below Siri Pause Time, choose Default, Longer, or Longest.. Type instead of speaking to Siri 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Siri, then turn on Type to Siri. 2. To make a request, activate Siri, then interact with Siri by using the keyboard and text field. Control voice feedback for Siri 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Siri. 2. Choose Dont Speak in Silent Mode, Only Speak with Hey Siri, or Always Speak Responses. Turn on Hey Siri when iPad is covered or facing down To allow iPad to listen for Hey Siri when its covered or facing down, go to Settings

Accessibility > Siri, then turn on Always Listen for Hey Siri. Hide apps when Siri is active To hide the current app when you activate Siri, go to Settings

> Accessibility > Siri, then turn off Show Apps Behind Siri. Have Siri hang up phone and FaceTime calls

(Available on supported iPad models. Requires download of speech models. Not available in all languages.) 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Siri > Call Hangup, then turn on Call Hangup. 2. To end a call, say Hey Siri, hang up (participants on the call will hear you). https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 848 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Use accessibility shortcuts on iPad After you set up accessibility features, you can quickly turn them on or off with any of the methods below. Use Siri to turn on an accessibility feature Say something like: Turn on VoiceOver. Learn how to use Siri Triple-click the Home button or top button With Accessibility Shortcut, you can quickly turn on or off accessibility features by triple-clicking the Home button (on an iPad with a Home button) or triple-clicking the top button (on other iPad models). Set up Accessibility Shortcut: Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Accessibility Shortcut, then select the features you use the most. Slow down the double-click or triple-click speed: Go to Settings > Accessibility, then tap Home Button or Top Button (depending on your iPad model). Use Accessibility Shortcut: Triple-click the Home button or top button. Use Control Center You can also add accessibility features to Control Center and then activate them from there. 1. Go to Settings

> Control Center, then tap next to the accessibility features you use the most. 2. To activate the accessibility feature, open Control Center, then tap the control. Customize accessibility settings for specific apps on iPad You can choose different display and motion settings for certain apps, the Home Screen, and Settings. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 849 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Change the settings for an app 1. Go to Settings

> Accessibility > Per-App Settings. 2. Tap Add App, then choose an app, Home Screen, or Settings. 3. Tap the app or Home Screen, then adjust the settings. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 850 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Security and privacy Use the built-in security and privacy protections of iPad iPad is designed to protect your data and your privacy. Built-in security features help prevent anyone but you from accessing the data on your iPad and in iCloud. Built-in privacy features minimize how much of your information is available to anyone but you, and you can adjust what information is shared and where you share it. To take maximum advantage of the security and privacy features built into iPad, follow these practices. Protect access to your iPad Set a strong passcode:

Setting a passcode to unlock iPad is the most important thing you can do to safeguard your device. Use Face ID or Touch ID: Face ID (supported models) or Touch ID (supported models) provides a secure and convenient way to unlock your iPad, authorize purchases and payments, and sign in to many third-party apps. See Set up Face ID on iPad or Set up

. Touch ID on iPad Turn on Find My iPad: Find My helps you find your iPad if its lost or stolen and prevents anyone else from activating or using your iPad if its missing. Control what features are available without unlocking your iPad:

Disallow or allow access to some commonly used features, such as Control Center and USB connections, when your device is locked. Keep your Apple ID secure Your Apple ID provides access to your data in iCloud and your account information for services like the App Store and Apple Music. To learn how to protect the security of your Apple ID, see

. Keep your Apple ID secure on iPad Make account sign-ins safer and easier For participating websites and apps, there are multiple ways to make sign-in more convenient and secure. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 851 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Sign in with passkeys: Passkeys let you sign in to website and app accounts with Face ID or Touch ID instead of a password. Because a passkey doesnt leave the devices where youre signed in with your Apple ID, and because its specific to the website or app you create it for, its protected from leaks and phishing attempts. And unlike a password, you dont have to create, guard, or remember it. Use Sign in with Apple: You can use your Apple ID instead of creating and remembering user names and passwords for signing in to accounts. Sign in with Apple also provides the security of two-factor authentication, and it limits the information shared about you. Let iPad create strong passwords: If passkey support or Sign in with Apple isnt available when you sign up for a service, let iPad automatically create a strong password that you dont have to remember. For all your website and app passwords, there are many other ways to make sign-in safer and easier. Replace weak passwords: If you create any weak or compromised passwords, iPad automatically identifies them for you to fix. Share passkeys and passwords securely: Use AirDrop to securely share a passkey or password with someone using their iPhone, iPad, or Mac. Use the built-in authenticator for two-factor authentication: For websites and apps that offer two-factor authentication, fill in automatically generated verification codes without relying on SMS messages or additional apps. Keep passkeys and passwords up to date on all your devices: iCloud Keychain automatically keeps your credentials up to date across your other devices. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 852 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Manage the information you share with people and apps Control app tracking: All apps are required to ask your permission before tracking you or your iPad across websites and apps owned by other companies for advertising or to share your information with a data broker. You can change permission later, and you can stop all apps from requesting permission. Control what you share with apps: You can review and adjust the data you share with apps the location information you share the hardware you share

, and how Apple delivers advertising to you in the App Store, Apple News, and Stocks

. Review the privacy practices of apps:

Go to the apps product page in the App Store for a developer-reported summary of the apps privacy practices, including what data is collected. For the apps that you download, review the App Privacy Report

, which shows you how apps are using the permissions you granted them. Protect your email privacy Protect your Mail activity:

Turn on Mail Privacy Protection to make it harder for senders to learn about your Mail activity. Mail Privacy Protection hides your IP address so senders cant link it to your other online activity or use it to determine your exact location. Mail Privacy Protection also prevents senders from seeing whether youve opened the email they sent you. Hide your personal email address: When you subscribe to iCloud+, Hide My Email allows you to generate unique, random email addresses that forward to your personal email account. You dont have to share your personal email address when filling out forms or signing up for newsletters on the web, or when sending email

. Protect your web browsing Use the internet more privately with iCloud Private Relay: When you subscribe to iCloud+, you can use iCloud Private Relay to help prevent websites and network providers from creating a detailed profile about you. Manage your privacy, and help protect yourself against malicious websites: Safari helps prevent trackers from following you across websites. You can review the Privacy Report to see a summary of trackers that have been encountered and prevented by Intelligent Tracking Prevention on the current webpage youre visiting. You can also review and adjust Safari settings to keep your browsing activities private from others who use the same device, and help protect yourself from malicious websites. See Browse privately in Safari on iPad

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 853 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Lock down your iPad if its facing a sophisticated cyberattack If you find your iPad and personal accounts are targeted by sophisticated remote attacks, you can also help protect yourself with Lockdown Mode. Lockdown Mode offers an extreme level of security for the very few users who, because of who they are or what they do, may be personally targeted by some of the most sophisticated digital threats, such as those from private companies developing state-sponsored mercenary spyware. Lockdown Mode automatically protects Safari, Messages, Home, and many other Apple services and apps. Webpages and internet communications continue working, but with reduction in performance and usability. See Harden your iPad from a cyberattack with Lockdown Mode

. To get personalized support for these practices, go to the Apple Support website

(not available in all countries or regions). To learn how Apple designs security into the core of its platforms, see the Apple Platform Security User Guide

. To learn more about how Apple protects your information, go to the Privacy website

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 854 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Protect access to your iPad Set a passcode on iPad For better security, set a passcode that needs to be entered to unlock iPad when you turn it on or wake it. Setting a passcode also turns on data protection, which encrypts your iPad data with 256-bit AES encryption. (Some apps may opt out of using data protection.) Set or change the passcode 1. Go to Settings

, then depending on your model, tap one of the following:

Face ID & Passcode Touch ID & Passcode 2. Tap Turn Passcode On or Change Passcode. To view options for creating a password, tap Passcode Options. The most secure options are Custom Alphanumeric Code and Custom Numeric Code. After you set a passcode, on supported models you can use Face ID or Touch ID to unlock iPad (depending on your model). For additional security, however, you must always enter your passcode to unlock your iPad under the following conditions:

You turn on or restart your iPad. You havent unlocked your iPad for more than 48 hours. You havent unlocked your iPad with the passcode in the last 6.5 days, and you havent unlocked it with Face ID or Touch ID in the last 4 hours. Your iPad receives a remote lock command. There are five unsuccessful attempts to unlock your iPad with Face ID or Touch ID. Change when iPad automatically locks Go to Settings

> Display & Brightness > Auto-Lock, then set a length of time. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 855 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Erase data after 10 failed passcodes Set iPad to erase all information, media, and personal settings after 10 consecutive failed passcode attempts. 1. Go to Settings

, then depending on your model, tap one of the following:

Face ID & Passcode Touch ID & Passcode Passcode 2. Turn on Erase Data. After all data is erased, you must restore iPad from a backup or set it up again as new

. Turn off the passcode 1. Go to Settings

, then depending on your model, tap one of the following:

Face ID & Passcode Touch ID & Passcode Passcode 2. Tap Turn Passcode Off. Reset the passcode If you enter the wrong passcode six times in a row, youll be locked out of your device, and youll receive a message that says iPad is disabled. If you cant remember your passcode, you can erase your iPad with a computer or with recovery mode, then set a new passcode. See the Apple Support article If you forgot the passcode on your iPhone,

. or your iPhone is disabled Note: If you made an iCloud or computer backup before you forgot your passcode, you can restore your data and settings from the backup. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 856 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Set up Face ID on iPad Use Face ID (supported models) to securely and conveniently unlock iPad, authorize purchases and payments, and sign in to many third-party apps by simply glancing at your iPad. To use Face ID, you must also set a passcode on your iPad. Set up Face ID or add an alternate appearance If you didnt set up Face ID when you first set up your iPad, go to Settings

Face ID & Passcode > Set up Face ID, then follow the onscreen instructions. To set up an additional appearance for Face ID to recognize, go to Settings > Face ID

& Passcode > Set Up an Alternate Appearance, then follow the onscreen instructions. If you have physical limitations, you can tap Accessibility Options during Face ID set up. When you do this, setting up facial recognition doesnt require the full range of head motion. Using Face ID is still secure, but it requires more consistency in how you look at iPad. Face ID also has an accessibility feature you can use if youre blind or have low vision. If you dont want Face ID to require that you look at iPad with your eyes open, go to Settings > Accessibility > Face ID & Attention, then turn off Require Attention for Face ID. This feature is automatically turned off if you turn on VoiceOver when you first set up iPad. See

. Change Face ID and attention settings on iPad Temporarily disable Face ID You can temporarily prevent Face ID from unlocking your iPad. 1. Press and hold the top button and either volume button for 2 seconds. 2. After the sliders appear, press the top button to immediately lock iPad. iPad locks automatically if you dont touch the screen for a minute or so. The next time you unlock iPad with your passcode, Face ID is enabled again. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 857 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Turn off Face ID 1. Go to Settings

> Face ID & Passcode. 2. Do one of the following:

Turn off Face ID for specific items only: Turn off one or more of the options. Turn off Face ID: Tap Reset Face ID. If your device is lost or stolen, you can prevent Face ID from being used to unlock your device with Find My iPhone Lost Mode. (See Add your iPad to Find My

.) For more information about Face ID, see

. About Face ID advanced technology Set up Touch ID on iPad On an iPad with a Home button, or on iPad Air (4th generation and later) or iPad mini (6th generation), use Touch ID to securely and conveniently unlock iPad

, authorize purchases and payments, and sign in to many third-party apps. To use Touch ID, you must set a passcode on your iPad. Turn on fingerprint recognition 1. If you didnt turn on fingerprint recognition when you first set up your iPad, go to Settings

> Touch ID & Passcode. 2. Turn on any of the options, then follow the onscreen instructions. If you turn on iTunes & App Store, youre asked for your Apple ID password when you make your first purchase from the App Store, Apple Books, or the iTunes Store. When you make your next purchases, youre asked to use Touch ID. Note: If you cant add a fingerprint or unlock your iPad using Touch ID, see the Apple Support article

. If Touch ID isnt working Add a fingerprint You can add multiple fingerprints (both of your thumbs and forefingers, for example). 1. Go to Settings

> Touch ID & Passcode. 2. Tap Add a Fingerprint. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 858 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 3. Follow the onscreen instructions. Name or delete a fingerprint 1. Go to Settings

> Touch ID & Passcode. If you added more than one fingerprint, do one of the following to identify its print:

On an iPad with a Home button: Rest a finger on the Home button. On iPad mini (6th generation) or iPad Air (4th generation and later): Rest a finger on the top button. 2. Tap the fingerprint, then enter a name (such as Thumb) or tap Delete Fingerprint. Turn off Touch ID Go to Settings

> Touch ID & Passcode, then turn off one or more of the options. Control access to information on the iPad Lock Screen You can easily access a few commonly used features (such as widgets, media playback controls, and Control Center) from the Lock Screen. You can control access to these items when iPad is locked. (For security, USB connections arent allowed when iPad is locked.) If you turn off Lock Screen access to a feature, you prevent someone who has your iPad from viewing any personal information that it might contain (such as an upcoming event in the Calendar widget). However, you also lose quick access to the information yourself. 1. Go to Settings

, then depending on your model, tap one of the following:

Face ID & Passcode Touch ID & Passcode Passcode 2. Select your options. You can turn access on or off to the following features while iPad is locked:

https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 859 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Widgets (see Add widgets on iPad

) Recent notifications (see View and respond to notifications on iPad

) Control Center (see Use and customize Control Center on iPad

) Siri (see Use Siri on iPad

) Home Control (see Intro to Home on iPad

) Returning Missed Calls (see Make and receive FaceTime calls on iPad

) Connecting to a Mac, a Windows PC, or an accessory with USB (such as when you connect iPad to your computer using USB) Important: If you change the default setting and allow USB connections when iPad is locked, you disable an important security feature of your iPad. Keep your Apple ID secure on iPad Your Apple ID is the account you use to access Apple services like the App Store, Apple Music, iCloud, iMessage, FaceTime, and more. Your account includes the email address and password you use to sign in as well as the contact, payment, and security details you use across Apple services. Apple employs industry-standard practices to safeguard your Apple ID. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 860 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Best practices for maximizing the security of your Apple ID Dont let others use your Apple ID, even family members. To share purchases, subscriptions, a family calendar, and more without sharing Apple IDs,

. set up Family Sharing Use two-factor authentication. If you created your Apple ID on a device with iOS 13.4, iPadOS 13.4, macOS 10.15.4, or later, your account automatically uses two-factor authentication. If you previously created an Apple ID account without two-factor authentication, turn on two-factor authentication. Never provide your password, security questions, verification codes, recovery key, or any other account security details to anyone else. Apple will never ask you for this information. When accessing your Apple ID account page in Safari or another web browser, look for the lock icon in the address field to verify that your session is encrypted and secure. When using a public computer, always sign out when your session is complete to prevent other people from accessing your account. Avoid phishing scams. Dont click links in suspicious email or text messages and never provide personal information on any website you arent certain is legitimate. See the Apple Support article Recognize and avoid phishing messages, phony

. support calls, and other scams Dont use your password with other online accounts. Add Account Recovery Contacts Choose one or more people you trust as Account Recovery Contacts to help you reset your Apple ID password and regain access to your account if you ever forget your password or get locked out. Go to Settings

> [your name] > Password & Security > Account Recovery, tap Add Recovery Contact, then follow the onscreen instructions. For more information, go to Settings

> [your name] > Password & Security, then tap Learn more below Add Recovery Contact. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 861 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Add Legacy Contacts The Digital Legacy program allows you to designate people as Legacy Contacts so they can access your Apple ID account in the event of your death. Go to Settings

> [your name] > Password & Security > Legacy Contact, tap Add Legacy Contact, then follow the onscreen instructions. For more information about how to share the access key with a legacy contact, how to remove a legacy contact, and how your legacy contact can request access to your account, see the Apple Support article

. How to add a Legacy Contact for your Apple ID Also see the Apple Support article

. Data that a Legacy Contact can access Generate a recovery key for your account For additional control over your account security, you have the option to generate a recovery key that helps you reset your account password or regain access to your Apple ID. A recovery key is a randomly generated 28-character code that you should keep in a safe place. You can reset your account password by either entering your recovery key or using another device already signed in with your Apple ID. To ensure you have access to your account, you are personally responsible for maintaining access to the recovery key and your trusted devices. See the Apple Support article

. How to generate a recovery key For more information about best practices, see the Apple Support article Security and your Apple ID

. To set up or manage your Apple ID, go to the Apple ID website

. If you forgot your Apple ID or password, see the Recover your Apple ID website

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 862 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Make sign-ins safer and easier Sign in with passkeys on iPad Passkeys give you a simple and secure way to sign in without passwords by relying on Face ID (supported models) or Touch ID (supported models) to identify you when you sign in to supporting websites and apps. Intro to passkeys Based on industry standards for account authentication, passkeys are easier to use than passwords and far more secure. A passkey is a cryptographic entity thats not visible to you, and its used in place of a password. A passkey consists of a key pair, whichcompared to a passwordprofoundly improves security. One key is public, registered with the website or app youre using. The other key is private, held only by your devices. Through the use of powerful, industry-

standard cryptography techniques, this key pair helps ensure a strong, private relationship between your devices and the website or app. A passkey has these additional characteristics and conveniences:

Its always strong and never guessable by a hacker. Its linked only with the website or app it was created for, thereby protecting you from getting tricked into using a passkey to sign in to a fraudulent website or app. Your iPad stores the passkey in iCloud Keychain, so its available on all your devices where youre signed in with your Apple ID (iOS 16, iPadOS 16, macOS Ventura, or tvOS 16 required). Its end-to-end encrypted in iCloud Keychain, so no onenot even Applecan read it. The private key never leaves your devices, so it cant be leaked from websites or apps. Theres nothing about it that you have to create, guard, or remember. You can use AirDrop to securely share a passkey with someone else. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 863 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM You can use a passkey on your iPad to sign in to an account on non-Apple devices. Passkeys on iPad require that you use iCloud Keychain

. If you dont have iCloud Keychain turned on when you try to save a passkey, youll be asked to turn it on. Passkeys also require that two-factor authentication is enabled for your Apple ID. Note: Passkeys are an industry-wide security standard, and many websites and apps are quickly adding passkey support. Save a passkey for an account Depending on the website, browser, or app, saving a passkey to your iPad and iCloud Keychain usually consists of steps similar to these. 1. On your iPad, do one of the following:

For a new account: On the account sign-up screen, enter an account name. For an existing account: Sign in with your password, then go to the account management screen. 2. When you see the option to save a passkey for the account, tap Continue. Your passkey is saved. Note: If you want to save your credentials to an external security key or to a different device not associated with your Apple ID, you may be able to select Other Options, Save on Another Device, or similar (instead of Continue). Then follow the onscreen instructions. Save a passkey to your iPad while using a computer or device thats not your own While using a device thats not associated with your Apple ID (such as a computer at a public library, internet caf, or friends house), you can save a passkey to your iPad (and iCloud Keychain) instead of to the other device. Saving a passkey to your iPad usually consists of the following steps:

1. On the other device, do one of the following:

For a new account: On the account sign-up screen, enter an account name. For an existing account: Sign in with your password, then go to the account management screen. 2. When you see the option to save a passkey for the account, select Other Options, Save on Another Device, or similar (instead of Continue). https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 864 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 3. Tap Save a passkey on a device with a camera or similar, then follow the onscreen instructions to display a QR code on the screen. 4. Use your iPad camera to

. scan the QR code Sign in to an account on your iPad with a passkey Depending on the website, browser, or app, signing in with your passkey usually consists of steps similar to these. 1. On the sign-in screen for the website or app, tap the account name field. 2. Tap the account suggested at the bottom of the screen or near the top of the keyboard. 3. If your iPad has Touch ID, follow the onscreen instructions to verify your identity. Otherwise, Face ID verifies your identity. Note: If you want to sign in on your iPad using a passkey thats stored on a different device not associated with your Apple ID, you may be able to select Other Options (or similar) instead of Continue. Then follow the onscreen instructions. Sign in on a different device with the passkey stored on your iPad iPad stores your passkeys in iCloud Keychain, so theyre automatically used whenever youre signed in with your Apple ID on another device (iOS 16, iPadOS 16, macOS Ventura, or tvOS 16 required). However, if you use a device thats not associated with your Apple ID (such as a computer at a public library, internet cafe, or friends house), you can still sign in to an account by using the passkey stored on your iPad. Signing in usually consists of the following steps:

1. Use the other device to go to your account sign-in screen. 2. On the sign-in screen, tap the account name field. 3. Tap Other options, Passkey from nearby device, or similar, then follow the onscreen instructions to display a QR code on the screen. 4. Use your iPad camera to

. scan the QR code https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 865 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Sign in with Apple on iPad With Sign in with Apple, you can sign in to participating websites and apps with your Apple ID. You dont need to create and remember new passwords, and your account is protected with two-factor authentication. Sign in with Apple is designed to respect your privacy. Websites and apps can ask only for your name and email address to set up your account, and Apple wont track you as you use them. Sign in with Apple requires two-factor authentication for your Apple ID. This protects your Apple ID, your app accounts, and your app content. Set up or upgrade an account to Sign in with Apple When a participating website or app asks you to set up or upgrade an account, do the following:

1. Tap Sign in with Apple. 2. Follow the onscreen instructions. Some apps (and websites) dont request your name and email address. In this case, you simply authenticate with Face ID or Touch ID (depending on your model), then start using the app. Others may ask for your name and email address to set up a personalized account. When an app asks for this information, Sign in with Apple displays your name and the personal email address from your Apple ID account for you to review. To edit your name, tap it, then use the keyboard to make changes. To specify an email address, do one of the following:

Use your personal email address: Tap Share My Email. If you have multiple email addresses associated with your Apple ID, choose the address you want. Hide your email address: Tap Hide My Email. This option allows you to receive email from the app without sharing your personal email address. When you choose this option, Apple creates a unique, random email address for you, and any email sent from the app to this address is forwarded to your personal address. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 866 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM After you review your information and choose an email option, tap Continue, authenticate with Face ID or Touch ID (depending on your model), then start using the app. Sign in to access your account After you set up an account with a website or app using Sign in with Apple, you typically dont need to sign in to it again on your iPad. But if youre asked to sign in (for example, after you sign out of an account), do the following:

1. Tap Sign in with Apple. 2. Review the Apple ID that appears, then tap Continue. 3. Authenticate with Face ID or Touch ID (depending on your model). Change the address used to forward email If you chose to hide your email address when you created an account and you have more than one address associated with your Apple ID, you can change the address that receives your forwarded email. 1. Go to Settings > [your name] > Name, Phone Numbers, Email > Forward To. 2. Choose a different email address, then tap Done. Review or change Sign in with Apple settings for websites and apps 1. Go to Settings > [your name] > Password and Security. 2. Tap Apps Using Your Apple ID. All apps using Sign in with Apple appear in a list. 3. To change a setting for an app, choose the app, then do any of the following:

Turn off forwarding email: Turn off Forward To. You wont receive any further emails from the app. Stop using Sign in with Apple: Tap Stop Using Apple ID. You may be asked to create a new account the next time you try to sign in with the app. Sign in with Apple also works on your other devicesiPhone, Apple Watch, Mac, Apple TV, and iPod touchwhere youre signed in with the same Apple ID. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 867 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM To sign in from an Android app, a Windows app, or any web browser, tap Sign in with Apple, then enter your Apple ID and password. For more information, see the Apple Support article

. What is Sign in with Apple?

Automatically fill in strong passwords on iPad When you sign up for services on websites and in apps, you can let iPad create strong passwords for many of your accounts. iPad stores the passwords in iCloud Keychain and fills them in for you automatically, so you dont have to memorize them. Note: Instead of requiring you to sign in with passwords, participating websites and apps support these alternatives:

Sign in with Apple: Lets you use your Apple ID to sign in, and limits the information shared about you. See

. Sign in with Apple on iPad A passkey: Lets you use Face ID or Touch ID to securely sign in without using a password. See

. Sign in with passkeys on iPad Create a strong password for a new account Depending on the website or app, creating a strong password and saving it to iCloud Keychain usually consists of steps similar to these. 1. On the new account screen for the website or app, enter a new account name. For supported websites and apps, iPad suggests a unique, complex password. 2. Do one of the following:

Choose the suggested password: Tap Use Strong Password. Edit the suggested password: Tap Other Options, tap Edit Strong Password, tap the password text field, then make your changes. To copy the password so you can paste it into a Confirm Password field if asked, double-tap the password field, tap Select All, then tap Copy. Get a different strong password: Tap Other Options, tap Edit Strong Password, then tap the suggested password. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 868 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Get a strong password consisting of only numbers and letters: Tap Other Options, then tap No Special Characters. Get a strong password thats easy to type: Tap Other Options, then tap Easy to Type. Make up your own password: Tap Other Options, then tap Choose My Own Password. 3. To later allow iPad to automatically fill in the password for you, tap Yes when youre asked if you want to save the password. Note: In order for iPad to create and store passwords, iCloud Keychain must be turned on. Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud > Passwords and Keychain. Automatically fill in a saved password Depending on the website or app, signing in with your saved password usually consists of steps similar to these. 1. On the sign-in screen for the website or app, tap the account name field. 2. Do one of the following:

Tap the account suggested at the bottom of the screen or near the top of the keyboard. Tap , tap Other Passwords, then tap an account. The password is filled in. To see the password, tap

. To enter an account or password that isnt saved, tap on the sign-in screen. Prevent iPad from automatically filling in passwords Go to Settings

> Passwords > Password Options, then turn off AutoFill Passwords. Change weak or compromised passwords on iPad When you create and store your own passwords for websites and apps, iPad automatically identifies common weaknesses (for example, if theyre easily guessed or used multiple times). iPad can also securely monitor your passwords and alert you if they appear in known data leaks. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 869 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Change a weak or compromised password 1. Go to Settings

> Passwords > Security Recommendations. If an account has a weak or compromised password, a message explains the problem. 2. Tap an account. 3. Tap the Password field, then tap Copy Password, so you can paste it where its requestedfor example, when you create a new password and youre asked to enter your old password. 4. Tap Change Password, then change your password on the website or in the app. If the website or app allows you to upgrade to Sign in with Apple

, you can take advantage of the security and convenience of that feature. If you arent given the upgrade option when you change your password, many accounts allow iPad to automatically create a strong password that you dont have to remember. Note: If iPad warns you about a password for a website or app thats no longer available, you can remove its account from your iPad and iCloud Keychain. Go to Settings

Passwords, then swipe left on the account. Hide a security recommendation You can hide a security recommendation so that you dont have to continue reviewing it if youre unable to address it. 1. Go to Settings

> Passwords > Security Recommendations, then tap an account. 2. In the Security Recommendation section, tap

, then tap Hide. To view the recommendation later, go to Settings > Passwords > Security Recommendations, scroll to the bottom of the screen, then tap Hidden Security Recommendations. To reshow all security recommendations, tap Reset Hidden Security Recommendations. Turn detection of compromised passwords on or off iPad can monitor your passwords and alert you if they appear in known data leaks. Go to Settings

> Passwords > Security Recommendations, then turn Detect Compromised Passwords on or off. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 870 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM View your passwords and related information on iPad You can view and copy passwords, add notes like security question reminders, and more with the encrypted account information stored on iPad. iCloud Keychain securely keeps this information up to date across all your approved devices. View and copy a password for a website or app account 1. For an account that uses a password, do one of the following:

Say something like: Show me my passwords. Learn how to use Siri

. Go to Settings

> Passwords. On a sign-in screen, tap . 2. Tap an account, then tap the Password field. 3. To copy the password to use elsewhere, tap Copy Password. View and copy a password for a Wi-Fi network 1. Go to Settings

> Wi-Fi. If youre connected to a Wi-Fi network, its name appears at the top of the screen. To see a list of all saved Wi-Fi networks, tap Edit at the top right. 2. Tap next to a network name. 3. Tap the Password field. 4. To copy the password to use elsewhere, tap Copy. Add notes for an account with a passkey or password You can securely keep notes about recovery key information, security questions, PIN numbers, and similar details. 1. Go to Settings

> Passwords, then tap an account. 2. Tap Add Notes, enter your text, then tap Done. To view the notes later, go to Settings > Passwords, then tap the account. To update the notes, tap Edit (at the top right), then tap the Notes field. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 871 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Go to the website for an account 1. Go to Settings

> Passwords, then tap an account. 2. Do one of the following:

Tap

. Tap the website URL, tap Copy Website, then paste the URL into the address field of your browser. Remove an account from your iPad and iCloud Keychain Go to Settings

> Passwords, then swipe left on the account. For example, you might want to remove the account for a website or app thats no longer available. Note: This action doesnt remove the account from the website or app where you created it. Remove a passkey or password from your iPad and iCloud Keychain 1. Go to Settings

> Passwords, then tap an account. 2. Tap Delete Password or Delete Passkey. Note: This action doesnt remove the passkey or password from the website or app where you created it. Share passkeys and passwords securely with AirDrop on iPad Use AirDrop to securely share passkeys and passwords for website and app accounts with someone using an iPhone, iPad, or Mac. Note: To show someone the password you saved for a Wi-Fi network, see View and copy

. a password for a Wi-Fi network Check the AirDrop requirements Compared to sharing other types of information, AirDrop has more stringent requirements for sharing passkeys and passwords. iCloud Keychain must be set up on your iPad. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 872 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM The person youre sharing with must be in your contacts list in the Contacts app, and they must be listed with the email address they use for iCloud. You must be in the other persons contacts list in the Contacts app, and you must be listed with the email address you use for iCloud. Send a passkey or password To share with someone on iPad or iPhone, ask them to open Control Center and allow AirDrop to receive items

. To share with someone on a Mac, ask them to allow themselves to be discovered in AirDrop in the Finder. 1. On your iPad, go to Settings

> Passwords. 2. Tap the account you want to share. 3. Tap

, then select the device or profile picture of the person you want to send the passkey or password to. Receive a passkey or password 1. If you havent already done so,

. allow AirDrop to receive items 2. When you receive a request to accept a passkey or password from someone else, tap Accept. The passkey or password is saved to your iPad, where you can view its information and let iPad automatically fill it in on the sign-in screen for the account. The passkey or password is also saved to your iCloud Keychain, so you can use it on other devices where youre signed in with your Apple ID. Make your passkeys and passwords available on all your devices with iPad and iCloud Keychain Use iCloud Keychain to keep your website and app passkeys and passwords, credit card information, Wi-Fi network information, and other account information up to date across all your approved devices and Mac computers (iOS 7, iPadOS 13, OS X 10.9, or later required, except for passkeys, which require iPadOS 16, iOS 16, macOS Ventura, or tvOS 16 or later). iCloud Keychain is secured with 256-bit AES encryption during storage and transmission, and its data cant be read by Apple. iCloud Keychain can also keep the accounts you use in Mail, Contacts, Calendar, and Messages up to date across all your iPhone and iPad devices and Mac computers. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 873 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Set up iCloud Keychain If you didnt turn on iCloud Keychain when you first set up your iPad, go to Settings

[your name] > iCloud > Passwords and Keychain, turn on iCloud Keychain, then follow the onscreen instructions. Set up iCloud Keychain on an additional device When you turn on iCloud Keychain on an additional device, your other devices using iCloud Keychain receive a notification requesting your approval of the additional device. On one of your other devices, approve the additional device. Your iCloud Keychain automatically begins updating on the additional device. To approve iCloud Keychain when you dont have access to your other devices, follow the onscreen instructions to use your iCloud Security Code. Recover your iCloud Keychain if all your devices are lost or stolen iCloud Keychain synchronization across devices provides convenience and redundancy in case you lose a single device. If all your devices are lost and youve added a recovery contact to your Apple ID account, your contact can help you recover your iCloud Keychain. To learn how, go to Settings

> [your name] > Password & Security, then tap Learn more below Add Recovery Contact. You can also recover your iCloud Keychain through iCloud Keychain escrow, which is also protected against brute-force attacks. iCloud Keychain escrows a users keychain data with Apple without allowing Apple to read the passwords and other data it contains. Your keychain is encrypted using a strong passcode, and the escrow service provides a copy of the keychain only if a strict set of conditions is met. To recover your keychain through iCloud Keychain escrow, authenticate with your Apple ID on a new device, then respond to an SMS sent to a trusted phone number

. After you authenticate and respond, you must enter the device passcode. iOS, iPadOS, and macOS allow only 10 attempts to authenticate. After several failed attempts, the record is locked, and you must contact Apple Support on the Apple Support website to be granted more attempts. To learn more about iCloud Keychain, see the Apple Support article Set up iCloud Keychain

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 874 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Automatically fill in verification codes on iPad Some websites and apps offer two-factor authentication (also known as multifactor authentication), which helps prevent other people from accessing your accounts even if they know your passwords. Passwords are the first authentication factor, and temporary, one-time verification codes are commonly a second factor. iPad can automatically generate these verification codes without your reliance on SMS messages or additional apps. Set up automatic verification codes for a website or app by scanning a QR code If you have another device with a screen, like a computer or iPhone, you can use it to display a QR code from a website or app, then use the iPad camera to scan the code. 1. On your other device, sign in to the area of the website or app where you manage your account, then select options to enable two-factor authentication and an authenticator app. A QR code appears to help you set up an authenticator app. 2. On iPad, use the camera to scan the QR code. 3. On iPad, select your account for the website or app. A verification code appears below the User Name and Password fields. 4. On your other device, enter the verification code that appears on your iPad. Set up automatic verification codes for a website or app by entering a setup key If you cant scan a QR code from another screen, you can manually enter a setup key. 1. Sign in to the area of the website or app where you manage your account, then select options to enable two-factor authentication and an authenticator app. 2. Choose the option to manually use a setup key (or setup code or similar), then select and copy the setup key. 3. Go to Settings

> Passwords, then select your account for the website or app. 4. Tap Set Up Verification Code, then tap Enter Setup Key. 5. Tap the Setup Key field, tap Paste, then tap OK. 6. Tap the Verification Code field, then tap Copy Verification Code. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 875 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 7. Return to the website or app, then paste the verification code where directed. Use a verification code on a website or in an app 1. Sign in to the website or app. 2. If prompted, select the option to use an authenticator app. 3. When asked for a verification code, tap the suggestion that appears above the keyboard. If no suggestion appears, go to Settings

> Passwords, select your account for the website or app, tap the verification code, then tap Copy Verification Code. Return to the website or app, then paste the verification code into the field. Sign in with fewer CAPTCHA challenges on iPad Some website and app sign-in screens require you to pass CAPTCHA challenges, such as recognizing letters in unusual shapes. iCloud allows you to bypass many challenges by automatically and privately verifying your iPad and account. You can turn this bypass on or off. Go to Settings

> [your name] > Password & Security, then turn Automatic Verification on or off. Manage two-factor authentication for your Apple ID from iPad Two-factor authentication helps prevent others from accessing your Apple ID account, even if they know your Apple ID password. Certain features in iOS, iPadOS, and macOS require the security of two-factor authentication. When two-factor authentication is on, only you can access your account by using a trusted device. When you sign in to a new device for the first time, you need to provide two pieces of informationyour Apple ID password and the six-digit verification code thats automatically sent to your phone number or displayed on your trusted devices. By entering the code, you verify that you trust the new device. Two-factor authentication for Apple ID is available iOS 9, iPadOS 13, OS X 10.11, or later. If you create a new Apple ID on a device with iOS 13.4, iPadOS 13.4, macOS 10.15.4, or later, your account automatically uses two-factor authentication. If you previously created an Apple ID account without two-factor authentication, you can turn on its extra layer of security at any time. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 876 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Note: Certain account types may be ineligible for two-factor authentication at the discretion of Apple. Two-factor authentication isnt available in all countries or regions. See the Apple Support article Availability of two-factor authentication for Apple ID

. For information about how two-factor authentication works, see the Apple Support article Two-factor authentication for Apple ID

. Turn on two-factor authentication 1. If your Apple ID account isnt already using two-factor authentication, go to Settings

> [your name] > Password & Security. 2. Tap Turn On Two-Factor Authentication, then tap Continue. 3. Enter a trusted phone number (a phone number where you want to receive verification codes for two-factor authentication). You can choose to receive the codes by text message or automated phone call. 4. Tap Next. 5. Enter the verification code sent to your trusted phone number. To send or resend a verification code, tap Didnt get a verification code?

You wont be asked for a verification code again on your iPad unless you sign out completely, erase your iPad, sign in to your Apple ID account page in a web browser, or need to change your Apple ID password for security reasons. After you turn on two-factor authentication, you have a two-week period during which you can turn it off. After that period, you cant turn off two-factor authentication. To turn it off, open your confirmation email and click the link to return to your previous security settings. Keep in mind that turning off two-factor authentication makes your account less secure and means you cant use features that require a higher level of security. Note: If you use two-step verification and upgrade to iPadOS 13 or later, your account might be migrated to use two-factor authentication. See the Apple Support article Two-

. step verification for Apple ID Add another device as a trusted device A trusted device is one that can be used to verify your identity by displaying a verification code from Apple when you sign in on a different device or browser. A trusted device must meet these minimum system requirements: iOS 9, iPadOS 13, or OS X 10.11. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 877 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM 1. After you turn on two-factor authentication on one device, sign in with the same Apple ID on another device. 2. When youre asked to enter a six-digit verification code, do one of the following:

Obtain the verification code on your iPad or another trusted device thats connected to the internet: Look for a notification on that device, then tap or click Allow to make the code appear on that device. (A trusted device is an iPhone, iPad, or Mac on which youve already turned on two-factor authentication and on which youre signed in with your Apple ID.) Obtain the verification code at a trusted phone number: If a trusted device isnt available, tap Didnt get a verification code? then choose a phone number. Obtain the verification code on a trusted device thats offline: On a trusted iPhone or iPad, go to Settings > [your name] > Password & Security, then tap Get Verification Code. On a trusted Mac, do one of the following:

macOS Ventura: Choose Apple menu

> System Settings, click [your name] at the top of the sidebar, click Password & Security on the right, then click Get Verification Code. macOS 10.15 to 12.5: Choose Apple menu > System Preferences > Apple ID >

Password & Security, then click Get Verification Code. macOS 10.14 and earlier: Choose Apple menu > System Preferences > iCloud >

Account Details > Security, then click Get Verification Code. 3. Enter the verification code on the new device. You wont be asked for a verification code again unless you sign out completely, erase your device, sign in to your Apple ID account page in a web browser, or need to change your Apple ID password for security reasons. Add or remove a trusted phone number When you enrolled in two-factor authentication, you had to verify one trusted phone number. You should also consider adding other phone numbers you can access, such as a home phone, or a number used by a family member or close friend. 1. Go to Settings

> [your name] > Password & Security. 2. Tap Edit (above the list of trusted phone numbers), then do one of the following:

Add a number: Tap Add a Trusted Phone Number. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 878 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Remove a number: Tap next to the phone number. Trusted phone numbers dont automatically receive verification codes. If you cant access any trusted devices when setting up a new device for two-factor authentication, tap Didnt get a verification code? on the new device, then choose one of your trusted phone numbers to receive the verification code. View or remove trusted devices 1. Go to Settings

> [your name]. A list of the devices associated with your Apple ID appears near the bottom of the screen. 2. To see if a listed device is trusted, tap it, then look for This device is trusted and can receive Apple ID verification codes. 3. To remove a device, tap it, then tap Remove from Account. Removing a trusted device ensures that it can no longer display verification codes and that access to iCloud (and other Apple services on the device) is blocked until you sign in again with two-factor authentication. Generate a password for an app that signs in to your Apple ID account With two-factor authentication, you need an app-specific password to sign in to your Apple ID account from a third-party app or servicesuch as an email, contacts, or calendar app. After you generate the app-specific password, use it to sign in to your Apple ID account from the app and access the information you store in iCloud. 1. Sign in to your

. Apple ID account 2. Tap App-Specific Passwords, then tap Generate an app-specific password. 3. Follow the onscreen instructions. After you generate your app-specific password, enter or paste it into the password field of the app as you would normally. For more information, see the Apple Support article

. Using app-specific passwords https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 879 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Manage what you share with apps Control app tracking permissions on iPad All apps are required to ask your permission before tracking you or your iPad across websites or apps owned by other companies for advertising or to share your information with data brokers. After you grant or deny permission to an app, you can change permission later. You can also stop all apps from requesting permission. Review or change an apps permission to track you 1. Go to Settings

> Privacy & Security > Tracking. The list shows the apps that requested permission to track you. You can turn permission on or off for any app on the list. 2. To stop all apps from asking permission to track you, turn off Allow Apps to Request to Track (at the top of the screen). For more information about app tracking, tap Learn More near the top of the screen. Control the location information you share on iPad You control whether iPad and apps have information about your location. To figure out where youre when getting directions, setting up meetings, and more, Location Services uses information (when available) from GPS networks (iPad models with Wi-Fi + Cellular), your Bluetooth connections, your local Wi-Fi networks, and your cellular network (iPad models with Wi-Fi + Cellular, if you have Cellular Data turned on). When an app is using Location Services, appears in the status bar. When you set up iPad, youre asked if you want to turn on Location Services. Afterward, you can turn Location Services on or off at any time. The first time an app wants location data from your iPad, you receive a request with an explanation. Some apps may make a one-time only request for your location. Other apps may ask you to share your location now and in the future. Whether you grant or deny ongoing access to your location, you can change an apps access later. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 880 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Turn on Location Services If you didnt turn on Location Services when you first set up iPad, go to Settings

Privacy & Security > Location Services, then turn on Location Services. Important: If you turn off Location Services, many important iPad features stop working. Review or change an apps ongoing access to location information 1. Go to Settings

> Privacy & Security > Location Services. 2. To review or change access settings for an app or to see its explanation for requesting Location Services, tap the app. To allow an app to use your specific location, leave Precise Location turned on. To share only your approximate locationwhich may be sufficient for an app that doesnt need your exact locationturn Precise Location off. Note: If you set the access for an app to Ask Next Time, youre asked to turn on Location Services again the next time an app tries to use it. To understand how a third-party app uses the information its requesting, review its terms and privacy policy. See the Apple Support article

. About privacy and Location Services Hide the map in Location Services alerts When you allow an app to always use your location in the background, you may receive alerts about the apps use of that information. (These alerts let you change your permission, if you want to.) In the alerts, a map shows locations recently accessed by the app. To hide the map, go to Settings

> Privacy & Security > Location Services > Location Alerts, then turn off Show Map in Location Alerts. With the setting off, you continue to receive location alerts, but the map isnt shown. Review or change Location Services settings for system services Several system services, such as location-based suggestions and location-based ads, use Location Services. To see the status for each service, to turn Location Services on or off for each service, or to show in the status bar when enabled system services use your location, go to Settings

> Privacy & Security > Location Services > System Services. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 881 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Control access to information in apps on iPad You control whether third-party apps have access to information in Contacts, Photos, Calendar, and other apps. Review or change access to information in apps The first time an app wants to use information from another app, you receive a request with an explanation. For example, a messaging app may request access to your contacts to find friends who are using the same app. After you grant or deny access, you can change access later. 1. Go to Settings

> Privacy & Security. 2. Tap a category of information, such as Calendars, Reminders, or Motion & Fitness. The list shows the apps that requested access. You can turn access on or off for any app on the list. Review how apps are using the permissions you grant them Go to Settings

> Privacy & Security, then tap App Privacy Report. The App Privacy Report shows you how apps are using the permissions you granted them and shows you their network activity. To turn off the report and delete its data, go to Settings Privacy Report, then tap Turn Off App Privacy Report. You can return to this Settings screen to turn the report on again.

> Privacy & Security > App Control how Apple delivers advertising to you on iPad You control how Apple delivers advertising. Ads delivered by Apple may appear in the App Store, Apple News, and Stocks. These ads dont access data from any other apps. In the App Store and Apple News, your search and download history may be used to serve you relevant search ads. In Apple News and Stocks, ads are served based partly on what you read or follow. This includes publishers youve enabled notifications for and the type of publishing subscription you have. The https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 882 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM articles you read are not used to serve targeted ads to you outside these apps, and information collected about what you read is linked to a random identifier rather than your Apple ID. Review the information Apple uses to deliver ads Go to Settings

> Privacy & Security > Apple Advertising > View Ad Targeting Information. The information is used by Apple to deliver more relevant ads in the App Store, Apple News, and Stocks. Your personal data isnt provided to other parties. Turn personalized ads on or off Go to Settings

> Privacy & Security > Apple Advertising, then turn Personalized Ads on or off. Note: Turning off personalized ads limits Apples ability to deliver relevant ads to you. It may not reduce the number of ads you receive. Learn more about privacy and Apples advertising platform Go to Settings

> Privacy & Security > Apple Advertising > About Advertising & Privacy. Control access to hardware features on iPad Before apps use the camera or microphone on your iPad, theyre required to request your permission and explain why theyre asking. For example, a social networking app may ask to use your camera so that you can take and upload pictures to that app. Apps are similarly required to request your permission to use various other hardware features, including Bluetooth connectivity, motion and fitness sensors, and devices on your local network. You can review which apps have requested access to these hardware features, and you can change their access at your discretion. Review or change access to the camera, microphone, and other hardware features 1. Go to Settings

> Privacy & Security. 2. Tap a hardware feature, such as Camera, Bluetooth, Local Network, or Microphone. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 883 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM The list shows the apps that requested access. You can turn access on or off for any app on the list. Note: Whenever an app uses the camera (including when the camera and microphone are used together), a green indicator appears. An orange indicator appears at the top of the screen whenever an app uses the microphone without the camera. Also, a message appears at the top of Control Center to inform you when an app has recently used either. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 884 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Create and manage Hide My Email addresses in Settings on iPad When you subscribe to iCloud+

, you can use Hide My Email to keep your personal email address private. With Hide My Email, you can generate unique, random email addresses that forward to your personal email account, so you dont have to share your real email address when filling out forms or signing up for newsletters on the web, or when sending email. You can create and manage Hide My Email addresses in Settings

. Go to Settings >

[your name] > iCloud > Hide My Email, then do any of the following:

Create a Hide My Email address: Tap Create New Address, then follow the onscreen instructions. Deactivate a Hide My Email address: Tap an address (below Create New Address), then tap Deactivate Email Address. After you deactivate the address, it no longer forwards emails to you. Change which personal email address to forward to: Tap Forward To, then choose an email address. Options consist of addresses that are available with your Apple ID. Copy a forwarding address to use elsewhere: Tap an address (below Create New Address), touch and hold the Hide My Email section, then tap Copy. To immediately use that address elsewhere, touch and hold in a text field, then tap Paste. You can also generate Hide My Email addresses in Safari and Mail wherever email addresses are required. See Use Hide My Email in Safari on iPad and Use Hide My Email in Mail on iPad

. In supporting apps, you can also generate a Hide My Email address when an email address is required by tapping the email address field, then tapping Hide My Email above the keyboard. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 885 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Protect your web browsing with iCloud Private Relay on iPad When you subscribe to iCloud+

, you can use iCloud Private Relay to help prevent websites and network providers from creating a detailed profile about you. When iCloud Private Relay is on, the traffic leaving your iPad is encrypted and sent through two separate internet relays. This prevents websites from seeing your IP address and exact location while preventing network providers from collecting your browsing activity in Safari. You can turn off iCloud Private Relay at any time. You can turn off the feature completely for iPad, or just turn it off for a specific Wi-Fi or cellular network. Turn iCloud Private Relay completely on or off for iPad Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud > Private Relay. COMMENT: Screenshot Note: You need to turn on iCloud Private Relay on each device where you want to use it. Turn iCloud Private Relay on or off for a Wi-Fi network 1. Go to Settings

> Wi-Fi. 2. Tap

, then turn Limit IP Address Tracking on or off. If you turn off Limit IP Address Tracking for a Wi-Fi network on your iPad, iCloud Private Relay is turned off for this network across all your devices where youre signed in with the same Apple ID. Turn iCloud Private Relay on or off for a cellular network (Wi-Fi + Cellular models) 1. Go to Settings

> Cellular Data, then do one of the following:

If your iPad has a single plan: Tap Cellular Data Options. If your iPad has multiple plans: Select a plan (below Cellular Plans). 2. Turn Limit IP Address Tracking on or off. The network setting is specific to a physical SIM or eSim in your iPad (eSIM not available in all countries or regions). See

. View or change your cellular data account https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 886 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Set the specificity of your IP address location Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud > Private Relay > IP Address Location, then choose one of the following:

Maintain General Location (for example, to see local content in Safari) Use Country and Time Zone (to make your location more obscure) iCloud Private Relay is not available in all countries or regions. Harden your iPad from a cyberattack with Lockdown Mode Lockdown Mode is an extreme, optional protection for iPad that should be used only if you believe you may be targeted by a highly sophisticated cyberattack, such as by a private company developing state-sponsored mercenary spyware. Important: Most people are never targeted by attacks of this nature. When iPad is in Lockdown Mode, it wont function as it typically does. Apps, websites, and features will be strictly limited for security, and some experiences wont be available. Learn about Lockdown Mode Go to Settings

> Privacy & Security > Lockdown Mode, then tap Learn More. Turn on Lockdown Mode Go to Settings

> Privacy & Security > Lockdown Mode, then turn on Lockdown Mode. Use a private network address on iPad To help protect your privacy, your iPad uses a unique private network address, called a media access control (MAC) address, on each Wi-Fi network it joins. If a network cant use a private address (for example, to provide parental controls or to identify your iPad as authorized to join), you can stop using a private address for that network. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 887 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Turn a private address off for a network 1. Go to Settings

> Wi-Fi, then tap for a network. 2. Turn Private Address off. Important: For better privacy, leave Private Address turned on for all networks that support it. Using a private address helps reduce tracking of your iPad across different Wi-Fi networks. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 888 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Restart, update, reset, and restore Turn iPad on or off Use the top button to turn on iPad. You can use the top button (along with either volume button on some models) or Settings to turn off iPad. If your iPad isnt working as expected, you can try restarting it by turning it off, then turning it back on. If turning it off and on doesnt fix the issue, try

. forcing it to restart Turn iPad on or off (models with Face ID or with Touch ID in the top button) If your iPad doesnt have the Home button, do the following:

Turn on iPad: Press and hold the top button until the Apple logo appears. Turn off iPad: Simultaneously press and hold the top button and either volume button, then drag the slider. Turn iPad on or off (models with the Home button) Turn on iPad: Press and hold the top button until the Apple logo appears. Turn off iPad: Press and hold the top button, then drag the slider. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 889 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM To turn off any model, you can go to Settings

> General > Shut Down, then drag the slider. Force restart iPad If iPad isnt responding, and you cant restart it by turning if off then on

, try forcing it to restart. Note: If iPad doesnt restart after you try these steps, see the Apple Support article If your iPad wont turn on or is frozen

. Or if your iPad isnt working as expected after you restart it, see the iPad Support website

. Force restart iPad (models with Face ID or with Touch ID in the top button) If your iPad doesnt have the Home button, do the following:

1. Press and quickly release the volume button nearest to the top button. 2. Press and quickly release the volume button farthest from the top button. 3. Press and hold the top button. 4. When the Apple logo appears, release the top button. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 890 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Force restart iPad (models with the Home button) Press and hold the top button and the Home button at the same time. When the Apple logo appears, release both buttons. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 891 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Update iPadOS When you update to the latest version of iPadOS, your data and settings remain unchanged. Before you update, set up iPad to back up automatically, or back up your iPad manually. Update iPad automatically If you didnt turn on automatic updates when you first set up your iPad, do the following:

1. Go to Settings

> General > Software Update > Automatic Updates. 2. Turn on Download iPadOS Updates and Install iPadOS Updates. When an update is available, iPad downloads and installs the update overnight while charging and connected to Wi-Fi. Youre notified before an update is installed. Update iPad manually At any time, you can check for and install software updates. Go to Settings

> General > Software Update. The screen shows the currently installed version of iPadOS and whether an update is available. To turn off automatic updates, go to Settings > General > Software Update > Automatic Updates. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 892 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Update using your computer 1. Connect iPad and your computer with a cable 2. Do one of the following:

On a Mac (macOS 10.15 or later): In the Finder sidebar, select your iPad, then click General at the top of the window. On a Mac (macOS 10.14 or earlier) or a Windows PC: Open the iTunes app, click the button resembling an iPad near the top left of the iTunes window, then click Summary. Note: Use the latest version of iTunes. See the Apple Support article Update to the

. latest version of iTunes 3. Click Check for Update. 4. To install an available update, click Update. See the Apple Support articles Update to the latest iOS and If you cant update or restore your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch

. Back up iPad You can back up iPad using iCloud or your computer. To decide which method is best for you, see About backups for iPhone, iPad, and iPod touch

. Tip: If you replace your iPad, you can use its backup to transfer your information to the new device. See Restore all content to iPad from a backup

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 893 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Back up iPad using iCloud 1. Go to Settings

> [your name] > iCloud > iCloud Backup. 2. Turn on iCloud Backup. iCloud automatically backs up your iPad daily when iPad is connected to power, locked, and connected to Wi-Fi. Note: On Wi-Fi + Cellular models that support 5G, your carrier may give you the option to back up iPad using your cellular network. Go to Settings > [your name] >

iCloud > iCloud Backup, then turn on or off Backup Over Cellular. 3. To perform a manual backup, tap Back Up Now. To view your iCloud backups, go to Settings > [your name] > iCloud > Manage Account Storage > Backups. To delete a backup, choose a backup from the list, then tap Delete &

Turn Off Backup. Note: If you turn on an app or feature to use iCloud syncing (in Settings > [your name] >

iCloud > Show All), its information is stored in iCloud. Because the information is automatically kept up to date on all your devices, its not included in your iCloud backup.

(See the Apple Support article

) What does iCloud back up?

Back up iPad using your Mac 1. Connect iPad and your computer with a cable 2. In the Finder sidebar on your Mac, select your iPad. To use the Finder to back up iPad, macOS 10.15 or later is required. With earlier versions of macOS, use iTunes to back up iPad. 3. At the top of the Finder window, click General. 4. Select Back up all of the data on your iPad to this Mac. 5. To encrypt your backup data and protect it with a password, select Encrypt local backup. 6. Click Back Up Now. Note: You can also connect iPad to your computer wirelessly if you set up syncing over Wi-Fi

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 894 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Back up iPad using your Windows PC 1. Connect iPad and your computer with a cable 2. In the iTunes app on your PC, click the iPad button near the top left of the iTunes window. 3. Click Summary. 4. Click Back Up Now (below Backups). 5. To encrypt your backups, select Encrypt local backup, type a password, then click Set Password. To see the backups stored on your computer, choose Edit > Preferences, then click Devices. Encrypted backups have a lock icon in the list of backups. Note: You can also connect iPad to your computer wirelessly if you set up syncing over

. Wi-Fi Return iPad settings to their defaults You can return settings to their defaults without erasing your content. If you want to save your settings, back up iPad before returning them to their defaults. For example, if youre trying to solve a problem but returning settings to their defaults doesnt help, you might want to restore your previous settings from a backup. 1. Go to Settings

> General > Transfer or Reset iPad > Reset. 2. Choose an option:

WARNING: If you choose the Erase All Content and Settings option, all of your content is removed. See Erase iPad

. Reset All Settings: All settingsincluding network settings, the keyboard dictionary, location settings, privacy settings, and Apple Pay cardsare removed or reset to their defaults. No data or media are deleted. Reset Network Settings: All network settings are removed. In addition, the device name assigned in Settings > General > About is reset to iPad, and manually trusted certificates (such as for websites) are changed to untrusted. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 895 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Cellular data roaming may also be turned off. (See View or change cellular data settings on iPad (Wi-Fi + Cellular models)

.) When you reset network settings, previously used networks and VPN settings that werent installed by a configuration profile or mobile device management (MDM) are removed. Wi-Fi is turned off and then back on, disconnecting you from any network youre on. The Wi-Fi and Ask to Join Networks settings remain turned on. To remove VPN settings installed by a configuration profile, go to Settings >

General > VPN & Device Management, select the configuration profile, then tap Remove Profile. This also removes other settings and accounts provided by the profile. See

. Install or remove configuration profiles on iPad To remove network settings installed by MDM, go to Settings > General > VPN &

Device Management, select the management, then tap Remove Management. This also removes other settings and certificates provided by MDM. See Mobile device management (MDM) in the

. iOS Deployment Reference Reset Keyboard Dictionary: You add words to the keyboard dictionary by rejecting words iPad suggests as you type. Resetting the keyboard dictionary erases only the words youve added. Reset Home Screen Layout: Returns the built-in apps to their original layout on the Home Screen. Reset Location & Privacy: Resets the location services and privacy settings to their defaults. If you want to completely erase your iPad, see Use Settings to erase iPad

. If you want or need to use a computer to erase your iPad, see Use a computer to erase iPad

. Restore all content to iPad from a backup You can restore content, settings, and apps from a backup to a new or newly erased iPad. Important: You must first create a backup of your iPad. See Back up iPad

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 896 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Restore iPad from an iCloud backup 1. Turn on a new or newly erased iPad. 2. Do one of the following:

Tap Set Up Manually, tap Restore from iCloud Backup, then follow the onscreen instructions. If you have another iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch with iOS 11, iPadOS 13, or later, you can use Quick Start to automatically set up your new device. Bring the two devices close together, then follow the onscreen instructions to securely copy many of your settings, preferences, and iCloud Keychain. You can then restore the rest of your data and content to your new device from your iCloud backup. Or, if both devices have iOS 12.4, iPadOS 13, or later, you can transfer all your data wirelessly from your previous device to your new one. Keep your devices near each other and plugged into power until the migration process is complete. Youre asked for your Apple ID. If youve forgotten your Apple ID, see the Recover your

. Apple ID website Restore iPad from a computer backup 1. Using USB

, connect a new or newly erased iPad to the computer containing your backup. 2. Do one of the following:

On a Mac (macOS 10.15 or later): In the Finder sidebar, select your iPad, click Trust, then click Restore from this backup. On a Mac (macOS 10.14 or earlier) or a Windows PC: Open the iTunes app, click the button resembling an iPad near the top left of the iTunes window, click Summary, then click Restore Backup. Note: Use the latest version of iTunes. See the Apple Support article Update to the

. latest version of iTunes 3. Choose your backup from the list, then click Continue. If your backup is encrypted, you must enter the password before restoring your files and settings. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 897 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM See the Apple Support articles Restore your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch from a backup and If you cant update or restore your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch

. Restore purchased and deleted items to iPad You can redownload items purchased from the App Store, Book Store, Apple TV app, and iTunes Store without repurchasing them. If youre part of a Family Sharing group, you can download items purchased by other family members, too. To restore purchases that arent on your iPad, see the following Apple Support articles:

Redownload apps and games from Apple Redownload books and audiobooks Redownload TV shows and movies that you purchased Redownload music You can also recover recently deleted email photos notes

, and voice memos

. Sell, give away, or trade in your iPad Before you sell, give away, or trade in your iPad, see the Apple Support article What to do before you sell, give away, or trade in your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch

, and be sure to perform the following tasks:

Back up iPad

. If you replace one iPad with another, you can use the setup assistant to restore the backup to your new iPad. If youre replacing your iPad with another one you have on hand, you can use extra free storage in iCloud to move your apps and data from one iPad to another. Go to Settings

> General > Transfer or Reset iPad > Get Started, then follow the onscreen instructions. Sign out of iCloud and the iTunes & App Store. Go to Settings > [your name], scroll down, tap Sign Out, enter your Apple ID password, then tap Turn Off. Erase all content and settings that contain personal information. If you previously turned on Find My for your iPad, Activation Lock is removed when you erase iPad, making it ready for a new owner. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 898 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Erase iPad When you delete data, it no longer appears in apps on iPad, but it isnt erased from iPad storage. To permanently remove all of your content and settings from your iPad, erase

(wipe) your iPad. For example, erase iPad before you sell it, trade it in, or give it away. There are two ways to erase iPad: using Settings on your iPad, or connecting iPad to a computer with a USB cable and using the Finder or iTunes. The Settings method is the easiest. If youre unable to open Settings, you need to connect iPad to a computer and use the Finder or iTunes. Before you begin If you intend to sell your iPad, trade it in, or give it away, see the Apple Support article What to do before you sell, give away, or trade in your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch for steps to take before erasing iPad. To save your content and settings, back up your iPad shortly before erasing it or when youre given the option during the erase process. You can use the backup to later restore your data on a new iPhone or iPad. Have your iPad passcode ready. If you dont remember it, see the Apple Support article

. If you forgot your iPad passcode Have your Apple ID password ready. If you dont remember it, see the Recover your Apple ID website

. If you received your iPad from someone else and its still associated with their Apple ID, return it to them and ask them to follow the instructions in the Apple Support article What to do before you sell, give away, or trade in your iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch

. Otherwise, you wont be able to erase it. Use Settings to erase iPad 1. Go to Settings

> General > Transfer or Reset iPad. 2. Do one of the following:

Prepare your content and settings to transfer to a new iPad: Tap Get Started, then follow the onscreen instructions. When you finish, return to Settings > General >

Transfer or Reset iPad, then tap Erase All Content and Settings. Erase all of your data from iPad: Tap Erase All Content and Settings. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 899 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Use a computer to erase iPad You can use a Mac or Windows PC to erase all data and settings from your iPad, restore iPad to factory settings, and install the latest version of iPadOS. 1. Connect your iPad to your computer with a USB or USB-C cable. You may also need an adapter. See

. Connect iPad and your computer with a cable 2. Turn on your iPad. 3. Do one of the following:

On a Mac (macOS 10.15 or later): Click the Finder icon in the Dock to open a Finder window, click the iPad button in the Finder sidebar (below Locations), click General at the top of the window, then click Restore iPad. On a Mac (macOS 10.14 or earlier) or a Windows PC: Make sure you have the latest version of iTunes (see the Apple Support article Update to the latest version of iTunes

). Open iTunes, click the iPad button near the top left of the iTunes window, click Summary, then click Restore iPad. For troubleshooting steps, see the Apple Support article If you cant update or restore your iPad

. Install or remove configuration profiles on iPad Configuration profiles define settings for using iPad with corporate or school networks or accounts. You might be asked to install a configuration profile that was sent to you in an email, or one thats downloaded from a webpage. Youre asked for permission to install the profile and, when you open the file, information about what it contains is displayed. You can see the profiles you have installed in Settings

> General > VPN & Device Management. If you delete a profile, all of the settings, apps, and data associated with the profile are also deleted. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 900 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Safety, handling, and support Important safety information for iPad WARNING: Failure to follow these safety instructions could result in fire, electric shock, injury, or damage to iPad or other property. Read all the safety information below before using iPad. Handling. Handle iPad with care. It is made of metal, glass, and plastic and has sensitive electronic components inside. iPad or its battery can be damaged if dropped, burned, punctured, or crushed, or if it comes in contact with liquid. If you suspect damage to iPad or the battery, discontinue use of iPad, as it may cause overheating or injury. Dont use iPad with a cracked screen, as it may cause injury. If youre concerned about scratching the surface of iPad, consider using a case or cover. Repairing. Dont open iPad and dont attempt to repair iPad yourself. Disassembling iPad may damage it or may cause injury to you. If iPad is damaged, malfunctions, or comes in contact with liquid, contact Apple or an Apple Authorized Service Provider. Repairs by service providers other than Apple or an Apple Authorized Service Provider may not involve the use of Apple genuine parts and may affect the safety and functionality of the device. You can find more information about repairs and service at the iPad Repair

. website Battery. Dont attempt to replace the iPad battery yourself. The lithium-ion battery in iPad should be serviced or recycled by Apple or an authorized service provider. Improper service could damage the battery, cause overheating, or result in injury. The battery must be recycled or disposed of separately from household waste. Dont incinerate the battery. For information about battery services and recycling, see the Battery Service and

. Recycling website Lasers. The TrueDepth camera system and the LiDAR Scanner contain one or more lasers. These laser systems may be disabled for safety reasons if the device is damaged or malfunctions. If you receive a notification on your iPad that the laser system is disabled, you should always have it repaired by Apple or an authorized service provider. Improper repair, modification, or use of non-genuine Apple components in the laser systems may prevent the safety mechanisms from functioning properly, and could cause hazardous exposure and injury to eyes or skin. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 901 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Distraction. Using iPad in some circumstances may distract you and might cause a dangerous situation (for example, avoid using headphones while riding a bicycle and avoid typing a text message while driving a car). Observe rules that prohibit or restrict the use of mobile devices or headphones. Navigation. Maps depends on data services. These data services are subject to change and may not be available in all countries or regions, resulting in maps and location-based information that may be unavailable, inaccurate, or incomplete. Compare the information provided in Maps to your surroundings. Use common sense when navigating. Always observe current road conditions and posted signs to resolve any discrepancies. Some Maps features require Location Services. Charging. Charge iPad with the included USB cable and power adapter. You can also charge iPad with Made for iPad or other third-party cables and power adapters that are compliant with USB 2.0 or later and with applicable country regulations and international and regional safety standards. Other adapters may not meet applicable safety standards, and charging with such adapters could pose a risk of death or injury. Using damaged cables or chargers, or charging when moisture is present, can cause fire, electric shock, injury, or damage to iPad or other property. When you charge iPad, make sure the USB cable is fully inserted into the power adapter before you plug the adapter into a power outlet. Its important to keep iPad, the USB cable, and the power adapter in a well-ventilated area when in use or charging. Charging cable and connector. Avoid prolonged skin contact with the charging cable and connector when the charging cable is connected to a power source because it may cause discomfort or injury. Sleeping or sitting on the charging cable or connector should be avoided. Prolonged heat exposure. iPad and its USB power adapter comply with required surface temperature limits defined by applicable country regulations and international and regional safety standards. However, even within these limits, sustained contact with warm surfaces for long periods of time may cause discomfort or injury. Use common sense to avoid situations where your skin is in contact with a device or its power adapter when its operating or connected to a power source for long periods of time. For example, dont sleep on a device or power adapter, or place them under a blanket, pillow, or your body, when its connected to a power source. Keep your iPad and its power adapter in a well-ventilated area when in use or charging. Take special care if you have a physical condition that affects your ability to detect heat against the body. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 902 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM USB power adapter. To operate the Apple USB power adapter safely and reduce the possibility of heat-related injury or damage, plug the power adapter directly into a power outlet. Dont use the power adapter in wet locations, such as near a sink, bathtub, or shower stall, and dont connect or disconnect the power adapter with wet hands. Stop using the power adapter and any cables if any of the following conditions exist:

The power adapter plug or prongs are damaged. The charge cable becomes frayed or otherwise damaged. The power adapter is exposed to excessive moisture, or liquid is spilled into the power adapter. The power adapter has been dropped, and its enclosure is damaged. USB power adapter specifications:

Frequency 50 to 60 Hz, single phase Line voltage 100 to 240 Vac Output voltage Refer to the output marking on the power adapter Hearing loss. Listening to sound at high volumes may damage your hearing. Background noise, as well as continued exposure to high volume levels, can make sounds seem quieter than they actually are. Turn on audio playback and check the volume before inserting anything in your ear. For information about how to set a maximum volume limit on iPad, see Reduce loud headphone sounds in Settings

. For more information about hearing loss, see the

. Sound and Hearing website The Apple headsets sold with iPhone in China (identifiable by dark insulating rings on the plugs) are designed to comply with Chinese standards and are only compatible with iPad, iPhone, and iPod touch. WARNING: To prevent possible hearing damage, do not listen at high volume levels for long periods. Radio frequency exposure. iPad uses radio signals to connect to wireless networks. For information about radio frequency (RF) energy resulting from radio signals, and steps you can take to minimize exposure, go to Settings

> General > Legal & Regulatory > RF Exposure, or see the

. RF Exposure website https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 903 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Radio frequency interference. Observe signs and notices that prohibit or restrict the use of mobile devices. Although iPad is designed, tested, and manufactured to comply with regulations governing radio frequency emissions, such emissions from iPad can negatively affect the operation of other electronic equipment, causing them to malfunction. When use is prohibited, such as while traveling in aircraft, or when asked to do so by authorities, turn off iPad, or use airplane mode or Settings

> Wi-Fi and Settings > Bluetooth to turn off the iPad wireless transmitters. Medical device interference. iPad, iPad Smart Cover, Smart Folio, Smart Keyboard Folio, Magic Keyboard for iPad and Apple Pencil contain magnets as well as components and/or radios that emit electromagnetic fields. These magnets and electromagnetic fields might interfere with medical devices. Consult your physician and medical device manufacturer for information specific to your medical device and whether you need to maintain a safe distance of separation between your medical device and iPad, iPad Smart Cover, Smart Folio, Smart Keyboard Folio, Magic Keyboard for iPad or Apple Pencil. Manufacturers often provide recommendations on the safe use of their devices around wireless or magnetic products to prevent possible interference. If you suspect iPad, iPad Smart Cover, Smart Folio, Smart Keyboard Folio, Magic Keyboard for iPad or Apple Pencil are interfering with your medical device, stop using these products. Medical devices such as implanted pacemakers and defibrillators may contain sensors that respond to magnets and radios when in close contact. To avoid any potential interactions with these devices, keep your iPad, iPad Smart Cover, Smart Folio, Smart Keyboard Folio, Magic Keyboard for iPad and Apple Pencil a safe distance away from your device (more than 6 inches/15cm, but consult with your physician and your device manufacturer for specific guidelines). Not a medical device. iPad is not a medical device and should not be used as a substitute for professional medical judgment. It is not designed or intended for use in the diagnosis of disease or other conditions, or in the cure, mitigation, treatment, or prevention of any condition or disease. Please consult your healthcare provider prior to making any decisions related to your health. Medical conditions. If you have any medical condition or experience symptoms that you believe could be affected by iPad or flashing lights (for example, seizures, blackouts, eyestrain, or headaches), consult with your physician prior to using iPad. Explosive and other atmospheric conditions. Charging or using iPad in any area with a potentially explosive atmosphere, such as areas where the air contains high levels of flammable chemicals, vapors, or particles (such as grain, dust, or metal powders), may https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 904 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM be hazardous. Exposing iPad to environments having high concentrations of industrial chemicals, including near evaporating liquified gasses such as helium, may damage or impair iPad functionality. Obey all signs and instructions. Repetitive motion. When you perform repetitive activities such as typing, swiping, or playing games on iPad, you may experience discomfort in your hands, arms, wrists, shoulders, neck, or other parts of your body. If you experience discomfort, stop using iPad and consult a physician. High-consequence activities. This device is not intended for use where the failure of the device could lead to death, personal injury, or severe environmental damage. Choking hazard. Some iPad accessories may present a choking hazard to small children. Keep these accessories away from small children. Important handling information for iPad Cleaning. Clean iPad immediately if it comes in contact with anything that may cause stains or other damagefor example, dirt or sand, ink, makeup, soap, detergent, acids or acidic foods, and lotions. To clean:

Disconnect all cables, then do one of the following to turn off iPad:

On an iPad with a Home button: Press and hold the top button until the slider appears, then drag the slider. On other iPad models: Simultaneously press and hold the top button and either volume button until the sliders appear, then drag the top slider. All models: Go to Settings

> General > Shut Down, then drag the slider. Use a soft, slightly damp, lint-free clothfor example, a lens cloth. Avoid getting moisture in openings. Dont use cleaning products or compressed air. The front of iPad is made of glass with a fingerprint-resistant oleophobic (oil-repellant) coating. This coating wears over time with normal usage. Cleaning products and abrasive materials will further diminish the coating and may scratch the glass. Using connectors, ports, and buttons. Never force a connector into a port or apply excessive pressure to a button, because this may cause damage that is not covered under the warranty. If the connector and port dont join with reasonable ease, they https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 905 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM probably dont match. Check for obstructions and make sure that the connector matches the port and that you have positioned the connector correctly in relation to the port. Lightning to USB Cable. (

models with a Lightning connector) Discoloration of the Lightning connector after regular use is normal. Dirt, debris, and exposure to moisture may cause discoloration. If your Lightning cable or connector become warm during use or your iPad wont charge or sync, disconnect it from your computer or power adapter and clean the Lightning connector with a soft, dry, lint-free cloth. Do not use liquids or cleaning products when cleaning the Lightning connector. Lightning to USB Cable or USB-C Charge Cable. (depending on model

) Certain usage patterns can contribute to the fraying or breaking of cables. The included cable, like any other metal wire or cable, is subject to becoming weak or brittle if repeatedly bent in the same spot. Aim for gentle curves instead of angles in the cable. Regularly inspect the cable and connector for any kinks, breaks, bends, or other damage. Should you find any such damage, discontinue use of the cable. Operating temperature. iPad is designed to work in ambient temperatures between 32 and 95 F (0 and 35 C) and stored in temperatures between -4 and 113 F (-20 and 45 C). iPad can be damaged and battery life shortened if stored or operated outside of these temperature ranges. Avoid exposing iPad to dramatic changes in temperature or humidity. When youre using iPad or charging the battery, it is normal for iPad to get warm. If the interior temperature of iPad exceeds normal operating temperatures (for example, in a hot car or in direct sunlight for extended periods of time), you may experience the following as it attempts to regulate its temperature:

iPad stops charging. The screen dims. A temperature warning screen appears. Some apps may close. Important: You may not be able to use iPad while the temperature warning screen is displayed. If iPad cant regulate its internal temperature, it goes into deep sleep mode until it cools. Move iPad to a cooler location out of direct sunlight and wait a few minutes before trying to use iPad again. See the Apple Support article Keeping iPhone, iPad, and iPod touch within acceptable operating temperatures

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 906 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Find more resources for iPad software and service Refer to the following resources to get more iPad-related safety, software, service, and support information. To learn about Using iPad safely Do this See Important safety information for iPad

. iPad service and support, tips, forums, and Apple software downloads See the iPad Support website

. The latest information about iPad See the iPad website

. Getting personalized support (not available in all countries or regions) See the Apple Support website

. Managing your Apple ID account Sign in to your Apple ID account page

. Using iCloud See the iCloud User Guide

. Using iTunes for Windows See the iTunes User Guide for Windows

. Using other Apple iPad apps See the App Store Support website

. Finding your iPad serial number or IMEI Obtaining warranty service You can find your iPad serial number or International Mobile Equipment Identity (IMEI) on the iPad packaging. Or, on iPad, go to Settings Support article

. on your iPhone, iPad or iPod touch

> General > About. See the Apple Find the serial number or IMEI First follow the advice in this guide, then see the iPad Support website

. Viewing iPad regulatory information On iPad, go to Settings Regulatory.

> General > Legal &

Battery service See the Battery Service and Recycling website

. Using iPad in an enterprise environment See the Apple at Work website

. Using iPad in education See the Education website

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 907 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM FCC compliance statement This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Note: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. Changes or modifications to this product not authorized by Apple could void the electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) and wireless compliance and negate your authority to operate the product. This product has demonstrated EMC compliance under conditions that included the use of compliant peripheral devices and shielded cables between system components. It is important that you use compliant peripheral devices and shielded cables between system components to reduce the possibility of causing interference to radios, televisions, and other electronic devices. Responsible party (contact for FCC matters only):

Apple Inc. One Apple Park Way, MS 911-AHW Cupertino, CA 95014 https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 908 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM USA apple.com/contact ISED Canada compliance statement This device complies with ISED Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and

(2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Operation in the band 51505250 MHz is only for indoor use to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems. Le prsent appareil est conforme aux CNR dISDE Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. Lexploitation est autorise aux deux conditions suivantes : (1) lappareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2) lappareil doit accepter tout brouillage radiolectrique subi, mme si le brouillage est susceptible den compromettre le fonctionnement. La bande 51505250 MHz est rserve uniquement pour une utilisation lintrieur afin de rduire les risques de brouillage prjudiciable aux systmes de satellites mobiles utilisant les mmes canaux. Apple and the environment At Apple, we recognize our responsibility to minimize the environmental impacts of our operations and products. For more information, see our Environment website

. Class 1 Laser information for iPad iPad Pro 11-inch and iPad Pro 12.9-inch (3rd generation and later) are classified as Class 1 Laser products per IEC 60825-1 Ed. 3. These devices comply with 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11, except for conformance with IEC 60825-1 Ed. 3., as described in Laser Notice No. 56, dated May 8, 2019. Caution: These devices contain one or more lasers. Use other than as described in the user guide, repair, or disassembly may cause damage, which could result in hazardous exposure to infrared laser emissions that are not visible. This equipment should be serviced by Apple or an authorized service provider. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 909 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Disposal and recycling information for iPad Apple Recycling Program (available in some countries or regions) For free recycling of your old iPad, a prepaid shipping label, and instructions, see the Apple Trade In website

. Disposal and Recycling Information The symbol above means that according to local laws and regulations your product and/or its battery shall be disposed of separately from household waste. When this product reaches its end of life, take it to a collection point designated by local authorities. The separate collection and recycling of your product and/or its battery at the time of disposal will help conserve natural resources and ensure that it is recycled in a manner that protects human health and the environment. For information about Apples recycling program, recycling collection points, restricted substances, and other environmental initiatives, visit apple.com/environment

. Brasil Informaes sobre descarte e reciclagem O smbolo acima indica que este produto e/ou sua bateria no devem ser descartados no lixo domstico. Quando decidir descartar este produto e/ou sua bateria, faa-o de acordo com as leis e diretrizes ambientais locais. Para informaes sobre substncias de uso restrito, o programa de reciclagem da Apple, pontos de coleta e telefone de informaes, visite apple.com/br/environment

. Informacin sobre eliminacin de residuos y reciclaje El smbolo de arriba indica que este producto y/o su batera no debe desecharse con los residuos domsticos. Cuando decidas desechar este producto y/o su batera, hazlo de conformidad con las leyes y directrices ambientales locales. Para obtener informacin sobre el programa de reciclaje de Apple, puntos de recoleccin para reciclaje, sustancias restringidas y otras iniciativas ambientales, visita apple.com/mx/environment o apple.com/la/environment

. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 910 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Turkey environmental information Trkiye Cumhuriyeti: AEEE Ynetmel,,ne Uygundur. Battery service The lithium-ion battery in iPad should be serviced by Apple or an authorized service provider. See the Battery Service and Recycling website

. Dispose of batteries according to your local environmental laws and guidelines. ENERGY STAR compliance statement for iPad To save energy, iPad is set to lock after two minutes of user inactivity. To change this setting, go to Settings

> Display & Brightness > Auto-Lock, then select an option. To unlock an iPad with a Home button, press the top button or the Home button. To unlock other iPad models, tap the screen or press the top button. iPad meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency. Reducing energy consumption saves money and helps conserve valuable resources; see the Energy Star

. website Copyright 2022 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. Apple, the Apple logo, AirDrop, AirPlay, AirPods, AirPods Pro, AirPrint, Apple Books, Apple Music, Apple Pay, Apple Pencil, Apple Podcasts, Apple Pro Display XDR, Apple TV, Apple Wallet, Apple Watch, Center Stage, EarPods, Face ID, FaceTime, Finder, Flyover, Guided Access, Handoff, HomeKit, HomePod, iMessage, iPad, iPad Air, iPad mini, iPadOS, iPad Pro, iPhone, iPod, iPod touch, iTunes, Keychain, Keynote, Lightning, Live Photos, Mac, macOS, Magic Keyboard, Magic Mouse, Magic Trackpad, Numbers, Pages, Photo Booth, Retina, Retina HD, Safari, Siri, Smart Cover, Smart Folio, Touch ID, TrueDepth, True Tone, tvOS, and watchOS are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries and regions. AirPods Max, AirTag, App Clip Code, App Clips, Apple Studio Display, Find My, Memoji, Multi-Touch, SharePlay, Smart Keyboard, and Smart Keyboard Folio are trademarks of Apple Inc. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 911 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM Apple Arcade, Apple News, Apple News+, App Store, Genius, iCloud, iCloud Drive, iCloud Keychain, and iTunes Store are service marks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries and regions. Apple Fitness+, Apple One, and ICLOUD+ are service marks of Apple Inc. Apple One Apple Park Way Cupertino, CA 95014 apple.com Beats, the b logo, Beats Solo, Beats Solo Pro, Beats Studio, Beats , Powerbeats, Powerbeats Pro, and Solo are trademarks of Beats Electronics, LLC registered in the U.S. and other countries and regions. X Beats Flex is a trademark of Beats Electronics, LLC. IOS is a trademark or registered trademark of Cisco in the U.S. and other countries and regions and is used under license. The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by Apple Inc. is under license. ENERGY STAR is a U.S. registered trademark. Other company and product names mentioned herein may be trademarks of their respective companies. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information in this manual is accurate. Apple is not responsible for printing or clerical errors. Some apps and features are not available in all countries or regions. App and feature availability is subject to change. Copyright 2022 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. Apple, the Apple logo, AirDrop, AirPlay, AirPods, AirPods Pro, AirPrint, Apple Books, Apple Music, Apple Pay, Apple Pencil, Apple Podcasts, Apple Pro Display XDR, Apple TV, Apple Wallet, Apple Watch, Center Stage, EarPods, Face ID, FaceTime, Finder, Flyover, Guided Access, Handoff, HomeKit, HomePod, iMessage, iPad, iPad Air, iPad mini, iPadOS, iPad Pro, iPhone, iPod, iPod touch, iTunes, Keychain, Keynote, Lightning, Live Photos, Mac, macOS, Magic Keyboard, Magic Mouse, Magic Trackpad, Numbers, Pages, Photo Booth, Retina, Retina HD, Safari, Siri, Smart Cover, Smart Folio, Touch ID, TrueDepth, True Tone, tvOS, and watchOS are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries and regions. AirPods Max, AirTag, App Clip Code, App Clips, Apple Studio Display, Find My, Memoji, Multi-Touch, SharePlay, Smart Keyboard, and Smart Keyboard Folio are trademarks of Apple Inc. Apple Arcade, Apple News, Apple News+, App Store, Genius, iCloud, iCloud Drive, iCloud Keychain, and iTunes Store are service marks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries and regions. Apple Fitness+, Apple One, and ICLOUD+ are service marks of Apple Inc. Apple One Apple Park Way Cupertino, CA 95014 apple.com Beats, the b logo, Beats Solo, Beats Solo Pro, Beats Studio, Beats , Powerbeats, Powerbeats Pro, and Solo are trademarks of Beats Electronics, LLC registered in the U.S. and other countries and regions. X Beats Flex is a trademark of Beats Electronics, LLC. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 912 of 913 iPad User Guide 9/14/22, 10:30 PM IOS is a trademark or registered trademark of Cisco in the U.S. and other countries and regions and is used under license. The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by Apple Inc. is under license. ENERGY STAR is a U.S. registered trademark. Other company and product names mentioned herein may be trademarks of their respective companies. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information in this manual is accurate. Apple is not responsible for printing or clerical errors. Some apps and features are not available in all countries or regions. App and feature availability is subject to change. https://apdreview.apple.com/codenames/ipad/npi/sydneyb/en.lproj/static.html#iPadcbf04dd1 Page 913 of 913

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WARNING:pdfminer.pdfpage:The PDF <_io.BufferedReader name='/Volumes/Scratch/Incoming/eg-scratch/6137976.pdf'> contains a metadata field indicating that it should not allow text extraction. Ignoring this field and proceeding. Use the check_extractable if you want to raise an error in this case FCC E-Label Information:

Model A2696 A. Information to be displayed 1. The information that will be displayed on the e-label and information that will remain in the user manual is shown below:

on E-label Yes Yes No In Manual No No Yes Information FCC ID number SDoC logo 15.19 statement (This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.) Class A / B Digital Device user manual statements1 SDoC declaration1 Caution to the user that changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment1 Describe any other FCC regulatory information included in e-label 1 1 If the e-label includes information typically included in the manual then the e-label shall clearly differentiate between information required to be on the devices surface and information required to be in the manual refer to 784748 D02 e labelling v01 section II D 3(b) Yes Yes Yes No No No Image of the e-label screen are provided below:

Model A2696:

v 1.0 Apple Proprietary and Confidential Page 1 of 2 Apple Inc. One Apple Park Way Cupertino, CA www.apple.com B. Access to the required information on the e-label 1. Users are able to access the information in no more than three steps in a devices menu. The actual steps are:

To access the e-label information, in the device, Choose: Settings > General > Legal & Regulatory No special access codes or permissions are required to go through the above steps beyond entering a user-defined password to protect against unauthorized access to the device. 2. The information is stored on the device, no special accessories or supplemental plug-ins (e.g., a SIM/USIM card) are required to access the information. Yes. 3. Users are provided specific instructions on how to access the information. The information to the user is provided in the iPad Info document. A copy is attached as an exhibit document Info_Guide_v1.0.pdf. C. Labeling for Importation and Purchasing 1. Products utilizing e-labels are required to have a physical label on the product at the time of importation, marketing and sales. For devices imported in bulk and not packaged individually, a removable adhesive label or, for devices in protective bags, a label on the bags is acceptable for this purpose. Any removable label shall be of a type intended to survive normal shipping and handling and must only be removed by the customer after purchase. For devices imported already in individual packages ready for sale, the information may alternatively be provided on the package. It shall contain:

1. The FCC ID and/or the SDoC logo (if applicable); and 2. Any other information required by specific rule to be provided on the surface of the product unless such information is permitted to be included in the Users manual or other packaging inserts. The SDoC logo is present on the product packaging. FCC ID and model number are present on the device back plate. D. Other considerations 1. The above information must be programmed by the responsible party and the information must be secured in such a manner that third-parties cannot modify it. The e-label information is pre-programmed by the grantee. The user cannot modify the e-label information. 2. All the applicable regulatory information required on the packaging or user instructions must be provided according to the rules even if it is displayed electronically. For example, hearing aid compatibility (HAC) ratings for the phones as specified in 47 C.F.R. 20.19. Yes, it is provided. v 1.0 Apple Proprietary and Confidential Page 2 of 2 Apple Inc. One Apple Park Way Cupertino, CA www.apple.com